-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, IYWASEl303GaK5sGiuO2GCZu9iBsqTxRgkmc4+fJ2PZ9E4YADTFbi2VkhJS8Ce09 UJeg25Wo1zGghNpnQ62SlA== 0000950123-07-003039.txt : 20070301 0000950123-07-003039.hdr.sgml : 20070301 20070301165825 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-07-003039 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 24 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20061231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20070301 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20070301 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: METLIFE INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001099219 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: INSURANCE AGENTS BROKERS & SERVICES [6411] IRS NUMBER: 134075851 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-15787 FILM NUMBER: 07664327 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10166 BUSINESS PHONE: 2125782211 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 200 PARK AVENUE CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10166 10-K 1 y30660e10vk.htm FORM 10-K 10-K
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to
 
Commission file number 001-15787
 
MetLife, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   13-4075851
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
200 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y.   10166-0188
(Address of principal
executive offices)
  (Zip Code)
(212) 578-2211
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01
  New York Stock Exchange
6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01
  New York Stock Exchange
6.375% Common Equity Units
  New York Stock Exchange
5.875% Senior Notes
  New York Stock Exchange
5.375% Senior Notes
  Irish Stock Exchange
5.25% Senior Notes
  Irish Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
         
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $39 billion. As of February 26, 2007, 752,669,068 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
The information required to be furnished pursuant to part of Item 10, Item 11, part of Item 12, and Items 13 and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K is set forth in, and is hereby incorporated by reference herein from, the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007, to be filed by the registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2006.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
        Number
 
  Business   3
  Risk Factors   27
  Unresolved Staff Comments   43
  Properties   43
  Legal Proceedings   43
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   51
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   52
  Selected Financial Data   54
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   58
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   164
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   169
  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   170
  Controls and Procedures   170
  Other Information   172
 
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   173
  Executive Compensation   173
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   173
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   175
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   176
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   177
       
  178
       
  E-1
 EX-3.1: AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 EX-3.2: CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
 EX-4.1.A: INDENTURE
 EX-4.2: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 EX-4.3: SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 EX-4.48: RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 EX-10.10: SEPARATION AGREEMENT
 EX-10.27: FORM OF MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT
 EX-10.33: AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
 EX-10.35: FIRST AMENDMENT TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
 EX-10.42: RESOLUTIONS
 EX-10.48: AMENDMENT NO. THREE TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 EX-10.51: AMENDMENT NO. ONE TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 EX-10.53: AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 EX-10.57: AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN
 EX-10.63: AMENDMENT NUMBER FOURTEEN TO THE MPTA
 EX-12.1: STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-21.1: SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23.1: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
 EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
 EX-32.1: CERTIFICATION
 EX-32.2: CERTIFICATION


Table of Contents

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements relating to trends in the operations and financial results and the business and the products of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as other statements including words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are made based upon management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
As used in this Form 10-K, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), and its subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Metropolitan Life”).
 
We are a leading provider of insurance and other financial services with operations throughout the United States and the regions of Latin America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Through our domestic and international subsidiaries and affiliates, we offer life insurance, annuities, automobile and homeowners insurance, retail banking and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance, reinsurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.
 
We are one of the largest insurance and financial services companies in the United States. Our franchises and brand names uniquely position us to be the preeminent provider of protection and savings and investment products in the United States. In addition, our international operations are focused on markets where the demand for insurance and savings and investment products is expected to grow rapidly in the future.
 
Our well-recognized brand names, leading market positions, competitive and innovative product offerings and financial strength and expertise should help drive future growth and enhance shareholder value, building on a long history of fairness, honesty and integrity.
 
Over the course of the next several years, we will pursue the following specific strategies to achieve our goals:
 
  •  Build on widely recognized brand names
 
  •  Capitalize on a large customer base
 
  •  Enhance capital efficiency
 
  •  Expand distribution channels
 
  •  Continue to introduce innovative and competitive products
 
  •  Focus on international operations
 
  •  Maintain balanced focus on asset accumulation and protection products
 
  •  Manage operating expenses commensurate with revenue growth
 
  •  Further commit to a diverse workplace
 
  •  Capitalize on retirement income needs
 
We are organized into five operating segments: Institutional, Individual, Auto & Home, International and Reinsurance, as well as Corporate & Other. Revenues derived from any customer, or from any class of similar products or services, within each of these segments did not exceed 10% of consolidated revenues in any of the last three years. Financial information, including revenues, expenses, income and loss, and total assets by segment, is provided in Note 21 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company, excluding certain assets, most significantly, Primerica, from Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), and substantially all of Citigroup’s international insurance businesses (collectively, “Travelers”) for $12.1 billion. The results of Travelers’ operations were included in our financial statements beginning July 1, 2005. As a result of the acquisition, our management increased significantly the size and scale of our core insurance and annuity products and expanded our presence in both the retirement & savings domestic and international markets. The distribution agreements executed with Citigroup as part of the acquisition provide us with one of the broadest distribution networks in the industry. The initial consideration paid by the Holding Company for the acquisition consisted of $10.9 billion in cash and 22,436,617 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock with a market value of $1.0 billion to Citigroup and $100 million in other transaction costs. Additional consideration of $115 million was paid by the


3


Table of Contents

Holding Company to Citigroup in 2006 as a result of the finalization by both parties of their review of the June 30, 2005 financial statements and final resolution as to the interpretation of the provisions of the acquisition agreement. In addition to cash on-hand, the purchase price was financed through the issuance of common stock, debt securities, common equity units and preferred stock. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the assets and liabilities of Travelers be measured at their fair values as of July 1, 2005.
 
Institutional
 
Our Institutional segment offers a broad range of group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions and their respective employees. We have built a leading position in the U.S. group insurance market through long-standing relationships with many of the largest corporate employers in the United States.
 
Group insurance products and services include group life insurance, non-medical health insurance products and related administrative services, as well as other benefits, such as employer-sponsored auto and homeowners insurance provided through the Auto & Home segment and prepaid legal services plans. Non-medical health insurance is comprised of products such as accidental death and dismemberment (“AD&D”), long-term care (“LTC”), short- and long-term disability, critical illness and dental insurance. We offer group insurance products as employer-paid benefits or as voluntary benefits where all or a portion of the premiums are paid by the employee. Revenues applicable to these group insurance products and services were $13 billion in 2006, representing 27% of our total revenues in 2006.
 
Our retirement & savings products and services include an array of annuity and investment products, as well as bundled administrative and investment services sold to sponsors of small- and mid-sized 401(k) plans, the majority of which was sold during the fourth quarter of 2006, and other defined contribution plans, guaranteed interest products and other stable value products, accumulation and income annuities, and separate account contracts for the investment of defined benefit and defined contribution plan assets. Revenues applicable to our retirement & savings products were $7 billion in 2006, representing 15% of our total revenues in 2006.
 
Marketing and Distribution
 
Our Institutional segment markets our products and services through sales forces, comprised of MetLife employees, for both our group insurance and retirement & savings lines.
 
We distribute our group insurance products and services through a regional sales force that is segmented by the size of the target customer. Marketing representatives sell either directly to corporate and other institutional customers or through an intermediary, such as a broker or a consultant. Voluntary products are sold through the same sales channels, as well as by specialists for these products. Employers have been emphasizing such voluntary products and, as a result, we have increased our focus on communicating and marketing to such employees in order to further foster sales of those products. As of December 31, 2006, the group insurance sales channels had approximately 363 marketing representatives.
 
Our retirement & savings organization markets retirement, savings, investment and payout annuity products and services to sponsors and advisors of benefit plans of all sizes. These products and services are offered to private and public pension plans, collective bargaining units, nonprofit organizations, recipients of structured settlements and the current and retired members of these and other institutions.
 
We distribute retirement & savings products and services through dedicated sales teams and relationship managers located in 15 offices around the country. In addition, the retirement & savings organization works with the distribution channels in the Individual segment and in the group insurance area to better reach and service customers, brokers, consultants and other intermediaries.
 
We have entered into several joint ventures and other arrangements with third parties to expand the marketing and distribution opportunities of institutional products and services. We also seek to sell our institutional products and services through sponsoring organizations and affinity groups. For example, we are the provider of LTC products for the American Association of Retired Persons and the National Long-Term Care Coalition, a group of


4


Table of Contents

some of the nation’s largest employers. In addition, the Company, together with John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation, is a provider for the Federal Long-Term Care Insurance program. The program, available to most Federal employees and their families, is the largest employer-sponsored LTC insurance program in the country based on the number of enrollees. In addition, we also provide life and dental coverage to Federal employees.
 
Group Insurance Products and Services
 
Our group insurance products and services include:
 
Group Life.  Group life insurance products and services include group term life (both employer paid basic life and employee paid supplemental life), group universal life, group variable universal life, dependent life and survivor income benefits. These products and services are offered as standard products or may be tailored to meet specific customer needs. This category also includes specialized life insurance products designed specifically to provide solutions for non-qualified benefit and retiree benefit funding purposes.
 
Non-Medical Health.  Non-medical health insurance consists of short- and long-term disability, disability income, critical illness, LTC, dental and AD&D coverages. We also sell excess risk and administrative services-only arrangements to some employers.
 
Other Products and Services.  Other products and services include employer-sponsored auto and homeowners insurance provided through the Auto & Home segment and prepaid legal plans.
 
Retirement & Savings Products and Services
 
Our retirement & savings products and services include:
 
Guaranteed Interest and Stable Value Products.  We offer guaranteed interest contracts (“GICs”), including separate account GICs, funding agreements and similar products.
 
Accumulation and Income Products.  We also sell fixed and variable annuity products, generally in connection with the termination of pension plans or the funding of structured settlements.
 
Other Retirement & Savings Products and Services.  Other retirement & savings products and services include separate account contracts for the investment management of defined benefit and defined contribution plans on behalf of corporations and other institutions.
 
Individual
 
Our Individual segment offers a wide variety of protection and asset accumulation products aimed at serving the financial needs of our customers throughout their entire life cycle. Products offered by Individual include insurance products, such as traditional, universal and variable life insurance, and variable and fixed annuities. In addition, Individual sales representatives distribute disability insurance and LTC insurance products offered through the Institutional segment, investment products such as mutual funds, as well as other products offered by our other businesses. Individual’s principal distribution channels are the agency distribution group and the independent distribution group. Individual also distributes products through several additional distribution channels, including Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (“Walnut Street Securities”), MetLife Resources, Tower Square Securities, Inc. (“Tower Square Securities”) and Texas Life Insurance Company (“Texas Life”). In total, Individual had approximately 11,000 active sales representatives at December 31, 2006.
 
Our broadly recognized brand names and strong distribution channels have allowed us to become the second largest provider of individual life insurance and annuities in the United States, with $17 billion of total statutory individual life and annuity premiums and deposits through September 30, 2006, the latest period for which OneSource, a database that aggregates United States insurance company statutory financial statements, is available. According to research performed by the Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association (“LIMRA”), based on sales through September 30, 2006, we are the sixth largest issuer of individual variable life insurance in the United States and the sixth largest issuer of all individual life insurance products in the United States. In addition, according


5


Table of Contents

to research done by LIMRA and based on new annuity deposits through September 30, 2006, we are the second largest annuity writer in the United States.
 
During the period from 2002 to 2006, our first year statutory deposits for life products increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 5%. Life deposits represented approximately 33% of total statutory premiums and deposits for Individual in 2006. During the same period from 2002 to 2006, the statutory deposits for annuity products increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 18%. Annuity deposits represented approximately 67% of total statutory premiums and deposits for Individual in 2006. Individual had $14.5 billion of total revenues, or 30% of our total revenues, in 2006.
 
Marketing and Distribution
 
Our Individual segment targets the large middle-income market, as well as affluent individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies. We have been successful in selling our products in various multi-cultural markets. Individual products are distributed nationwide through multiple channels, with the primary distribution systems being the agency distribution group and the independent distribution group.
 
Agency Distribution Group.  The agency distribution group is comprised of two channels, the MetLife Distribution Channel, a career agency system, and the New England Financial Distribution Channel, a general agency system.
 
MetLife Distribution Channel.  The MetLife Distribution Channel had 5,968 agents under contract in 102 agencies at December 31, 2006. The career agency sales force focuses on the large middle-income and affluent markets, including multi-cultural markets. We support our efforts in multi-cultural markets through targeted advertising, specially trained agents and sales literature written in various languages. Multi-cultural markets represented 35% of the MetLife Distribution Channel’s individual life sales in 2006. The average face amount of a life insurance policy sold through the MetLife Distribution Channel in 2006 was $313 thousand.
 
Agents in the career agency system are full-time MetLife common law and/or statutory employees who are compensated primarily based upon sales which is in compliance with the limitations imposed by New York State Insurance Law Section 4228. These career agents are also eligible to receive certain benefits. Agents in the career agency system are not authorized to sell other insurers’ products without our approval. At December 31, 2006, 95% of the agents in the career agency sales force were licensed to sell one or more of the following products: variable life insurance, variable annuities and mutual funds.
 
From 2005 through 2006, the number of agents under contract in the MetLife Distribution Channel’s career agency sales force increased from 5,804 to 5,968. The increase in the number of agents is due to improving retention which, in-turn, drives increased productivity. From 2002 through 2006, the career agency system increased productivity, with net sales credits per agent, an industry measure for agent productivity, growing at a compound annual rate of 6%.
 
New England Financial Distribution Channel.  The New England Financial Distribution Channel targets high net-worth individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies. The average face amount of a life insurance policy sold through the New England Financial Distribution Channel in 2006 was $561 thousand.
 
At December 31, 2006, the New England Financial Distribution Channel included 46 general agencies providing support to 2,035 agents and a network of independent brokers throughout the United States. The compensation of agents who are independent contractors and general agents who have exclusive contracts with New England Financial is based on sales, although general agents are also provided with an allowance for benefits and other expenses. At December 31, 2006, 95% of New England Financial’s agents were licensed to sell one or more of the following products: variable life insurance, variable annuities and mutual funds.
 
Independent Distribution Group.  During 2005, the independent distribution group was expanded to include Travelers distribution, as well as General American Financial and the MetLife Investors Group. Within the independent distribution group there are three wholesaler organizations, including the coverage and point of sale


6


Table of Contents

models for risk-based products, and the annuity wholesale model for accumulation-based products. Both the coverage and point of sale model wholesalers distribute universal life, variable universal life, traditional life, LTC and disability income products. The annuity model wholesalers distribute both fixed and variable deferred annuities, as well as income annuities. We intend to continue to grow existing distribution relationships and acquire new relationships in the coverage, point of sale and annuity channels by capitalizing on an experienced management team, leveraging the MetLife brand and resources, and developing high service, low cost operations while continuing the distribution of other MetLife products.
 
Coverage Model.  The coverage model wholesalers sell universal life, variable universal life, traditional life, LTC and disability insurance products and related financial services to high net worth individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses through independent general agencies, financial advisors, consultants, brokerage general agencies and other independent marketing organizations under contractual arrangements. These agencies and individuals are independent contractors who are generally responsible for the expenses of operating their agencies, including office and overhead expenses, and the recruiting, selection, contracting, training, and development of agents and brokers in their agencies. The wholesalers direct sales and recruiting efforts from a nationwide network of regional offices. As of December 31, 2006, the coverage model’s sales force included 25 wholesalers.
 
Point of Sale Model.  The point of sale model wholesalers sell universal life, variable universal life, traditional life, LTC and disability income products through financial intermediaries, including regional broker-dealers, brokerage firms, financial planners and banks. As of December 31, 2006, there were 54 regional point of sale model wholesalers.
 
Annuity Model.  The annuity model wholesalers sell individual fixed and variable deferred annuities, as well as income annuity products through financial intermediaries, including regional broker-dealers, New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) brokerage firms, financial planners and banks. As of December 31, 2006, there were 132 regional annuity model wholesalers.
 
Additional Distribution Channels.  The Individual segment also distributes our individual insurance and investment products through several additional affiliated distribution channels, including Walnut Street Securities, Tower Square Securities, Texas Life and MetLife Resources.
 
Walnut Street Securities.  Walnut Street Securities, a subsidiary of MetLife, Inc., is an affiliated broker-dealer that markets variable life insurance and variable annuity products, as well as mutual funds and other securities, through 894 independent registered representatives.
 
Tower Square Securities.  Tower Square Securities, a subsidiary of MetLife, Inc., is an affiliated broker-dealer that markets variable life insurance and variable annuity products, as well as mutual funds and other securities, through 548 independent registered representatives.
 
Texas Life.  Texas Life, a subsidiary of MetLife, Inc., markets whole life and universal life insurance products under the Texas Life name through approximately 1,218 active independent insurance brokers. These brokers are independent contractors who sell insurance for Texas Life on a nonexclusive basis. A number of MetLife career agents also market Texas Life products. Texas Life sells universal life insurance policies with low cash values that are marketed through the use of brochures, as well as payroll deduction life insurance products.
 
MetLife Resources.  MetLife Resources, a focused distribution channel of MetLife, markets retirement, annuity and other financial products on a national basis through 737 agents and independent brokers. MetLife Resources targets the nonprofit, educational and healthcare markets.
 
Products
 
We offer a wide variety of individual insurance, as well as annuities and investment-type products, aimed at serving our customers’ financial needs throughout their entire life cycle.


7


Table of Contents

 
Insurance Products
 
Our individual insurance products include variable life products, universal life products, traditional life products, including whole life and term life, and other individual products, including individual disability and LTC insurance.
 
We continually review and update our products. We have introduced new products and features designed to increase the competitiveness of our portfolio and the flexibility of our products to meet the broad range of asset accumulation, life-cycle protection and distribution needs of our customers. Some of these updates have included new universal life policies and updated variable universal life products.
 
Variable Life.  Variable life products provide insurance coverage through a contract that gives the policyholder flexibility in investment choices and, depending on the product, in premium payments and coverage amounts, with certain guarantees. Most importantly, with variable life products, premiums and account balances can be directed by the policyholder into a variety of separate accounts or directed to the Company’s general account. In the separate accounts, the policyholder bears the entire risk of the investment results. We collect specified fees for the management of these various investment accounts and any net return is credited directly to the policyholder’s account. In some instances, third-party money management firms manage investment accounts that support variable insurance products. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.
 
Universal Life.  Universal life products provide insurance coverage on the same basis as variable life, except that premiums, and the resulting accumulated balances, are allocated only to the Company’s general account. Universal life products may allow the insured to increase or decrease the amount of death benefit coverage over the term of the contract and the owner to adjust the frequency and amount of premium payments. We credit premiums to an account maintained for the policyholder. Premiums are credited net of specified expenses and interest, at interest rates we determine, subject to specified minimums. Specific charges are made against the policyholder’s account for the cost of insurance protection and for expenses. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.
 
Whole Life.  Whole life products provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured in return for the periodic payment of a fixed premium over a predetermined period. Premium payments may be required for the entire life of the contract period, to a specified age or period, and may be level or change in accordance with a predetermined schedule. Whole life insurance includes policies that provide a participation feature in the form of dividends. Policyholders may receive dividends in cash or apply them to increase death benefits, increase cash values available upon surrender or reduce the premiums required to maintain the contract in-force. Because the use of dividends is specified by the policyholder, this group of products provides significant flexibility to individuals to tailor the product to suit their specific needs and circumstances, while at the same time providing guaranteed benefits.
 
Term Life.  Term life provides a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured for a specified time period in return for the periodic payment of premiums. Specified coverage periods range from one year to 20 years, but in no event are they longer than the period over which premiums are paid. Death benefits may be level over the period or decreasing. Decreasing coverage is used principally to provide for loan repayment in the event of death. Premiums may be guaranteed at a level amount for the coverage period or may be non-level and non-guaranteed. Term insurance products are sometimes referred to as pure protection products, in that there are typically no savings or investment elements. Term contracts expire without value at the end of the coverage period when the insured party is still living.
 
Other Individual Products.  Individual disability products provide a benefit in the event of the disability of the insured. In most instances, this benefit is in the form of monthly income paid until the insured reaches age 65. In addition to income replacement, the product may be used to provide for the payment of business overhead expenses for disabled business owners or mortgage payment protection.
 
Our LTC insurance provides a fixed benefit for certain costs associated with nursing home care and other services that may be provided to individuals unable to perform certain activities of daily living.


8


Table of Contents

 
In addition to these products, our Individual segment supports a group of low face amount life insurance policies, known as industrial policies, that its agents sold until 1964.
 
Annuities and Investment Products
 
We offer a variety of individual annuities and investment products, including variable and fixed annuities, and mutual funds and securities.
 
Variable Annuities.  We offer variable annuities for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Variable annuities allow the contractholder to make deposits into various investment accounts, as determined by the contractholder. The investment accounts are separate accounts and risks associated with such investments are borne entirely by the contractholder. In certain variable annuity products, contractholders may also choose to allocate all or a portion of their account to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. In addition, contractholders may also elect certain minimum death benefit and minimum living benefit guarantees for which additional fees are charged.
 
Fixed Annuities.  Fixed annuities are used for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Fixed annuities do not allow the same investment flexibility provided by variable annuities, but provide guarantees related to the preservation of principal and interest credited. Deposits made into deferred annuity contracts are allocated to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. Credited interest rates are guaranteed not to change for certain limited periods of time, ranging from one to ten years. Fixed income annuities provide a guaranteed monthly income for a specified period of years and/or for the life of the annuitant.
 
Mutual Funds and Securities.  Through our broker-dealer affiliates, we offer a full range of mutual funds and other securities products.
 
Auto & Home
 
Auto & Home, operating through Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“MPC”) and its subsidiaries, offers personal lines property and casualty insurance directly to employees at their employer’s worksite, as well as to individuals through a variety of retail distribution channels, including the agency distribution group, independent agents, property and casualty specialists and direct response marketing. Auto & Home primarily sells auto insurance, which represented 71% of Auto & Home’s total net premiums earned in 2006, and homeowners insurance, which represented 29% of Auto & Home’s total net premiums earned in 2006.
 
Products
 
Auto & Home’s insurance products include:
 
  •  auto, including both standard and non-standard private passenger;
 
  •  homeowners, renters, condominium and dwelling; and
 
  •  other personal lines, including personal excess liability (protection against losses in excess of amounts covered by other liability insurance policies), recreational vehicles and boat owners.
 
Auto Coverages.  Auto insurance policies include coverages for private passenger automobiles, utility automobiles and vans, motorcycles, motor homes, antique or classic automobiles and trailers. Auto & Home offers traditional coverages such as liability, uninsured motorist, no fault or personal injury protection and collision and comprehensive coverages. Auto & Home also offers non-standard auto insurance, which accounted for $47 million in net premiums earned in 2006 and represented 2.3% of total auto net premiums earned in 2006.
 
Homeowners Coverages.  Homeowners insurance provides protection for homeowners, renters, condominium owners and residential landlords against losses arising out of damage to dwellings and contents from a wide variety of perils, as well as coverage for liability arising from ownership or occupancy.


9


Table of Contents

 
Traditional insurance policies for dwellings represent the majority of Auto & Home’s homeowners policies providing protection for loss on a “replacement cost” basis. These policies provide additional coverage for reasonable, normal living expenses incurred by policyholders that have been displaced from their homes.
 
Marketing and Distribution
 
Personal lines auto and homeowners insurance products are directly marketed to employees at their employer’s worksite. Auto & Home products are also marketed and sold to individuals by the agency distribution group, independent agents, property and casualty specialists and through a direct response channel.
 
Employer Worksite Programs
 
Auto & Home is a leading provider of auto and homeowners products offered to employees at their employer’s worksite. Net premiums earned through this distribution channel grew at a compound annual rate of 3.6%, from $832 million in 2002 to $992 million in 2006. At December 31, 2006, approximately 2,000 employers offered MetLife Auto & Home products to their employees.
 
Institutional marketing representatives market the Auto & Home program to employers through a variety of means, including broker referrals and cross-selling to MetLife group customers. Once permitted by the employer, MetLife commences marketing efforts to employees. Employees who are interested in the auto and homeowners products can call a toll-free number to request a quote, to purchase coverage and to request payroll deduction over the telephone. Auto & Home has also developed proprietary software that permits an employee in most states to obtain a quote for auto insurance through Auto & Home’s Internet website.
 
Retail Distribution Channels
 
We market and sell Auto & Home products through the agency distribution group, independent agents, property and casualty specialists and through a direct response channel. In recent years, we have increased the number of independent agents and property and casualty specialists appointed to sell these products.
 
Agency Distribution Group Career Agency System.  The agency distribution group career agency system has approximately 1,600 agents that sell Auto & Home insurance products.
 
Independent Agencies.  At December 31, 2006, Auto & Home maintained contracts with more than 4,300 agencies and brokers.
 
Property and Casualty Specialists.  Auto & Home has 648 specialists located in 35 states. Auto & Home’s strategy is to utilize property and casualty specialists, who are Auto & Home employees, in geographic markets that are underserved by MetLife career agents.
 
Other Distribution Channels.  Auto & Home also utilizes a direct response marketing channel which permits sales to be generated through sources such as target mailings, career agent referrals and the Internet.
 
In 2006, Auto & Home’s business was mostly concentrated in the following states, as measured by net premiums earned: New York $383 million, or 13.1%; Massachusetts $356 million, or 12.2%; Illinois $198 million, or 6.8%; Florida $193 million, or 6.6%; Connecticut $132 million, or 4.5%; and Minnesota $115 million, or 3.9%.
 
Claims
 
Auto & Home’s claims department includes approximately 2,000 employees located in Auto & Home’s Warwick, Rhode Island home office, 11 field claim offices, 6 in-house counsel offices, drive-in inspection sites and other sites throughout the United States. These employees include claim adjusters, appraisers, attorneys, managers, medical specialists, investigators, customer service representatives, claim financial analysts and support staff. Claim adjusters, representing the majority of employees, investigate, evaluate and settle over 650,000 claims annually, principally by telephone.


10


Table of Contents

 
International
 
International provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. We focus on emerging markets primarily within the Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific regions. We operate in international markets through subsidiaries and joint ventures. The acquisition of Travelers in 2005 added operations in the following new markets: Australia, Belgium, Japan, Poland and the United Kingdom; as well as in markets in which we already operate: Argentina, Brazil, Hong Kong, India and China. See “Risk Factors — Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates and Foreign Securities Markets Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability,” and “Risk Factors — Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks that Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Latin America
 
We operate in the Latin America region in the following countries: Mexico, Chile, Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay. The operations in Mexico, Chile and Argentina represented 88% of the total premiums and fees in this region for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Mexican operation is the largest life insurance company in both the individual and group businesses in Mexico. The Chilean operation is the fourth largest annuity company in Chile, based on market share. The Chilean operation also offers individual life insurance and group insurance products. The Argentinean operation is the second largest pension company in the market, based on employee contributions. The Argentinean operation actively markets individual life insurance, group insurance products and credit life coverage.
 
Asia Pacific
 
We operate in the Asia Pacific region in the following countries: South Korea, Taiwan, Australia, Japan, Hong Kong and China. The operations in South Korea and Taiwan represented 85% of the total premiums and fees in this region for the year ended December 31, 2006. The South Korean operation offers individual life insurance, annuities, retirement & savings and non-medical health products, as well as group retirement products. The Taiwanese operation offers individual life, accident and health, personal travel insurance products and annuities, as well as group life and group accident and health insurance products. The Japanese operation offers fixed and guaranteed variable annuities and variable life products. The Japanese operation is not included in total premiums and fees but are included as a component of our net investment income.
 
Europe
 
We operate in Europe in the following countries: the United Kingdom, Belgium, Poland and Ireland. The results of our operation in India are also included in this region. The operation in the United Kingdom represented 61% of the total premiums and fees in this region for the year ended December 31, 2006. The United Kingdom operation underwrites risk in its home market and 13 other countries across Europe, offering credit insurance and personal accident coverage.
 
Reinsurance
 
Our Reinsurance segment is comprised of the life reinsurance business of Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (“RGA”), a publicly traded company (NYSE: RGA). At December 31, 2006, our ownership in RGA was approximately 53%.
 
RGA’s operations in North America are its largest and include operations of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries. In addition to these operations, RGA has subsidiary companies, branch offices, or representative offices in Australia, Barbados, China, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, Poland, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan and the United Kingdom.
 
In addition to its life reinsurance business, RGA provides reinsurance of asset-intensive products, critical illness and financial reinsurance. RGA and its predecessor, the reinsurance division of General American Life Insurance Company (“General American”), have been engaged in the business of life reinsurance since 1973. As of


11


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006, RGA had $19 billion and $2.0 trillion in consolidated assets and worldwide life reinsurance in-force, respectively.
 
RGA’s Products and Services
 
RGA’s operational segments are segregated primarily by geographic region: United States, Canada, Asia Pacific and Europe & South Africa, as well as Corporate & Other. The U.S. operations, which represented 61% of RGA’s 2006 net premiums, provide traditional life, asset-intensive products and financial reinsurance to domestic clients. Traditional life reinsurance involves RGA indemnifying another insurance company for all or a portion of the insurance risk, primarily mortality risk, it has written. Asset-intensive products primarily include the reinsurance of corporate-owned life insurance and annuities. Financial reinsurance involves assisting RGA’s clients (other insurance companies) in managing their regulatory capital or in achieving other financial goals. The Canadian operations, which represented 10% of RGA’s 2006 net premiums, primarily provide insurers with traditional life reinsurance. The Asia Pacific and Europe & South Africa operations, which represented, collectively, 29% of RGA’s 2006 net premiums, provide primarily traditional life and critical illness reinsurance and, to a lesser extent, financial reinsurance. Traditional life reinsurance pays upon the death of the insured and critical illness coverage provides a benefit upon the diagnosis of a pre-defined illness.
 
Corporate & Other
 
Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the business segments, various start-up entities, including MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank” or “MetLife Bank, N.A.”), a national bank, and run-off entities, as well as interest expense related to the majority of our outstanding debt and expenses associated with certain legal proceedings and income tax audit issues. Corporate & Other also includes the elimination of all intersegment amounts, which generally relate to intersegment loans, which bear interest rates commensurate with related borrowings, as well as intersegment transactions.
 
Policyholder Liabilities
 
We establish, and carry as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are calculated to meet our policy obligations when a policy matures or is surrendered, an insured dies or becomes disabled or upon the occurrence of other covered events, or to provide for future annuity payments. We compute the amounts for actuarial liabilities reported in our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
 
The liability for future policy benefits for participating traditional life insurance is the net level reserve using the policy’s guaranteed mortality rates and the dividend fund interest rate or nonforfeiture interest rate, as applicable. We amortize deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) in relation to the product’s estimated gross margins.
 
In establishing actuarial liabilities for certain other insurance contracts, we distinguish between short duration and long duration contracts. Short duration contracts generally arise from the property and casualty business. The actuarial liability for short duration contracts consists of gross unearned premiums as of the valuation date and the discounted amount of the future payments on pending and approved claims as of the valuation date. Long duration contracts consist of:
 
  •  guaranteed renewable term life;
 
  •  non-participating whole life;
 
  •  individual disability;
 
  •  group life, dental and disability; and
 
  •  LTC contracts.
 
We determine actuarial liabilities for long duration contracts using assumptions based on experience, plus a margin for adverse deviation for these policies.


12


Table of Contents

 
Where they exist, we amortize DAC, including value of business acquired (“VOBA”), in relation to the associated gross margins or premium.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, certain group life, dental and disability contracts will be reclassified as short duration due to the new guidance issued under Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection With Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements” for further information.
 
Liabilities for investment-type and universal life-type products primarily consist of policyholders’ account balances. Investment-type products include individual annuity contracts in the accumulation phase and certain group pension contracts that have limited or no mortality risk. Universal life-type products consist of universal and variable life contracts and contain group pension contracts. For universal life-type contracts with front-end loads, we defer the charge and amortize the unearned revenue using the product’s estimated gross profits. We amortize DAC on investment-type and universal life-type contracts in relation to estimated gross profits.
 
Limited pay contracts primarily consist of single premium immediate individual annuities, structured settlement annuities and certain group pension annuities. Actuarial liabilities for limited pay contracts are equal to the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses less the present value of future net premiums plus premium deficiency reserves, if any. For limited pay contracts, we also defer the excess of the gross premium over the net premium and recognize such excess into income in a constant relationship with insurance in-force for life insurance contracts and in relation to anticipated future benefit payments for annuity contracts. We amortize DAC for limited pay contracts over the premium payment period.
 
We also establish actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits (associated with base policies and riders, unearned mortality charges and future disability benefits), for other policyholder liabilities (associated with unearned revenues and claims payable) and for unearned revenue (the unamortized portion of front-end loads charged). We also establish liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts and secondary and paid-up guarantees relating to certain life policies.
 
The Auto & Home segment establishes actuarial liabilities to account for the estimated ultimate costs of losses and loss adjustment expenses for claims that have been reported but not yet settled, and claims incurred but not reported. It bases unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses on:
 
  •  case estimates for losses reported on direct business, adjusted in the aggregate for ultimate loss expectations;
 
  •  estimates of incurred but not reported losses based upon past experience;
 
  •  estimates of losses on insurance assumed primarily from involuntary market mechanisms; and
 
  •  estimates of future expenses to be incurred in settlement of claims.
 
For the Auto & Home segment, we deduct estimated amounts of salvage and subrogation from unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. Implicit in all these estimates are underlying assumptions about rates of inflation because we determine all estimates using expected amounts to be paid. We derive estimates for the development of reported claims and for incurred but not reported claims principally from actuarial analyses of historical patterns of claims and claims development for each line of business. Similarly, we derive estimates of unpaid loss adjustment expenses principally from actuarial analyses of historical development patterns of the relationship of loss adjustment expenses to losses for each line of business. We anticipate ultimate recoveries from salvage and subrogation principally on the basis of historical recovery patterns. We calculate and record a single best estimate liability, in conformance with GAAP, for reported losses and for incurred but not reported losses. We aggregate these estimates to form the liability recorded in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Pursuant to state insurance laws, the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries establish statutory reserves, reported as liabilities, to meet their obligations on their respective policies. These statutory reserves are established in amounts sufficient to meet policy and contract obligations, when taken together with expected future premiums and interest at assumed rates. Statutory reserves generally differ from actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits determined using GAAP.


13


Table of Contents

 
The New York Insurance Law and regulations require certain MetLife entities to submit to the New York Superintendent of Insurance (the “Superintendent”) or other state insurance departments, with each annual report, an opinion and memorandum of a “qualified actuary” that the statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts recorded in support of specified policies and contracts, and the assets supporting such statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts, make adequate provision for their statutory liabilities with respect to these obligations. See “— Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Policy and Contract Reserve Sufficiency Analysis.”
 
Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of its actuarial liabilities, we cannot precisely determine the amounts we will ultimately pay with respect to these actuarial liabilities, and the ultimate amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when payments may not occur until well into the future.
 
However, we believe our actuarial liabilities for future benefits are adequate to cover the ultimate benefits required to be paid to policyholders. We periodically review our estimates of actuarial liabilities for future benefits and compare them with our actual experience. We revise estimates, to the extent permitted or required under GAAP, if we determine that future expected experience differs from assumptions used in the development of actuarial liabilities.
 
We have experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses and possibly acts of terrorism that may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including pandemics, hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards) and fires. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing, severity or amount of catastrophes and acts of terrorism, but we make broad use of catastrophic and non-catastrophic reinsurance to manage risk from these perils.
 
Underwriting and Pricing
 
Institutional, Individual and International
 
Our underwriting for the Institutional and Individual segments involves an evaluation of applications for life, disability, dental, critical illness, retirement & savings, and LTC insurance products and services by a professional staff of underwriters and actuaries, who determine the type and the amount of risk that we are willing to accept. Within the International segment, similar products described above are offered to individual and institutional customers, as well as credit insurance and in a limited number of countries major medical products are offered. We employ detailed underwriting policies, guidelines and procedures designed to assist the underwriter to properly assess and quantify risks before issuing policies to qualified applicants or groups.
 
Individual underwriting considers not only an applicant’s medical history, but also other factors such as financial profiles, foreign travel, vocations and alcohol, drug and tobacco use. Our group underwriters generally evaluate the risk characteristics of each prospective insured group, although with certain voluntary products, employees may be underwritten on an individual basis. Generally, we are not obligated to accept any risk or group of risks from, or to issue a policy or group of policies to, any employer or intermediary. Requests for coverage are reviewed on their merits and generally a policy is not issued unless the particular risk or group has been examined and approved for underwriting. We generally perform our own underwriting; however, certain policies are reviewed by intermediaries under strict guidelines established by us.
 
To maintain high standards of underwriting quality and consistency, we engage in a multi-level series of ongoing internal underwriting audits, and are subject to external audits by our reinsurers, at both our remote underwriting offices and our corporate underwriting office.
 
We have established senior level oversight of the underwriting process that facilitates quality sales and serving the needs of our customers, while supporting our financial strength and business objectives. Our goal is to achieve the underwriting, mortality and morbidity levels reflected in the assumptions in our product pricing. This is accomplished by determining and establishing underwriting policies, guidelines, philosophies and strategies that are competitive and suitable for the customer, the agent and us.


14


Table of Contents

 
Pricing for the Institutional, Individual and International segments reflects our insurance underwriting standards. Product pricing of insurance products is based on the expected payout of benefits calculated through the use of assumptions for mortality, morbidity, expenses, persistency and investment returns, as well as certain macroeconomic factors, such as inflation. Product specifications are designed to mitigate the risks of greater than expected mortality, and we periodically monitor mortality and morbidity assumptions. Investment-oriented products are priced based on various factors, which may include investment return, expenses, persistency and optionality.
 
Unique to the Institutional segment’s, and the institutional business sold in the International segment, pricing is experience rated. We employ both prospective and retrospective experience rating. Prospective experience rating involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining future premium rates. Retrospective experience rating involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining the actual cost of providing insurance for the customer for the period of time in question.
 
We continually review our underwriting and pricing guidelines so that our policies remain competitive and supportive of our marketing strategies and profitability goals. Decisions are based on established actuarial pricing and risk selection principles to ensure that our underwriting and pricing guidelines are appropriate.
 
Auto & Home
 
Auto & Home’s underwriting function has six principal aspects:
 
  •  evaluating potential worksite marketing employer accounts and independent agencies;
 
  •  establishing guidelines for the binding of risks;
 
  •  reviewing coverage bound by agents;
 
  •  underwriting potential insureds, on a case by case basis, presented by agents outside the scope of their binding authority;
 
  •  pursuing information necessary in certain cases to enable Auto & Home to issue a policy within our guidelines; and
 
  •  ensuring that renewal policies continue to be written at rates commensurate with risk.
 
Subject to very few exceptions, agents in each of Auto & Home’s distribution channels, as well as in our Institutional segment, have binding authority for risks which fall within Auto & Home’s published underwriting guidelines. Risks falling outside the underwriting guidelines may be submitted for approval to the underwriting department; alternatively, agents in such a situation may call the underwriting department to obtain authorization to bind the risk themselves. In most states, Auto & Home generally has the right within a specified period (usually the first 60 days) to cancel any policy.
 
Auto & Home establishes prices for its major lines of insurance based on its proprietary database, rather than relying on rating bureaus. Auto & Home determines prices in part from a number of variables specific to each risk. The pricing of personal lines insurance products takes into account, among other things, the expected frequency and severity of losses, the costs of providing coverage (including the costs of acquiring policyholders and administering policy benefits and other administrative and overhead costs), competitive factors and profit considerations.
 
The major pricing variables for personal lines insurance include characteristics of the insured property, such as age, make and model or construction type, characteristics of insureds, such as driving record and loss experience, and the insured’s personal financial management. Auto & Home’s ability to set and change rates is subject to regulatory oversight.
 
As a condition of our license to do business in each state, Auto & Home, like all other automobile insurers, is required to write or share the cost of private passenger automobile insurance for higher risk individuals who would otherwise be unable to obtain such insurance. This “involuntary” market, also called the “shared market,” is governed by the applicable laws and regulations of each state, and policies written in this market are generally written at rates higher than standard rates.


15


Table of Contents

 
Reinsurance
 
Reinsurance is written on a facultative basis or an automatic treaty basis. Facultative reinsurance is individually underwritten by the reinsurer for each policy to be reinsured. Factors considered in underwriting facultative reinsurance are medical history, impairments, employment, hobbies and financial information. An automatic reinsurance treaty provides that risks will be ceded on specified blocks of business where the underlying policies meet the ceding company’s underwriting criteria. In contrast to facultative reinsurance, the reinsurer does not approve each individual risk. Automatic reinsurance treaties generally provide that the reinsurer will be liable for a portion of the risk associated with specified policies written by the ceding company. Factors considered in underwriting automatic reinsurance are the product’s underwriting, pricing, distribution and optionality, as well as the ceding company’s retention and financial strength.
 
Reinsurance Activity
 
In addition to the activity of the Reinsurance segment, which assumes insurance risk from other insurers, we cede premiums to other insurers under various agreements that cover individual risks, group risks or defined blocks of business, on a coinsurance, yearly renewable term, excess or catastrophe excess basis. These reinsurance agreements spread the risk and minimize the effect of losses. The amount of each risk retained by us depends on our evaluation of the specific risk, subject, in certain circumstances, to maximum limits based on the characteristics of coverages. We also cede first dollar mortality risk under certain contracts. We obtain reinsurance when capital requirements and the economic terms of the reinsurance make it appropriate to do so. Within the Reinsurance segment, RGA utilizes retrocessional reinsurance treaties as part of its overall mortality risk management program. In the normal course of business, RGA seeks to limit its exposure to loss on any single insured and to recover a portion of benefits paid by ceding reinsurance to other insurance enterprises or retrocessionaires under excess coverage and coinsurance contracts. Additionally, RGA systematically reduces its retention on certain treaties utilizing a number of retrocession arrangements whereby certain business in-force is retroceded on an automatic or facultative basis. RGA also retrocedes most of its financial reinsurance business to other insurance companies to alleviate statutory capital requirements created by this business.
 
Under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the reinsurer agrees to reimburse us for the ceded amount in the event the claim is paid. However, we remain liable to our policyholders with respect to ceded insurance if any reinsurer fails to meet the obligations assumed by it. Since we bear the risk of nonpayment by one or more of our reinsurers, we cede reinsurance to well-capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. Within the Reinsurance segment, RGA has never experienced a material default in connection with retrocession arrangements, nor has it experienced any material difficulty in collecting claims recoverable from retrocessionaires; however, no assurance can be given as to the future performance of such retrocessionaires or as to the recoverability of any such claims.
 
Individual
 
Our life insurance operations participate in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to large risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. We have historically reinsured the mortality risk on new individual life insurance policies primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. Until 2005, we reinsured up to 90% of the mortality risk for all new individual life insurance policies that we wrote through our various franchises. This practice was initiated by the different franchises for different products starting at various points in time between 1992 and 2000. During 2005, we changed our retention practices for certain individual life insurance policies. Amounts reinsured in prior years remain reinsured under the original reinsurance; however, under the new retention guidelines, we reinsure up to 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most new individual life insurance policies that we write through our various franchises and for certain individual life policies the retention strategy remained unchanged. On a case by case basis, we may retain up to $25 million per life on single life individual policies and $30 million per life on survivorship individual policies and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of our retention limits. We evaluate our reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease our retention at any time. In addition, we reinsure a significant portion of the mortality risk on our individual universal life policies issued since 1983. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specific characteristics.


16


Table of Contents

 
In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, we reinsure other risks, as well as specific coverages. We routinely reinsure certain classes of risks in order to limit our exposure to particular travel, avocation and lifestyle hazards. We have exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in our results of operations. We use excess of retention and quota share reinsurance arrangements to provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks.
 
We reinsure our business through a diversified group of reinsurers. No single unaffiliated reinsurer has a material obligation to us, nor is our business substantially dependent upon any reinsurance contracts. We are contingently liable with respect to ceded reinsurance should any reinsurer be unable to meet its obligations under these agreements.
 
Auto & Home
 
Auto & Home purchases reinsurance to control our exposure to large losses (primarily catastrophe losses) and to protect statutory surplus. Auto & Home cedes to reinsurers a portion of losses and cedes premiums based upon the risk and exposure of the policies subject to reinsurance.
 
To control our exposure to large property and casualty losses, Auto & Home utilizes property catastrophe, casualty, and property per risk excess of loss agreements.
 
Other
 
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”) reinsures its workers’ compensation business through a 100% quota-share reinsurance agreement and is included within Corporate & Other as a run-off business.
 
Regulation
 
Insurance Regulation
 
Metropolitan Life is licensed to transact insurance business in, and is subject to regulation and supervision by, all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Canada. Each of the Holding Company’s other insurance subsidiaries is licensed and regulated in all U.S. and international jurisdictions where they conduct insurance business. The extent of such regulation varies, but most jurisdictions have laws and regulations governing the financial aspects of insurers, including standards of solvency, statutory reserves, reinsurance and capital adequacy, and the business conduct of insurers. In addition, statutes and regulations usually require the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of policy forms and certain other related materials and, for certain lines of insurance, the approval of rates. Such statutes and regulations also prescribe the permitted types and concentration of investments. The New York Insurance Law limits both the amounts of agent compensation throughout the U.S., as well as the sales commissions and certain other marketing expenses that may be incurred in connection with the sale of life insurance policies and annuity contracts.
 
The Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries are each required to file reports, generally including detailed annual financial statements, with insurance regulatory authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which they do business, and their operations and accounts are subject to periodic examination by such authorities. These subsidiaries must also file, and in many jurisdictions and in some lines of insurance obtain regulatory approval for, rules, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate.
 
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) has established a program of accrediting state insurance departments. NAIC accreditation permits accredited states to conduct periodic examinations of insurers domiciled in such states. NAIC-accredited states will not accept reports of examination of insurers from unaccredited states, except under limited circumstances. As a direct result, insurers domiciled in unaccredited states may be subject to financial examination by accredited states in which they are licensed, in addition to any examinations conducted by their domiciliary states. The New York State Department of Insurance (the “Department”), Metropolitan Life’s principal insurance regulator, has not received its accreditation as a result of the New York legislature’s failure to adopt certain model NAIC laws. We do not believe that the absence of this accreditation will have a significant impact upon our ability to conduct our insurance businesses.


17


Table of Contents

 
State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general from time to time make inquiries regarding compliance by the Holding Company and its insurance subsidiaries with insurance, securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of our insurance and securities businesses. We cooperate with such inquiries and takes corrective action when warranted. See “Legal Proceedings.”
 
Holding Company Regulation.  The Holding Company and its insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. The insurance holding company laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require a controlled insurance company (insurers that are subsidiaries of insurance holding companies) to register with state regulatory authorities and to file with those authorities certain reports, including information concerning their capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations.
 
State insurance statutes also typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, as well as on transactions between an insurer and its affiliates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company.” The New York Insurance Law and the regulations thereunder also restrict the aggregate amount of investments Metropolitan Life may make in non-life insurance subsidiaries, and provide for detailed periodic reporting on subsidiaries.
 
Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.  Most of the jurisdictions in which the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life and property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay certain contractual insurance benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.
 
In the past five years, the aggregate assessments levied against the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries have not been material. We have established liabilities for guaranty fund assessments that we consider adequate for assessments with respect to insurers that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Insolvency Assessments.”
 
Statutory Insurance Examination.  As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed examinations of the books, records, accounts, and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, MetLife, Inc. has not received any material adverse findings resulting from state insurance department examinations of its insurance subsidiaries conducted during this three-year period.
 
Regulatory authorities in a small number of states have had investigations or inquiries relating to Metropolitan Life’s, New England Life Insurance Company’s (“New England Life”) or General American’s sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief. We may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner.
 
Policy and Contract Reserve Sufficiency Analysis.  Annually, MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required to conduct an analysis of the sufficiency of all statutory reserves. In each case, a qualified actuary must submit an opinion which states that the statutory reserves, when considered in light of the assets held with respect to such reserves, make good and sufficient provision for the associated contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer. If such an opinion cannot be provided, the insurer must set up additional reserves by moving funds from surplus. Since inception of this requirement, MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries which are required by their states of domicile to provide these opinions have provided such opinions without qualifications.
 
Surplus and Capital.  MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to the supervision of the regulators in each jurisdiction in which they are licensed to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of these insurance subsidiaries, to limit or prohibit sales to


18


Table of Contents

policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such insurer has not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders. See “— Risk-Based Capital.”
 
Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”).  Each of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to certain RBC requirements and reports their RBC based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and business risk. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the total adjusted capital of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Capital.”
 
The NAIC adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (“Codification”) in 2001. Codification was intended to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting to state insurance departments. However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. The Department has adopted Codification with certain modifications for the preparation of statutory financial statements of insurance companies domiciled in New York. Modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the effect of Codification on the statutory capital and surplus of MetLife Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries.
 
Regulation of Investments.  Each of MetLife, Inc.’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of its investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by each of the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries complied, in all material respects, with such regulations at December 31, 2006.
 
Federal Initiatives.  Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal initiatives often have an impact on our business in a variety of ways. From time to time, federal measures are proposed which may significantly affect the insurance business; the potential for this resides primarily in the tax-writing committees. At the present time, we do not know of any federal legislative initiatives that, if enacted, would adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Legislative Developments.  On August 17, 2006, President Bush signed the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) into law. This act is considered to be the most sweeping pension legislation since the adoption of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) on September 2, 1974. The provisions of the PPA may have a significant impact on demand for pension, retirement savings, and lifestyle protection products in both the institutional and retail markets. This legislation, while not immediate, may have a positive impact on the life insurance and financial services industries in the future.
 
On February 8, 2006, President Bush signed into law the Deficit Reduction Act which, among other things, creates a national LTC partnership program. States are now implementing the partnership program. While it is possible that the implementation of this program could have a positive effect on our LTC business, we can give no assurance that this will be the case.
 
We cannot predict what other proposals may be made, what legislation may be introduced or enacted or the impact of any such legislation on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Broker-Dealer and Securities Regulation
 
Some of the Holding Company’s subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance products are subject to extensive regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These subsidiaries issue variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment


19


Table of Contents

Company Act of 1940. Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and are members of, and subject to, regulation by NASD. Further, some of the Holding Company’s subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable. Certain variable contract separate accounts sponsored by the Holding Company’s subsidiaries are exempt from registration, but may be subject to other provisions of the federal securities laws.
 
Federal and state securities regulatory authorities and NASD from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations regarding compliance by the Holding Company and its subsidiaries with securities and other laws and regulations. We cooperate with such inquiries and examinations and take corrective action when warranted.
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations. We may also be subject to similar laws and regulations in the foreign countries in which we provide investment advisory services, offer products similar to those described above, or conduct other activities.
 
Environmental Considerations
 
As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Inherent in such ownership and operation is also the risk that there may be potential environmental liabilities and costs in connection with any required remediation of such properties. In addition, we hold equity interests in companies that could potentially be subject to environmental liabilities. We routinely have environmental assessments performed with respect to real estate being acquired for investment and real property to be acquired through foreclosure. We cannot provide assurance that unexpected environmental liabilities will not arise. However, based on information currently available to management, management believes that any costs associated with compliance with environmental laws and regulations or any remediation of such properties will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
ERISA Considerations
 
We provide products and services to certain employee benefit plans that are subject to ERISA, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As such, our activities are subject to the restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, including the requirement under ERISA that fiduciaries must perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries and the requirement under ERISA and the Code that fiduciaries may not cause a covered plan to engage in prohibited transactions with persons who have certain relationships with respect to such plans. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”).
 
In John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank (1993), the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain assets in excess of amounts necessary to satisfy guaranteed obligations under a participating group annuity general account contract are “plan assets.” Therefore, these assets are subject to certain fiduciary obligations under ERISA, which requires fiduciaries to perform their duties solely in the interest of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries. On January 5, 2000, the Secretary of Labor issued final regulations indicating, in cases where an insurer has issued a policy backed by the insurer’s general account to or for an employee benefit plan, the extent to which assets of the insurer constitute plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. The regulations apply only with respect to a policy issued by an insurer on or before December 31, 1998 (“Transition Policy”). No person will generally be liable under ERISA or the Code for conduct occurring prior to July 5, 2001, where the basis of a claim is that insurance company general account assets constitute plan assets. An insurer issuing a new policy that is backed by its general account and is issued to or for an employee benefit plan after December 31,


20


Table of Contents

1998 will generally be subject to fiduciary obligations under ERISA, unless the policy is a guaranteed benefit policy.
 
The regulations indicate the requirements that must be met so that assets supporting a Transition Policy will not be considered plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. These requirements include detailed disclosures to be made to the employee benefits plan and the requirement that the insurer must permit the policyholder to terminate the policy on 90 day notice and receive without penalty, at the policyholder’s option, either (i) the unallocated accumulated fund balance (which may be subject to market value adjustment) or (ii) a book value payment of such amount in annual installments with interest. We have taken and continue to take steps designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
 
Financial Holding Company Regulation
 
Regulatory Agencies.  In connection with its acquisition of a federally-chartered commercial bank, the Holding Company became a bank holding company and financial holding company on February 28, 2001. As such, the Holding Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). In addition, the Holding Company’s banking subsidiary is subject to regulation and examination primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and secondarily by the FRB and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
Financial Holding Company Activities.  As a financial holding company, MetLife, Inc.’s activities and investments are restricted by the BHC Act, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), to those that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency, merchant banking and activities that the FRB has determined to be closely related to banking. In addition, under the insurance company investment portfolio provision of the GLB Act, financial holding companies are authorized to make investments in other financial and non-financial companies, through their insurance subsidiaries, that are in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with state insurance law, provided the financial holding company does not routinely manage or operate such companies except as may be necessary to obtain a reasonable return on investment.
 
Other Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies — Capital.  MetLife, Inc. and its insured depository institution subsidiary, MetLife Bank, are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. At December 31, 2006, MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank were in compliance with the aforementioned guidelines.
 
Other Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies — Consumer Protection Laws.  Numerous other federal and state laws also affect the Holding Company’s and MetLife Bank’s earnings and activities, including federal and state consumer protection laws. The GLB Act included consumer privacy provisions that, among other things, require disclosure of a financial institution’s privacy policy to customers. In addition, these provisions permit states to adopt more extensive privacy protections through legislation or regulation.
 
Other Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies — Change of Control.  Because MetLife, Inc. is a “financial holding company” and “bank holding company” under the federal banking laws, no person may acquire control of MetLife, Inc. without the prior approval of the FRB. A change of control is conclusively presumed upon acquisitions of 25% or more of any class of voting securities and rebuttably presumed upon acquisitions of 10% or more of any class of voting securities. Further, as a result of MetLife, Inc.’s ownership of MetLife Bank, approval from the OCC would be required in connection with a change of control (generally presumed upon the acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting securities) of MetLife, Inc.


21


Table of Contents

 
Competition
 
Our management believes that competition faced by our business segments is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, ebusiness capabilities and name recognition. It competes with a large number of other insurers, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employer and other group customers and agents and other distributors of insurance and investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or, with respect to other insurers, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Some may also have greater financial resources with which to compete.
 
We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Strong competition exists among insurers for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. We compete with other insurers for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. See “— Individual — Marketing and Distribution.” We continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency force while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales force. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining new agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial position could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining agents.
 
Many of our insurance products, particularly those offered by our Institutional segment, are underwritten annually and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us. The effect of competition may, as a result, adversely affect the persistency of these and other products, as well as our ability to sell products in the future.
 
The U.S. Congress periodically considers reforms to the nation’s healthcare system. While we offer non-medical health insurance products (such as group dental insurance, LTC and disability insurance), we generally do not offer medical indemnity products or managed care products, and, accordingly, we do not expect to be directly affected by such proposals to any significant degree. However, the uncertain environment resulting from healthcare reform could cause group health insurance providers to enter some of the markets in which we do business, thereby increasing competition. Increasing healthcare costs are causing consumers to seek alternative financial protection products. As a result, we have entered the fixed benefit critical illness insurance marketplace. Changes to the healthcare system may make this market more or less attractive in the future.
 
See “ — Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Legislative Developments” for information on pension plans.


22


Table of Contents

Company Ratings
 
Insurer financial strength ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the ability of an insurance company to meet its policyholder financial obligations. Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding an issuer’s ability to repay its indebtedness. Our insurer financial strength ratings and credit ratings as of the date of this filing are listed in the tables below:
 
Insurer Financial Strength Ratings
 
                                 
                Moody’s
       
    A.M. Best
    Fitch
    Investors
    Standard &
 
    Company (1)     Ratings (2)     Service (3)     Poor’s (4)  
 
First MetLife Investors Insurance Company
    A+       N/R       N/R       AA  
General American Life Insurance Company
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
MetLife Investors Insurance Company
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company
    A+       AA       Aa3       AA  
MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
Metropolitan Casualty Insurance Company
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  
Metropolitan Direct Property and Casualty Insurance Company
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  
Metropolitan General Insurance Company
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  
Metropolitan Group Property & Casualty Insurance Company
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Short-Term Rating)
    N/R       N/R       P-1       A-1+  
Metropolitan Lloyds Insurance Company of Texas
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  
Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company
    A       N/R       Aa3       N/R  
Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
    A+       N/R       Aa3       N/R  
New England Life Insurance Company
    A+       AA       Aa2       AA  
RGA Reinsurance Company
    A+       AA-       A1       AA-  
RGA Life Reinsurance Company of Canada
    A+       N/R       N/R       AA-  
Texas Life Insurance Company
    A       N/R       N/R       N/R  


23


Table of Contents

Credit Ratings
 
                                 
                Moody’s
       
    A.M. Best
    Fitch
    Investors
    Standard &
 
    Company (1)     Ratings (2)     Service (3)     Poor’s (4)  
 
GenAmerica Capital I (Preferred Stock)
    N/R       A−       A3       BBB+  
General American Life Insurance Company (Surplus Notes)
    a+ (5)     N/R       A1       A+  
MetLife Capital Trust II (Preferred Stock)
    a− (5)     A−       A3       BBB+  
MetLife Capital Trust III (Preferred Stock)
    a− (5)     A−       A3       BBB+  
MetLife Funding, Inc. (Commercial Paper)
    AMB−1+ (5)     F1+       P-1       A-1+  
MetLife, Inc. (Commercial Paper)
    AMB-1 (5)     F1       P-1       A-1  
MetLife, Inc. (Senior Unsecured)
    a (5)     A       A2       A  
MetLife, Inc. (Subordinated Debt)
    a− (5)     N/R       A3       BBB+  
MetLife, Inc. (Junior Subordinated Debt)
    bbb+ (5)     N/R       A3 (6)     BBB+  
MetLife, Inc. (Preferred Stock)
    bbb+ (5)     A−       Baa1       BBB+  
MetLife, Inc. (Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock)
    bbb+ (5)     A−       Baa1       BBB  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Surplus Notes)
    a+ (5)     A+       A1       A+  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (Senior Unsecured)
    a−       A−       Baa1       A−  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (Junior Subordinated Debt)
    bbb       BBB+       Baa3       BBB−  
RGA Capital Trust I (Preferred Stock)
    bbb+       BBB+       Baa2       BBB  
 
 
(1) A.M. Best Company (“Best”) insurer financial strength ratings range from “A++ (superior)” to “F (in liquidation).” Ratings of “A+” and “A” are in the “superior” and “excellent” categories, respectively.
 
Best’s long-term credit ratings range from “aaa (exceptional)” to “d (in default).” A “+” or “—” may be appended to ratings from “aa” to “ccc” to indicate relative position within a category. Ratings of “a” and “bbb” are in the “strong” and “adequate” categories.
 
Best’s short-term credit ratings range from “AMB-1+ (strongest)” to “d (in default).”
 
(2) Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) insurer financial strength ratings range from “AAA (exceptionally strong)” to “D (distressed).” A “+” or “—” may be appended to ratings from “AA” to “CCC” to indicate relative position within a category. A rating of “AA” is in the “very strong” category.
 
Fitch long-term credit ratings range from “AAA (highest credit quality),” to “D (default).” A “+” or “— ” may be appended to ratings from “AA” to “CCC” to indicate relative position within a category. Ratings of “A” and “BBB” are in the “high” and “good” categories, respectively.
 
Fitch short-term credit ratings range from “F1+ (exceptionally strong credit quality)” to “D (in default).” A rating of “F1” is in the “highest credit quality” category.
 
(3) Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) long-term insurer financial strength ratings range from “Aaa (exceptional)” to “C (extremely poor).” A numeric modifier may be appended to ratings from “Aa” to “Caa” to indicate relative position within a category, with 1 being the highest and 3 being the lowest. A rating of “Aa” is in the “excellent” category.
 
Moody’s short-term insurer financial strength ratings range from “P-1 (superior)” to “NP (not prime).”
 
Moody’s long-term credit ratings range from “Aaa (exceptional)” to “C (typically in default).” A numeric modifier may be appended to ratings from “Aa” to “Caa” to indicate relative position within a category, with 1 being the highest and 3 being the lowest. Ratings of “A” and “Baa” are in the “upper-medium grade” and “medium-grade” categories, respectively.
 
Moody’s short-term credit ratings range from “P-1 (superior)” to “NP (not prime).”


24


Table of Contents

 
(4) Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) long-term insurer financial strength ratings range from “AAA (extremely strong)” to “R (regulatory action).” A “+” or “—” may be appended to ratings from “AA” to “CCC” to indicate relative position within a category. A rating of “AA” is in the “very strong” category.
 
S&P short-term insurer financial strength ratings range from “A-1+ (extremely strong)” to “R (regulatory action).”
 
S&P long-term credit ratings range from “AAA (extremely strong)” to “D (payment default).” A “+” or “—” may be appended to ratings from “AA” to “CCC” to indicate relative position within a category. A rating of “A” is in the “strong” category. A rating of “BBB” has adequate protection parameters and is considered investment grade.
 
S&P short-term credit ratings range from “A-1+ (extremely strong)” to “D (payment default).” A rating of “A-1” is in the “strong” category.
 
(5) Outlook is “negative.”
 
(6) Under review for a possible downgrade.
 
N/R indicates not rated.
 
Rating Stability Indicators
 
Rating agencies use an “outlook statement” of “positive,” “stable” or “negative” to indicate a medium- or long-term trend in credit fundamentals which, if continued, may lead to a rating change. These factors may be internal to the issuer, such as a changing profitability profile, or may be brought about by changes in the industry’s landscape through new competition, regulation or technological transformation. A rating may have a “stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change. A “stable” rating does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time, without notice.
 
The foregoing insurer financial strength ratings reflect each rating agency’s opinion of Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company’s other insurance subsidiaries’ financial characteristics with respect to their ability to pay obligations under insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms, and are not evaluations directed toward the protection of investors in the Holding Company’s securities. Credit ratings are opinions of each agency with respect to specific securities and contractual financial obligations and the issuer’s ability and willingness to meet those obligations when due. Neither insurer financial strength nor credit ratings are statements of fact nor are they recommendations to purchase, hold or sell any security, contract or policy. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.
 
A ratings downgrade (or the potential for such a downgrade) of Metropolitan Life or any of the Holding Company’s other insurance subsidiaries could potentially, among other things, increase the number of policies surrendered and withdrawals by policyholders of cash values from their policies, adversely affect relationships with broker-dealers, banks, agents, wholesalers and other distributors of our products and services, negatively impact new sales, and adversely affect our ability to compete and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Employees
 
At December 31, 2006, we had approximately 47,000 employees. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.
 
We disclosed in Part I, Item 1 of our 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC that we employed approximately 65,500 employees. Included in this figure were certain agents who would not be considered employees under local statutes and regulations in foreign jurisdictions and certain other employees. Accordingly, we have revised the reported count of employees as of December 31, 2005, to approximately 46,000. We have modified the method we use to count employees, but our workforce composition has not changed.


25


Table of Contents

 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Set forth below is information regarding the executive officers of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life:
 
C. Robert Henrikson, age 59, has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since April 25, 2006. Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life from March 1, 2006, President and Chief Operating Officer of MetLife, Inc. from June 2004, and President of the U.S. Insurance and Financial Services businesses of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life from July 2002 to June 2004. He served as President of Institutional Business of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 to July 2002 and President of Institutional Business of Metropolitan Life from May 1999 through June 2002. He was Senior Executive Vice President, Institutional Business, of Metropolitan Life from December 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Institutional Business, from January 1996 to December 1997, and Senior Vice President, Pensions, from January 1991 to January 1995. He is a director of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life.
 
Steven A. Kandarian, age 54, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since April 2005. Previously, he was the executive director of the PBGC from 2001 to 2004. Before joining the PBGC, Mr. Kandarian was founder and managing partner of Orion Partners, LP, where he managed a private equity fund specializing in venture capital and corporate acquisitions for eight years. Mr. Kandarian is a director and Chairman of the Board of Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated.
 
James L. Lipscomb, age 60, has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since July 2003. He was Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel from July 2001 to July 2003. Mr. Lipscomb was President and Chief Executive Officer of Conning Corporation, a former subsidiary of Metropolitan Life, from March 2000 to July 2001, prior to which he served in various senior management positions with Metropolitan Life for more than five years.
 
William J. Mullaney, age 47, has been President, Institutional Business, of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since January 2007. Previously, he was President of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company from January 2005 to January 2007, Senior Vice President of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company from July 2002 to December 2004, Senior Vice President, Institutional Business, of Metropolitan Life from August 2001 to July 2002, and a Vice President of Metropolitan Life for more than five years. He is a director of MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut and MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut.
 
Catherine A. Rein, age 64, has been Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of MetLife, Inc. since January 2005. Previously, she was Senior Executive Vice President of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company from March 1999 to January 2005. She has been Senior Executive Vice President of Metropolitan Life since February 1998 and was Executive Vice President from October 1989 to February 1998.
 
William J. Toppeta, age 58, has been President, International, of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since June 2001. He was President of Client Services and Chief Administrative Officer of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 to June 2001 and President of Client Services and Chief Administrative Officer of Metropolitan Life from May 1999 to June 2001. He was Senior Executive Vice President, Head of Client Services, of Metropolitan Life from March 1999 to May 1999, Senior Executive Vice President, Individual, from February 1998 to March 1999, Executive Vice President, Individual Business, from July 1996 to February 1998, Senior Vice President from October 1995 to July 1996 and President and Chief Executive Officer of its Canadian Operations from July 1993 to October 1995.
 
Lisa M. Weber, age 44, has been President, Individual Business, of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since June 2004. Previously, she was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life from June 2001 to June 2004. She was Executive Vice President of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life from December 1999 to June 2001 and was head of Human Resources of Metropolitan Life from March 1998 to December 2003. She was Senior Vice President of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 to November 1999 and Senior Vice President of Metropolitan Life from March 1998 to November 1999. Previously, she was Senior Vice President of Human Resources of PaineWebber Group Incorporated, where she was employed for ten years. Ms. Weber is a director of MetLife Bank, N.A., MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut and MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut.


26


Table of Contents

 
William J. Wheeler, age 45, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MetLife, Inc. and Metropolitan Life since December 2003, prior to which he was a Senior Vice President of Metropolitan Life from 1997 to December 2003. Previously, he was a Senior Vice President of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette for more than five years. Mr. Wheeler is a director of MetLife Bank, N.A.
 
Trademarks
 
We have a worldwide trademark portfolio that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services, including, among others, the trademark “MetLife.” We also have the exclusive license to use the Peanuts®characters in the area of financial services and healthcare benefit services in the United States and internationally under an advertising and premium agreement with United Feature Syndicate until December 31, 2012. Furthermore, we also have a non-exclusive license to use certain Citigroup-owned trademarks in connection with the marketing, distribution or sale of life insurance and annuity products under a licensing agreement with Citigroup until June 30, 2015. We believe that our rights in our trademarks and under our Peanuts® characters license and our Citigroup license are well protected.
 
Available Information
 
MetLife, Inc. files periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at its Headquarters Office, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 (Public Reference Room) or 1-800-SEC-0330 (Office of Investor Education and Assistance). In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including MetLife, Inc.
 
MetLife, Inc. makes available, free of charge, on its website (www.metlife.com) through the Investor Relations page, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to all those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing (furnishing) such reports to the SEC. Other information found on the website is not part of this or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability
 
Some of our products, principally traditional whole life insurance, fixed annuities and GICs, expose us to the risk that changes in interest rates will reduce our “spread,” or the difference between the amounts that we are required to pay under the contracts in the Company’s general account and the rate of return we are able to earn on general account investments intended to support obligations under the contracts. Our spread is a key component of our net income.
 
As interest rates decrease or remain at low levels, we may be forced to reinvest proceeds from investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold at lower yields, reducing our investment margin. Moreover, borrowers may prepay or redeem the fixed-income securities, commercial mortgages and mortgage-backed securities in our investment portfolio with greater frequency in order to borrow at lower market rates, which exacerbates this risk. Lowering interest crediting rates can help offset decreases in investment margins on some products. However, our ability to lower these rates could be limited by competition or contractually guaranteed minimum rates and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in asset yields. As a result, our spread could decrease or potentially become negative. Our expectation for future spreads is an important component in the amortization of DAC and VOBA and significantly lower spreads may cause us to accelerate amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected reporting period. In addition, during periods of declining interest rates, life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to year, during a period when our new investments carry lower returns. A decline in market interest rates could also reduce our return on investments that do not support particular policy obligations. Accordingly, declining interest rates may materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows and significantly reduce our profitability.


27


Table of Contents

 
Our results in Taiwan are highly sensitive to interest rates and other related assumptions because of the sustained low interest rate environment in Taiwan coupled with long-term interest rate guarantees of approximately 6% embedded in the life and health contracts sold prior to 2003 and the lack of availability of long-duration assets in the Taiwanese capital markets to match such long-duration liabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2006, our Taiwanese operation recorded a loss recognition adjustment (in the form of accelerated DAC amortization) of $50 million, net of income tax, due, principally, to the continued low interest rate environment. The loss recognition testing that resulted in the charge during the fourth quarter of 2006 used a current best estimate of Taiwanese interest rates of 2.1% rising to 3.5% over the next ten years and a corresponding increase in related lapse rates. If interest rates and related lapse assumptions do not improve, notwithstanding other actions we may take to reduce the impact, current estimates of future loss recognition of as much as $250 million, net of income tax, could be recognized in our results of operations in one or more future periods and additional capital may be required to be contributed to the Taiwanese operation. The results of loss recognition testing for Taiwan are inherently uncertain given the use of various assumptions and the long-term nature of the liability, and therefore, can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which may vary significantly in future periods.
 
Increases in market interest rates could also negatively affect our profitability. In periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, we may not be able to replace, in a timely manner, the assets in the Company’s general account with higher yielding assets needed to fund the higher crediting rates necessary to keep interest sensitive products competitive. We, therefore, may have to accept a lower spread and, thus, lower profitability or face a decline in sales and greater loss of existing contracts and related assets. In addition, policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals may tend to increase as policyholders seek investments with higher perceived returns as interest rates rise. This process may result in cash outflows requiring that we sell invested assets at a time when the prices of those assets are adversely affected by the increase in market interest rates, which may result in realized investment losses. Unanticipated withdrawals and terminations may cause us to accelerate the amortization of DAC and VOBA, which would increase our current expenses and reduce net income. An increase in market interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio, for example, by decreasing the fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial portion of our investment portfolio.
 
Industry Trends Could Adversely Affect the Profitability of Our Businesses
 
Our business segments continue to be influenced by a variety of trends that affect the insurance industry. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Industry Trends.”
 
Financial Environment.  The current financial environment presents a challenge for the life insurance industry. The level of long-term interest rates and the shape of the yield curve can have a negative impact on the demand for and the profitability of spread-based products such as fixed annuities, GICs and universal life insurance. A flat or inverted yield curve and low long-term interest rates will be a concern until new money rates on corporate bonds are higher than overall life insurer investment portfolio yields. Recent volatile equity market performance has also presented challenges for life insurers, as fee revenue from variable annuities and pension products is tied to separate account balances, which reflect equity market performance. Also, variable annuity product demand often mirrors consumer demand for equity market investments. See “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Competitive Pressures.  The life insurance industry remains highly competitive. The product development and product life-cycles have shortened in many product segments, leading to more intense competition with respect to product features. Larger companies have the ability to invest in brand equity, product development, technology and risk management, which are among the fundamentals for sustained profitable growth in the life insurance industry. In addition, several of the industry’s products can be quite homogeneous and subject to intense price competition. Sufficient scale, financial strength and financial flexibility are becoming prerequisites for sustainable growth in the life insurance industry. Larger market participants tend to have the capacity to invest in additional distribution capability and the information technology needed to offer the superior customer service demanded by an increasingly sophisticated industry client base. See “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability” and “Business — Competition.”


28


Table of Contents

 
Regulatory Changes.  The life insurance industry is regulated at the state level, with some products and services also subject to federal regulation. As life insurers introduce new and often more complex products, regulators refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards for the life insurance industry. Regulations recently adopted or currently under review can potentially impact the reserve and capital requirements of the industry. In addition, regulators have undertaken market and sales practices reviews of several markets or products, including equity-indexed annuities, variable annuities and group products. See “— Our Insurance Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Business — Regulation — Insurance Regulation.”
 
Pension Plans.  On August 17, 2006, President Bush signed the PPA. The PPA is a comprehensive reform of defined benefit and defined contribution plan rules. Defined benefit funding reforms may result in an increase in the shift from defined benefit to defined contribution programs and increased defined benefit plan freezes and terminations. These changes may adversely affect our business.
 
A Decline in Equity Markets or an Increase in Volatility in Equity Markets May Adversely Affect Sales of Our Investment Products and Our Profitability
 
Significant downturns and volatility in equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in three principal ways.
 
First, market downturns and volatility may discourage purchases of separate account products, such as variable annuities, variable life insurance and mutual funds that have returns linked to the performance of the equity markets and may cause some of our existing customers to withdraw cash values or reduce investments in those products.
 
Second, downturns and volatility in equity markets can have a material adverse effect on the revenues and returns from our savings and investment products and services. Because these products and services depend on fees related primarily to the value of assets under management, a decline in the equity markets could reduce our revenues by reducing the value of the investment assets we manage. The retail annuity business in particular is highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness in the markets will decrease revenues and earnings in variable annuity products.
 
Third, we provide certain guarantees within some of our products that protect policyholders against significant downturns in the equity markets. For example, we offer variable annuity products with guaranteed features, such as minimum death and withdrawal benefits. These guarantees may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity market conditions, causing us to increase liabilities for future policy benefits, negatively affecting net income.
 
The Performance of Our Investments Depends on Conditions that Are Outside Our Control, and Our Net Investment Income Can Vary from Period to Period
 
The performance of our investment portfolio depends in part upon the level of and changes in interest rates, equity prices, real estate values, the performance of the economy in general, the performance of the specific obligors included in our portfolio and other factors that are beyond our control. Changes in these factors can affect our net investment income in any period, and such changes can be substantial.
 
We invest a portion of our invested assets in pooled investment funds that make private equity investments. The amount and timing of income from such investment funds tend to be uneven as a result of the performance of the underlying private equity investments, which can be difficult to predict, as well as the timing of distributions from the funds, which depends on particular events relating to the underlying investments, as well as the funds’ schedules for making distributions and their needs for cash. As a result, the amount of income that we record from these investments can vary substantially from quarter to quarter.
 
Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability
 
Our business segments are subject to intense competition. We believe that this competition is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, e-business capabilities and name recognition. We compete with a large number of other insurers, as well as


29


Table of Contents

non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employers and other group customers and agents and other distributors of insurance and investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or, with respect to other insurers, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Some may also have greater financial resources with which to compete. National banks, which may sell annuity products of life insurers in some circumstances, also have pre-existing customer bases for financial services products.
 
Many of our insurance products, particularly those offered by our Institutional segment, are underwritten annually, and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us. The effect of competition may, as a result, adversely affect the persistency of these and other products, as well as our ability to sell products in the future.
 
In addition, the investment management and securities brokerage businesses have relatively few barriers to entry and continually attract new entrants. Many of our competitors in these businesses offer a broader array of investment products and services and are better known than us as sellers of annuities and other investment products. See “Business — Competition.”
 
We May be Unable to Attract and Retain Sales Representatives for Our Products
 
We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Strong competition exists among insurers for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. We compete with other insurers for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. We continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency force while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales force. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining new agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining agents. See “Business — Competition.”
 
Differences Between Actual Claims Experience and Underwriting and Reserving Assumptions May Adversely Affect Our Financial Results
 
Our earnings significantly depend upon the extent to which our actual claims experience is consistent with the assumptions we use in setting prices for our products and establishing liabilities for future policy benefits and claims. Our liabilities for future policy benefits and claims are established based on estimates by actuaries of how much we will need to pay for future benefits and claims. For life insurance and annuity products, we calculate these liabilities based on many assumptions and estimates, including estimated premiums to be received over the assumed life of the policy, the timing of the event covered by the insurance policy, the amount of benefits or claims to be paid and the investment returns on the assets we purchase with the premiums we receive. We establish liabilities for property and casualty claims and benefits based on assumptions and estimates of damages and liabilities incurred. To the extent that actual claims experience is less favorable than the underlying assumptions we used in establishing such liabilities, we could be required to increase our liabilities.
 
Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of liabilities for future policy benefits and claims, we cannot determine precisely the amounts which we will ultimately pay to settle our liabilities. Such amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. We evaluate our liabilities periodically based on changes in the assumptions used to establish the liabilities, as well as our actual experience. We charge or credit changes in our liabilities to expenses in the period the liabilities are established or re-estimated. If the liabilities originally established for future benefit payments prove inadequate, we must increase them. Such increases could affect earnings negatively and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our Risk Management Policies and Procedures May Leave Us Exposed to Unidentified or Unanticipated Risk, Which Could Negatively Affect Our Business
 
Management of operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events. We have devoted significant resources to


30


Table of Contents

develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not predict future exposures, which could be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Catastrophes May Adversely Impact Liabilities for Policyholder Claims and Reinsurance Availability
 
Our life insurance operations are exposed to the risk of catastrophic mortality, such as a pandemic or other event that causes a large number of deaths. Significant influenza pandemics have occurred three times in the last century, but neither the likelihood, timing, nor the severity of a future pandemic can be predicted. The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-governmental organizations, in combating the spread and severity of such a pandemic could have a material impact on the losses experienced by us. In our group insurance operations, a localized event that affects the workplace of one or more of our group insurance customers could cause a significant loss due to mortality or morbidity claims. These events could cause a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any period and, depending on their severity, could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
Our Auto & Home business has experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses that may have a material adverse impact on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Auto & Home segment. Although Auto & Home makes every effort to manage our exposure to catastrophic risks through volatility management and reinsurance programs, these efforts do not eliminate all risk. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards), fires, and man-made events such as terrorist attacks. Historically, substantially all of our catastrophe-related claims have related to homeowners coverages. However, catastrophes may also affect other Auto & Home coverages. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing and severity of catastrophes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Impact of Hurricanes” and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Hurricanes and earthquakes are of particular note for our homeowners coverages. Areas of major hurricane exposure include coastal sections of the northeastern United States (including lower New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Massachusetts), the Gulf Coast (including Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana) and Florida. We also have some earthquake exposure, primarily along the New Madrid fault line in the central United States and in the Pacific Northwest. Losses incurred by Auto & Home from all catastrophes, net of reinsurance but before tax, were $128 million, $286 million and $189 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The 2006 and 2005 numbers include loss and loss adjustment expenses and reinstatement and additional reinsurance-related premiums which were caused by the magnitude of reinsurance recoverables.
 
The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. Most catastrophes are restricted to small geographic areas; however, pandemics, hurricanes, earthquakes and man-made catastrophes may produce significant damage in larger areas, especially those that are heavily populated. Claims resulting from natural or man-made catastrophic events could cause substantial volatility in our financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and could materially reduce our profitability or harm our financial condition. Also, catastrophic events could harm the financial condition of our reinsurers and thereby increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. Our ability to write new business could also be affected. It is possible that increases in the value and geographic concentration of insured property and the effects of inflation could increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future.
 
Consistent with industry practice and accounting standards, we establish liabilities for claims arising from a catastrophe only after assessing the probable losses arising from the event. We cannot be certain that the liabilities we have established will be adequate to cover actual claim liabilities. From time to time, states have passed


31


Table of Contents

legislation that has the effect of limiting the ability of insurers to manage risk, such as legislation restricting an insurer’s ability to withdraw from catastrophe-prone areas. While we attempt to limit our exposure to acceptable levels, subject to restrictions imposed by insurance regulatory authorities, a catastrophic event or multiple catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our ability to manage this risk and the profitability of our property and casualty and life insurance businesses depends in part on our ability to obtain catastrophe reinsurance, which may not be available at commercially acceptable rates in the future. See “— Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses.”
 
A Downgrade or a Potential Downgrade in Our Financial Strength or Credit Ratings Could Result in a Loss of Business and Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Financial strength ratings, which various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSROs”) publish as indicators of an insurance company’s ability to meet contractholder and policyholder obligations, are important to maintaining public confidence in our products, our ability to market our products and our competitive position. See “Business — Company Ratings — Insurer Financial Strength Ratings.”
 
Downgrades in our financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including:
 
  •  reducing new sales of insurance products, annuities and other investment products;
 
  •  adversely affecting our relationships with our sales force and independent sales intermediaries;
 
  •  materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contractholders and policyholders;
 
  •  requiring us to reduce prices for many of our products and services to remain competitive; and
 
  •  adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at reasonable prices or at all.
 
In addition to the financial strength ratings of the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries, various NRSROs also publish credit ratings for MetLife, Inc. and several of its subsidiaries. Credit ratings are indicators of a debt issuer’s ability to meet the terms of the debt obligations in a timely manner. See “Business — Company Ratings — Credit Ratings.” A downgrade in our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including increasing the cost of borrowing or adversely affecting our relationships with credit counterparties.
 
As a result of the additional securities that we issued to finance a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Travelers, our leverage ratio increased moderately, but returned to pre-acquisition levels by December 31, 2006.
 
Rating agencies assign ratings based upon several factors, some of which relate to general economic conditions and circumstances outside of our control. In addition, rating agencies may employ different models and formulas to assess our financial strength and creditworthiness, and may alter these models from time to time at their discretion. We cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which could adversely affect our business.
 
If our Business Does Not Perform Well or if Actual Experience Versus Estimates Used in Valuing and Amortizing DAC and VOBA Vary Significantly, We May Be Required to Accelerate the Amortization and/or Impair the DAC and VOBA Which Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition
 
We incur significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal business. Those costs that vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business are deferred and referred to as DAC. The recovery of DAC is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. The amount of future profit is dependent principally on investment returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, morbidity, persistency, interest crediting rates, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance


32


Table of Contents

counterparties and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, we anticipate that investment returns are most likely to impact the rate of amortization of such costs. The aforementioned factors enter into management’s estimates of gross profits, which generally are used to amortize such costs. If the estimates of gross profits were overstated, then the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
VOBA reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts in a life insurance company acquisition and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the right to receive future cash flows from the insurance and annuity contracts in-force at the acquisition date. VOBA is based on actuarially determined projections. Actual experience may vary from the projections. Revisions to estimates result in changes to the amounts expensed in the reporting period in which the revisions are made and could result in an impairment and a charge to income. Also, as VOBA is amortized similarly to DAC, an acceleration of the amortization of VOBA would occur if the estimates of gross profits were overstated. Accordingly, the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period in which the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to net income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
If the Travelers Business Does Not Perform Well, We May Be Required to Establish a Valuation Allowance Against the Deferred Income Tax Asset or to Recognize an Impairment of Our Goodwill, Established at the Acquisition, Which Could Adversely Affect our Results of Operations or Financial Condition
 
As a result of the acquisition of Travelers, we recognized net deferred income tax assets of $2.1 billion and established goodwill of $4.3 billion.
 
The deferred income tax asset was recorded upon acquisition as a result of an election made under the Internal Revenue Code Section 338. This election resulted in a step-up in tax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed upon the Travelers acquisition. The realizability of the deferred income tax asset is assessed periodically by management. If, based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized, then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income.
 
Goodwill is established as the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, we must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
Defaults, Downgrades or Other Events Impairing the Value of Our Fixed Maturity Securities Portfolio May Reduce Our Earnings
 
We are subject to the risk that the issuers of the fixed maturity securities we own may default on principal and interest payments they owe us. At December 31, 2006, the fixed maturity securities of $243 billion in our investment portfolio represented 73% of our total cash and invested assets. The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance or other events that adversely affect the issuers of these securities could cause the value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio and our net earnings to decline and the default rate of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting particular issuers or securities could also have a similar effect. With economic uncertainty and increasing interest rates, credit quality of issuers could be adversely affected. Any event reducing the value of these securities other than on a temporary basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Defaults on Our Mortgage and Consumer Loans May Adversely Affect Our Profitability
 
Our mortgage and consumer loan investments face default risk. Our mortgage and consumer loans are principally collateralized by commercial, agricultural and residential properties, as well as automobiles. At


33


Table of Contents

December 31, 2006, our mortgage and consumer loan investments of $42.2 billion represented 12.7% of our total cash and invested assets. At December 31, 2006, loans that were either delinquent or in the process of foreclosure totaled less than 1% of our mortgage and consumer loan investments. The performance of our mortgage and consumer loan investments, however, may fluctuate in the future. In addition, substantially all of our mortgage loan investments have balloon payment maturities. An increase in the default rate of our mortgage and consumer loan investments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Some of Our Investments Are Relatively Illiquid
 
Our investments in privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage and consumer loans, and equity real estate, including real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests are relatively illiquid. These asset classes represented 25.6% of the carrying value of our total cash and invested assets as of December 31, 2006. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both.
 
Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates and Foreign Securities Markets Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability
 
We are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar resulting from our holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated securities and investments in foreign subsidiaries. If the currencies of the non-U.S. dollar denominated securities we hold in our investment portfolios decline against the U.S. dollar, our investment returns, and thus our profitability, may be adversely affected. Although we use foreign currency swaps and forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency exchange rate risk, we cannot provide assurance that these methods will be effective or that our counterparties will perform their obligations. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
From time to time, various emerging market countries have experienced severe economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk is exacerbated by our investments in emerging markets.
 
We have matched substantially all of our foreign currency liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries with assets denominated in their respective foreign currency, which limits the effect of currency exchange rate fluctuation on local operating results; however, fluctuations in such rates affect the translation of these results into our consolidated financial statements. Although we take certain actions to address this risk, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation could materially adversely affect our reported results due to unhedged positions or the failure of hedges to effectively offset the impact of the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability
 
Our international operations face political, legal, operational and other risks that we do not face in our domestic operations. We face the risk of discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets, price controls and exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into U.S. dollars or other currencies. Some of our foreign insurance operations are, and are likely to continue to be, in emerging markets where these risks are heightened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” In addition, we rely on local sales forces in these countries and may encounter labor problems resulting from workers’ associations and trade unions in some countries. If our business model is not successful in a particular country, we may lose all or most of our investment in building and training the sales force in that country.
 
We are currently planning to expand our international operations in markets where we operate and in selected new markets. This may require considerable management time, as well as start-up expenses for market development before any significant revenues and earnings are generated. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market


34


Table of Contents

conditions. Therefore, as we expand internationally, we may not achieve expected operating margins and our results of operations may be negatively impacted.
 
The business we acquired from Travelers includes operations in several foreign countries, including Australia, Brazil, Argentina, the United Kingdom, Belgium, Poland, Japan and Hong Kong. See “Business — International.” Those operations, and operations in other new markets, are subject to the risks described above, as well as our unfamiliarity with the business, legal and regulatory environment in any of those countries.
 
In recent years, the operating environment in Argentina has been challenging. In Argentina, we are principally engaged in the pension business. This business has incurred significant losses in recent years as a result of actions taken by the Argentinean government in response to a sovereign debt crisis in December 2001. Further governmental or legal actions related to pension reform could impact our obligations to our customers and could result in future losses in our Argentinean operations.
 
See also “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability” regarding the impact of low interest rates on our Taiwanese operations.
 
Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses
 
As part of our overall risk management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by our various business segments. See “Business — Reinsurance Activity.” For example, we currently reinsure up to 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most new individual life insurance policies that we write through our various franchises. While reinsurance agreements generally bind the reinsurer for the life of the business reinsured at generally fixed pricing, market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection for new business. In certain circumstances, the price of reinsurance for business already reinsured may also increase. Any decrease in the amount of reinsurance will increase our risk of loss and any increase in the cost of reinsurance will, absent a decrease in the amount of reinsurance, reduce our earnings. Accordingly, we may be forced to incur additional expenses for reinsurance or may not be able to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, which could adversely affect our ability to write future business or result in the assumption of more risk with respect to those policies we issue.
 
If the Counterparties to Our Reinsurance or Indemnification Arrangements or to the Derivative Instruments We Use to Hedge Our Business Risks Default or Fail to Perform, We May Be Exposed to Risks We Had Sought to Mitigate, Which Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
We use reinsurance, indemnification and derivative instruments to mitigate our risks in various circumstances. In general, reinsurance does not relieve us of our direct liability to our policyholders, even when the reinsurer is liable to us. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers and indemnitors. We cannot provide assurance that our reinsurers will pay the reinsurance recoverables owed to us or that indemnitors will honor their obligations now or in the future or that they will pay these recoverables on a timely basis. A reinsurer’s or indemnitor’s insolvency, inability or unwillingness to make payments under the terms of reinsurance agreements or indemnity agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, we use derivative instruments to hedge various business risks. We enter into a variety of derivative instruments, including options, forwards, interest rate and currency swaps with a number of counterparties. See “Business — Investments.” If our counterparties fail or refuse to honor their obligations under these derivative instruments, our hedges of the related risk will be ineffective. Such failure could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our Insurance Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth
 
Our insurance operations are subject to a wide variety of insurance and other laws and regulations. State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our U.S. insurance businesses, and the Holding Company’s insurance


35


Table of Contents

subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed. Our non-U.S. insurance operations are principally regulated by insurance regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they are domiciled and operate. See “Business — Regulation — Insurance Regulation.”
 
State laws in the United States grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things:
 
  •  licensing companies and agents to transact business;
 
  •  calculating the value of assets to determine compliance with statutory requirements;
 
  •  mandating certain insurance benefits;
 
  •  regulating certain premium rates;
 
  •  reviewing and approving policy forms;
 
  •  regulating unfair trade and claims practices, including through the imposition of restrictions on marketing and sales practices, distribution arrangements and payment of inducements;
 
  •  regulating advertising;
 
  •  protecting privacy;
 
  •  establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards;
 
  •  fixing maximum interest rates on insurance policy loans and minimum rates for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts;
 
  •  approving changes in control of insurance companies;
 
  •  restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates; and
 
  •  regulating the types, amounts and valuation of investments.
 
State insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate. See “Business — Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.”
 
State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The NAIC and several states’ legislatures have recently considered the need for regulations and/or laws to address agent or broker practices that have been the focus of recent investigations of broker compensation in the State of New York and in other jurisdictions. The NAIC has adopted a Compensation Disclosure Amendment to its Producers Licensing Model Act which, if adopted by the states, would require disclosure by agents or brokers to customers that insurers will compensate such agents or brokers for the placement of insurance and documented acknowledgement of this arrangement in cases where the customer also compensates the agent or broker. Several states have recently enacted laws similar to the NAIC amendment. Some other states have considered other proposed requirements, also relating to disclosure rather than the regulation of the substance of compensation. We cannot predict how many states may promulgate the NAIC amendment or alternative regulations or the extent to which these regulations may have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance. However, federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas can significantly and adversely affect insurance companies. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, pension regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and taxation. In addition, various forms of direct federal regulation of insurance have been proposed.


36


Table of Contents

These proposals include the National Insurance Act of 2006, which would permit an optional federal charter for insurers. We cannot predict whether this or other proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, such proposals or, if enacted, such laws, could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our international operations are subject to regulation in the jurisdictions in which they operate, which in many ways is similar to that of the state regulation outlined above. Many of our customers and independent sales intermediaries also operate in regulated environments. Changes in the regulations that affect their operations also may affect our business relationships with them and their ability to purchase or distribute our products. Accordingly, these changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, thus having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of the Holding Company’s subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on us. We cannot predict whether or when regulatory actions may be taken that could adversely affect our operations. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting or statutory reserve requirements.
 
Litigation and Regulatory Investigations Are Increasingly Common in the Insurance Business and May Result in Significant Financial Losses and Harm to Our Reputation
 
We face a significant risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Our pending legal and regulatory actions include proceedings specific to us and others generally applicable to business practices in the industries in which we operate. In connection with our insurance operations, plaintiffs’ lawyers may bring or are bringing class actions and individual suits alleging, among other things, issues relating to sales or underwriting practices, claims payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, additional premium charges for premiums paid on a periodic basis, denial or delay of benefits and breaches of fiduciary or other duties to customers. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, and the damages claimed and the amount of any probable and estimable liability, if any, may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. See “Legal Proceedings” and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may be inherently impossible to ascertain with any degree of certainty. Inherent uncertainties can include how fact finders will view individually and in their totality documentary evidence, the credibility and effectiveness of witnesses’ testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.
 
On a quarterly and yearly basis, we review relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation and contingencies to be reflected in our consolidated financial statements. The review includes senior legal and financial personnel. Unless stated elsewhere herein, estimates of possible additional losses or ranges of loss for particular matters cannot in the ordinary course be made with a reasonable degree of certainty. See “Legal Proceedings” and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of the matters noted in “Legal Proceedings” and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. It is possible that some of the matters could require us to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish liabilities in amounts that could not be estimated as of December 31, 2006.
 
Metropolitan Life and its affiliates are currently defendants in hundreds of lawsuits raising allegations of improper marketing and sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities. These lawsuits are generally referred to as “sales practices claims.” Metropolitan Life is also a defendant in thousands of lawsuits seeking compensatory


37


Table of Contents

and punitive damages for personal injuries allegedly caused by exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing products. These lawsuits principally have been based upon allegations relating to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of Metropolitan Life’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and have alleged that Metropolitan Life learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. Additional litigation relating to these matters may be commenced in the future. The ability of Metropolitan Life to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty due to numerous factors. The availability of data is limited and it is difficult to predict with any certainty numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease, the jurisdiction of claims filed, tort reform efforts and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought or the aggregate amount of any liability that Metropolitan Life may ultimately incur is uncertain. Accordingly, it is reasonably possible that our total exposure to asbestos claims may be greater than the liability recorded by us in our consolidated financial statements and that future charges to income may be necessary. The potential future charges could be material in particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded. In addition, Metropolitan Life and MetLife, Inc. have been named as defendants in several lawsuits brought in connection with Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000.
 
We are also subject to various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, subpoenas and books and record examinations, from state and federal regulators and other authorities. A substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory action or investigation, we could suffer significant reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to attract new customers, retain our current customers and recruit and retain employees. Regulatory inquiries and litigation may cause volatility in the price of stocks of companies in our industry.
 
The insurance industry has become the focus of increased scrutiny by regulatory and law enforcement authorities. This scrutiny includes the commencement of investigations and other proceedings by the New York State Attorney General and other governmental authorities relating to allegations of improper conduct in connection with the payment of, and disclosure with respect to, contingent commissions paid by insurance companies to intermediaries, the solicitation and provision of fictitious or inflated quotes, and the use of inducements in the sale of insurance products.
 
One possible result of these investigations and attendant lawsuits is that many insurance industry practices and customs may change, including, but not limited to, the manner in which insurance is marketed and distributed through independent brokers and agents. Our business strategy contemplates that we will rely heavily on both intermediaries and our internal sales force to market and distribute insurance products. We cannot predict how industry regulation with respect to the use of intermediaries may change. Such changes, however, could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy, which could materially affect our growth and profitability.
 
Recent industry-wide inquiries also include those regarding market timing and late trading in mutual funds and variable insurance products and, generally, the marketing of products. The SEC has commenced an investigation with respect to market timing and late trading in a limited number of privately-placed variable insurance contracts that were sold through MetLife, Inc.’s subsidiary, General American. As previously reported, in May 2004, General American received a Wells Notice stating that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws against General American. Under SEC procedures, General American can avail itself of the opportunity to respond to the SEC staff before it makes a formal recommendation regarding whether any action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws should be considered. General American has responded to the Wells Notice. We are fully cooperating with regard to this investigation.
 
We cannot give assurance that current claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and other proceedings against us will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. It is also possible that related or unrelated claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and proceedings may be commenced in the future, and we could become subject to further investigations and have lawsuits filed or enforcement actions initiated against us. In addition, increased regulatory


38


Table of Contents

scrutiny and any resulting investigations or proceedings could result in new legal actions and precedents and industry-wide regulations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in Accounting Standards Issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or Other Standard-Setting Bodies May Adversely Affect Our Financial Statements
 
Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to insurance products that are also “securities,” including variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. As a result, some of MetLife, Inc.’s subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance contracts and policies are subject to extensive regulation under these securities laws. These subsidiaries issue variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933. Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and are members of, and subject to, regulation by NASD. Further, some of the Holding Company’s subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable.
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in the securities markets, as well as protect investment advisory or brokerage clients. These laws and regulations generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with the securities laws and regulations. Changes to these laws or regulations that restrict the conduct of our business could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In particular, changes in the regulations governing the registration and distribution of variable insurance products, such as changes in the regulatory standards under which the sale of a variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy is considered suitable for a particular customer, could have such a material adverse effect.
 
Changes in Tax Laws Could Make Some of Our Products Less Attractive to Consumers
 
Changes in tax laws could make some of our products less attractive to consumers. For example, reductions in the federal income tax that investors are required to pay on long-term capital gains and dividends paid on stock may provide an incentive for some of our customers and potential customers to shift assets away from some insurance company products, including life insurance and annuities, designed to defer taxes payable on investment returns. Because the income taxes payable on long-term capital gains and some dividends paid on stock has been reduced, investors may decide that the tax-deferral benefits of annuity contracts are less advantageous than the potential after-tax income benefits of mutual funds or other investment products that provide dividends and long-term capital gains. A shift away from life insurance and annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products would reduce our income from sales of these products, as well as the assets upon which we earn investment income.
 
We cannot predict whether any tax legislation impacting insurance products will be enacted, what the specific terms of any such legislation will be or whether, if at all, any legislation would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


39


Table of Contents

 
State Laws, Federal Laws, Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and Our Stockholder Rights Plan May Delay, Deter or Prevent Takeovers and Business Combinations that Stockholders Might Consider in Their Best Interests
 
State laws and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
 
Any person seeking to acquire a controlling interest in us would face various regulatory obstacles which may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders of MetLife, Inc. might consider in their best interests. First, the insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. Federal banking authorities would also have to approve the indirect change of control of our banking operations. In addition, the Investment Company Act of 1940 would require approval by the contract owners of our variable contracts in order to effectuate a change of control of any affiliated investment adviser to a mutual fund underlying our variable contracts. Finally, NASD approval would be necessary for a change of control of any NASD registered broker-dealer that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of MetLife, Inc.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.
 
MetLife, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws also contain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. These provisions may adversely affect prevailing market prices for MetLife, Inc.’s common stock and include: classification of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors into three classes; a prohibition on the calling of special meetings by stockholders; advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals to be considered at stockholder meetings; and supermajority voting requirements for the amendment of certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws.
 
The stockholder rights plan adopted by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors may also have anti-takeover effects. The stockholder rights plan is designed to protect MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders in the event of unsolicited offers to acquire us and other coercive takeover tactics which, in the opinion of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors, could impair its ability to represent stockholder interests. The provisions of the stockholder rights plan may render an unsolicited takeover more difficult or less likely to occur or might prevent such a takeover, even though such takeover may offer MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price and may be favored by a majority of MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders.
 
As a Holding Company, MetLife, Inc. Depends on the Ability of Its Subsidiaries to Transfer Funds to It to Meet Its Obligations and Pay Dividends
 
MetLife, Inc. is a holding company for its insurance and financial subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its own. Dividends from its subsidiaries and permitted payments to it under its tax sharing arrangements with its subsidiaries are its principal sources of cash to meet its obligations and to pay preferred and common dividends. If the cash the Holding Company receives from its subsidiaries is insufficient for it to fund its debt service and other holding company obligations, the Holding Company may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of additional equity or the sale of assets.


40


Table of Contents

 
The payment of dividends and other distributions to the Holding Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits require insurance regulatory approval. In addition, insurance regulators may prohibit the payment of dividends or other payments by its insurance subsidiaries to the Holding Company if they determine that the payment could be adverse to our policyholders or contractholders. See “Business — Regulation — Insurance Regulation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company” and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our foreign subsidiaries to the Holding Company could be subject to taxation or other restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdiction in which such foreign subsidiaries operate. See “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risk That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability.”
 
MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors May Control the Outcome of Stockholder Votes on Many Matters Due to the Voting Provisions of the MetLife Policyholder Trust
 
Under Metropolitan Life’s plan of reorganization, we established the MetLife Policyholder Trust (the “Trust”) to hold the shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock allocated to eligible policyholders not receiving cash or policy credits under the plan. As of February 26, 2007, 274,293,334 shares, or 36.3%, of the outstanding shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock, are held in the Trust. Because of the number of shares held in the Trust and the voting provisions of the Trust, the Trust may affect the outcome of matters brought to a stockholder vote.
 
Except on votes regarding certain fundamental corporate actions described below, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held in the Trust in accordance with the recommendations given by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to its stockholders or, if the board gives no such recommendations, as directed by the board. As a result of the voting provisions of the Trust, the Board of Directors may be able to control votes on matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those fundamental corporate actions, so long as the Trust holds a substantial number of shares of common stock.
 
If the vote relates to fundamental corporate actions specified in the Trust, the trustee will solicit instructions from the Trust beneficiaries and vote all shares held in the Trust in proportion to the instructions it receives. These actions include:
 
  •  an election or removal of directors in which a stockholder has properly nominated one or more candidates in opposition to a nominee or nominees of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors or a vote on a stockholder’s proposal to oppose a board nominee for director, remove a director for cause or fill a vacancy caused by the removal of a director by stockholders, subject to certain conditions;
 
  •  a merger or consolidation, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets, or a recapitalization or dissolution, of MetLife, Inc., in each case requiring a vote of stockholders under applicable Delaware law;
 
  •  any transaction that would result in an exchange or conversion of shares of common stock held by the Trust for cash, securities or other property; and
 
  •  any proposal requiring MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to amend or redeem the rights under the stockholder rights plan, other than a proposal with respect to which we have received advice of nationally-recognized legal counsel to the effect that the proposal is not a proper subject for stockholder action under Delaware law.
 
If a vote concerns any of these fundamental corporate actions, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held by the Trust in proportion to the instructions it received, which will give disproportionate weight to the instructions actually given by trust beneficiaries.


41


Table of Contents

 
We May Need to Fund Deficiencies in Our Closed Block; Assets Allocated to the Closed Block Benefit Only the Holders of Closed Block Policies
 
The plan of reorganization entered into in connection with Metropolitan Life’s 2000 demutualization required that we establish and operate an accounting mechanism, known as a closed block, to ensure that the reasonable dividend expectations of policyholders who own certain individual insurance policies of Metropolitan Life are met. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We allocated assets to the closed block in an amount that will produce cash flows which, together with anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and tax, and to provide for the continuation of the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. We cannot provide assurance that the closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block will be sufficient to provide for the benefits guaranteed under these policies. If they are not sufficient, we must fund the shortfall. Even if they are sufficient, we may choose, for competitive reasons, to support policyholder dividend payments with our general account funds.
 
The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenue from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of those policies. In addition, to the extent that these amounts are greater than the amounts estimated at the time the closed block was funded, dividends payable in respect of the policies included in the closed block may be greater than they would be in the absence of a closed block. Any excess earnings will be available for distribution over time only to closed block policyholders.
 
The Continued Threat of Terrorism and Ongoing Military Actions May Adversely Affect the Level of Claim Losses We Incur and the Value of Our Investment Portfolio
 
The continued threat of terrorism, both within the United States and abroad, ongoing military and other actions and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats may cause significant volatility in global financial markets and result in loss of life, property damage, additional disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by declines in the equity markets and reduced economic activity caused by the continued threat of terrorism. We cannot predict whether, and the extent to which, companies in which we maintain investments may suffer losses as a result of financial, commercial or economic disruptions, or how any such disruptions might affect the ability of those companies to pay interest or principal on their securities. The continued threat of terrorism also could result in increased reinsurance prices and reduced insurance coverage and potentially cause us to retain more risk than we otherwise would retain if we were able to obtain reinsurance at lower prices. Terrorist actions also could disrupt our operations centers in the United States or abroad. In addition, the occurrence of terrorist actions could result in higher claims under our insurance policies than anticipated.
 
The Occurrence of Events Unanticipated In Our Disaster Recovery Systems and Management Continuity Planning Could Impair Our Ability to Conduct Business Effectively
 
In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an epidemic, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack or war, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery systems could have a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial position, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data. We depend heavily upon computer systems to provide reliable service. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our servers could be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be severely compromised. These interruptions also may interfere with our suppliers’ ability to provide goods and services and our employees ability to perform their job responsibilities.


42


Table of Contents

 
We Face Unforeseen Liabilities Arising from Possible Acquisitions and Dispositions of Businesses
 
We have engaged in dispositions and acquisitions of businesses in the past, and expect to continue to do so in the future. There could be unforeseen liabilities that arise in connection with the businesses that we may sell or the businesses that we may acquire in the future. In addition, there may be liabilities that we fail, or we are unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on each business that we have acquired or may acquire.
 
 
 MetLife, Inc. has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff regarding its periodic or current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
In December 2006, we signed a lease for approximately 410,000 rentable square feet in Manhattan, New York to be located on 12 floors. The term of the lease will commence after January 1, 2008 and will continue for approximately 21 years. We anticipate moving certain operations from Long Island City to Manhattan in late 2008, but we intend to continue to maintain an on-going presence in Long Island City after that date.
 
On November 17, 2006, we sold our Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties located in Manhattan, New York to a group led by Tishman Speyer and BlackRock Realty, the real estate arm of BlackRock, Inc., for $5.4 billion. The gain of approximately $3.0 billion is included in income from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
In 2005, we sold our 200 Park Avenue property in Manhattan, New York for $1.7 billion. The gain is included in income from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. In connection with the sale of the 200 Park Avenue property, we have retained rights to existing signage and are leasing space for associates in the property for 20 years with optional renewal periods through 2205. Associates located in the 200 Park Avenue office, our headquarters, include those working in the Institutional and Individual segments.
 
In 2002, we leased approximately 685,000 rentable square feet in Long Island City, New York under a long-term lease arrangement and approximately 1,600 associates are located there. Associates located in Long Island City include those working in the Institutional, Individual and International segments, as well as Corporate & Other.
 
We continue to own 16 other buildings in the United States that we use in the operation of our business. These buildings contain approximately 3.8 million rentable square feet and are located in the following states: Florida, Illinois, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Texas. Our computer center in Rensselaer, New York is not owned in fee but rather is occupied pursuant to a long-term ground lease. We lease space in approximately 600 other locations throughout the United States, and these leased facilities consist of approximately 7.8 million rentable square feet. Approximately 58% of these leases are occupied as sales offices for the Individual segment, and we use the balance for our other business activities. We also own five buildings outside the United States, comprising more than 300,000 rentable square feet. We lease approximately 2.0 million rentable square feet in various locations outside the United States. Management believes that these properties are suitable and adequate for our current and anticipated business operations.
 
We arrange for property and casualty coverage on our properties, taking into consideration our risk exposures and the cost and availability of commercial coverages, including deductible loss levels. In connection with its renewal of those coverages, we have arranged $935 million of annual terrorist coverage on our real estate portfolio through March 15, 2007, its annual renewal date.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
The Company is a defendant in a large number of litigation matters. In some of the matters, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Modern pleading practice in the United States permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages or other relief. Jurisdictions may permit claimants not to specify the monetary damages sought or may permit claimants to state only that the amount sought


43


Table of Contents

is sufficient to invoke the jurisdiction of the trial court. In addition, jurisdictions may permit plaintiffs to allege monetary damages in amounts well exceeding reasonably possible verdicts in the jurisdiction for similar matters. This variability in pleadings, together with the actual experience of the Company in litigating or resolving through settlement numerous claims over an extended period of time, demonstrate to management that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value. Thus, unless stated below, the specific monetary relief sought is not noted.
 
Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be inherently impossible to ascertain with any degree of certainty. Inherent uncertainties can include how fact finders will view individually and in their totality documentary evidence, the credibility and effectiveness of witnesses’ testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.
 
On a quarterly and yearly basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation and contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The review includes senior legal and financial personnel. Unless stated below, estimates of possible additional losses or ranges of loss for particular matters cannot in the ordinary course be made with a reasonable degree of certainty. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of the matters noted below. It is possible that some of the matters could require the Company to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated as of December 31, 2006.
 
Demutualization Actions
 
Several lawsuits were brought in 2000 challenging the fairness of Metropolitan Life’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”) and the adequacy and accuracy of Metropolitan Life’s disclosure to policyholders regarding the Plan. These actions discussed below named as defendants some or all of Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company, the individual directors, the Superintendent and the underwriters for MetLife, Inc.’s initial public offering, Goldman Sachs & Company and Credit Suisse First Boston. Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company, and the individual directors believe they have meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs’ claims and are contesting vigorously all of the plaintiffs’ claims in these actions.
 
Fiala, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed March 17, 2000).  Another putative class action filed in New York State court in Kings County has been consolidated with this action. The plaintiffs in the consolidated state court class actions seek compensatory relief and punitive damages. In 2003, the trial court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss these two putative class actions. In 2004, the appellate court modified the trial court’s order by reinstating certain claims against Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company and the individual directors. Plaintiffs in these actions have filed a consolidated amended complaint. On January 30, 2007, the trial court signed an order certifying a litigation class for plaintiffs’ claim that defendants violated section 7312 of the New York Insurance Law, but denying plaintiffs’ motion to certify a litigation class with respect to a common law fraud claim. The January 30, 2007 order implemented the trial court’s May 2, 2006 memorandum deciding plaintiffs’ class certification motion. Defendants have filed a notice of appeal from this decision.
 
Meloy, et al. v. Superintendent of Ins., et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed April 14, 2000).  Five persons brought a proceeding under Article 78 of New York’s Civil Practice Law and Rules challenging the Opinion and Decision of the Superintendent who approved the Plan. In this proceeding, petitioners sought to vacate the Superintendent’s Opinion and Decision and enjoin him from granting final approval of the Plan. On November 10, 2005, the trial court granted respondents’ motions to dismiss this proceeding. Petitioners have filed a notice of appeal.
 
In re MetLife Demutualization Litig. (E.D.N.Y., filed April 18, 2000).  In this class action against Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company, plaintiffs served a second consolidated amended complaint in 2004. Plaintiffs assert violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Plan, claiming that the Policyholder Information Booklets failed to disclose certain material facts and contained certain material misstatements. They seek rescission and compensatory damages. On June 22, 2004, the court denied the


44


Table of Contents

defendants’ motion to dismiss the claim of violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The court had previously denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the claim for violation of the Securities Act of 1933. In 2004, the court reaffirmed its earlier decision denying defendants’ motion for summary judgment as premature. On July 19, 2005, this federal trial court certified this lawsuit as a class action against Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company.
 
Fotia, et al. v. MetLife, Inc., et al. (Ont. Super. Ct., filed April 3, 2001).  This lawsuit was filed in Ontario, Canada on behalf of a proposed class of certain former Canadian policyholders against the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life, and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company of Canada. Plaintiffs’ allegations concern the way that their policies were treated in connection with the demutualization of Metropolitan Life; they seek damages, declarations, and other non-pecuniary relief.
 
Asbestos-Related Claims
 
Metropolitan Life is and has been a defendant in a large number of asbestos-related suits filed primarily in state courts. These suits principally allege that the plaintiff or plaintiffs suffered personal injury resulting from exposure to asbestos and seek both actual and punitive damages. Metropolitan Life has never engaged in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products nor has Metropolitan Life issued liability or workers’ compensation insurance to companies in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products. The lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of Metropolitan Life’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and allege that Metropolitan Life learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. Metropolitan Life believes that it should not have legal liability in these cases. The outcome of most asbestos litigation matters, however, is uncertain and can be impacted by numerous variables, including differences in legal rulings in various jurisdictions, the nature of the alleged injury, and factors unrelated to the ultimate legal merit of the claims asserted against Metropolitan Life. Metropolitan Life employs a number of resolution strategies to manage its asbestos loss exposure, including seeking resolution of pending litigation by judicial rulings and settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.
 
Claims asserted against Metropolitan Life have included negligence, intentional tort and conspiracy concerning the health risks associated with asbestos. Metropolitan Life’s defenses (beyond denial of certain factual allegations) include that: (i) Metropolitan Life owed no duty to the plaintiffs — it had no special relationship with the plaintiffs and did not manufacture, produce, distribute or sell the asbestos products that allegedly injured plaintiffs; (ii) plaintiffs did not rely on any actions of Metropolitan Life; (iii) Metropolitan Life’s conduct was not the cause of the plaintiffs’ injuries; (iv) that plaintiffs’ exposure occurred after the dangers of asbestos were known; and (v) the applicable time with respect to filing suit has expired. Since 2002, trial courts in California, Utah, Georgia, New York, Texas, and Ohio have granted motions dismissing claims against Metropolitan Life. Some courts have denied Metropolitan Life’s motions to dismiss. There can be no assurance that Metropolitan Life will receive favorable decisions on motions in the future. While most cases brought to date have settled, Metropolitan Life intends to continue to defend aggressively against claims based on asbestos exposure.
 
The approximate total number of asbestos personal injury claims pending against Metropolitan Life as of the dates indicated, the approximate number of new claims during the years ended on those dates and the approximate total settlement payments made to resolve asbestos personal injury claims during those years are set forth in the following table:
                         
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions, except number of claims)  
 
Asbestos personal injury claims at year end (approximate)
    87,070       100,250       108,000  
Number of new claims during the year (approximate)
    7,870       18,500       23,900  
Settlement payments during the year(1)
  $ 35.5     $ 74.3     $ 85.5  


45


Table of Contents

 
(1) Settlement payments represent payments made by Metropolitan Life during the year in connection with settlements made in that year and in prior years. Amounts do not include Metropolitan Life’s attorneys’ fees and expenses and do not reflect amounts received from insurance carriers.
 
In 2003, Metropolitan Life received approximately 58,750 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 111,700 claims, and paid approximately $84.2 million for settlements reached in 2003 and prior years. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought or the aggregate amount of any liability that Metropolitan Life may ultimately incur is uncertain.
 
The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims. Metropolitan Life’s recorded asbestos liability is based on Metropolitan Life’s estimation of the following elements, as informed by the facts presently known to it, its understanding of current law, and its past experiences: (i) the reasonably probable and estimable liability for asbestos claims already asserted against Metropolitan Life including claims settled but not yet paid; (ii) the reasonably probable and estimable liability for asbestos claims not yet asserted against Metropolitan Life, but which Metropolitan Life believes are reasonably probable of assertion; and (iii) the legal defense costs associated with the foregoing claims. Significant assumptions underlying Metropolitan Life’s analysis of the adequacy of its liability with respect to asbestos litigation include: (i) the number of future claims; (ii) the cost to resolve claims; and (iii) the cost to defend claims.
 
Metropolitan Life regularly re-evaluates its exposure from asbestos litigation, including studying its claims experience, reviewing external literature regarding asbestos claims experience in the United States, assessing relevant trends impacting asbestos liability and considering numerous variables that can affect its asbestos liability exposure on an overall or per claim basis. These variables include bankruptcies of other companies involved in asbestos litigation, legislative and judicial developments, the number of pending claims involving serious disease, the number of new claims filed against it and other defendants, and the jurisdictions in which claims are pending. As previously disclosed, in 2002 Metropolitan Life increased its recorded liability for asbestos-related claims by $402 million from approximately $820 million to $1,225 million. Metropolitan Life regularly reevaluates its exposure from asbestos litigation and has updated its liability analysis for asbestos-related claims through December 31, 2006.
 
The ability of Metropolitan Life to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against Metropolitan Life when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts.
 
The ability to make estimates regarding ultimate asbestos exposure declines significantly as the estimates relate to years further in the future. In the Company’s judgment, there is a future point after which losses cease to be reasonably probable and estimable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s total exposure to asbestos claims may be materially greater than the asbestos liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. While the potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded, based on information currently known by management, management does not believe any such charges are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
 
During 1998, Metropolitan Life paid $878 million in premiums for excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims. The excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims provide for recovery of losses up to $1.5 billion, which is in excess of a $400 million self-insured retention. The asbestos-related policies are also subject to annual and per-claim sublimits. Amounts are recoverable under the policies annually with respect to claims paid during the prior calendar year. Although amounts paid by Metropolitan Life in any given year that may be recoverable in the next calendar year under the policies will be reflected as a reduction in the Company’s


46


Table of Contents

operating cash flows for the year in which they are paid, management believes that the payments will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity.
 
Each asbestos-related policy contains an experience fund and a reference fund that provides for payments to Metropolitan Life at the commutation date if the reference fund is greater than zero at commutation or pro rata reductions from time to time in the loss reimbursements to Metropolitan Life if the cumulative return on the reference fund is less than the return specified in the experience fund. The return in the reference fund is tied to performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. A claim with respect to the prior year was made under the excess insurance policies in each of 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 for the amounts paid with respect to asbestos litigation in excess of the retention. As the performance of the indices impacts the return in the reference fund, it is possible that loss reimbursements to the Company and the recoverable amount with respect to later periods may be less than the amount of the recorded losses. Foregone loss reimbursements may be recovered upon commutation depending upon future performance of the reference fund. If at some point in the future, the Company believes the liability for probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims should be increased, an expense would be recorded and the insurance recoverable would be adjusted subject to the terms, conditions and limits of the excess insurance policies. Portions of the change in the insurance recoverable would be recorded as a deferred gain and amortized into income over the estimated remaining settlement period of the insurance policies. The foregone loss reimbursements were approximately $8.3 million with respect to 2002 claims, $15.5 million with respect to 2003 claims, $15.1 million with respect to 2004 claims, $12.7 million with respect to 2005 claims, and estimated to be approximately $5.0 million with respect to 2006 claims and are estimated, as of December 31, 2006, to be approximately $72.2 million in the aggregate, including future years.
 
Sales Practices Claims
 
Over the past several years, Metropolitan Life, New England Mutual Life Insurance Company (“New England Mutual”), New England Life Insurance Company and General American Life Insurance Company (“General American”), have faced numerous claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging improper marketing and sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities. In addition, claims have been brought relating to the sale of mutual funds and other products.
 
As of December 31, 2006, there were approximately 280 sales practices litigation matters pending against Metropolitan Life; approximately 41 sales practices litigation matters pending against New England Mutual, New England Life Insurance Company and New England Securities Corporation (collectively, “New England”); approximately 37 sales practices litigation matters pending against General American; and approximately 20 sales practices litigation matters pending against Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (“Walnut Street”). In addition, similar litigation matters are pending against MetLife Securities, Inc. (“MSI”). Metropolitan Life, New England, General American, MSI and Walnut Street continue to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters. Some sales practices claims have been resolved through settlement, others have been won by dispositive motions or have gone to trial. Most of the current cases seek substantial damages, including in some cases punitive and treble damages and attorneys’ fees. Additional litigation relating to the Company’s marketing and sales of individual life insurance, mutual funds and other products may be commenced in the future.
 
Two putative class action lawsuits involving sales practices claims were filed against Metropolitan Life in Canada. In Jacynthe Evoy-Larouche v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Que. Super. Ct., filed March 1998), plaintiff alleges misrepresentations regarding dividends and future payments for life insurance policies and seeks unspecified damages. In Ace Quan v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Ont. Gen. Div., filed April 1997), plaintiff alleges breach of contract and negligent misrepresentations relating to, among other things, life insurance premium payments and seeks damages, including punitive damages. By agreement of the parties, Metropolitan Life has not yet filed a response in this action.
 
Regulatory authorities in a small number of states have had investigations or inquiries relating to Metropolitan Life’s, New England’s, General American’s, MSI’s or Walnut Street’s sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief. The Company may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated


47


Table of Contents

financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for sales practices claims against Metropolitan Life, New England, General American, MSI and Walnut Street.
 
Property and Casualty Actions
 
Katrina-Related Litigation.  There are a number of lawsuits, including a few putative class actions, pending in Louisiana and Mississippi against Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“MPC”) relating to Hurricane Katrina. The lawsuits include claims by policyholders for coverage for damages stemming from Hurricane Katrina, including for damages resulting from flooding or storm surge. It is reasonably possible that other actions will be filed. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Stern v. Metropolitan Casualty Ins. Co. (S.D. Fla., filed October 18, 1999).  A putative class action, seeking compensatory damages and injunctive relief has been filed against MPC’s subsidiary, Metropolitan Casualty Insurance Company, in Florida alleging breach of contract and unfair trade practices with respect to allowing the use of parts not made by the original manufacturer to repair damaged automobiles. Discovery is ongoing and a motion for class certification is pending. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in this matter.
 
Shipley v. St. Paul Fire and Marine Ins. Co. and Metropolitan Property and Casualty Ins. Co. (Ill. Cir. Ct., Madison County, filed February 26 and July 2, 2003).  Two putative nationwide class actions have been filed against MPC in Illinois. One suit claims breach of contract and fraud due to the alleged underpayment of medical claims arising from the use of a purportedly biased provider fee pricing system. A motion for class certification has been filed and briefed. The second suit originally alleged breach of contract and fraud arising from the alleged use of preferred provider organizations to reduce medical provider fees covered by the medical claims portion of the insurance policy. The court granted MPC’s motion to dismiss the fraud claim in the second suit. A motion for class certification has been filed and briefed. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Regulatory Matters and Related Litigation
 
Regulatory bodies have contacted the Company and have requested information relating to market timing and late trading of mutual funds and variable insurance products and, generally, the marketing of products. The Company believes that many of these inquiries are similar to those made to many financial services companies as part of industry-wide investigations by various regulatory agencies. The SEC has commenced an investigation with respect to market timing and late trading in a limited number of privately-placed variable insurance contracts that were sold through General American. As previously reported, in May 2004, General American received a Wells Notice stating that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws against General American. Under the SEC procedures, General American can avail itself of the opportunity to respond to the SEC staff before it makes a formal recommendation regarding whether any action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws should be considered. General American has responded to the Wells Notice. The Company is fully cooperating with regard to these information requests and investigations. The Company at the present time is not aware of any systemic problems with respect to such matters that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
 
In December 2006, Metropolitan Life resolved a previously disclosed investigation by the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York related to payments to intermediaries in the marketing and sale of group life and disability, group LTC and group AD&D insurance and related matters. In the settlement, Metropolitan Life did not admit liability as to any issue of fact or law. Among other things, Metropolitan Life has agreed to certain business reforms relating to compensation of producers of group insurance, compensation disclosures to group insurance clients and the adoption of related standards of conduct, some of which it had implemented following the commencement of the investigation. Metropolitan Life has paid a fine and has made a payment to a restitution fund. It is the opinion of management that Metropolitan Life’s resolution of this matter will not adversely affect its business. The Company has received subpoenas and/or other discovery requests from regulators, state attorneys general or other governmental authorities in other states, including Connecticut, Massachusetts, California, Florida, and Ohio, seeking, among other things, information and documents regarding contingent commission payments to brokers, the Company’s awareness of any “sham” bids for business, bids and quotes that the Company submitted to potential customers, incentive agreements entered into with brokers, or compensation paid to intermediaries. The


48


Table of Contents

Company also has received a subpoena from the Office of the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of California asking for documents regarding the insurance broker Universal Life Resources. The Company continues to cooperate fully with these inquiries and is responding to the subpoenas and other discovery requests.
 
Approximately sixteen broker-related lawsuits in which the Company was named as a defendant were filed. Voluntary dismissals and consolidations have reduced the number of pending actions to two:
 
The People of the State of California, by and through John Garamendi, Ins. Commissioner of the State of California v. MetLife, Inc., et al. (Cal. Super. Ct., County of San Diego, filed November 18, 2004).  The California Insurance Commissioner filed suit against Metropolitan Life and other non-affiliated companies alleging that the defendants violated certain provisions of the California Insurance Code. This action seeks injunctive relief relating to compensation disclosures.
 
In Re Ins. Brokerage Antitrust Litig. (D. N.J., filed February 24, 2005).  In this multi-district proceeding, plaintiffs have filed an amended class action complaint consolidating the claims from separate actions that had been filed in or transferred to the District of New Jersey in 2004 and 2005. The consolidated amended complaint alleges that the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life, several non-affiliated insurance companies and several insurance brokers violated RICO, ERISA, and antitrust laws and committed other misconduct in the context of providing insurance to employee benefit plans and to persons who participate in such employee benefit plans. Plaintiffs seek to represent classes of employers that established employee benefit plans and persons who participated in such employee benefit plans. A motion for class certification has been filed. A motion to dismiss has not been fully decided. Plaintiffs in several other actions have voluntarily dismissed their claims. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Following an inquiry commencing in March 2004, the staff of NASD notified MSI that it made a preliminary determination to recommend charging MSI with the failure to adopt, maintain and enforce written supervisory procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with suitability requirements regarding the sale of college savings plans, also known as 529 plans. This notification followed an industry-wide inquiry by NASD examining sales of 529 plans. In November 2006, MSI and NASD reached a settlement resolving the matter, which includes payment of a penalty and customer remediation. MSI neither admitted nor denied NASD’s findings.
 
In February 2006, the Company learned that the SEC commenced a formal investigation of New England Securities (“NES”) in connection with the suitability of its sales of variable universal life insurance policies. The Company believes that others in the insurance industry are the subject of similar investigations by the SEC. NES is cooperating fully with the SEC.
 
In 2005, MSI received a notice from the Illinois Department of Securities asserting possible violations of the Illinois Securities Act in connection with sales of a former affiliate’s mutual funds. A response has been submitted and MSI intends to cooperate fully with the Illinois Department of Securities.
 
A former registered representative of Tower Square Securities, Inc. (“Tower Square”), a broker-dealer subsidiary of MICC, is alleged to have defrauded individuals by diverting funds for his personal use. In June 2005, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation with respect to Tower Square and served Tower Square with a subpoena. The Securities and Business Investments Division of the Connecticut Department of Banking and NASD are also reviewing this matter. On April 18, 2006, the Connecticut Department of Banking issued a notice to Tower Square asking it to demonstrate its prior compliance with applicable Connecticut securities laws and regulations. In the context of the above, a number of NASD arbitration matters and litigation matters were commenced in 2005 and 2006 against Tower Square. It is reasonably possible that other actions will be brought regarding this matter. Tower Square intends to fully cooperate with the SEC, NASD and the Connecticut Department of Banking, as appropriate, with respect to the matters described above.
 
Other Litigation
 
Roberts, et al. v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed January 22, 2007).  This lawsuit was filed by a putative class of “market rate” tenants at Stuyvesant Town and Peter Cooper Village against parties including Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company and Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company. Metropolitan Life was initially a named defendant but the action has been discontinued as to Metropolitan Life


49


Table of Contents

since it did not own the properties during the time period in question. This group of tenants claims that the MetLife entities, and since the sale of the properties, Tishman Speyer as current owner, improperly charged market rents when only lower regulated rents were permitted. The allegations are based on the impact of so-called J-51 tax abatements. The lawsuit seeks declaratory relief and damages. Carroll v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed February 14, 2007).  A second putative class action was filed against the same defendants alleging similar claims as in the Roberts lawsuit, and in addition includes a claim of unjust enrichment and purported violation of New York General Business Law Section 349. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in both actions.
 
Brubaker, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (D.C. Cir., filed October 20, 2000).  Plaintiffs, in this putative class action lawsuit, allege that they were denied certain ad hoc pension increases awarded to retirees under the Metropolitan Life retirement plan. The ad hoc pension increases were awarded only to retirees (i.e., individuals who were entitled to an immediate retirement benefit upon their termination of employment) and not available to individuals like these plaintiffs whose employment, or whose spouses’ employment, had terminated before they became eligible for an immediate retirement benefit. The plaintiffs seek to represent a class consisting of former Metropolitan Life employees, or their surviving spouses, who are receiving deferred vested annuity payments under the retirement plan and who were allegedly eligible to receive the ad hoc pension increases. In September 2005, Metropolitan Life’s motion for summary judgment was granted. Plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration was denied. Plaintiffs appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. The parties are currently briefing the appeal and oral argument is set for March 15, 2007.
 
The American Dental Association, et al. v. MetLife Inc., et al. (S.D. Fla., filed May 19, 2003).  The American Dental Association and three individual providers have sued the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life and other non-affiliated insurance companies in a putative class action lawsuit. The plaintiffs purport to represent a nationwide class of in-network providers who allege that their claims are being wrongfully reduced by downcoding, bundling, and the improper use and programming of software. The complaint alleges federal racketeering and various state law theories of liability. The district court has granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. The Company has filed another motion to dismiss. The court has issued a tag-along order, related to a medical managed care trial, which stays the lawsuit indefinitely.
 
Thomas, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (W.D. Okla., filed January 31, 2007).  A putative class action complaint was filed against Metropolitan Life, MetLife Securities, Inc. and MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC. Plaintiff asserts legal theories of violations of the federal securities laws and violations of state laws with respect to the sale of certain proprietary products (as opposed to non-proprietary products) by the Company’s agency distribution group. Plaintiff seeks rescission, compensatory damages, interest, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees and expenses. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in this matter.
 
Macomber, et al. v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Conn. Super. Ct., Hartford, filed April 7, 1999).  An amended putative class action complaint was filed against The Travelers Life and Annuity Company (now known as MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut (“MLAC”)), Travelers Equity Sales, Inc. and certain former affiliates. The amended complaint alleges Travelers Property Casualty Corporation, a former MLAC affiliate, purchased structured settlement annuities from MLAC and spent less on the purchase of those structured settlement annuities than agreed with claimants, and that commissions paid to brokers for the structured settlement annuities, including an affiliate of MLAC, were paid in part to Travelers Property Casualty Corporation. On May 26, 2004, the Connecticut Superior Court certified a nationwide class action involving the following claims against MLAC: violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practice Statute, unjust enrichment, and civil conspiracy. On June 15, 2004, the defendants appealed the class certification order. In March 2006, the Connecticut Supreme Court reversed the trial court’s certification of a class. Plaintiff may seek to file another motion for class certification. Defendants have moved for summary judgment. The Company is continuing to vigorously defend against the claims in this matter.
 
Metropolitan Life also has been named as a defendant in a number of silicosis, welding and mixed dust cases in various states. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters.


50


Table of Contents

 
Summary
 
Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed above and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.
 
It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings or provide reasonable ranges of potential losses, except as noted above in connection with specific matters. In some of the matters referred to above, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcomes of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2006.


51


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Issuer Common Equity
 
MetLife, Inc.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “MET” on April 5, 2000.
 
The following table presents high and low closing prices for the Common Stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    2006  
    1st Quarter     2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter     4th Quarter  
 
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 51.98     $ 53.19     $ 57.23     $ 59.83  
Low
  $ 48.14     $ 48.37     $ 49.65     $ 56.23  
 
                                 
    2005  
    1st Quarter     2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter     4th Quarter  
 
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 41.37     $ 45.45     $ 50.20     $ 52.15  
Low
  $ 38.31     $ 37.85     $ 45.47     $ 46.80  
 
As of February 26, 2007, there were 82,542 stockholders of record of Common Stock.
 
The table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Common Stock:
 
                                 
                Dividend  
Declaration Date
  Record Date     Payment Date     Per Share     Aggregate  
                (In millions,
 
                except per share data)  
 
                                 
                                 
October 24, 2006
    November 6, 2006       December 15, 2006     $ 0.59     $ 450  
October 25, 2005
    November 7, 2005       December 15, 2005     $ 0.52     $ 394  
 
Future Common Stock dividend decisions will be determined by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as our current earnings, expected medium-term and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Holding Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. See “Business — Regulation — Insurance Regulation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Sources — Dividends” and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


52


Table of Contents

 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Purchases of Common Stock made by or on behalf of the Holding Company or its affiliates during the year ended December 31, 2006 are set forth below:
 
                                 
                (c) Total Number
    (d) Maximum Number
 
                of Shares
    (or Approximate
 
                Purchased as Part
    Dollar Value) of
 
    (a) Total Number
          of Publicly
    Shares that May Yet
 
    of Shares
    (b) Average Price
    Announced Plans
    Be Purchased Under
 
Period
  Purchased(1)     Paid per Share     or Programs(2)     the Plans or Programs  
 
October 1-October 31, 2006
    531     $ 57.00           $ 716,206,611  
November 1-November 30, 2006
    4,250,300     $ 58.11       4,250,300     $ 469,209,029  
December 1-December 31, 2006
    4,362,174     $ 58.05       4,358,524     $ 216,206,599  
                                 
Total
    8,613,005     $ 58.08       8,608,824     $ 216,206,599  
                                 
 
 
(1) During the periods October 1-October 31, 2006, November 1-November 30, 2006 and December 1-December 31, 2006, separate account affiliates of the Holding Company purchased 531 shares, 0 shares and 3,650 shares, respectively, of Common Stock on the open market in nondiscretionary transactions to rebalance index funds. Except as disclosed above, there were no shares of Common Stock which were repurchased by the Holding Company other than through a publicly announced plan or program.
 
(2) On October 26, 2004, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $1 billion common stock repurchase program, of which $216 million remained as of December 31, 2006. On February 27, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1 billion common stock repurchase program. Upon the date of this authorization, the amount remaining under these repurchase programs is approximately $1.2 billion. Under these authorizations, the Holding Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and in privately negotiated transactions. As a result of the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company had suspended its common stock repurchase activity. During the fourth quarter of 2006, as announced, the Holding Company resumed its share repurchase program. Future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including our capital position, our financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock.
 
(3) On December 1, 2006, the Holding Company repurchased 3,993,024 shares of its outstanding Common Stock at an aggregate cost of $232 million under an accelerated common stock repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the Common Stock sold to the Holding Company from third parties and purchased the Common Stock in the open market to return to such third parties. In February 2007, the Holding Company paid a cash adjustment of $8 million for a final purchase price of $240 million. The Holding Company recorded the shares initially repurchased as treasury stock and recorded the amount paid as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock.


53


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The following selected financial data has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. The statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. The statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein. Some previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation at and for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
Statement of Income Data(1)
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Premiums
  $ 26,412     $ 24,860     $ 22,200     $ 20,575     $ 19,020  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    4,780       3,828       2,867       2,495       2,145  
Net investment income(2)
    17,192       14,817       12,272       11,386       11,040  
Other revenues
    1,362       1,271       1,198       1,199       1,166  
Net investment gains (losses)(2)(3)(4)
    (1,350 )     (93 )     175       (551 )     (895 )
                                         
Total revenues(2)(5)
    48,396       44,683       38,712       35,104       32,476  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    26,431       25,506       22,662       20,811       19,455  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances(4)
    5,246       3,925       2,997       3,035       2,950  
Policyholder dividends
    1,701       1,679       1,666       1,731       1,803  
Other expenses
    10,797       9,267       7,813       7,168       6,862  
                                         
Total expenses(2)(5)
    44,175       40,377       35,138       32,745       31,070  
                                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    4,221       4,306       3,574       2,359       1,406  
Provision for income tax(2)
    1,116       1,228       996       585       418  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    3,105       3,078       2,578       1,774       988  
Income from discontinued operations,
net of income tax(2)
    3,188       1,636       266       469       617  
                                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    6,293       4,714       2,844       2,243       1,605  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting,
net of income tax(6)
                (86 )     (26 )      
                                         
Net income
    6,293       4,714       2,758       2,217       1,605  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63                    
Charge for conversion of company-obligated mandatorily redeemable securities of a subsidiary trust
                      21        
                                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758     $ 2,196     $ 1,605  
                                         
 


54


Table of Contents

                                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance Sheet Data(1)
                                       
Assets:
                                       
General account assets
  $ 383,350     $ 353,776     $ 270,039     $ 251,085     $ 217,733  
Separate account assets
    144,365       127,869       86,769       75,756       59,693  
                                         
Total assets(2)
  $ 527,715     $ 481,645     $ 356,808     $ 326,841     $ 277,426  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Life and health policyholder liabilities(7)
  $ 268,741     $ 258,881     $ 193,612     $ 177,947     $ 162,986  
Property and casualty policyholder liabilities(7)
    3,453       3,490       3,180       2,943       2,673  
Short-term debt
    1,449       1,414       1,445       3,642       1,161  
Long-term debt
    9,979       9,489       7,412       5,703       4,411  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    3,780       2,533                    
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    45,846       34,515       28,678       27,083       17,862  
Other
    16,304       14,353       12,888       12,618       9,990  
Separate account liabilities
    144,365       127,869       86,769       75,756       59,693  
                                         
Total liabilities(2)
    493,917       452,544       333,984       305,692       258,776  
                                         
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable securities of subsidiary trusts
                            1,265  
                                         
Stockholders’ Equity
                                       
Preferred stock, at par value
    1       1                    
Common stock, at par value
    8       8       8       8       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    17,454       17,274       15,037       14,991       14,968  
Retained earnings
    16,574       10,865       6,608       4,193       2,807  
Treasury stock, at cost
    (1,357 )     (959 )     (1,785 )     (835 )     (2,405 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income(8)
    1,118       1,912       2,956       2,792       2,007  
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    33,798       29,101       22,824       21,149       17,385  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 527,715     $ 481,645     $ 356,808     $ 326,841     $ 277,426  
                                         
 

55


Table of Contents

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
 
Other Data(1)
                                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758     $ 2,196     $ 1,605  
Return on common equity(9)
    21.9%       18.5%       12.5%       11.4%       9.6%  
Return on common equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income
    22.6%       20.4%       14.4%       13.0%       10.8%  
EPS Data(1)
                                       
Income from Continuing Operations Available to Common Shareholders Per Common Share
                                       
Basic
  $ 3.90     $ 4.03     $ 3.43     $ 2.38     $ 1.40  
Diluted
  $ 3.85     $ 3.99     $ 3.41     $ 2.34     $ 1.35  
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations Per Common Share
                                       
Basic
  $ 4.19     $ 2.18     $ 0.35     $ 0.63     $ 0.88  
Diluted
  $ 4.14     $ 2.17     $ 0.35     $ 0.63     $ 0.85  
Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Per Common Share(6)
                                       
Basic
  $     $     $ (0.11 )   $ (0.04 )   $  
Diluted
  $     $     $ (0.11 )   $ (0.03 )   $  
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Common Share
                                       
Basic
  $ 8.09     $ 6.21     $ 3.67     $ 2.97     $ 2.28  
Diluted
  $ 7.99     $ 6.16     $ 3.65     $ 2.94     $ 2.20  
Dividends Declared Per Common Share
  $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.46     $ 0.23     $ 0.21  
 
 
(1) On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company acquired Travelers. The 2005 selected financial data includes total revenues and total expenses of $1,009 million and $618 million, respectively, from the date of the acquisition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Acquisitions and Dispositions.”
 
(2) Discontinued Operations:
 
  Real Estate
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”), income related to real estate sold or classified as held-for-sale for transactions initiated on or after January 1, 2002 is presented as discontinued operations. The following information presents the components of income from discontinued real estate operations:
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment income
  $ 234     $ 395     $ 649     $ 719     $ 842  
Investment expense
    (150 )     (244 )     (388 )     (421 )     (466 )
Net investment gains (losses)
    4,795       2,125       146       420       585  
                                         
Total revenues
    4,879       2,276       407       718       961  
Interest expense
                13       4        
Provision for income tax
    1,723       808       138       261       349  
                                         
Income from discontinued operations,
net of income tax
  $ 3,156     $ 1,468     $ 256     $ 453     $ 612  
                                         

56


Table of Contents

  Operations
 
     On September 29, 2005, the Company completed the sale of P.T. Sejahtera (“MetLife Indonesia”) to a third party. On January 31, 2005, the Company sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, SSRM Holdings, Inc. (“SSRM”), to a third party. In accordance with SFAS 144, the assets, liabilities and operations of MetLife Indonesia and SSRM have been reclassified into discontinued operations for all years presented. The following tables present these discontinued operations:
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 24     $ 333     $ 235     $ 244  
Expenses
          48       310       206       233  
                                         
Income before provision for income tax
          (24 )     23       29       11  
Provision for income tax
          (5 )     13       13       6  
                                         
Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of income tax
          (19 )     10       16       5  
Net investment gains, net of income tax
    32       187                    
                                         
Income from discontinued operations,
net of income tax
  $ 32     $ 168     $ 10     $ 16     $ 5  
                                         
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
General account assets
  $ 410     $ 210     $ 221  
                         
Total assets
  $ 410     $ 210     $ 221  
                         
Life and health policyholder liabilites
  $ 24     $ 17     $ 11  
Short-term debt
    19              
Long-term debt
                14  
Other
    225       73       83  
                         
Total liabilities
  $ 268     $ 90     $ 108  
                         
 
(3) Net investment gains (losses) exclude amounts related to real estate operations reported as discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144.
 
(4) Net investment gains (losses) presented include scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended, of $290 million, $99 million, $51 million, $84 million and $32 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Additionally, excluded from net investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $6 million and ($13) million, respectively, related to revaluation losses on derivatives used to hedge interest rate and currency risk on policyholder account balances (“PABs”) that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Such amounts are included within interest credited to PABs.
 
(5) In June 2002, the Holding Company acquired Aseguadora Hidalgo S.A. The 2002 selected financial data includes total revenues and total expenses of $421 million and $358 million, respectively, from the date of the acquisition.
 
(6) The cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, of $86 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, resulted from the adoption of SOP 03-1, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, of $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, resulted from the adoption of SFAS No. 133 Implementation Issue No. B36, Embedded Derivatives: Modified


57


Table of Contents

Coinsurance Arrangements and Debt Instruments That Incorporate Credit Risk Exposures That Are Unrelated or Only Partially Related to the Creditworthiness of the Obligor under Those Instruments.
 
(7) Policyholder liabilities include future policy benefits and other policyholder funds. The life and health policyholder liabilities also include PABs, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation.
 
(8) The cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, of $744 million resulted from the adoption of SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006.
 
(9) Return on common equity is defined as net income available to common shareholders divided by average common stockholders’ equity.
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
For purposes of this discussion, “MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), and its subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Metropolitan Life”). Following this summary is a discussion addressing the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Company for the periods indicated. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the forward-looking statement information included below, “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements relating to trends in the operations and financial results and the business and the products of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as other statements including words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are made based upon management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on the Company. Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance.
 
Actual results may differ materially from those included in the forward-looking statements as a result of risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the following: (i) changes in general economic conditions, including the performance of financial markets and interest rates; (ii) heightened competition, including with respect to pricing, entry of new competitors, the development of new products by new and existing competitors and for personnel; (iii) investment losses and defaults; (iv) unanticipated changes in industry trends; (v) catastrophe losses; (vi) ineffectiveness of risk management policies and procedures; (vii) changes in accounting standards, practices and/or policies; (viii) changes in assumptions related to deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), value of business acquired (“VOBA”) or goodwill; (ix) discrepancies between actual claims experience and assumptions used in setting prices for the Company’s products and establishing the liabilities for the Company’s obligations for future policy benefits and claims; (x) discrepancies between actual experience and assumptions used in establishing liabilities related to other contingencies or obligations; (xi) adverse results or other consequences from litigation, arbitration or regulatory investigations; (xii) downgrades in the Company’s and its affiliates’ claims paying ability, financial strength or credit ratings; (xiii) regulatory, legislative or tax changes that may affect the cost of, or demand for, the Company’s products or services; (xiv) MetLife, Inc.’s primary reliance, as a holding company, on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet debt payment obligations and the applicable regulatory restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries to pay such dividends; (xv) deterioration in the experience of the “closed block” established in connection with the reorganization of Metropolitan Life; (xvi) economic, political, currency and other risks relating to the Company’s international operations; (xvii) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to terrorism or other hostilities; (xviii) the Company’s ability to identify and consummate on successful terms any future acquisitions, and to successfully integrate acquired businesses with minimal disruption; and (xix) other risks and uncertainties described from time to time in MetLife, Inc.’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
 
The Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.


58


Table of Contents

 
Executive Summary
 
MetLife is a leading provider of insurance and other financial services with operations throughout the United States and the regions of Latin America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Through its domestic and international subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife, Inc. offers life insurance, annuities, automobile and homeowners insurance, retail banking and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance, reinsurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions. MetLife is organized into five operating segments: Institutional, Individual, Auto & Home, International and Reinsurance, as well as Corporate & Other.
 
The management’s discussion and analysis which follows isolates, in order to be meaningful, the results of the Travelers acquisition in the period over period comparison as the Travelers acquisition was not included in the results of the Company until July 1, 2005. The Travelers’ amounts which have been isolated represent the results of the Travelers legal entities which have been acquired. These amounts represent the impact of the Travelers acquisition; however, as business currently transacted through the acquired Travelers legal entities is transitioned to legal entities already owned by the Company, some of which has already occurred, the identification of the Travelers legal entity business will not necessarily be indicative of the impact of the Travelers acquisition on the results of the Company.
 
As a part of the Travelers acquisition, management realigned certain products and services within several of the Company’s segments to better conform to the way it manages and assesses its business. Accordingly, all prior period segment results have been adjusted to reflect such product reclassifications. Also in connection with the Travelers acquisition, management has utilized its economic capital model to evaluate the deployment of capital based upon the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in the Company’s existing and newly acquired businesses and has adjusted such allocations based upon this model.
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005
 
The Company reported $6,159 million in net income available to common shareholders and diluted earnings per common share of $7.99 for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $4,651 million in net income available to common shareholders and diluted earnings per common share of $6.16 for the year ended December 31, 2005. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $317 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, net income available to common shareholders increased by $1,191 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the 2005 period.
 
Income from discontinued operations consisted of net investment income and net investment gains related to real estate properties that the Company had classified as available-for-sale or had sold and, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the operations and gain upon disposal from the sale of SSRM Holdings, Inc. (“SSRM”) on January 31, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, the operations of P.T. Sejahtera (“MetLife Indonesia”) which was sold on September 29, 2005. Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, increased by $1,552 million, or 95%, to $3,188 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,636 million for the comparable 2005 period. This increase is primarily due to a gain of $3 billion, net of income tax, on the sale of the Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties in Manhattan, New York, as well as a gain of $32 million, net of income tax, related to the sale of SSRM during the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was partially offset by gains during the year ended December 31, 2005 including $1,193 million, net of income tax, on the sales of the One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York, as well as gains on the sales of SSRM and MetLife Indonesia of $177 million and $10 million, respectively, both net of income tax. In addition, there was lower net investment income and net investment gains from discontinued operations related to other real estate properties sold or held-for-sale during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Net investment losses increased by $817 million, net of income tax, to a loss of $877 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from a loss of $60 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed a loss of $177 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, net investment losses increased by $640 million. The increase in net investment losses was due to a combination of losses from the mark-to-market on derivatives and foreign currency transaction losses during 2006,


59


Table of Contents

largely driven by increases in U.S. interest rates and the weakening of the dollar against the major currencies the Company hedges, notably the euro and pound sterling.
 
Dividends on the Holding Company’s Series A and Series B preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) issued in connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers increased by $71 million, to $134 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $63 million for the comparable 2005 period, as the preferred stock was issued in June 2005.
 
The remainder of the increase of $350 million in net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the 2005 period was primarily due to an increase in premiums, fees and other revenues attributable to continued business growth across all of the Company’s operating segments. Also contributing to the increase was higher net investment income primarily due to an overall increase in the asset base, an increase in fixed maturity security yields, improved results on real estate and real estate joint ventures, mortgage loans, and other limited partnership interests, as well as higher short-term interest rates on cash equivalents and short-term investments. These increases were partially offset by a decline in net investment income from securities lending results, and bond and commercial mortgage prepayment fees. Favorable underwriting results for the year ended December 31, 2006 were partially offset by a decrease in net interest margins. These increases were partially offset by an increase in expenses primarily due to higher interest expense on debt, increased general spending, higher compensation and commission costs and higher expenses related to growth initiatives and information technology projects, partially offset by a reduction in Travelers’ integration expenses, principally corporate incentives.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004
 
The Company reported $4,651 million in net income available to common shareholders and diluted earnings per common share of $6.16 for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $2,758 million in net income available to common shareholders and diluted earnings per common share of $3.65 for the year ended December 31, 2004. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $233 million to net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005. Excluding the impact of Travelers, net income available to common shareholders increased by $1,660 million in the 2005 period. The years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 include the impact of certain transactions or events, the timing, nature and amount of which are generally unpredictable. These transactions are described in each applicable segment’s discussion below. These items contributed a benefit of $71 million, net of income tax, to the year ended December 31, 2005 and a benefit of $113 million, net of income tax, to the comparable 2004 period. Excluding the impact of these items, net income available to common shareholders increased by $1,702 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior 2004 period.
 
In 2005, the Company sold its One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York, which, combined, resulted in a gain of $1,193 million, net of income tax. In addition, during 2005, the Company completed the sales of SSRM and MetLife Indonesia and recognized gains of $177 million and $10 million, respectively, both net of income tax. In 2004, the Company completed the sale of the Sears Tower property resulting in a gain of $85 million, net of income tax. Accordingly, income from discontinued operations and, correspondingly, net income, increased by $1,370 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the 2004 period primarily as a result of the aforementioned sales.
 
These increases were partially offset by an increase in net investment losses of $170 million, net of income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the corresponding period in 2004. The acquisition of Travelers contributed a loss of $132 million, net of income tax, to this decrease. Excluding the impact of Travelers, net investment gains (losses) decreased by $38 million, net of income tax, in the 2005 period. This decrease is primarily due to losses on fixed maturity security sales resulting from continued portfolio repositioning in the 2005 period. Significantly offsetting these reductions is an increase in gains from the mark-to-market on derivatives in 2005. The derivative gains resulted from changes in the value of the dollar versus major foreign currencies, including the euro and pound sterling, and changes in U.S. interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
The increase in net income available to common shareholders during the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the prior year is partially due to the decrease in net income available to common shareholders in the prior year of $86 million, net of income tax, as a result of a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in


60


Table of Contents

2004 recorded in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-1, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts (“SOP 03-1”).
 
In addition, during the second half of the year ended December 31, 2005, the Holding Company paid $63 million in dividends on the Preferred Shares issued in connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers.
 
The remaining increase in net income available to common shareholders of $347 million is primarily due to an increase in premiums, fees and other revenues primarily from continued sales growth across most of the Company’s business segments, as well as the positive impact of the U.S. financial markets on policy fees. Policy fees from variable life and annuity and investment-type products are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in policyholder accounts. The value of these assets can fluctuate depending on equity performance. In addition, continued strong investment spreads are largely due to higher than expected net investment income from corporate joint venture income and bond and commercial mortgage prepayment fees. Partially offsetting these increases is a rise in expenses primarily due to higher interest expense, integration costs, corporate incentive expenses, non deferrable volume-related expenses, corporate support expenses and DAC amortization.
 
Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
On September 29, 2005, the Company completed the sale of MetLife Indonesia to a third party, resulting in a gain upon disposal of $10 million, net of income tax. As a result of this sale, the Company recognized income (loss) from discontinued operations of $5 million and ($9) million, net of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company reclassified the operations of MetLife Indonesia into discontinued operations for all years presented.
 
On September 1, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of CitiStreet Associates, a division of CitiStreet LLC, which is primarily involved in the distribution of annuity products and retirement plans to the education, healthcare, and not-for-profit markets, for $56 million, of which $2 million was allocated to goodwill and $54 million to other identifiable intangibles, specifically the value of customer relationships acquired, which has a weighted average amortization period of 16 years. CitiStreet Associates was integrated with MetLife Resources, a focused distribution channel of MetLife, which is dedicated to provide retirement plans and financial services to the same markets.
 
On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company, excluding certain assets, most significantly, Primerica, from Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), and substantially all of Citigroup’s international insurance businesses (collectively, “Travelers”) for $12.1 billion. The results of Travelers’ operations were included in the Company’s financial statements beginning July 1, 2005. As a result of the acquisition, management of the Company increased significantly the size and scale of the Company’s core insurance and annuity products and expanded the Company’s presence in both the retirement & savings’ domestic and international markets. The distribution agreements executed with Citigroup as part of the acquisition provide the Company with one of the broadest distribution networks in the industry. The initial consideration paid by the Holding Company for the acquisition consisted of $10.9 billion in cash and 22,436,617 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock with a market value of $1.0 billion to Citigroup and $100 million in other transaction costs. Additional consideration of $115 million was paid by the Holding Company to Citigroup in 2006 as a result of the finalization by both parties of their review of the June 30, 2005 financial statements and final resolution as to the interpretation of the provisions of the acquisition agreement. In addition to cash on-hand, the purchase price was financed through the issuance of common stock, debt securities, common equity units and preferred stock. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Sources.”
 
On January 31, 2005, the Company completed the sale of SSRM to a third party for $328 million in cash and stock. As a result of the sale of SSRM, the Company recognized income from discontinued operations of $157 million, net of income tax, comprised of a realized gain of $165 million, net of income tax, and an operating expense related to a lease abandonment of $8 million, net of income tax. Under the terms of the sale agreement, MetLife will have an opportunity to receive additional payments based on, among other things, certain revenue retention and growth measures. The purchase price is also subject to reduction over five years, depending on retention of certain MetLife-related business. Also under the terms of such agreement, MetLife had the opportunity to receive additional consideration for the retention of certain customers for a specific period in 2005. Upon


61


Table of Contents

finalization of the computation, the Company received payments of $30 million, net of income tax, in the second quarter of 2006 and $12 million, net of income tax, in the fourth quarter of 2005 due to the retention of these specific customer accounts. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company eliminated $4 million of a liability that was previously recorded with respect to the indemnities provided in connection with the sale of SSRM, resulting in a benefit to the Company of $2 million, net of income tax. The Company believes that future payments relating to these indemnities are not probable. The Company reported the operations of SSRM in discontinued operations. Additionally, the sale of SSRM resulted in the elimination of the Company’s Asset Management segment. The remaining asset management business, which is insignificant, is reported in Corporate & Other. The Company’s discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 included expenses of $6 million, net of income tax, related to the sale of SSRM.
 
Industry Trends
 
The Company’s segments continue to be influenced by a variety of trends that affect the industry.
 
Financial Environment.  The level of long-term interest rates and the shape of the yield curve can have a negative impact on the demand for and the profitability of spread-based products such as fixed annuities, guaranteed interest contracts (“GICs”) and universal life insurance. A flat or inverted yield curve and low long-term interest rates will be a concern until new money rates on corporate bonds are higher than overall life insurer investment portfolio yields. Equity market performance can also impact the profitability of life insurers, as product demand and fee revenue from variable annuities and fee revenue from pension products tied to separate account balances often reflect equity market performance.
 
Steady Economy.  A steady economy provides improving demand for group insurance and retirement & savings-type products. Group insurance premium growth, with respect to life and disability products, for example, is closely tied to employers’ total payroll growth. Additionally, the potential market for these products is expanded by new business creation. Bond portfolio credit losses continue close to low historical levels due to the steady economy.
 
Demographics.  In the coming decade, a key driver shaping the actions of the life insurance industry will be the rising income protection, wealth accumulation and needs of the retiring Baby Boomers. As a result of increasing longevity, retirees will need to accumulate sufficient savings to finance retirements that may span 30 or more years. Helping the Baby Boomers to accumulate assets for retirement and subsequently to convert these assets into retirement income represents an opportunity for the life insurance industry.
 
Life insurers are well positioned to address the Baby Boomers’ rapidly increasing need for savings tools and for income protection. The Company believes that, among life insurers, those with strong brands, high financial strength ratings and broad distribution, are best positioned to capitalize on the opportunity to offer income protection products to Baby Boomers.
 
Moreover, the life insurance industry’s products and the needs they are designed to address are complex. The Company believes that individuals approaching retirement age will need to seek information to plan for and manage their retirements and that, in the workplace, as employees take greater responsibility for their benefit options and retirement planning, they will need information about their possible individual needs. One of the challenges for the life insurance industry will be the delivery of this information in a cost effective manner.
 
Competitive Pressures.  The life insurance industry remains highly competitive. The product development and product life-cycles have shortened in many product segments, leading to more intense competition with respect to product features. Larger companies have the ability to invest in brand equity, product development, technology and risk management, which are among the fundamentals for sustained profitable growth in the life insurance industry. In addition, several of the industry’s products can be quite homogeneous and subject to intense price competition. Sufficient scale, financial strength and financial flexibility are becoming prerequisites for sustainable growth in the life insurance industry. Larger market participants tend to have the capacity to invest in additional distribution capability and the information technology needed to offer the superior customer service demanded by an increasingly sophisticated industry client base.


62


Table of Contents

 
Regulatory Changes.  The life insurance industry is regulated at the state level, with some products and services also subject to federal regulation. As life insurers introduce new and often more complex products, regulators refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards for the life insurance industry. Regulations recently adopted or currently under review can potentially impact the reserve and capital requirements of the industry. In addition, regulators have undertaken market and sales practices reviews of several markets or products, including equity-indexed annuities, variable annuities and group products.
 
Pension Plans.  On August 17, 2006, President Bush signed the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) into law. This act is considered to be the most sweeping pension legislation since the adoption of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) on September 2, 1974. The provisions of the PPA may have a significant impact on demand for pension, retirement savings, and lifestyle protection products in both the institutional and retail markets. This legislation, while not immediate, may have a positive impact on the life insurance and financial services industries in the future.
 
Impact of Hurricanes
 
On August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina made landfall in the states of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama, causing catastrophic damage to these coastal regions. MetLife’s cumulative gross losses from Hurricane Katrina were $333 million and $335 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily arising from the Company’s homeowners business. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized total net losses, net of income tax and reinsurance recoverables and including reinstatement premiums and other reinsurance-related premium adjustments related to the catastrophe as follows:
 
                                                 
    Auto & Home
    Institutional
    Total Company
 
    Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net ultimate losses at January 1,
  $ 120     $     $ 14     $     $ 134     $  
Total net losses recognized
    (2 )     120             14       (2 )     134  
                                                 
Net ultimate losses at December 31,
  $ 118     $ 120     $ 14     $ 14     $ 132     $ 134  
                                                 
 
On October 24, 2005, Hurricane Wilma made landfall across the state of Florida. MetLife’s cumulative gross losses from Hurricane Wilma were $64 million and $57 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily arising from the Company’s homeowners and automobile businesses. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s Auto & Home segment recognized total losses, net of income tax and reinsurance recoverables, of $29 million and $32 million, respectively, related to Hurricane Wilma.
 
Additional hurricane-related losses may be recorded in future periods as claims are received from insureds and claims to reinsurers are processed. Reinsurance recoveries are dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the reinsurers, which may be affected by their other reinsured losses in connection with Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma and otherwise. In addition, lawsuits, including purported class actions, have been filed in Louisiana and Mississippi challenging denial of claims for damages caused to property during Hurricane Katrina. Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“MPC”) is a named party in some of these lawsuits. In addition, rulings in cases in which MPC is not a party may affect interpretation of its policies. MPC intends to vigorously defend these matters. However, any adverse rulings could result in an increase in the Company’s hurricane-related claim exposure and losses. Based on information known by management, it does not believe that additional claim losses resulting from Hurricane Katrina will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and


63


Table of Contents

assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. The most critical estimates include those used in determining:
 
  i)  the fair value of investments in the absence of quoted market values;
 
  ii)  investment impairments;
 
  iii)  the recognition of income on certain investments;
 
  iv)  application of the consolidation rules to certain investments;
 
  v)  the fair value of and accounting for derivatives;
 
  vi)  the capitalization and amortization of DAC and the establishment and amortization of VOBA;
 
  vii)  the measurement of goodwill and related impairment, if any;
 
  viii)  the liability for future policyholder benefits;
 
  ix)  accounting for income taxes and the valuation of deferred tax assets;
 
  x)  accounting for reinsurance transactions;
 
  xi)  accounting for employee benefit plans; and
 
  xii)  the liability for litigation and regulatory matters.
 
The application of purchase accounting requires the use of estimation techniques in determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed — the most significant of which relate to the aforementioned critical estimates. In applying these policies, management makes subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s businesses and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Investments
 
The Company’s principal investments are in fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage and consumer loans, policy loans, real estate, real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships, short-term investments, and other invested assets. The Company’s investments are exposed to three primary sources of risk: credit, interest rate and market valuation. The financial statement risks, stemming from such investment risks, are those associated with the determination of fair values, the recognition of impairments, the recognition of income on certain investments, and the potential consolidation of previously unconsolidated subsidiaries.
 
The Company’s investments in fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale, except for trading securities, and are reported at their estimated fair value. The fair values for public fixed maturity securities and public equity securities are based on quoted market prices or estimates from independent pricing services. However, in cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for private fixed maturities, fair values are estimated using present value or valuation techniques. The determination of fair values in the absence of quoted market prices is based on: (i) valuation methodologies; (ii) securities the Company deems to be comparable; and (iii) assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances. The fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include: coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer, and quoted market prices of comparable securities. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
One of the significant estimates related to available-for-sale securities is the evaluation of investments for other-than-temporary impairments. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three


64


Table of Contents

categories of securities: (i) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%; (ii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for less than six months; and (iii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for six months or greater. Additionally, management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to:
 
  i)  the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been below cost or amortized cost;
 
  ii)  the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties;
 
  iii)  the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector;
 
  iv)  the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations;
 
  v)  the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources;
 
  vi)  the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value to an amount equal to or greater than cost or amortized cost;
 
  vii)  unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on asset-backed securities; and
 
  viii)  other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.
 
The cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for impairments in value deemed to be other-than-temporary in the period in which the determination is made. These impairments are included within net investment gains (losses) and the cost basis of the fixed maturity and equity securities is reduced accordingly. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments on other invested asset classes is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects changes in allowances and impairments in operations as such evaluations are revised.
 
The recognition of income on certain investments (e.g. loan-backed securities including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, certain investment transactions, trading securities, etc.) is dependent upon market conditions, which could result in prepayments and changes in amounts to be earned.
 
Additionally, when the Company enters into certain structured investment transactions, real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships for which the Company may be deemed to be the primary beneficiary under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46(r), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An Interpretation of ARB No. 51, it may be required to consolidate such investments. The accounting rules for the determination of the primary beneficiary are complex and require evaluation of the contractual rights and obligations associated with each party involved in the entity, an estimate of the entity’s expected losses and expected residual returns and the allocation of such estimates to each party.
 
The use of different methodologies and assumptions as to the determination of the fair value of investments, the timing and amount of impairments, the recognition of income, or consolidation of investments may have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.


65


Table of Contents

 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company enters into freestanding derivative transactions including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts. The Company uses derivatives primarily to manage various risks. The risks being managed are variability in cash flows or changes in fair values related to financial instruments and currency exposure associated with net investments in certain foreign operations. To a lesser extent, the Company also uses credit derivatives to synthetically replicate investment risks and returns which are not readily available in the cash market. The Company also purchases investment securities, issues certain insurance policies and engages in certain reinsurance contracts that have embedded derivatives.
 
Fair value of derivatives is determined by quoted market prices or through the use of pricing models. The determination of fair values, when quoted market values are not available, is based on valuation methodologies and assumptions deemed appropriate under the circumstances. Values can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity. Values can also be affected by changes in estimates and assumptions used in pricing models. Such assumptions include estimates of volatility, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, other financial indices and credit ratings. Essential to the analysis of the fair value is a risk of counterparty default. The use of different assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated derivative fair value amounts, as well as the amount of reported net income. Also, fluctuations in the fair value of derivatives which have not been designated for hedge accounting may result in significant volatility in net income.
 
The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting standards continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under these accounting standards. If it is determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected. Differences in judgment as to the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment may result in a differing impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company from that previously reported. Measurements of ineffectiveness of hedging relationships are also subject to interpretations and estimations and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.
 
Additionally, there is a risk that embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation have not been identified and reported at fair value in the consolidated financial statements and that their related changes in fair value could materially affect reported net income.
 
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired
 
The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. The costs that vary with and relate to the production of new business are deferred as DAC. Such costs consist principally of commissions and agency and policy issue expenses. VOBA is an intangible asset that reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts in a life insurance company acquisition and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the right to receive future cash flows from the business in-force at the acquisition date. VOBA is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the financial statements for reporting purposes.
 
DAC for property and casualty insurance contracts, which is primarily composed of commissions and certain underwriting expenses, is amortized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term or reinsurance treaty.
 
DAC and VOBA on life insurance or investment-type contracts are amortized in proportion to gross premiums, gross margins or gross profits, depending on the type of contract as described below.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to non-participating and non-dividend-paying traditional contracts (term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, non-medical health insurance, and traditional group life insurance) over the entire premium paying period in proportion to the present value of actual historic and expected future gross premiums. The present value of expected premiums is based upon the premium requirement


66


Table of Contents

of each policy and assumptions for mortality, morbidity, persistency, and investment returns at policy issuance, or policy acquisition, as it relates to VOBA, that include provisions for adverse deviation and are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate future policyholder benefit liabilities. These assumptions are not revised after policy issuance or acquisition unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. Absent a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition is caused only by variability in premium volumes.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to participating, dividend-paying traditional contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross margins. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The future gross margins are dependent principally on investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, mortality, persistency, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, and certain economic variables, such as inflation. For participating contracts (dividend paying traditional contracts within the closed block) future gross margins are also dependent upon changes in the policyholder dividend obligation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, persistency, and other factor changes and policyholder dividend scales are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross margins with the actual gross margins for that period. When the actual gross margins change from previously estimated gross margins, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross margins exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross margins are below the previously estimated gross margins. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business in-force, which impacts expected future gross margins.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts and fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross profits. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The amount of future gross profits is dependent principally upon returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, the effect of any hedges used, and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, and persistency are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross profits with the actual gross profits for that period. When the actual gross profits change from previously estimated gross profits, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross profits exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross profits are below the previously estimated gross profits. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future gross profits.
 
Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period. Returns that are higher than the Company’s long-term expectation produce higher account balances, which increases the Company’s future fee expectations and decreases future benefit payment expectations on minimum death benefit guarantees, resulting in higher expected future gross profits. The opposite result occurs when returns are lower than the Company’s long-term expectation. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these changes and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes. The effect of an increase/(decrease) by 100 basis points in the assumed future rate of return is reasonably likely to result in a decrease/(increase) in the DAC and VOBA balances of approximately $70 million for this factor.
 
The Company also reviews periodically other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency, and expenses to administer business. Management annually updates assumptions used in the


67


Table of Contents

calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.
 
Over the past two years, the Company’s most significant assumption updates resulting in a change to expected future gross margins and profits and the amortization of DAC and VOBA have been updated due to revisions to expected future investment returns, expenses, in-force or persistency assumptions and policyholder dividends on contracts included within the Individual Business segment. The Company expects these assumptions to be the ones most reasonably likely to cause significant changes in the future. Changes in these assumptions can be offsetting and the Company is unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.
 
The following chart illustrates the effect on DAC and VOBA within the Company’s Individual segment of changing each of the respective assumptions during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment return
  $ 192     $ (26 )
Expense
    45       11  
In-force/Persistency
    (7 )     (33 )
Policyholder dividends and other
    (39 )     (11 )
                 
Total
  $ 191     $ (59 )
                 
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, DAC and VOBA for the Individual segment were $14.0 billion and $13.5 billion, respectively, and for the total Company were $20.8 billion and $19.7 billion, respectively.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test.
 
Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business that is one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill within Corporate & Other is allocated to reporting units within the Company’s business segments. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value, the excess is recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income. The fair values of the reporting units are determined using a market multiple, a discounted cash flow model, or a cost approach. The critical estimates necessary in determining fair value are projected earnings, comparative market multiples and the discount rate.
 
Liability for Future Policy Benefits
 
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities and non-medical health insurance. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid, reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a


68


Table of Contents

block of business basis. If experience is less favorable than assumptions, additional liabilities may be required, resulting in a charge to policyholder benefits and claims.
 
Liabilities for future policy benefits for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest.
 
Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance are included in future policyholder benefits and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Other policyholder funds include claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported on life and non-medical health insurance. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs. With respect to property and casualty insurance, such unpaid claims are reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts and secondary and paid up guarantees relating to certain life policies are based on estimates of the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating these liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk.
 
The Company offers certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefit riders. These include guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) riders and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) riders. GMWB and GMAB riders are embedded derivatives, which are measured at fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in fair value reported in net investment gains (losses). The fair values of GMWB and GMAB riders are calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior. These riders may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets, causing an increase in the liability for future policy benefits, negatively affecting net income.
 
The Company periodically reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing these policies, guarantees and riders and in the establishment of the related liabilities result in variances in profit and could result in losses. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for federal, state and foreign income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Significant


69


Table of Contents

judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:
 
  (i)  future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
 
  (ii)  future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  (iii)  taxable income in prior carryback years; and
 
  (iv)  tax planning strategies.
 
The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include when the ultimate deductibility of certain items is challenged by taxing authorities or when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events such as changes in tax legislation could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.
 
Reinsurance
 
The Company enters into reinsurance transactions as both a provider and a purchaser of reinsurance for its life and property and casualty insurance products. Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously. Additionally, for each of its reinsurance contracts, the Company determines if the contract provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk, in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims. If the Company determines that a reinsurance contract does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the contract using the deposit method of accounting.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
Certain subsidiaries of the Holding Company (the “Subsidiaries”) sponsor pension and other postretirement plans covering employees who meet specified eligibility requirements. The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. Management, in consultation with its independent consulting actuarial firm, determines these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.
 
Litigation Contingencies
 
The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities related to certain lawsuits, including the Company’s asbestos-related liability, are especially difficult to estimate due to the limitation of available data and uncertainty regarding numerous variables that can affect liability estimates. The data and variables that impact the assumptions used to estimate the Company’s asbestos-related liability include the number of future claims, the cost to resolve


70


Table of Contents

claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against the Company when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. On a quarterly and annual basis the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, including asbestos-related cases, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Economic Capital
 
Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in MetLife’s businesses. As a part of the economic capital process, a portion of net investment income is credited to the segments based on the level of allocated equity. This is in contrast to the standardized regulatory risk-based capital (“RBC”) formula, which is not as refined in its risk calculations with respect to the nuances of the Company’s businesses.


71


Table of Contents

 
Results of Operations
 
   Discussion of Results
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the Company for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 26,412     $ 24,860     $ 22,200  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    4,780       3,828       2,867  
Net investment income
    17,192       14,817       12,272  
Other revenues
    1,362       1,271       1,198  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (1,350 )     (93 )     175  
                         
Total revenues
    48,396       44,683       38,712  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    26,431       25,506       22,662  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    5,246       3,925       2,997  
Policyholder dividends
    1,701       1,679       1,666  
Other expenses
    10,797       9,267       7,813  
                         
Total expenses
    44,175       40,377       35,138  
                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    4,221       4,306       3,574  
Provision for income tax
    1,116       1,228       996  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    3,105       3,078       2,578  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    3,188       1,636       266  
                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    6,293       4,714       2,844  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                (86 )
                         
Net income
    6,293       4,714       2,758  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — The Company
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $27 million, or 1%, to $3,105 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $3,078 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $317 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, income from continuing operations decreased by $290 million. Income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 included the impact of certain transactions or events, the timing, nature and amount of which are generally unpredictable. These transactions are described in each applicable segment’s discussion. These items contributed a charge of $23 million, net of income tax, to the year ended December 31, 2006. These items contributed a benefit of $48 million, net of income tax, to the year ended December 31, 2005. Excluding the impact of these items and the acquisition of Travelers, income from continuing operations decreased by $219 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the prior 2005 period.


72


Table of Contents

 
The following table provides the change in income from continuing operations by segment, excluding Travelers, and certain transactions as mentioned above:
 
                 
    $ Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
Institutional
  $ (318 )     (145 )%
Individual
    (68 )     (31 )
Corporate & Other
    (26 )     (12 )
International
    (25 )     (12 )
Auto & Home
    192       88  
Reinsurance
    26       12  
                 
Total change, net of income tax
  $ (219 )     (100 )%
                 
 
The Institutional segment’s income from continuing operations decreased primarily due to an increase in net investment losses, a decline in interest margins, an increase in operating expenses, which included a charge associated with costs related to the sale of certain small market recordkeeping businesses, a charge associated with non-deferrable LTC commissions expense and a charge associated with costs related to a previously announced regulatory settlement, partially offset by the impact of integration costs in the prior year and favorable underwriting results.
 
The Individual segment’s income from continuing operations decreased as a result of an increase in net investment losses, a decline in interest margins, higher expenses and annuity benefits, as well as increases in interest credited to policyholder account balances (“PABs”) and policyholder dividends. These decreases were partially offset by increased fee income related to the growth in separate account products, favorable underwriting results in life products, lower DAC amortization and a decrease in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation.
 
Income from continuing operations in Corporate & Other decreased primarily due to higher investment losses, higher interest expense on debt, corporate support expenses, interest credited to bankholder deposits and legal-related costs, partially offset by an increase in tax benefits, an increase in net investment income, lower integration costs and an increase in other revenues.
 
The decrease in income from continuing operations in the International segment was primarily the result of a decrease in Taiwan due to a loss recognition adjustment and a restructuring charge, partially offset by reserve refinements associated with the implementation of a new valuation system. Income from continuing operations decreased in Canada primarily due to the realignment of economic capital in the prior year. Income from continuing operations in Mexico decreased primarily due to an increase in amortization of DAC, higher operating expenses, the net impact of an adjustment to the liability for experience refunds on a block of business, a decrease in various one-time other revenue items in both periods, as well as an increase in income tax expense due to a tax benefit realized in the prior year. These decreases in Mexico were partially offset by a decrease in certain policyholder liabilities caused by a decrease in unrealized investment gains on invested assets supporting those liabilities relative to the prior year, a decrease in policyholder benefits associated with a large group policy that was not renewed by the policyholder, a benefit in the current year from the release of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review, and the unfavorable impact in the prior year of contingent liabilities. In addition, a decrease in Brazil was primarily due to an increase in policyholder benefits and claims related to an increase in future policyholder benefit liabilities on specific blocks of business and an increase in litigation liabilities, as well as adverse claim experience in the current year. The home office recorded higher infrastructure expenditures in support of segment growth, as well as a contingent tax liability. Results of the Company’s investment in Japan decreased primarily due to variability in the hedging program. In addition, expenses related to the Company’s start-up operations in Ireland reduced income from continuing operations. A valuation allowance was established against the deferred tax benefit resulting from the Ireland losses. Partially offsetting these decreases in income from continuing operations were increases in Chile and the United Kingdom due to continued growth of the in-force business, as well as an increase in Australia due to reserve strengthening on a block of business in the prior year. South Korea’s income from continuing operations increased due to growth in the in-force business and the implementation of a more refined reserve valuation system. Higher net investment income resulting from capital


73


Table of Contents

contributions, the release of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review, the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and inflation rates on certain contingent liabilities, the utilization of net operating losses for which a valuation allowance had been previously established, and an increase in the prior year period of a deferred income tax valuation allowance, as well as business growth, increased income from continuing operations in Argentina. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates also contributed to the increase.
 
Partially offsetting the decreases in income from continuing operations was an increase in the Auto & Home segment primarily due to a loss in the third quarter of 2005 related to Hurricane Katrina, favorable development of prior year loss reserves, improvement in non-catastrophe loss experience and a reduction in loss adjustment expenses. These increases were partially offset by higher catastrophe losses, excluding Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma, in the current year period, and decreases in net earned premiums, other revenues, and net investment income, as well as an increase in other expenses.
 
Income from continuing operations in the Reinsurance segment increased primarily due to added business in-force from facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in the U.S. and international operations, an increase in net investment income due to growth in the invested asset base and an increase in other revenues. These items were partially offset by unfavorable mortality experience, an increase in liabilities associated with Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated’s (“RGA”) Argentine pension business in the prior period and an increase in other expenses, primarily related to expenses associated with DAC, interest expense, minority interest expense and equity compensation costs.
 
Revenues and Expenses
 
Premiums, Fees and Other Revenues
 
Premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $2,595 million, or 9%, to $32,554 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $29,959 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $946 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $1,649 million.
 
The following table provides the change in premiums, fees and other revenues by segment, excluding Travelers:
 
                 
    $ Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
Reinsurance
  $ 487       30 %
International
    469       28  
Institutional
    458       28  
Individual
    229       14  
Corporate & Other
    4        
Auto & Home
    2        
                 
Total change
  $ 1,649       100 %
                 
 
The growth in the Reinsurance segment was primarily attributable to premiums from new facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in the U.S. and international operations.
 
The growth in the International segment was primarily due to an increase in Mexico’s premiums, fees and other revenues due to growth in the business and higher fees, partially offset by an adjustment for experience refunds on a block of business and various one- time other revenue items in both years. In addition, South Korea’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased due to business growth, as well as the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, Brazil’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased due to business growth and higher bancassurance business, as well as an increase in amounts retained under reinsurance arrangements. Chile’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased primarily due to higher institutional premiums through its bank distribution channel, partially offset by lower annuity sales. In addition, business growth in the United Kingdom,


74


Table of Contents

Argentina, Australia and Taiwan, as well as the favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, contributed to the increase in the International segment.
 
The growth in the Institutional segment was primarily due to growth in the dental, disability, accidental death & dismemberment (“AD&D”) products, as well as growth in the long-term care (“LTC”) and individual disability insurance (“IDI”) businesses, all within the non-medical health & other business. Additionally, growth in the group life business is attributable to the impact of sales and favorable persistency largely in the term life business. These increases in the non-medical health & other and group life businesses were partially offset by a decrease in the retirement & savings business. The decline in retirement & savings was primarily due to a decline in premiums from structured settlements predominantly due to lower sales, partially offset by an increase in master terminal funding premiums (“MTF”).
 
The growth in the Individual segment was primarily due to higher fee income from universal life and investment-type products and an increase in premiums from other life products, partially offset by a decrease in immediate annuity premiums and a decline in premiums associated with the Company’s closed block business as this business continues to run-off.
 
Net Investment Income
 
Net investment income increased by $2,375 million, or 16%, to $17,192 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $14,817 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $1,473 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, net investment income increased by $902 million of which management attributes $666 million to growth in the average asset base and $236 million to an increase in yields. This increase was primarily due to an overall increase in the asset base, an increase in fixed maturity security yields, improved results on real estate and real estate joint ventures, mortgage loans, and other limited partnership interests, as well as higher short-term interest rates on cash equivalents and short-term investments. These increases were partially offset by a decline in investment income from securities lending results, and bond and commercial mortgage prepayment fees.
 
Interest Margin
 
Interest margin, which represents the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs, decreased in the Institutional and Individual segments for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the prior year. Interest earned approximates net investment income on investable assets attributed to the segment with minor adjustments related to the consolidation of certain separate accounts and other minor non-policyholder elements. Interest credited is the amount attributed to insurance products, recorded in policyholder benefits, and the amount credited to PABs for investment-type products, recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited on insurance products reflects the current period impact of the interest rate assumptions established at issuance or acquisition. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees. This tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements and may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures and, therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
Net Investment Gains (Losses)
 
Net investment losses increased by $1,257 million to a loss of $1,350 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from a loss of $93 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed a loss of $272 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, net investment losses increased by $985 million. The increase in net investment losses was due to a combination of losses from the mark-to-market on derivatives and foreign currency transaction losses during 2006, largely driven by increases in U.S. interest rates and the weakening of the dollar against the major currencies the Company hedges, notably the euro and pound sterling.
 
Underwriting
 
Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity or other insurance costs, less claims incurred, and the change in insurance-related


75


Table of Contents

liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity or other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period. Underwriting results were favorable within the life products in the Individual segment, as well as in the Reinsurance segment, and in the group life and non-medical health & other products in the Institutional segment. Retirement & saving’s underwriting results were mixed across several products in the Institutional segment. Underwriting results, excluding catastrophes, in the Auto & Home segment were favorable for the year ended December 31, 2006, as the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, decreased to 82.8% from 86.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005. Underwriting results in the International segment increased commensurate with the growth in the business for most countries with the exception of Brazil which experienced unfavorable claim experience and Argentina which experienced improved claim experience.
 
Other Expenses
 
Other expenses increased by $1,530 million, or 17%, to $10,797 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $9,267 million for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $612 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase, other expenses increased by $918 million. The year ended December 31, 2006 includes a $35 million contribution to the MetLife Foundation. The year ended December 31, 2005 included a $28 million benefit associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000. Excluding these items and the acquisition of Travelers, other expenses increased by $855 million from the comparable 2005 period.
 
The following table provides the change in other expenses by segment, excluding Travelers, and certain transactions as mentioned above:
 
                 
    $ Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
International
  $ 330       39 %
Corporate & Other
    287       33  
Reinsurance
    236       28  
Institutional
    79       9  
Auto & Home
    17       2  
Individual
    (94 )     (11 )
                 
Total change
  $ 855       100 %
                 
 
The International segment contributed to the year over year increase in other expenses primarily due to business growth commensurate with the increase in revenues discussed above and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Taiwan’s other expenses increased due to an increase in amortization of DAC, due to a loss recognition adjustment, refinements associated with the implementation of a new valuation system and a restructuring charge. Mexico’s other expenses increased due to an increase in commissions commensurate with the revenue growth, higher DAC amortization, higher expenses related to growth initiatives and additional expenses associated with the Mexican pension business, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of contingent liabilities that were established in the prior year related to potential employment matters and which were eliminated in the current year. South Korea’s other expenses increased due to an increase in DAC amortization and general expenses, partially offset by a decrease in DAC amortization associated with the implementation of a more refined reserve valuation system. In addition, Brazil’s other expenses increased due to an increase in litigation liabilities. Other expenses associated with the home office increased due to an increase in expenditures for information technology projects, growth initiative projects and integration costs, as well as an increase in compensation expense. In addition, expenses were incurred related to the start-up of operations in Ireland.
 
Corporate & Other contributed to the year over year variance in other expenses primarily due to higher interest expense, corporate support expenses, interest credited to bankholder deposits at MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank” or “MetLife Bank, N.A.”) and legal-related costs, partially offset by lower integration costs.


76


Table of Contents

 
The Reinsurance segment also contributed to the increase in other expenses primarily due to an increase in expenses associated with DAC, interest expense and minority interest, as well as an increase in compensation, including equity compensation expense and overhead-related expenses.
 
The Institutional segment contributed to the year over year increase primarily due to an increase in non-deferrable volume-related expenses, a charge associated with costs related to the sale of certain small market recordkeeping businesses, a charge associated with non-deferrable LTC commissions expense and a charge associated with costs related to a previously announced regulatory settlement, all within the current year, partially offset by the reduction in Travelers-related integration costs, principally incentive accruals and an adjustment of DAC for certain LTC products.
 
The Auto & Home segment contributed to the year over year increase primarily due to expenditures related to information technology, advertising and compensation costs.
 
Partially offsetting the increases in other expenses was a decrease in the Individual segment. This decrease is primarily due to lower DAC amortization, partially offset by higher general spending in the current year, despite higher corporate incentives. In addition, the impact of revisions to certain expenses, premium tax, policyholder liabilities and pension and postretirement liabilities, in both periods, increased other expenses in the current year period.
 
Net Income
 
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $1,116 million, or 26% of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with $1,228 million, or 29%, of such income, for the comparable 2005 period. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, which contributed $126 million during the first six months of 2006, income tax expense was $990 million, or 26%, of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with $1,228 million, or 29%, of such income, for the comparable 2005 period. The 2006 and 2005 effective tax rates differ from the corporate tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of non-taxable investment income and tax credits for investments in low income housing. The 2006 effective tax rate also includes an adjustment of a benefit of $33 million consisting primarily of a revision in the estimate of income tax for 2005, and the 2005 effective tax rate also includes a tax benefit of $27 million related to the repatriation of foreign earnings pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 965 for which a U.S. deferred tax provision had previously been recorded and an adjustment of a benefit of $31 million consisting primarily of a revision in the estimate of income tax for 2004.
 
Income from discontinued operations consisted of net investment income and net investment gains related to real estate properties that the Company had classified as available-for-sale or had sold and, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the operations and gain upon disposal from the sale of SSRM on January 31, 2005 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, the operations of MetLife Indonesia which was sold on September 29, 2005. Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, increased by $1,552 million, or 95%, to $3,188 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,636 million for the comparable 2005 period. This increase is primarily due to a gain of $3 billion, net of income tax, on the sale of the Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties in Manhattan, New York, as well as a gain of $32 million, net of income tax, related to the sale of SSRM during the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was partially offset by gains during the year ended December 31, 2005 including $1,193 million, net of income tax, on the sales of the One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York, as well as gains on the sales of SSRM and MetLife Indonesia of $177 million and $10 million, respectively, both net of income tax. In addition, there was lower net investment income and net investment gains from discontinued operations related to real estate properties sold or held-for-sale during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Dividends on the Holding Company’s Preferred Shares issued in connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers increased by $71 million, to $134 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $63 million for the comparable 2005 period, as the preferred stock was issued in June 2005.


77


Table of Contents

 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — The Company
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $500 million, or 19%, to $3,078 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2,578 million in the comparable 2004 period. The current period includes $233 million of income from continuing operations related to the acquisition of Travelers. Included in the Travelers results is a charge for the establishment of an excess mortality reserve related to group of specific policies. In connection with MetLife, Inc.’s acquisition of Travelers, the Company has performed reviews of Travelers underwriting criteria in its effort to refine its estimated fair values for the purchase price allocation. As a result of these reviews and actuarial analyses, and to be consistent with MetLife’s existing reserving methodologies, the Company has established an excess mortality reserve on a specific group of policies. This resulted in a charge of $20 million, net of income tax, to fourth quarter results. The Company completed its reviews and refined its estimate of the excess mortality reserve in the second quarter of 2006. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, income from continuing operations increased by $267 million, or 10%. Income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 includes the impact of certain transactions or events, the timing, nature and amount of which are generally unpredictable. These transactions are described in each applicable segment’s discussion below. These items contributed a benefit of $40 million, net of income tax, to the year ended December 31, 2005 and a benefit of $96 million, net of income tax, to the comparable 2004 period. Excluding the impact of these items, income from continuing operations increased by $323 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior 2004 period. The Individual segment contributed $246 million, net of income tax, to the increase, as a result of interest rate spreads, increased fee income related to the growth in separate account products, favorable underwriting, a decrease in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation, lower annuity net guaranteed benefit costs and lower DAC amortization. These increases were partially offset by lower net investment income, net investment losses and higher operating costs offset by revisions to certain expense, premium tax and policyholder liability estimates in the current year and write-offs of certain assets in the prior year. The Institutional segment contributed $47 million, net of income tax, to this increase primarily due to favorable interest spreads, partially offset by a decrease in net investment gains, an adjustment recorded on DAC associated with certain LTC products in 2005, unfavorable underwriting and an increase in other expenses. The Auto & Home segment contributed $16 million, net of income tax, to the 2005 increase primarily due to improvements in the development of prior year claims, the non-catastrophe combined ratio, and losses from the involuntary Massachusetts automobile plan, as well as an increase in net investment income and earned premium. These increases in the Auto & Home segment were partially offset by an increase in catastrophes as a result of the impact of Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma and an increase in other expenses. The International segment contributed $9 million, net of income tax, primarily due to business growth in South Korea, Chile and Mexico. These increases in the International segment were partially offset by an increase in certain policyholder liabilities caused by unrealized investment gains (losses) on the invested assets supporting those liabilities, an increase in expenses for start up costs and contingency liabilities in Mexico, as well as a decrease in Canada primarily due to a realignment of economic capital offset by the strengthening of the liability on its pension business related to changes in mortality assumptions in the prior year and higher oversight and infrastructure expenditures in support of the segment growth. Corporate & Other contributed $4 million, net of income tax, to this increase primarily due to an increase in net investment income, higher net investment gains, a decrease in corporate support expenses and an increase in tax benefits, partially offset by higher interest expense on debt, integration costs associated with the acquisition of Travelers, higher interest credited on bank holder deposits and legal-related liabilities. The Reinsurance segment contributed $1 million, net of income tax, to this increase primarily due to premium growth and higher net investment income, partially offset by unfavorable mortality as a result of higher claim levels in the U.S. and the United Kingdom and a reduction in net investment gains.
 
Revenues and Expenses
 
Premiums, Fees and Other Revenues
 
Premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $3,694 million, or 14%, to $29,959 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $26,265 million for the comparable 2004 period. The current period includes $1,009 million of premium, fees and other revenues related to the acquisition of Travelers. Excluding the acquisition of


78


Table of Contents

Travelers, premium, fees and other revenues increased by $2,685 million, or 10%. The Institutional segment contributed $1,266 million, or 47%, to the year over year increase. The Institutional segment increase is primarily due to sales growth and the acquisition of new business in the non-medical health & other business, as well as improved sales and favorable persistency in group life and higher structured settlement sales and pension close-outs in retirement & savings. The Reinsurance segment contributed $523 million, or 19%, to the Company’s year over year increase in premiums, fees and other revenues. This growth is primarily attributable to new premiums from facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business, as well as favorable exchange rate movements. The International segment contributed $452 million, or 17%, to the year over year increase primarily due to business growth through increased sales and renewal business in Mexico, South Korea, Brazil, and Taiwan, as well as changes in foreign currency rates. In addition, Chile’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased due to the new bank distribution channel established in 2005. The Individual segment contributed $446 million, or 17%, to the year over year increase primarily due to higher fee income from variable annuity and universal life products, active marketing of income annuity products and growth in the business in traditional life products. The growth in traditional products more than offset the decline in premiums in the Company’s closed block business as this business continues to run-off. Corporate & Other contributed $37 million, or 1%, to the year over year increase, primarily due to intersegment eliminations. The increase in premiums, fees and other revenues were partially offset by a decrease in the Auto & Home segment of $39 million, or 1%. This decrease is primarily attributable to reinstatement and additional reinsurance-related premiums due to Hurricane Katrina.
 
Interest Margin
 
Interest margin, which represents the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs, increased in the Institutional and Individual segments for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the prior year. Interest earned approximates net investment income on investable assets attributed to the segment with minor adjustments related to the consolidation of certain separate accounts and other minor non-policyholder elements. Interest credited is the amount attributed to insurance products, recorded in policyholder benefits, and the amount credited to PABs for investment-type products, recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited on insurance products reflects the current period impact of the interest rate assumptions established at issuance or acquisition. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees. This tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements and may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures and, therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
Underwriting
 
Underwriting results were favorable within the life products in the Individual and Institutional segments, while underwriting results were unfavorable in the Reinsurance segment and in the retirement & savings and non medical health & other products within the Institutional segment. Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity or other insurance costs, less claims incurred, and the change in insurance-related liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity or other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period. Underwriting results, excluding catastrophes, in the Auto & Home segment were favorable for the year ended December 31, 2005, as the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes and before the reinstatement premiums and other reinsurance related premium adjustments due to Hurricane Katrina, decreased to 86.7% from 90.4% in the prior year period. Offsetting the improved non-catastrophe ratios in the Auto & Home segment was an increase in catastrophes primarily due to Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma. Underwriting results in the International segment increased commensurate with the growth in the business as discussed above.
 
Other Expenses
 
Other expenses increased by $1,454 million, or 19%, to $9,267 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $7,813 million for the comparable 2004 period. The current period includes $618 million of other expenses related to the acquisition of Travelers. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, other expenses increased by


79


Table of Contents

$836 million, or 11%. The year ended December 31, 2005 includes a $28 million benefit associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000. The year ended December 31, 2004 reflects a $49 million reduction of a premium tax liability and a $22 million reduction of a liability for interest associated with the resolution of all issues relating to the Internal Revenue Service’s audit of Metropolitan Life’s and its subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 1997-1999. These decreases were partially offset by a $50 million contribution of appreciated stock to the MetLife Foundation. Excluding the impact of these transactions, other expenses increased by $843 million, or 11%, from the comparable 2004 period. Corporate & Other contributed $412 million, or 49%, to the year over year variance primarily due to higher interest expense, integration costs associated with the Travelers acquisition, growth in interest credited to bank holder deposits at MetLife Bank and legal-related liabilities, partially offset by a reduction in corporate support expenses. The Institutional segment contributed $178 million, or 21%, to the year over year variance primarily due to higher non-deferrable volume-related expenses associated with general business growth, corporate support expenses, higher expenses related to additional Travelers incentive accruals, as well as an adjustment recorded on DAC associated with certain LTC products in 2005. In addition, $174 million, or 21%, of this increase is primarily attributable to higher amortization of DAC, changes in foreign currency rates, business growth commensurate with the increase in revenues discussed above, a decrease in the payroll tax liability and an accrual for an early retirement program in the International segment. Other expenses in the International segment also increased due to higher consultant fees for growth initiative projects, an increase in compensation and incentive expenses, as well as higher costs for legal, marketing and other corporate allocated expenses. The Reinsurance segment also contributed $34 million, or 4%, to the increase in other expenses primarily due to an increase in the amortization of DAC. The Auto & Home segment contributed $33 million, or 4%, to this increase primarily due to increased information technology, advertising and incentive and other compensation costs. In addition, the Individual segment contributed $12 million, or 1%, to the year over year increase primarily due to higher corporate incentive expenses and general spending, partially offset by the revision of prior period estimates for certain expense, premium tax and policyholder liabilities, as well as certain asset write-offs in the prior year and lower DAC amortization.
 
Net Investment Gains (Losses)
 
Net investment gains (losses) decreased by $268 million, or 153%, to a loss of $93 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from a net investment gain of $175 million for the comparable 2004 period. The current year includes $208 million of net investment losses related to the acquisition of Travelers. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, net investment gains (losses) decreased by $60 million, or 34%. This decrease is primarily due to losses on fixed maturity security sales resulting from continued portfolio repositioning in the 2005 period. Significantly offsetting these reductions is an increase in gains from the mark-to-market on derivatives in 2005. The derivative gains resulted from changes in the value of the dollar versus major foreign currencies, including the euro and pound sterling, and changes in U.S. interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Net Income
 
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 is $1,228 million, or 29% of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with $996 million, or 28%, for the comparable 2004 period. The current period includes $80 million of income tax expense related to the acquisition of Travelers. Excluding the acquisition of Travelers, income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 is $1,148 million, or 29% of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with $996 million, or 28%, for the comparable 2004 period. The 2005 effective tax rate differs from the corporate tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of non-taxable investment income and tax credits for investments in low income housing. In addition, the 2005 effective tax rate reflects a tax benefit of $27 million related to the repatriation of foreign earnings pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 965 for which a U.S. deferred tax provision had previously been recorded and an adjustment of a benefit of $31 million consisting primarily of a revision in the estimate of income tax for 2004 had been made. The 2004 effective tax rate differs from the corporate tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of non-taxable investment income, tax credits for investments in low income housing, a decrease in the deferred tax valuation allowance to recognize the effect of certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards in South Korea, and the contribution of appreciated stock to the MetLife Foundation. In addition,


80


Table of Contents

the 2004 effective tax rate reflects an adjustment for the resolution of all issues relating to the Internal Revenue Service’s audit of Metropolitan Life’s and its subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 1997-1999 of $91 million and an adjustment of a benefit of $9 million consisting primarily of a revision in the estimate of income tax for 2003.
 
Income from discontinued operations is comprised of the operations and the gain upon disposal from the sale of MetLife Indonesia on September 29, 2005 and SSRM on January 31, 2005, as well as net investment income and net investment gains related to real estate properties that the Company has classified as available-for-sale or has sold. Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, increased by $1,370 million to $1,636 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $266 million for the comparable 2004 period. This increase is primarily due to a gain of $1,193 million, net of income tax, on the sales of the One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York, and the gains on the sales of SSRM and MetLife Indonesia of $177 million and $10 million, respectively, both net of income tax, in the year ended December 31, 2005. Partially offsetting this increase is the gain on the sale of the Sears Tower property of $85 million, net of income tax, in the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded an $86 million charge, net of income tax, for a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in accordance with SOP 03-1, which provides guidance on (i) the classification and valuation of long-duration contract liabilities; (ii) the accounting for sales inducements; and (iii) separate account presentation and valuation. This charge is primarily related to those long-duration contract liabilities where the amount of the liability is indexed to the performance of a target portfolio of investment securities.
 
In addition, during the second half of the year ended December 31, 2005, the Holding Company paid $63 million in dividends on its Preferred Shares issued in connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers.


81


Table of Contents

Institutional
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the Institutional segment for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 11,867     $ 11,387     $ 10,037  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    775       772       711  
Net investment income
    7,267       5,943       4,566  
Other revenues
    685       653       654  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (631 )     (10 )     163  
                         
Total revenues
    19,963       18,745       16,131  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    13,367       12,776       11,173  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    2,593       1,652       1,016  
Policyholder dividends
          1        
Other expenses
    2,314       2,229       1,972  
                         
Total expenses
    18,274       16,658       14,161  
                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    1,689       2,087       1,970  
Provision for income tax
    563       699       671  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    1,126       1,388       1,299  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    41       174       28  
                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    1,167       1,562       1,327  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                (60 )
                         
Net income
  $ 1,167     $ 1,562     $ 1,267  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — Institutional
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations decreased $262 million, or 19%, to $1,126 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,388 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $56 million during the first six months of 2006 to income from continuing operations, which included a decline of $104 million, net of income tax, of net investment gains (losses). Excluding the impact of Travelers, income from continuing operations decreased $318 million, or 23%, from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Included in this decrease was a decline of $300 million, net of income tax, in net investment gains (losses), as well as a decline of $18 million, net of income tax, resulting from an increase in policyholder benefits and claims related to net investment gains (losses). Excluding the impact of Travelers and the decline in net investment gains (losses), income from continuing operations was flat when compared to the prior year period.
 
A decrease in interest margins of $84 million, net of income tax, compared to the prior year period contributed to the decrease in income from continuing operations. Management attributes this decrease primarily to the group life and retirement & savings businesses of $60 million and $51 million, both net of income tax, respectively. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase of $27 million, net of income tax, in the non-medical health & other business. Interest margin is the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs. Interest


82


Table of Contents

earned approximates net investment income on investable assets attributed to the segment with minor adjustments related to the consolidation of certain separate accounts and other minor non-policyholder elements. Interest credited is the amount attributed to insurance products, recorded in policyholder’s benefits, and the amount credited to PABs for investment-type products, recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited on insurance products reflects the current period impact of the interest rate assumptions established at issuance or acquisition. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees. This tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements, may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures and therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
The year over year variance in income from continuing operations included charges recorded in other expenses of $17 million, net of income tax, associated with costs related to the sale of certain small market recordkeeping businesses, $16 million, net of income tax, due to costs associated with a previously announced regulatory settlement and $15 million, net of income tax, associated with non-deferrable LTC commission expense. Partially offsetting these increases in operating expenses were benefits due to prior year charges of $28 million, net of income tax, as a result of the impact of Travelers’ integration costs and $14 million, net of income tax, related to an adjustment of DAC for certain LTC products.
 
Partially offsetting these decreases in income from continuing operations was an increase in underwriting results of $97 million, net of income tax, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to favorable results of $48 million, $38 million and $11 million, all net of income tax, in the group life, the non-medical health & other businesses and the retirement & savings businesses, respectively.
 
The results in group life were primarily due to favorable mortality results, predominantly in the term life business, which included a benefit from reserve refinements in the current year.
 
Non-medical health & other’s favorable underwriting results were primarily due to improvements in the IDI and dental businesses. The IDI results included certain reserve refinements in the prior year. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease in the AD&D and disability businesses. Disability’s results include the benefit of prior and current year reserve refinements.
 
Retirement & savings’ underwriting results were favorable with mixed underwriting across several products. Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity, or other insurance costs less claims incurred, and the change in insurance-related liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity, or other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business.
 
The remaining increase in operating expenses more than offset the remaining increase in premiums, fees and other revenues.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $1,839 million, or 10%, to $20,594 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $18,755 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $797 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, such revenues increased by $1,042 million, or 6%, from the comparable 2005 period. This increase was comprised of higher net investment income of $584 million and growth in premiums, fees and other revenues of $458 million.
 
Net investment income increased by $584 million of which management attributes $464 million to growth in the average asset base driven by business growth throughout 2005 and 2006, particularly in the GIC and structured settlement businesses and $120 million to an increase in yields. The increase in yields is primarily attributable to higher yields on fixed maturity securities, an increase in short-term rates and higher returns on joint ventures. These increases were partially offset by a decline in securities lending results and commercial mortgage prepayment fees.
 
The increase of $458 million in premiums, fees and other revenues was largely due to increases in the non-medical health & other business of $408 million, primarily due to growth in the dental, disability and AD&D products of $255 million. In addition, continued growth in the LTC and IDI businesses contributed $117 million and


83


Table of Contents

$25 million, respectively. Group life increased by $296 million, which management primarily attributes to the impact of sales and favorable persistency largely in term life business, which includes a significant increase in premiums from two large customers. Partially offsetting these increases was a decline in retirement & savings’ premiums, fees and other revenues of $246 million, resulting primarily from a decline of $320 million in structured settlements, predominantly due to the impact of lower sales. This decline was partially offset by a $83 million increase in MTF premiums. Premiums, fees and other revenues from retirement & savings products are significantly influenced by large transactions and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $1,616 million, or 10%, to $18,274 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $16,658 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $551 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, total expenses increased $1,065 million, or 6%, from the comparable 2005 period.
 
The increase in expenses was attributable to higher interest credited to PABs of $621 million, policyholder benefits and claims of $366 million and operating expenses of $79 million.
 
Management attributes the increase of $621 million in interest credited to PABs to $433 million from an increase in average crediting rates, which was largely due to the impact of higher short-term rates in the current year period and $188 million solely from growth in the average PAB, primarily resulting from GICs within the retirement & savings business.
 
The increases in policyholder benefits and claims of $366 million included a $27 million increase related to net investment gains (losses). Excluding the increase related to net investment gains (losses), policyholder benefits and claims increased by $339 million. Non-medical health & other’s policyholder benefits and claims increased by $306 million, predominantly due to the aforementioned growth in business, as well as unfavorable morbidity in disability and unfavorable claim experience in AD&D. Partially offsetting these increases was favorable claim and morbidity experience in IDI, as well as the impact of an establishment of a $25 million liability for future losses in the prior year. In addition, favorable claim experience in the current year reduced dental policyholder benefits and claims. Additionally, disability business included a $22 million benefit which resulted from reserve refinements in the current year. The year over year variance in disability also includes the impact of an $18 million loss related to Hurricane Katrina in the prior year. Group life’s policyholder benefits and claims increased by $238 million, largely due to the aforementioned growth in the business, partially offset by favorable underwriting results, particularly in the term life business. Term life included a benefit of $16 million due to reserve refinements in the current year. Partially offsetting the increase was a retirement & savings’ policyholder benefits and claims decrease of $205 million, predominantly due to the aforementioned decrease in revenues, partially offset by higher FAS 60 interest credits recorded in policyholder benefits and claims due to growth in structured settlements and MTF.
 
The increase in other expenses of $79 million was primarily due to an increase in the current year of $60 million in non-deferrable volume related expenses and corporate support expenses. Non-deferrable volume related expenses include those expenses associated with information technology, direct departmental spending and commission expenses. Corporate support expenses include advertising, corporate overhead and consulting fees. Also contributing to the increase was $26 million associated with costs related to the sale of certain small market recordkeeping businesses, $23 million of non-deferrable LTC commission expense, $24 million related to costs associated with a previously announced regulatory settlement and $11 million related to stock-based compensation. Partially offsetting these increases were benefits due to prior year charges of $43 million in Travelers-related integration costs, principally incentive accruals and $22 million related to an adjustment of DAC for certain LTC products.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — Institutional
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $89 million, or 7%, to $1,388 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $1,299 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for


84


Table of Contents

$73 million of this increase, which includes $57 million, net of income tax, of net investment losses. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, income from continuing operations increased by $16 million, or 1%, from the comparable 2004 period.
 
An increase in interest margins of $124 million, net of income tax, compared to the prior year period contributed to the increase in income from continuing operations. Management attributed this increase primarily to the retirement & savings and the non-medical health & other businesses of $81 million and $44 million, both net of income tax, respectively. Interest margin is the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs. Interest earned approximates net investment income on investable assets attributed to the segment with minor adjustments related to the consolidation of certain separate accounts and other minor non-policyholder elements. Interest credited is the amount attributed to insurance products, recorded in policyholder benefits, and the amount credited to PABs for investment-type products recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited on insurance products reflects the current period impact of the interest rate assumptions established at issuance or acquisition. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees. This tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements and may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures and therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
The increase in interest margins was partially offset by a decrease of $57 million, net of income tax, in net investment gains (losses), which was partially offset by a decrease of $10 million, net of income tax, in policyholder benefits and claims related to net investment gains (losses).
 
Also contributing to the decline in income from continuing operations was a $14 million charge, net of income tax, related to an adjustment recorded on DAC associated with certain LTC products in 2005 and a reduction of a premium tax liability of $31 million, net of income tax, recorded in 2004.
 
Underwriting results decreased by $7 million, net of income tax, compared to the prior year. This decline was primarily due to less favorable results of $27 million, net of income tax, in retirement & savings and a $24 million, net of income tax, decrease in non-medical health & other. These unfavorable results were partially offset by an improvement of $44 million, net of income tax, in group life’s underwriting results, primarily due to favorable claim experience. Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity or other insurance costs less claims incurred and the change in insurance-related liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity, or other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
In addition, increases in operating expenses, which included higher expenses related to the Travelers integration, had more than offset the remaining growth in premiums, fees and other revenues.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $2,787 million, or 17%, to $18,755 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $15,968 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $855 million of this increase. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $1,932 million, or 12%, from the comparable 2004 period.
 
This increase was comprised of growth in premiums, fees and other revenues of $1,266 million and higher net investment income of $666 million. The increase of $1,266 million in premiums, fees, and other revenues was largely due to an increase in non-medical health & other of $520 million, primarily due to growth in the disability, dental and AD&D products of $360 million. In addition, continued growth in the LTC business contributed $138 million, of which $25 million was related to the 2004 acquisition of TIAA-CREF’s LTC business. Group life insurance premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $481 million, which management primarily attributed to improved sales and favorable persistency, as well as a significant increase in premiums from two large customers. Retirement & savings’ premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $265 million, which was largely due to growth in premiums, resulting primarily from an increase of $166 million in structured settlement sales and


85


Table of Contents

$107 million in pension close-outs. Premiums, fees and other revenues from retirement & savings products are significantly influenced by large transactions, and as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
The increase in net investment income of $666 million, management attributed to $439 million solely from growth in the average asset base, primarily driven by sales, particularly in GICs and the structured settlement business and $227 million from an increase in higher income from corporate and real estate joint ventures interest on the growth of allocated capital, and securities lending activities across the businesses and higher short-term interest rates.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $2,497 million, or 18%, to $16,658 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $14,161 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $658 million of this increase. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, total expenses increased by $1,839 million, or 13%, from the comparable 2004 period. This increase was comprised of higher policyholder benefits and claims of $1,278 million, an increase in interest credited to PABs of $334 million and an increase in other expenses of $227 million.
 
The increase in policyholder benefits and claims of $1,278 million was attributable to a $482 million, a $452 million, and a $344 million increase in the non-medical health & other, group life, and retirement & savings businesses, respectively. These increases were predominantly attributable to the business growth referenced in the revenue discussion above. The increase in policyholder benefits and claims in the non-medical health & other business included the impact of the acquisition of TIAA-CREF’s LTC business of $43 million. These increases included $2 million and $18 million of policyholder benefits and claims related to Hurricane Katrina in the group life and non-medical health & other business, respectively.
 
Management attributed the increase in interest credited to PABs of $334 million to $229 million from an increase in average crediting rates, which was largely due to the impact of higher short-term rates in the current year period and $105 million solely from growth in the average PAB, primarily resulting from GICs within the retirement & savings business.
 
The rise in other expenses of $227 million was primarily due to higher non-deferrable volume-related expenses of $61 million, which were largely associated with business growth, an increase of $39 million in corporate support expenses, and $43 million of Travelers-related integration costs, principally incentive accruals. In addition, expenses increased as a result of the impact of a $49 million benefit recorded in the second quarter of 2004, which was related to a reduction in a premium tax liability. Expenses also increased by $22 million related to an adjustment of DAC for certain LTC products in 2005.


86


Table of Contents

 
Individual
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the Individual segment for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 4,516     $ 4,485     $ 4,186  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    3,201       2,476       1,805  
Net investment income
    6,912       6,534       6,027  
Other revenues
    527       477       422  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (598 )     (50 )     91  
                         
Total revenues
    14,558       13,922       12,531  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    5,409       5,417       5,100  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    2,035       1,775       1,618  
Policyholder dividends
    1,697       1,670       1,657  
Other expenses
    3,519       3,264       2,870  
                         
Total expenses
    12,660       12,126       11,245  
                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    1,898       1,796       1,286  
Provision for income tax
    652       594       426  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    1,246       1,202       860  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    18       296       24  
                         
Net income
  $ 1,264     $ 1,498     $ 884  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — Individual
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $44 million, or 4%, to $1,246 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,202 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $112 million during the first six months of 2006 to income from continuing operations, which included $88 million, net of income tax, of net investment losses. Included in the Travelers results was a $21 million increase to the excess mortality liability on specific blocks of life insurance policies. Excluding the impact of Travelers, income from continuing operations decreased by $68 million, or 6%, to $1,134 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,202 million for the comparable 2005 period. Included in this decrease were net investment losses of $270 million, net of income tax. Excluding the impact of net investment gains (losses) and the acquisition of Travelers for the first six months of 2006, income from continuing operations increased by $202 million from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Fee income from separate account products increased income from continuing operations by $151 million, net of income tax, primarily related to fees being earned on a higher average account balance resulting from a combination of growth in the business and overall market performance.
 
Favorable underwriting results in life products contributed $125 million, net of income tax, to the increase in income from continuing operations. Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity or other insurance costs less claims incurred and the change in insurance-related liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity, or


87


Table of Contents

other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
Lower DAC amortization resulting from investment losses and adjustments for management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins contributed $113 million, net of income tax, to the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
Higher net investment income on blocks of business that were not driven by interest margins of $16 million, net of income tax, also contributed to the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
The decrease in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation of $4 million, net of income tax, also contributed to the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
These aforementioned increases in income from continuing operations were partially offset by a decline in interest margins of $58 million, net of income tax. Interest margin relates primarily to the general account portion of investment-type products. Management attributed $40 million of this decrease to the deferred annuity business and the remaining $18 million to other investment-type products. Interest margin is the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs related to the general account on these businesses. Interest earned approximates net investment income on invested assets attributed to these businesses with net adjustments for other non-policyholder elements. Interest credited approximates the amount recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees, and may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures. Interest credited to PABs tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements, subject to any minimum guarantees, and therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
In addition, the increase in income from continuing operations was partially offset by higher expenses of $52 million, net of income tax. Higher general spending in the current period was partially offset by higher corporate incentives in the prior year.
 
Also partially offsetting the increase in income from continuing operations were higher annuity benefits of $30 million, net of income tax, primarily due to higher costs of the guaranteed annuity benefit riders and the related hedging, and revisions to future policyholder benefits.
 
In addition, the increase in income from continuing operations was partially offset by an increase to interest credited to PABs due primarily to lower amortization of the excess interest reserves on annuity and universal life blocks of business of $26 million, net of income tax.
 
An increase in policyholder dividends of $18 million, net of income tax, due to growth in the business also partially offset the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
The change in effective tax rates between periods accounts for the remainder of the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $1,184 million, or 8%, to $15,156 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $13,972 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $1,009 million during the first six months of 2006 to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, such revenues increased by $175 million, or 1%, from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Premiums decreased by $38 million due to a decrease in immediate annuity premiums of $22 million, and a $103 million expected decline in premiums associated with the Company’s closed block of business, partially offset by growth in premiums from other life products of $87 million.
 
Higher universal life and investment-type product policy fees combined with other revenues of $267 million resulted from a combination of growth in the business and improved overall market performance. Policy fees from variable life and annuity and investment-type products are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in policyholder accounts. The value of these assets can fluctuate depending on equity performance.


88


Table of Contents

 
Net investment income decreased by $54 million.  Net investment income from the general account portion of investment type products decreased by $56 million which was partially offset by an increase of $2 million in other businesses. Management attributed a decrease of $146 million partially to lower yields in the current year primarily resulting from lower income from securities lending activities, mortgage and bond prepayment fee income, partially offset by higher corporate joint venture income. In addition, management attributed an increase of $92 million from growth in the average asset base primarily from equity securities and mortgage loans.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $534 million, or 4%, to $12,660 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $12,126 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $706 million during the first six months of 2006 to the period over period increase. Included in the Travelers results was a $33 million increase to the excess mortality liability on specific blocks of life insurance policies. Excluding the impact of Travelers, total expenses decreased by $172 million, or 1%, from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Policyholder benefits decreased by $156 million primarily due to favorable mortality in the life products of $109 million, as well as a reduction in reserves of $49 million related to the excess mortality liability on a specific block of life insurance policies that lapsed or otherwise changed. Also, policyholder benefits decreased due to a reduction in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation of $6 million driven by higher net investment losses. In addition, policyholder benefits decreased commensurate with the premium decreases in both immediate annuities and the Company’s closed block of business of $22 million and $103 million, respectively. Partially offsetting this decline in benefits was an increase commensurate with the increase in premiums of $87 million from other life products. Partially offsetting these decreases in policyholder benefits was an increase in annuity benefits of $46 million primarily due to higher costs of the guaranteed annuity benefit riders and the related hedging, and revisions to future policyholder benefits.
 
Partially offsetting these decreases, interest credited to PABs increased by $51 million. Lower amortization of the excess interest reserves on acquired annuity and universal life blocks of business resulting from higher lapses in the prior period, as well as an update of assumptions in the current period contributed $40 million to the increase. In addition, there was an increase of $16 million on the general account portion of investment type products. Management attributed this increase to higher crediting rates of $37 million, partially offset by $21 million due to lower average PABs.
 
Partially offsetting these decreases in total expenses was a $27 million increase in policyholder dividends associated with growth in the business.
 
Lower other expenses of $94 million include lower DAC amortization of $174 million resulting from changes in investment gains and losses of $154 million and $20 million related to management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins. Excluding DAC amortization, other expenses increased by $80 million. The current year period included higher general spending of $94 million primarily due to information technology and travel expenses while the prior year period had higher corporate incentives of $39 million related to the Travelers integration. In addition, the impact of revisions to certain expenses, premium tax, policyholder liabilities and pension and postretirement liabilities in both periods was a net increase to expenses of $25 million in the current period.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — Individual
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $342 million, or 40%, to $1,202 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $860 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $96 million of the increase which included $66 million, net of income tax, of net investment losses. Included in the Travelers results was a charge for the establishment of an excess mortality reserve related to group of specific policies. In connection with MetLife’s acquisition of Travelers, the Company had performed reviews of Travelers underwriting criteria in an effort to refine its estimated fair values for the purchase allocation. As a result of these reviews and actuarial analyses, and to be consistent with MetLife’s existing reserving methodologies, the Company


89


Table of Contents

has established an excess mortality reserve on a specific group of policies. This resulted in a charge of $20 million, net of income tax, to fourth quarter results. The Company completed its reviews and refined its estimate of the excess mortality reserve in the second quarter of 2006. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, income from continuing operations increased by $246 million, or 29%, for the comparable 2004 period. Included in this increase were net investment losses of $26 million, net of income tax.
 
An increase in interest margins of $117 million, net of income tax, compared to the prior year period contributed to the increase in income from continuing operations. Interest margin relates primarily to the general account portion of investment-type products. Management attributed $92 million of this increase to the deferred annuity business and the remainder of $25 million to the other investment-type products. Interest margin is the difference between interest earned and interest credited to PABs related to the general account on these businesses. Interest earned approximates net investment income on invested assets attributed to these businesses with net adjustments for other non-policyholder elements. Interest credited approximates the amount recorded in interest credited to PABs. Interest credited to PABs is subject to contractual terms, including some minimum guarantees, and may reflect actions by management to respond to competitive pressures. Interest credited to PABs tends to move gradually over time to reflect market interest rate movements, subject to any minimum guarantees, and therefore, generally does not introduce volatility in expense.
 
Fee income from separate account products increased by $126 million, net of income tax, primarily related to growth in the business and favorable market conditions.
 
Favorable underwriting results in life products contributed $37 million, net of income tax, to the increase in income from continuing operations. Underwriting results are generally the difference between the portion of premium and fee income intended to cover mortality, morbidity or other insurance costs less claims incurred and the change in insurance-related liabilities. Underwriting results are significantly influenced by mortality, morbidity, or other insurance-related experience trends and the reinsurance activity related to certain blocks of business and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
The decrease in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation of $27 million, net of income tax, lower annuity net guaranteed benefit costs of $12 million, net of income tax, and lower DAC amortization of $6 million, net of income tax, all contributed to the increase.
 
These increases in income from continuing operations were partially offset by lower net investment income on blocks of business that are not driven by interest margins of $17 million, net of income tax.
 
The increase in income from continuing operations was partially offset by higher expenses of $10 million, net of income tax, primarily due to higher operating costs offset by the impact of revisions to certain expense, premium tax and policyholder liability estimates in the current year and certain asset write-offs in the prior year.
 
Additionally, offsetting the increase in income from continuing operations was a revision to the estimate for policyholder dividends of $9 million, net of income tax, which occurred in the prior year.
 
The changes in tax rates between years accounted for a decrease in income from continuing operations of $15 million.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $1,532 million, or 12%, to $13,972 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $12,440 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $975 million of the increase. Excluding the impact of the acquisition of Travelers, total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses) increased by $557 million, or 4%, to $12,997 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $12,440 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
This increase included higher fee income primarily from variable annuity and universal life products of $239 million resulting from a combination of growth in the business and improved overall market performance. Policy fees from variable life and annuity and investment-type products are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in policyholder accounts. The value of these assets can fluctuate depending on equity performance.


90


Table of Contents

 
In addition, management attributed higher premiums of $170 million in 2005 to the active marketing of income annuity products. Although premiums associated with the Company’s closed block of business continue to decline, as expected, by $94 million, an increase in premiums of $130 million from other life products more than offset the decline of the closed block. Included in the premium increase of the other life products was the impact of growth in the business and a new reinsurance strategy where more business was retained.
 
Net investment income increased by $111 million. Net investment income from the general account portion of investment-type products increased by $136 million, which was partially offset by a decrease of $25 million on other businesses. Management attributed $75 million of this increase to corporate and real estate joint venture income and bond and commercial mortgage prepayment fees partially offset by a decline in bond yields, as well as $61 million due to growth in the average asset base.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $881 million, or 8%, to $12,126 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $11,245 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $761 million of the increase. Excluding the impact from the acquisition of Travelers, total expenses increased by $120 million, or 1%, to $11,365 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $11,245 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
Higher expenses were primarily the result of higher policyholder benefits primarily due to the increase in future policy benefits of $207 million, commensurate with the net increase in premium on annuity and life products discussed above, partially offset by $5 million due to better mortality in life products.
 
Also partially offsetting the increase in policyholder benefits was a reduction in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation of $41 million and a benefit of $18 million associated with the hedging of guaranteed annuity benefit riders. The reduction in the closed block-related policyholder dividend obligation was driven by lower net investment income, offset by higher realized gains in the closed block.
 
Interest credited to PABs decreased by $45 million due primarily to a $41 million decrease on the general account portion of investment-type products. Management attributed this decrease to lower crediting rates of $91 million partially offset by $50 million solely due to growth in the average PABs. In addition, total expenses increased by $13 million due to a revision in the estimate of policyholder dividends in the prior period.
 
Other expenses increased primarily due to higher corporate incentive expenses of $60 million and higher general spending of $28 million. The current year included revisions to prior period estimates for certain expense, premium tax and policyholder liabilities which reduced the current year expenses while the prior period included certain asset write-offs which increased the prior year expenses. The impact of these two items resulted in a decrease in other expenses of $73 million. Also offsetting the increase in other expenses was lower DAC amortization of $9 million resulting from net investment losses and adjustments for management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins partially offset by growth in the business.


91


Table of Contents

 
Auto & Home
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the Auto & Home segment for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 2,924     $ 2,911     $ 2,948  
Net investment income
    177       181       171  
Other revenues
    22       33       35  
Net investment gains (losses)
    4       (12 )     (9 )
                         
Total revenues
    3,127       3,113       3,145  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    1,717       1,994       2,079  
Policyholder dividends
    6       3       2  
Other expenses
    845       828       795  
                         
Total expenses
    2,568       2,825       2,876  
                         
Income (loss) before provision for income tax
    559       288       269  
Provision (benefit) for income tax
    143       64       61  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 416     $ 224     $ 208  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — Auto & Home
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased by $192 million, or 86%, to $416 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $224 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a loss in the third quarter of 2005 from Hurricane Katrina of $124 million, net of income tax, related to losses, loss adjusting expenses and reinstatement and additional reinsurance-related premiums and a loss in the fourth quarter of 2005 related to losses and expenses from Hurricane Wilma of $32 million, net of income tax. Excluding the losses from Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma, net income increased by $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Favorable development of prior year loss reserves contributed $72 million, net of income tax, to the increase in net income. In addition, an improvement in non-catastrophe loss experience, primarily due to improved frequencies, contributed $16 million, net of income tax and a reduction in loss adjustment expenses, primarily due to improved claims handling practices, contributed $13 million, net of income tax, to the increase. The increase in net income was offset by higher catastrophe losses in the current year, excluding the impact of Katrina and Wilma, resulting in a decrease to net income of $49 million, net of income tax.
 
Also impacting net income was a decrease in net earned premiums, excluding the impact of Hurricane Katrina, of $19 million, net of income tax, resulting primarily from an increase of $16 million, net of income tax, in catastrophe reinsurance costs and a reduction of $4 million, net of income tax, in involuntary assumed business, offset by an increase in premiums of $1 million, net of income tax, primarily from increased exposures, mostly offset by lower average premium per policy.
 
In addition, other revenues decreased by $7 million, net of income tax, due to slower than anticipated claims payments resulting in slower recognition of deferred income related to a reinsurance contract. Net investment income decreased by $3 million, net of income tax, due to a $12 million decrease in net investment income related to a realignment of economic capital, partially offset by a $9 million increase in income as a result of a slightly higher


92


Table of Contents

asset base. Net investment gains (losses) increased $10 million, net of income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the comparable 2005 period. Other expenses increased by $11 million, net of income tax, primarily due to expenditures related to information technology, advertising and compensation costs.
 
The change in effective tax rates between periods accounted for the remainder of the increase in net income.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), decreased by $2 million, or less than 1%, to $3,123 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $3,125 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
Premiums increased by $13 million due principally to the existence of a $43 million charge for reinstatement and additional reinsurance premiums in the third quarter of 2005 related to Hurricane Katrina. Premiums decreased by $30 million year over year after giving consideration to this charge. This decrease resulted from $25 million in additional catastrophe reinsurance costs and a decrease of $6 million in involuntary assumed business in 2006, mainly associated with the Massachusetts involuntary market. These changes were partially offset by an increase in premiums of $35 million resulting from increased exposures, offset by a $34 million decrease in premiums from a change in the average earned premium per policy.
 
Net investment income decreased by $4 million primarily due to an $18 million decrease in net investment income related to a realignment of economic capital, mostly offset by a $14 million increase in income as a result of a slightly higher asset base with slightly higher yields.
 
Other revenues decreased by $11 million due to slower than anticipated claims payments resulting in a slower recognition of deferred income related to a reinsurance contract.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses decreased by $257 million, or 9%, to $2,568 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $2,825 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
Policyholder benefits and claims decreased by $277 million which was primarily due to $196 million in claims and expenses related to Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma incurred in 2005. The remainder of the decrease in policyholder benefits and claims for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the same period in 2005, can be attributed to $111 million in additional favorable development of prior year losses, improvements in claim frequencies of $72 million and a decrease of $20 million in unallocated loss expense due primarily to improved claims handling practices. These decreases in policyholder benefits and claims for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, were partially offset by $32 million of additional losses due to severity, $15 million of additional losses due to exposure growth and a $75 million increase in catastrophe losses, excluding Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma.
 
Other expenses increased by $17 million primarily due to expenditures related to information technology, advertising and compensation costs.
 
Underwriting results, excluding catastrophes, in the Auto & Home segment were favorable for the year ended December 31, 2006, as the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, decreased to 82.8% from 86.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — Auto & Home
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased by $16 million, or 8%, to $224 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $208 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
The increase was primarily the result of improvements in the development of prior years claims of $40 million, net of income tax, and an improvement in the non-catastrophe combined ratio resulting in $16 million, net of income tax, primarily due to lower automobile and homeowner claim frequencies.


93


Table of Contents

 
Also contributing to this increase in net income was an improvement in losses from the involuntary Massachusetts automobile plan of $12 million, net of income tax, an increase in net investment income of $6 million, net of income tax, and an increase in earned premium of $4 million, net of income tax, as discussed below.
 
Offsetting these improved results, was an increase in catastrophes, including Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma of $63 million, net of income tax.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), decreased by $29 million, or 1%, to $3,125 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $3,154 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
This decrease was primarily attributable to reinstatement and additional reinsurance-related premiums due to Hurricane Katrina of $43 million.
 
This decrease was partially offset by higher net investment income of $10 million, primarily due to a change in the allocation of economic capital, offset by a lower yield on a slightly higher invested asset base and an increase in earned premium of $6 million primarily due to rate increases, higher inflation guard endorsements and higher insurance-to-value programs, all in the homeowners business.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses decreased by $51 million, or 2%, to $2,825 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2,876 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
This decrease was predominantly due to improved non-catastrophe losses of $32 million. This was primarily due to lower non-catastrophe automobile and homeowner claim frequencies of $18 million and a smaller exposure base of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 versus the comparable 2004 period. Improvement in the development of losses reported in prior years contributed $61 million. Unallocated claim expenses, excluding the expenses associated with Hurricane Katrina, decreased by $28 million mainly due to a smaller increase in the year over year change in unallocated claim expense liability due to a smaller increase in the related loss reserve and related unallocated claim expense reserve rate. Assumed losses from the involuntary Massachusetts automobile plan decreased by $18 million primarily due to improved claim frequency and severity trends.
 
These improvements were partially offset by an increase in catastrophe losses, including Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma, of $54 million and an increase in other expenses of $33 million primarily as a result of higher information technology, advertising and compensation costs.
 
The combined ratio, excluding catastrophes and before the reinstatement premiums and other reinsurance-related premium adjustments due to Hurricane Katrina, was 86.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005 versus 90.4% for the comparable 2004 period.


94


Table of Contents

 
International
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the International segment for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 2,722     $ 2,186     $ 1,690  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    804       579       349  
Net investment income
    1,050       844       585  
Other revenues
    28       20       23  
Net investment gains (losses)
    22       5       23  
                         
Total revenues
    4,626       3,634       2,670  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    2,411       2,128       1,611  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    364       278       151  
Policyholder dividends
    (2 )     5       6  
Other expenses
    1,543       1,000       614  
                         
Total expenses
    4,316       3,411       2,382  
                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    310       223       288  
Provision (benefit) for income tax
    110       36       86  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    200       187       202  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
          5       (9 )
                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    200       192       193  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                (30 )
                         
Net income
  $ 200     $ 192     $ 163  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — International
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations increased by $13 million, or 7%, to $200 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $187 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $38 million during the first six months of 2006 to income from continuing operations, which includes $18 million, net of income tax, of net investment gains. Included in the Travelers results is an increase to policyholder benefits and claims of $10 million, net of income tax, resulting from the increase in policyholder liabilities due to higher than expected mortality in Brazil on specific blocks of business written in the Travelers entity since the acquisition, and consistent with the increase in the existing MetLife entity as described more fully below. Excluding the impact of Travelers, income from continuing operations decreased by $25 million, or 13%, from the comparable 2005 period. This decrease includes the impact of net investment gains (losses) of ($6) million, net of income tax. Excluding the impact of Travelers and of net investment gains (losses), income from continuing operations decreased by $19 million from the comparable 2005 period.
 
Taiwan’s income from continuing operations decreased by $59 million, net of income tax, due to a loss recognition adjustment (in the form of accelerated DAC amortization) of $50 million, net of income tax, and restructuring costs of $11 million, net of income tax, partially offset by reserve refinements of $3 million, net of income tax, associated with the conversion to a new valuation system. Income from continuing operations decreased in Canada by $19 million, net of income tax, primarily due to the realignment of economic capital


95


Table of Contents

in the prior year. Mexico’s income from continuing operations decreased by $12 million, net of income tax, due to an increase in amortization of DAC resulting from management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins in both years, higher operating expenses from the pension business, the net impact of an adjustment to the liability for experience refunds on a block of business, a decrease in various one-time other revenue items for which the prior year benefited by $13 million, net of income tax, and the current year benefited by $11 million, net of income tax, as well as an increase of $27 million in tax due to tax benefits realized in the prior year from the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“AJCA”). These were partially offset by a decrease in certain policyholder liabilities caused by a decrease in unrealized investment gains on invested assets supporting those liabilities relative to the prior year, a decrease in policyholder benefits associated with a large group policy that was not renewed by the policyholder, a benefit in the current year from the elimination of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review, the unfavorable impact in the prior year of contingent liabilities that were established related to potential employment matters in that year and which were eliminated in the current year as well as overall business growth. Income from continuing operations decreased in Brazil by $7 million, net of income tax, primarily due to a $10 million, net of income tax, increase in policyholder benefits and claims related to an increase in future policyholder benefit liabilities on specific blocks of business. This increase is due to significantly higher than expected mortality experience, of which a total of $20 million of additional liabilities were recorded, $10 million of which was associated with the acquired Travelers’ business, and $10 million of which was related to the existing MetLife entities. Brazil’s income from continuing operations was also impacted by an increase in litigation liabilities, as well as adverse claim experience in the current year. The results of the Company’s investment in Japan decreased by $4 million due to variability in the hedging program. The home office recorded higher infrastructure expenditures in support of segment growth of $39 million, net of income tax, as well as a $23 million contingent tax liability. In addition, expenses related to the Company’s start-up operation in Ireland reduced net income by $34 million in the current year. A valuation allowance was established against the deferred tax benefit resulting from the Ireland losses.
 
Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in South Korea’s income from continuing operations of $79 million, net of income tax, primarily due to continued growth of the in-force business, a one-time benefit of $38 million, net of income tax, associated with the implementation of a more refined reserve valuation system, as well as a benefit of $13 million from the impact of foreign currency exchange rates. Argentina’s income from continuing operations increased by $61 million, net of income tax, due to higher net investment income resulting from capital contributions since the completion of the Travelers acquisition, the release of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review, the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and inflation rates on certain contingent liabilities, the utilization of $4 million of net operating losses for which a valuation allowance had been previously established, a $12 million increase in the prior year period of a deferred tax valuation allowance established against tax benefits in that year, as well as business growth. Australia’s income from continuing operations increased by $17 million, net of income tax, primarily due to reserve strengthening on a block of business in the prior year, as well as business growth. Income from continuing operations increased in Chile by $5 million primarily due to growth in the institutional business of $2 million, as well as the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $2 million, and in the United Kingdom by $5 million primarily due to growth of the in-force business. In addition, income from continuing operations increased by $13 million, net of income tax, due to a reduction in the amount charged for economic capital.
 
The remainder of the decrease in income from continuing operations can be attributed to other countries. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates accounted for $2 million of the increase in income from continuing operations.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $975 million, or 27%, to $4,604 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $3,629 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $413 million during the first six months of 2006 to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, such revenues increased by $562 million, or 15%, over the comparable 2005 period.
 
Premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $469 million, or 17%, to $3,254 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $2,785 million for the comparable 2005 period. Mexico’s premiums, fees and other


96


Table of Contents

revenues increased by $159 million, primarily due to higher fees and growth in its universal life and institutional business, partially offset by an adjustment for experience refunds on a block of business and various one-time other revenue items for which the prior year benefited by $19 million and the current year benefited by $16 million. South Korea’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $156 million primarily due to business growth driven by strong sales of its variable universal life product, as well as the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $56 million. Premiums, fees and other revenues increased in Brazil by $49 million due to business growth and higher bancassurance business, as well as an increase in amounts retained under reinsurance arrangements. Chile’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $22 million primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $14 million, as well as an increase in institutional premiums through its bank distribution channel, partially offset by lower annuity sales due in part from management’s decision not to match aggressive pricing in the marketplace. Premiums, fees and other revenues increased in the United Kingdom, Argentina, Australia, and Taiwan by $21 million, $16 million, $15 million, and $12 million respectively, primarily due to business growth. Increases in other countries accounted for the remainder of the change.
 
Net investment income increased by $93 million, or 11%, to $937 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $844 million for the comparable 2005 period. Net investment income increased in Argentina by $41 million primarily due to higher invested assets resulting from capital contributions since the completion of the Travelers acquisition. Net investment income in Mexico increased by $28 million primarily due to higher inflation rates and increases in invested assets, partially offset by lower average investment yields. Net investment income in Chile decreased by $8 million primarily due to a reduction in the inflation rate, partially offset by the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $8 million and increases in invested assets. The invested asset valuations and returns on these invested assets are linked to inflation rates in most of the Latin American countries in which the Company does business. South Korea, Brazil and Taiwan’s net investment income increased by $25 million, $14 million and $5 million, respectively, primarily due to increases in invested assets, as well as the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $10 million. Net investment income in the home office increased by $17 million primarily due to a reduction in the amount charged for economic capital from the prior year. These increases in net investment income were partially offset by a decrease of $33 million in Canada due to the realignment of economic capital. Increases in other countries accounted for the remainder of the change.
 
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a favorable impact of $105 million on total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses).
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $905 million, or 27%, to $4,316 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $3,411 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $388 million during the first six months of 2006 to the year over year increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, total expenses increased by $517 million, or 15%, over the comparable 2005 period.
 
Policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to PABs increased by $186 million, or 8%, to $2,597 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $2,411 million for the comparable 2005 period. Policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to PABs in Mexico increased by $113 million primarily due to an increase in other policyholder benefits and claims of $108 million and in interest credited to PABs of $39 million commensurate with the growth in revenue discussed above. These increases in Mexico were partially offset by a decrease in certain policyholder liabilities of $18 million caused by a decrease in the unrealized investment gains on the invested assets supporting those liabilities, a $10 million benefit from a decrease in policyholder benefits associated with a large group policy that was not renewed by the policyholder, and a $6 million benefit in the current year from the elimination of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review. Brazil’s policyholder benefits and claims increased by $49 million primarily due to an increase in policyholder liabilities on these specific blocks of business as discussed above, an increase in amounts retained under reinsurance arrangements, as well as adverse claim experience in other lines of business. South Korea’s policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to PABs increased by $44 million commensurate with the business growth discussed above, as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $33 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends, and interest credited to PABs in Australia of $19 million due to reserve


97


Table of Contents

strengthening in the prior year on a block of reinsurance business and a decrease in Chile of $7 million primarily due to a decrease in annuity liabilities related to the decrease in the inflation index and the decrease in annuity premiums discussed above, partially offset by growth in the institutional business, as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $17 million. Policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends, and interest credited to PABs decreased in Taiwan by $2 million primarily due to a decrease of $14 million from reserve refinements associated with the implementation of a new valuation system, partially offset by an increase of $12 million primarily due to business growth. Argentina’s policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends, and interest credited to PABs decreased by $2 million primarily due to the elimination of liabilities for pending claims that were determined to be invalid following a review, partially offset by business growth. Increases in other countries accounted for the remainder of the change.
 
Other expenses increased by $330 million, or 33%, to $1,330 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $1,000 million for the comparable 2005 period. Taiwan’s other expenses increased by $110 million primarily due to a one-time increase in DAC amortization of $77 million due to a loss recognition adjustment resulting from low interest rates relative to product guarantees coupled with high persistency rates on certain blocks of business, an increase of $17 million related to the termination of the agency distribution channel in Taiwan, an increase of $9 million from refinements associated with the implementation of a new valuation system, as well as business growth. Mexico’s other expenses increased by $49 million primarily due to an increase in commissions commensurate with the revenue growth discussed above, higher DAC amortization resulting from management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross profits in both the current and prior years, higher expenses related to growth initiatives, and additional expenses associated with the Mexican pension business, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of contingent liabilities that were established in the prior year related to potential employment matters and which were eliminated in the current year. South Korea’s other expenses increased by $25 million, primarily due to an increase in DAC amortization and general expenses, which were both due to the growth in business, the impact in the prior year of an accrual for an early retirement program and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $15 million. These were partially offset by a decrease of $60 million in DAC amortization associated with the implementation of a more refined reserve valuation system. Brazil’s other expenses increased by $25 million primarily due to the growth in business discussed above, as well as an increase in litigation liabilities. Chile’s other expenses increased by $13 million due to increased commissions and other expenses associated with its institutional business, as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates of $4 million. Other expenses increased in the United Kingdom and Australia by $15 million and $8 million, respectively, primarily due to business growth. Other expenses associated with the home office increased by $57 million primarily due to an increase in expenditures for information technology projects, growth initiative projects and integration costs, as well as an increase in compensation resulting from an increase in headcount from the comparable 2005 period. In addition, $34 million of expenses were incurred related to the start-up of the Company’s operation in Ireland. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in other expenses of $9 million in Argentina primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and inflation rates on certain contingent liabilities. Increases in other countries accounted for the remainder of the change.
 
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates accounted for $90 million of the increase in total expenses.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — International
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
Income from continuing operations decreased by $15 million, or 7%, to $187 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $202 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for a loss from continuing operations of $24 million including net investment losses of $14 million, net of income tax. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, income from continuing operations increased by $9 million, or 4%, over the prior year.
 
South Korea’s income from continuing operations increased by $26 million, net of income tax, primarily due to growth in business, specifically higher sales of its variable universal life product and a larger in-force business. Chile’s income from continuing operations increased by $8 million primarily due to growth in business, specifically in the new bank distribution channel, as well as an increase in net investment income primarily due to higher


98


Table of Contents

inflation rates. Mexico’s income from continuing operations increased by $8 million, primarily due to tax benefits of $27 million under the AJCA, higher net investment earnings, an adjustment to the amortization of DAC for management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins and several other one-time revenue items. These increases in Mexico were substantially offset by an increase in certain policyholder liabilities caused by unrealized investment losses on the invested assets supporting those liabilities, as well as an increase in expenses for start up costs for the new Mexican Pension Business (“AFORE”) and contingency liabilities.
 
Partially offsetting these increases in income from continuing operations was a decrease in Canada of $13 million, net of income tax, primarily due to a realignment of economic capital, offset by the strengthening of the liability on its pension business related to changes in mortality assumptions in the prior year and higher home office and infrastructure expenditures in support of the segment growth of $16 million, net of income tax. The remainder of the variance can be attributed to various other countries.
 
Additionally, $4 million of the increase in income from continuing operations is due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $982 million, or 37%, to $3,629 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2,647 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $377 million of this increase. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, total revenues, excluding net investment gains, increased by $605 million, or 23%, over the comparable 2004 period.
 
Premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $452 million, or 22%, to $2,514 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2,062 million for the comparable 2004 period. This increase is primarily the result of continued business growth through increased sales and renewal business within South Korea, Brazil and Taiwan of $216 million, $48 million and $31 million, respectively. Mexico’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $78 million primarily due to increases in the institutional and agency business channels, as well as several one-time other revenue items of $19 million. Chile’s premiums, fees and other revenues increased by $64 million mainly due to its new bank distribution channel.
 
Net investment income increased by $153 million, or 26%, to $738 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $585 million for the comparable 2004 period. Mexico’s net investment income increased by $89 million due principally to increases in interest rates and also as a result of an increase in invested assets. Chile’s net investment income increased by $58 million primarily due to higher inflation rates and an increase in invested assets. Investment valuations and returns on invested assets in Chile are linked to the inflation rates. South Korea and Taiwan’s net investment income increased by $20 million and $11 million, respectively, primarily due to an increase in their invested assets. These increases in net investment income were partially offset by a decrease of $21 million due to the realignment of economic capital. The remainder of the increases in total revenues, excluding net investment gains, can be attributed to business growth and investment income in other countries.
 
Additionally, $221 million of the increase in total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), is due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $1,029 million, or 43%, to $3,411 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2,382 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers accounted for $404 million of this increase. Excluding the impact of the Travelers acquisition, total expenses increased by $625 million, or 26%, over the comparable 2004 period. Policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to PABs increased by $451 million, or 26%, to $2,219 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $1,768 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
Policyholder benefits and claims and dividends in Mexico increased by $177 million primarily due to an increase in certain policyholder liabilities caused by unrealized investment gains (losses) on the invested assets supporting those liabilities of $110 million, as well as an increase in interest credited to policyholder accounts of $65 million in line with the net investment income increase in Mexico. South Korea, Taiwan and Brazil’s


99


Table of Contents

policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to policyholder accounts increased by $122 million, $41 million and $27 million, respectively, commensurate with the business growth discussed above. Chile’s policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to policyholder accounts increased by $86 million due to the business growth primarily in the bank distribution channel business, as well as to an increase in the liabilities for annuity benefits, which, like net investment income on related assets, are linked to the inflation rate. Hong Kong’s policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends increased by $3 million due to higher claims and the associated increase in liabilities in 2005. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $10 million in Canada’s policyholder benefits and claims, policyholder dividends and interest credited to PABs primarily due to the strengthening of the liability on its pension business related to changes in mortality assumptions in the prior year.
 
Other expenses increased by $174 million, or 28%, to $788 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $614 million for the comparable 2004 period. South Korea’s other expenses increased by $73 million primarily due to higher amortization of DAC driven by the rapid growth in the business, a decrease in a payroll tax liability in the prior year resulting from the resolution of the related tax matter, an accrual for an early retirement program in 2005, as well as additional overhead expenses in line with the growth in business. Mexico’s other expenses increased by $17 million primarily due to incurred start up costs during the current year associated with the AFORE operations, an increase in liabilities related to potential employment matters in 2005, an increase in consulting services and a decrease in the prior year of severance accruals. Partially offsetting these increases in Mexico is a decrease in the amortization of DAC due to an adjustment for management’s update of assumptions used to determine estimated gross margins. Brazil’s other expenses increased by $28 million, primarily due to growth in business discussed above including an increase in non-deferrable sales expenses. Chile’s other expenses increased by $24 million due primarily to increases in non-deferrable expenses for the bank distribution channel of business in 2005. Other expenses at home office also increased by $26 million primarily due to increased consultant fees for growth initiative projects, an increase in compensation resulting from increased headcount, higher incentive compensation, as well as higher costs for legal, marketing and other corporate support expenses. The remainder of the increase in total expenses can be attributed to business growth in other countries.
 
Additionally, a component of the growth in total expenses is due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates of $202 million.


100


Table of Contents

Reinsurance
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for the Reinsurance segment for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 4,348     $ 3,869     $ 3,348  
Net investment income
    732       606       538  
Other revenues
    66       58       56  
Net investment gains (losses)
    7       22       59  
                         
Total revenues
    5,153       4,555       4,001  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    3,490       3,206       2,694  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    254       220       212  
Policyholder dividends
                1  
Other expenses
    1,227       991       957  
                         
Total expenses
    4,971       4,417       3,864  
                         
Income before provision for income tax
    182       138       137  
Provision for income tax
    64       46       46  
                         
Net income
  $ 118     $ 92     $ 91  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — Reinsurance
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased by $26 million, or 28%, to $118 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $92 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
The increase in net income was attributable to a 12% increase in premiums while policyholder benefits and claims increased by 9%, a 21% increase in net investment income while interest credited to PABs increased by 15%, and a 14% increase in other revenues. The increase in premiums, net of the increase in policyholder benefits and claims, added $127 million to net income which was primarily due to added business in-force from facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in the U.S. and international operations. The increase in policyholder benefits and claims was partially offset by unfavorable mortality and an increase in the liabilities associated with RGA’s Argentine pension business, both in the prior-year period. The increase in net investment income and interest credited to PABs added $60 million to net income and was due to growth in the invested asset base. The increase in invested assets, and net investment income, substantially derived from the issuance of notes and a collateral financing facility, which increased interest expense within other expenses as described below. The increase in other revenues added $5 million to net income and was primarily related to an increase in investment product fees on asset-intensive business and financial reinsurance fees during 2006, partially offset by a decrease in foreign currency transaction gains in the prior-year period.
 
These increases in net income were partially offset by a $153 million increase in other expenses and a $10 million decrease in net investment gains (losses), all net of income tax. Additionally, a higher effective tax rate in 2006 reduced net income by $3 million. The increase in other expenses was primarily related to expenses associated with DAC, including reinsurance allowances paid, interest expense associated with RGA’s issuance of $850 million 30-year notes to provide long-term collateral for Regulation XXX statutory reserves in June 2006 and $400 million of junior subordinated notes in December 2005, minority interest expense, and equity compensation expense.


101


Table of Contents

 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $613 million, or 14%, to $5,146 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $4,533 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
The increase in such revenues was primarily associated with growth in premiums of $479 million from new facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in all RGA operating segments, including the U.S., which contributed $220 million; Asia Pacific, which contributed $138 million; Canada, which contributed $86 million; and Europe and South Africa, which contributed $35 million. Premium levels were significantly influenced by large transactions and reporting practices of ceding companies and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
Net investment income increased by $126 million, primarily due to growth in the invested asset base from net proceeds of RGA’s $850 million 30-year notes offering in June 2006 and $400 million junior subordinated note offering in December 2005, positive operating cash inflows and additional deposits associated with the coinsurance of annuity products. Investment yields were up slightly compared to the prior-year period. The increase in net investment income was partially offset by a decrease related to a realignment of economic capital.
 
Other revenues increased by $8 million primarily due to an increase in investment product fees on asset-intensive business and financial reinsurance fees during 2006, partially offset by a decrease in foreign currency transaction gains.
 
Additionally, a component of the increase in total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), was a $36 million increase associated with foreign currency exchange rate movements.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $554 million, or 13%, to $4,971 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $4,417 million for the comparable 2005 period.
 
The increase in total expenses was commensurate with the growth in revenues and was primarily attributable to an increase of $284 million in policyholder benefits and claims, primarily associated with growth in insurance in-force of $245 billion, and a $34 million increase in interest credited due to growth in PABs associated with the coinsurance of annuity products, which is generally offset by a corresponding increase in net investment income. The increase in policyholder benefits and claims of $284 million was partially offset by favorable underwriting results in RGA’s international operations in the current year period, unfavorable mortality experience in the U.S. and the United Kingdom in the prior-year period, and a $33 million increase in the liabilities associated with the Argentine pension business in the prior year period.
 
Other expenses increased by $236 million due to a $92 million increase in expenses associated with DAC, including reinsurance allowances paid, a $47 million increase in interest expense primarily associated with RGA’s issuance of $850 million 30-year notes in June 2006 and $400 million of junior subordinated notes in December 2005, as well as a $47 million increase in minority interest expense on the larger earnings base in the current period. The remaining increase of $50 million was primarily related to overhead-related expenses associated with RGA’s international expansion and general growth in operations, including equity compensation expense.
 
Additionally, a component of the increase in total expenses was a $33 million increase associated with foreign currency exchange rate movements.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — Reinsurance
 
Net Income
 
Net income increased by $1 million, or 1%, to $92 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $91 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
This increase was attributable to a 14% increase in revenues, primarily due to new premiums from facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in the U.S. and international operations, as well as an increase in net investment income due to growth in RGA’s operations and invested asset base.


102


Table of Contents

 
The increase in net income was partially offset by a reduction in net investment gains of $12 million, net of income tax and minority interest, and a higher loss ratio in the 2005 period, primarily due to unfavorable mortality experience as a result of high claim levels in the U.S. and the United Kingdom. during the first six months of the year. Reserve strengthening in RGA’s Argentine pension business in 2005 reduced net income by $11 million, net of income tax and minority interest. The comparable 2004 period included a negotiated claim settlement in RGA’s accident and health business, reducing net income by $8 million, net of income tax and minority interest. The Argentine pension business and the accident and health business are in run-off.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $591 million, or 15%, to $4,533 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $3,942 million for the comparable 2004 period primarily due to a $521 million, or 16%, increase in premiums and a $68 million, or 13%, increase in net investment income.
 
New premiums from facultative and automatic treaties and renewal premiums on existing blocks of business in the U.S. and international operations contributed to the premium growth. Premium levels were significantly influenced by large transactions and reporting practices of ceding companies and, as a result, can fluctuate from period to period.
 
The growth in net investment income was the result of the growth in RGA’s operations and invested asset base.
 
Additionally, a component of the total revenue increase was attributable to foreign currency exchange rate movements contributing an estimated $49 million.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $553 million, or 14%, to $4,417 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $3,864 million for the comparable 2004 period.
 
This increase was commensurate with growth in revenues and was primarily attributable to an increase of $520 million in policyholder benefits and claims and interest credited to PABs, primarily associated with RGA’s growth in insurance in force of $270 billion, the aforementioned unfavorable mortality experience in the U.S. and the United Kingdom during the first six months of the 2005 period, and strengthening of reserves of $33 million for the Argentine pension business. The comparable 2004 period included a negotiated claim settlement in RGA’s accident and health business of $24 million and $18 million in policy benefits and claims as a result of the Indian Ocean tsunami on December 26, 2004 and claims development associated with the reinsurance of the Argentine pension business, respectively.
 
Other expenses increased by $34 million, or 4%, primarily due to an increase in the amortization of DAC. Changes in DAC, included in other expenses, can vary from period to period primarily due to changes in the mixture of the business being reinsured.
 
Additionally, $46 million of the total expense increase was attributable to foreign currency exchange rate movements.


103


Table of Contents

Corporate & Other
 
The following table presents consolidated financial information for Corporate & Other for the years indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 35     $ 22     $ (9 )
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
          1       2  
Net investment income
    1,054       709       385  
Other revenues
    34       30       8  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (154 )     (48 )     (152 )
                         
Total revenues
    969       714       234  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    37       (15 )     5  
Other expenses
    1,349       955       605  
                         
Total expenses
    1,386       940       610  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income tax
    (417 )     (226 )     (376 )
Income tax benefit
    (416 )     (211 )     (294 )
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (1 )     (15 )     (82 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    3,129       1,161       223  
                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    3,128       1,146       141  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                4  
                         
Net income
    3,128       1,146       145  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 2,994     $ 1,083     $ 145  
                         
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005 — Corporate & Other
 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations increased by $14 million, or 93%, to ($1) million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from ($15) million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers, excluding Travelers financing and integration costs incurred by the Company, contributed $111 million during the first six months of 2006 to income (loss) from continuing operations, which included $3 million, net of income tax, of net investment losses. Excluding the impact of Travelers, income (loss) from continuing operations decreased by $97 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable 2005 period. Included in this decrease were higher investment losses of $66 million, net of income tax. Excluding the impact of Travelers and the increase of net investment losses, income (loss) from continuing operations decreased by $31 million.
 
The 2006 period includes an expense related to a $23 million, net of income tax, contribution to the MetLife Foundation. The 2005 period included a $30 million benefit associated with the reduction of a previously established liability for settlement death benefits related to the Company’s sales practices class action settlement recorded in 1999, and an $18 million benefit, associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000, both net of income tax. Excluding the impact of these items, income from continuing operations increased by $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable 2005 period. The increase in income (loss) from continuing operations was primarily attributable to higher net investment income, lower integration costs and higher other revenues of $102 million,


104


Table of Contents

$62 million, and $4 million, respectively, all of which were net of income tax. This was partially offset by higher interest expense on debt (principally associated with the issuance of debt to finance the Travelers acquisition), corporate support expenses, interest credited to bankholder deposits and legal-related liabilities of $125 million, $70 million, $55 million and $5 million, respectively, all of which were net of income tax. Tax benefits increased by $113 million over the comparable 2005 period due to the difference of finalizing the Company’s 2005 tax return in 2006 when compared to finalizing the Company’s 2004 tax return in 2005 and the difference between the actual and the estimated tax rate allocated to the various segments.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $361 million, or 47%, to $1,123 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $762 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $200 million during the first six months of 2006 to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, revenues increased by $161 million, or 21%, from the comparable 2005 period. This increase was primarily attributable to increased net investment income of $157 million primarily from increases in income on fixed maturity securities due to improved yields from lengthening of the duration and a higher asset base, and the impact of higher short-term interest rates on cash equivalents and short term investments. The increase also resulted from a higher asset base invested in mortgage loans on real estate, real estate joint ventures, and other limited partnership interests and was partially offset by a decline in securities lending results and leveraged leases. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to increased other revenues of $4 million, which primarily consisted of increased surrender values on corporate owned life insurance policies. Also included as a component of total revenues were the intersegment eliminations which were offset within total expenses.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $446 million, or 47%, to $1,386 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $940 million for the comparable 2005 period. The acquisition of Travelers, excluding Travelers financing and integration costs, contributed $59 million during the first six months of 2006 to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, total expenses increased by $387 million, or 41%, for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable 2005 period.
 
The 2006 period included a $35 million contribution to the MetLife Foundation. The 2005 period included a $47 million benefit associated with a reduction of a previously established liability for settlement death benefits related to the Company’s sales practices class action settlement recorded in 1999 and a $28 million benefit associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000. Excluding the impact of these items, total expenses increased by $277 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from the comparable 2005 period. This increase was primarily attributable to higher interest expense of $192 million. The principal reason was a result of the issuance of senior notes in 2005, which included $119 million of expenses from the financing of the acquisition of Travelers. Additionally, as a result of the issuance of commercial paper, short-term interest expense increased by $67 million. Corporate support expenses, which included advertising, start-up costs for new products and information technology costs, were higher by $107 million, partially offset by lower integration costs of $95 million. As a result of growth in the business and higher interest rates, interest credited to bankholder deposits increased by $85 million at MetLife Bank. Legal-related costs were higher by $8 million, predominantly from the reduction of previously established liabilities related to legal disputes during the 2005 period. Also included as a component of total expenses were the elimination of intersegment amounts which were offset within total revenues.
 
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 — Corporate & Other
 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations increased by $67 million, or 82%, to ($15) million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from ($82) million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers, excluding Travelers financing and integration costs incurred by the Company, contributed $88 million of this increase which included $1 million, net of income tax, of net investment losses. Excluding the impact of Travelers, income from


105


Table of Contents

continuing operations decreased by $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the comparable 2004 period. Included in this decrease were lower investment losses of $69 million, net of income tax. Excluding the impact of Travelers and the decrease of net investment losses, income (loss) from continuing operations decreased by $90 million.
 
The 2005 period includes a $30 million benefit, net of income tax, associated with the reduction of a previously established liability for settlement death benefits related to the Company’s sales practices class action settlement recorded in 1999, and an $18 million benefit, net of income tax, associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000. The 2004 period includes a $105 million benefit associated with the resolution of issues relating to the Internal Revenue Service’s audit of Metropolitan Life and its subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 1997-1999. Also included in the 2004 period was an expense related to a $32 million, net of income tax, contribution to the MetLife Foundation. Excluding the impact of these items, income from continuing operations decreased by $65 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the comparable 2004 period. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher interest expense on debt (principally associated with the issuance of debt to finance the Travelers acquisition), integration costs associated with the acquisition of Travelers, interest credited to bank holder deposits and legal-related liabilities of $119 million, $76 million, $44 million and $4 million, respectively, all of which were net of income tax. This was partially offset by an increase in net investment income of $107 million, and a decrease in corporate support expenses of $10 million, both of which were net of income tax. Tax benefits increased by $61 million over the comparable 2004 period due to the difference of finalizing the Company’s 2004 tax return in 2005 when compared to finalizing the Company’s 2003 tax return in 2004 and the difference between the actual and the estimated tax rate allocated to the various segments.
 
Revenues
 
Total revenues, excluding net investment gains (losses), increased by $376 million, or 97%, to $762 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $386 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers contributed $152 million to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, the increase of $224 million was primarily attributable to increases in income on fixed maturity securities due to improved yields from lengthening of the duration and a higher asset base, as well as increased income from other limited partnerships and mortgage loans on real estate. Also included as a component of total revenues were the intersegment eliminations which were offset within total expenses.
 
Expenses
 
Total expenses increased by $330 million, or 54%, to $940 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $610 million for the comparable 2004 period. The acquisition of Travelers, excluding Travelers financing and integration costs, contributed $15 million to the period over period increase. Excluding the impact of Travelers, total expenses increased by $315 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the comparable 2004 period.
 
The 2005 period includes a $47 million benefit associated with a reduction of a previously established liability for settlement death benefits related to the Company’s sales practices class action settlement recorded in 1999, a $28 million benefit associated with the reduction of a previously established real estate transfer tax liability related to Metropolitan Life’s demutualization in 2000. The 2004 period includes a $50 million contribution to the MetLife Foundation, partially offset by a $22 million reduction of a liability associated with the resolution of all issues relating to the Internal Revenue Service’s audit of Metropolitan Life and its subsidiaries’ tax returns for the years 1997-1999. Excluding the impact of these items, total expenses increased by $418 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the comparable 2004 period. This increase was attributable to higher interest expense of $187 million as a result of the issuance of senior notes in 2004 and 2005, which included $129 million of expenses from the financing of the acquisition of Travelers. Integration costs associated with the acquisition of Travelers were $120 million. As a result of growth in the business, interest credited to bank holder deposits increased by $70 million at MetLife Bank. In addition, legal-related liabilities increased by $5 million. These increases were offset by a reduction in corporate support expenses of $16 million. Also included as a component of total expenses was the elimination of intersegment amounts which was offset within total revenues.


106


Table of Contents

 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The Company
 
Capital
 
RBC requirements are used as minimum capital requirements by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) and the state insurance departments to identify companies that merit further regulatory action on an annual basis. RBC is based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and business risk and is calculated on an annual basis. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. These rules apply to each of the Holding Company’s domestic insurance subsidiaries. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the total adjusted capital of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of the most recently referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
The NAIC adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (“Codification”) in 2001 to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting to state insurance departments. However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. The New York State Department of Insurance (the “Department”) has adopted Codification with certain modifications for the preparation of statutory financial statements of insurance companies domiciled in New York. Modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the effect of Codification on the statutory capital and surplus of the Holding Company’s domestic insurance subsidiaries.
 
Asset/Liability Management
 
The Company actively manages its assets using an approach that balances quality, diversification, asset/liability matching, liquidity and investment return. The goals of the investment process are to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that the assets and liabilities are managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The asset/liability management process is the shared responsibility of the Portfolio Management Unit, the Financial Management and Oversight Asset/Liability Management Unit, and the operating business segments under the supervision of the various product line specific Asset/Liability Management Committees (“ALM Committees”). The ALM Committees’ duties include reviewing and approving target portfolios on a periodic basis, establishing investment guidelines and limits and providing oversight of the asset/liability management process. The portfolio managers and asset sector specialists, who have responsibility on a day-to-day basis for risk management of their respective investing activities, implement the goals and objectives established by the ALM Committees.
 
The Company establishes target asset portfolios for each major insurance product, which represent the investment strategies used to profitably fund its liabilities within acceptable levels of risk. These strategies are monitored through regular review of portfolio metrics, such as effective duration, yield curve sensitivity, convexity, liquidity, asset sector concentration and credit quality. In executing these asset/liability matching strategies, management regularly reevaluates the estimates used in determining the approximate amounts and timing of payments to or on behalf of policyholders for insurance liabilities. Many of these estimates are inherently subjective and could impact the Company’s ability to achieve its asset/liability management goals and objectives.
 
Liquidity
 
Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet its needs. The Company’s liquidity position (cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, excluding securities lending) was $7.7 billion and $6.7 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Liquidity needs are determined from a rolling 12-month forecast by portfolio and are monitored daily. Asset mix and maturities are adjusted based on forecast. Cash flow testing and stress testing provide additional perspectives on liquidity. The Company believes that it has sufficient liquidity to fund its cash needs under various scenarios that include the potential risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal. The Company includes provisions limiting withdrawal rights on many


107


Table of Contents

of its products, including general account institutional pension products (generally group annuities, including GICs, and certain deposit funds liabilities) sold to employee benefit plan sponsors. Certain of these provisions prevent the customer from making withdrawals prior to the maturity date of the product.
 
In the event of significant unanticipated cash requirements beyond normal liquidity, the Company has multiple alternatives available based on market conditions and the amount and timing of the liquidity need. These options include cash flows from operations, the sale of liquid assets, global funding sources and various credit facilities.
 
The Company’s ability to sell investment assets could be limited by accounting rules including rules relating to the intent and ability to hold impaired securities until the market value of those securities recovers.
 
In extreme circumstances, all general account assets within a statutory legal entity are available to fund any obligation of the general account within that legal entity.
 
Liquidity Sources
 
Cash Flows from Operations.  The Company’s principal cash inflows from its insurance activities come from insurance premiums, annuity considerations and deposit funds. A primary liquidity concern with respect to these cash inflows is the risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal.
 
The Company’s principal cash inflows from its investment activities come from repayments of principal, proceeds from maturities and sales of invested assets and investment income. The primary liquidity concerns with respect to these cash inflows are the risk of default by debtors and market volatilities. The Company closely monitors and manages these risks through its credit risk management process.
 
Liquid Assets.  An integral part of the Company’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, and marketable fixed maturity and equity securities. Liquid assets exclude assets relating to securities lending and dollar roll activities. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $186.5 billion and $179.0 billion in liquid assets, respectively.
 
Global Funding Sources.  Liquidity is also provided by a variety of both short-term and long-term instruments, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, medium-term and long-term debt, capital securities and stockholders’ equity. The diversity of the Company’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility, limits dependence on any one source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds.
 
At both December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had outstanding $1.4 billion in short-term debt and at December 31, 2006 and 2005, had outstanding $10.0 billion and $9.5 billion in long-term debt, respectively.
 
Debt Issuances.  On December 21, 2006, the Holding Company issued junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $1.25 billion. The debentures are scheduled for redemption on December 15, 2036; the final maturity of the debentures is December 15, 2066. The Holding Company may redeem the debentures (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2031 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, or (ii) in certain circumstances, in whole or in part, prior to December 15, 2031 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 6.40% up to, but not including, the scheduled redemption date. In the event the debentures are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.205%, payable quarterly in arrears. The Holding Company has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the debentures for a period up to ten years. Interest compounds during such periods of deferral. In connection with the issuance of the debentures, the Holding Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (“RCC”). As a part of the RCC, the Holding Company agreed that it will not repay, redeem, or purchase the debentures on or before December 15, 2056, unless, subject to certain limitations, it has received proceeds from the sale of specified capital securities. The RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including an acceleration of the debentures due to the occurrence of an event of default. The RCC is not intended for the benefit of holders of the debentures and may not be enforced by them. The RCC is for the benefit of holders of one or more other designated series of its indebtedness (which will initially be its 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035).


108


Table of Contents

 
On June 28, 2006, Timberlake Financial L.L.C. (“Timberlake”), a subsidiary of RGA, completed an offering of $850 million of Series A Floating Rate Insured Notes due June 2036, which is included in the Company’s long-term debt. Interest on the notes will accrue at an annual rate of 1-month LIBOR plus a base margin, payable monthly. The notes represent senior, secured indebtedness of Timberlake with no recourse to RGA or its other subsidiaries. Up to $150 million of additional notes may be offered in the future. The proceeds of the offering provide long-term collateral to support Regulation XXX statutory reserves on 1.5 million term life insurance policies with guaranteed level premium periods reinsured by RGA Reinsurance Company, a U.S. subsidiary of RGA.
 
MetLife Bank has entered into several funding agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB of NY”) whereby MetLife Bank has issued repurchase agreements in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on MetLife Bank’s residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s obligations under the repurchase agreements. The repurchase agreements and the related security agreement represented by this blanket lien provide that upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the outstanding repurchase agreements. The amount of the Company’s liability for repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY was $998 million and $855 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in long-term debt.
 
On December 8, 2005, RGA issued junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $400 million. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 6.75% up to but not including the scheduled redemption date. The securities may be redeemed (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2015 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, or (ii) in whole or in part, prior to December 15, 2015 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. In the event the junior subordinated debentures are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date of December 15, 2015, interest on these junior subordinated debentures will accrue at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.665%, payable quarterly in arrears. The final maturity of the debentures is December 15, 2065. RGA has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the debentures for a period up to ten years. Interest compounds during periods of deferral.
 
On June 29, 2005, the Holding Company issued 400 million pounds sterling ($729.2 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior notes due June 29, 2020 at a discount of 4.5 million pounds sterling ($8.1 million at issuance), for aggregate proceeds of 395.5 million pounds sterling ($721.1 million at issuance). The senior notes were initially offered and sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
On June 23, 2005, the Holding Company issued in the United States public market $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior notes due June 15, 2015 at a discount of $2.7 million ($997.3 million), and $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035 at a discount of $2.4 million ($997.6 million).
 
MetLife Funding, Inc. (“MetLife Funding”), a subsidiary of Metropolitan Life, serves as a centralized finance unit for the Company. Pursuant to a support agreement, Metropolitan Life has agreed to cause MetLife Funding to have a tangible net worth of at least one dollar. At both December 31, 2006 and 2005, MetLife Funding had a tangible net worth of $11 million. MetLife Funding raises cash from various funding sources and uses the proceeds to extend loans, through MetLife Credit Corp., another subsidiary of Metropolitan Life, to the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life and other affiliates. MetLife Funding manages its funding sources to enhance the financial flexibility and liquidity of Metropolitan Life and other affiliated companies. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, MetLife Funding had total outstanding liabilities, including accrued interest payable, of $840 million and $456 million, respectively, consisting primarily of commercial paper.
 
Credit Facilities.  The Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities aggregating $3.9 billion as of December 31, 2006. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements. The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and at December 31, 2006,


109


Table of Contents

$3.0 billion of the facilities also served as back-up lines of credit for the Company’s commercial paper programs. Information on these facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                     
              Letter of
             
              Credit
          Unused
 
Borrower(s)
  Expiration   Capacity     Issuances     Drawdowns     Commitments  
        (In millions)  
 
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  April 2009   $ 1,500 (1)   $ 487     $     $ 1,013  
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  April 2010     1,500 (1)     483             1,017  
MetLife Bank, N.A
  July 2007     200                   200  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  May 2007     29             29        
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  September 2010     600       315       50       235  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  March 2011     39             28       11  
                                     
Total
      $ 3,868     $ 1,285     $ 107     $ 2,476  
                                     
 
 
(1) These facilities serve as back up lines of credit for the Company’s commercial paper programs.
 
Committed Facilities.  Information on the capacity and outstanding balances of all committed facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                         
                  Letter of
             
                  Credit
    Unused
    Maturity
 
Account Party
  Expiration       Capacity     Issuances     Commitments     (Years)  
            (In millions)        
 
MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina
  July 2010   (1)   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $       4  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc., & Missouri Re
  June 2016   (2)     500       490       10       10  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025   (1)(3)     225       225             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  March 2025   (1)(3)     250       250             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025   (1)(3)     325       58       267       19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2026   (1)     901       140       761       20  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2027   (1)     650       330       320       21  
                                         
Total
          $ 4,851     $ 3,493     $ 1,358          
                                         
 
 
(1) The Holding Company is a guarantor under this agreement.
 
(2) Letters of credit and replacements or renewals thereof issued under this facility of $280 million, $10 million and $200 million will expire no later than December 2015, March 2016 and June 2016, respectively.
 
(3) On June 1, 2006, the letter of credit issuer elected to extend the initial stated termination date of each respective letter of credit to the respective dates indicated.
 
Letters of Credit.  At December 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding $5.0 billion in letters of credit from various banks, of which $4.8 billion were part of credit and committed facilities. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.
 
Liquidity Uses
 
Debt Repayments.  The Holding Company repaid a $500 million 5.25% senior note which matured on December 1, 2006 and a $1,006 million 3.911% senior note which matured on May 15, 2005.
 
Metropolitan Life repaid a $250 million 7% surplus note which matured on November 1, 2005.
 
Insurance Liabilities.  The Company’s principal cash outflows primarily relate to the liabilities associated with its various life insurance, property and casualty, annuity and group pension products, operating expenses and income tax, as well as principal and interest on its outstanding debt obligations. Liabilities arising from its insurance


110


Table of Contents

activities primarily relate to benefit payments under the aforementioned products, as well as payments for policy surrenders, withdrawals and loans.
 
Investment and Other.  Additional cash outflows include those related to obligations of securities lending and dollar roll activities, investments in real estate, limited partnerships and joint ventures, as well as litigation-related liabilities.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s major contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
                      More Than
       
                More Than
    Three Years
       
                One Year and
    and Less
       
          Less Than
    Less Than
    Than Five
    More Than
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     One Year     Three Years     Years     Five Years  
    (In millions)  
 
Future policy benefits(1)
  $ 321,852     $ 5,982     $ 8,864     $ 10,160     $ 296,846  
Policyholder account balances(2)
    176,106       25,386       28,884       23,022       98,814  
Other policyholder liabilities(3)
    10,139       7,574       94       114       2,357  
Short-term debt(4)
    1,457       1,457                    
Long-term debt(4)
    18,069       647       1,807       2,147       13,468  
Junior subordinated debt securities(4)
    6,618       210       2,440       214       3,754  
Shares subject to mandatory redemption(4)
    350                         350  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions(5)
    45,846       45,846                    
Commitments to lend funds(6)
    8,934       7,583       579       397       375  
Operating leases(7)
    2,165       247       394       318       1,206  
Other(8)
    7,285       6,743                   542  
                                         
Total
  $ 598,821     $ 101,675     $ 43,062     $ 36,372     $ 417,712  
                                         
 
 
(1) Future policyholder benefits include liabilities related to traditional whole life policies, term life policies, closeout and other group annuity contracts, structured settlements, MTF agreements, single premium immediate annuities, long-term disability policies, individual disability income policies, LTC policies and property and casualty contracts.
 
Included within future policyholder benefits are contracts where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so until the occurrence of a specific event such as death as well as those where the timing of a portion of the payments has been determined by the contract. Also included are contracts where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death or illness, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of a policy or contract, which is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.
 
Liabilities related to accounting conventions, or which are not contractually due, such as shadow liabilities, excess interest reserves and property and casualty loss adjustment expenses of $1.7 billion have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above.
 
Amounts presented in the table above, excluding those related to property and casualty contracts, represent the estimated cash payments for benefits under such contracts including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and assumptions related to mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, inflation, disability incidence, disability terminations, policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Payments for case reserve liabilities and incurred but not reported liabilities associated with property and casualty contracts of $2.2 billion have been included using an estimate of the ultimate amount to be settled under the policies based upon historical payment patterns. The ultimate amount to be paid under property and casualty contracts is not determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant,


111


Table of Contents

which may vary significantly from the liability or contractual obligation presented above especially as it relates to incurred but not reported liabilities. All estimated cash payments presented in the table above are undiscounted as to interest, net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. The more than five years category displays estimated payments due for periods extending for more than 100 years from the present date.
 
The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $321.9 billion exceeds the liability amount of $127.5 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions, most significantly mortality, between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date.
 
For the majority of the Company’s insurance operations, estimated contractual obligations for future policyholder benefits and policyholder account balance liabilities as presented in the table above are derived from the annual asset adequacy analysis used to develop actuarial opinions of statutory reserve adequacy for state regulatory purposes. These cash flows are materially representative of the cash flows under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Actual cash payments to policyholders may differ significantly from the liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheet and the estimated cash payments as presented in the table above due to differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in the establishment of these liabilities and the estimation of these cash payments. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Asset/Liability Management.”
 
(2) Policyholder account balances include liabilities related to conventional guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed investment contracts associated with formal offering programs, funding agreements, individual and group annuities, total control accounts, bank deposits, individual and group universal life, variable universal life and company owned life insurance.
 
Included within policyholder account balances are contracts where the amount and timing of the payment is essentially fixed and determinable. These amounts relate to policies where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so, as well as those where the timing of the payments has been determined by the contract. Other contracts involve payment obligations where the timing of future payments is uncertain and where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of or partial withdrawal on a policy or deposit contract, which is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.
 
Excess interest reserves representing purchase accounting adjustments of $836 million have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above as they represent an accounting convention and not a contractual obligation.
 
Amounts presented in the table above represent the estimated cash payments to be made to policyholders undiscounted as to interest and including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and deposits; withdrawals, including unscheduled or partial withdrawals; policy lapses; surrender charges; annuitization; mortality; future interest credited; policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Such estimated cash payments are also presented net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. For obligations denominated in foreign currencies, cash payments have been estimated using current spot rates.
 
The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $176.1 billion exceeds the liability amount of $133.5 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date.
 
See also comments under footnote 1 regarding the source and uncertainties associated with the estimation of the contractual obligations related to future policyholder benefits and policyholder account balances.


112


Table of Contents

 
(3) Other policyholder liabilities is comprised of other policyholder funds, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation. Amounts included in the table above related to these liabilities are as follows:
 
(a) Other policyholder funds includes liabilities for incurred but not reported claims and claims payable on group term life, long-term disability, LTC, and dental; policyholder dividends left on deposit and policyholder dividends due and unpaid related primarily to traditional life and group life and health; premiums received in advance. Liabilities related to unearned revenue of approximately $1.6 billion have been excluded from the cash payments presented in the table above because they reflect an accounting convention and not a contractual obligation. With the exception of policyholder dividends left on deposit, and those items excluded as noted in the preceding sentence, the contractual obligation presented in the table above related to other policyholder funds is equal to the liability reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Such amounts are reported in the one year or less category due to the short-term nature of the liabilities. Contractual obligations on policyholder dividends left on deposit are projected based on assumptions of policyholder withdrawal activity.
 
(b) Policyholder dividends payable consists of liabilities related to dividends payable in the following calendar year on participating policies. As such, the contractual obligation related to policyholder dividends payable is presented in the table above in the less than one year category at the amount of the liability presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
(c) The nature of the policyholder dividend obligation is described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Because the exact timing and amount of the ultimate policyholder dividend obligation is subject to significant uncertainty and the amount of the policyholder dividend obligation is based upon a long-term projection of the performance of the closed block, management has reflected the obligation at the amount of the liability presented in the consolidated balance sheet in the more than five years category. This was done to reflect the long-duration of the liability and the uncertainty of the ultimate cash payment.
 
(4) Amounts presented in the table above for short-term debt, long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities and shares subject to mandatory redemption differ from the balances presented on the consolidated balance sheet as the amounts presented in the table above do not include premiums or discounts upon issuance or purchase accounting fair value adjustments. The amounts presented above also include interest on such obligations as described below.
 
Short-term debt consists principally of 90-day commercial paper, with a remaining maturity of approximately 17 days, and carries a variable rate of interest. The contractual obligation for short-term debt presented in the table above represents the amounts due upon maturity of the commercial paper plus the related variable interest which is calculated using the prevailing rates at December 31, 2006 through the date of maturity without consideration of any further issuances of commercial paper upon maturity of the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2006.
 
Long-term debt bears interest at fixed and variable interest rates through their respective maturity dates. Interest on fixed rate debt was computed using the stated rate on the obligations through maturity. Interest on variable rate debt is computed using prevailing rates at December 31, 2006 and, as such, does not consider the impact of future rate movements.
 
Junior subordinated debt bears interest at fixed interest rates through their respective redemption dates. Interest was computed using the stated rate on the obligation through the scheduled redemption date as it is the Company’s expectation that the debt will be redeemed at that time. Inclusion of interest payments on junior subordinated debt through the final maturity date would increase the contractual obligation by $4.5 billion.
 
Shares subject to mandatory redemption bears interest at fixed interest rates through their respective mandatory redemptions dates. Interest on shares subject to mandatory redemption was computed using the stated fixed rate on the obligation through maturity.
 
Long-term debt also includes payments under capital lease obligations of $11 million, $24 million, $3 million and $24 million, in the less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years categories, respectively.
 
(5) The Company has accepted cash collateral in connection with securities lending and derivative transactions. As the securities lending transaction expire within the next year or the timing of the return of the collateral is


113


Table of Contents

uncertain, the return of the collateral has been included in the less than one year category in the table above. The Company also holds non-cash collateral, which is not reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet, of $453 million as of December 31, 2006.
 
(6) The Company commits to lend funds under mortgage loans, partnerships, bank credit facilities and bridge loans. In the table above, the timing of the funding of mortgage loans is based on the expiration date of the commitment. As it relates to commitments to lend funds to partnerships and under bank credit facilities, the Company anticipates that these amounts could be invested any time over the next five years; however, as the timing of the fulfillment of the obligation cannot be predicted, such obligations are presented in the less than one year category in the table above. Commitments to fund bridge loans are short-term obligations and, as a result, are presented in the less than one year category in the table above. See “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
(7) As a lessee, the Company has various operating leases, primarily for office space. Contractual provisions exist that could increase or accelerate those leases obligations presented, including various leases with early buyouts and/or escalation clauses. However, the impact of any such transactions would not be material to the Company’s financial positions or results of operations. See “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
(8) Other includes those other liability balances which represent contractual obligations as well as other miscellaneous contractual obligations of $67 million not included elsewhere in the table above.
 
Other liabilities presented in the table above is principally comprised of amounts due under reinsurance arrangements, payables related to securities purchased but not yet settled, securities sold short, accrued interest on debt obligations, fair value of derivative obligations, deferred compensation arrangements, guaranty liabilities, the fair value of forward stock purchase contracts, as well as general accruals and accounts payable due under contractual obligations. If the timing of any of the other liabilities was sufficiently uncertain, the amounts were included within the less than one year category.
 
The other liabilities presented in the table above differs from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheet by $5.2 billion due to the exclusion of items such as minority interests, legal contingency reserves, pension and postretirement benefit obligations, taxes due other than income tax, accrued severance and employee incentive compensation and other liabilities such as deferred gains and losses. Such items have been excluded from the table above as they represent accounting conventions or are not liabilities due under contractual obligations.
 
The net funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement liabilities included within other liabilities has been excluded from the amounts presented in the table above. Rather, the amounts presented represent the discretionary contributions of $150 million to be made by the Company to the pension plan in 2007 and the discretionary contributions of $132 million, based on the next year’s expected gross benefit payments to participants, to be made by the Company to the postretirement benefit plans during 2007. Virtually all contributions to the pension and postretirement benefit plans are made by the insurance subsidiaries of the Holding Company with little impact on the Holding Company’s cash flows.
 
See also “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
Separate account liabilities are excluded from the table above. Separate account liabilities represent the fair market value of the funds that are separately administered by the Company. Generally, the separate account owner, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk of these funds. The separate account liabilities are legally segregated and are not subject to the claims that arise out of any other business of the Company. Net deposits, net investment income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses on the separate accounts are not reflected in the consolidated statements of income. The separate account liabilities will be fully funded by cash flows from the separate account assets.
 
The Company also enters into agreements to purchase goods and services in the normal course of business; however, these purchase obligations are not material to its consolidated results of operations or financial position as of December 31, 2006.
 
Additionally, the Company has agreements in place for services it conducts, generally at cost, between subsidiaries relating to insurance, reinsurance, loans, and capitalization. All material intercompany transactions


114


Table of Contents

have appropriately been eliminated in consolidation. Intercompany transactions among insurance subsidiaries and affiliates have been approved by the appropriate departments of insurance as required.
 
Support Agreements.  Metropolitan Life entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with New England Life Insurance Company (“NELICO”) at the time Metropolitan Life merged with New England Mutual Life Insurance Company. Under the agreement, Metropolitan Life agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause NELICO to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than the company action level RBC (or not less than 125% of the company action level RBC, if NELICO has a negative trend), as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of NELICO was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above, and its total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of the parent of General American Life Insurance Company (“General American”), Metropolitan Life entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with General American. Under the agreement, as subsequently amended, Metropolitan Life agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause General American to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 250% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of General American was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above, and its total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
Metropolitan Life has also entered into arrangements for the benefit of some of its other subsidiaries and affiliates to assist such subsidiaries and affiliates in meeting various jurisdictions’ regulatory requirements regarding capital and surplus and security deposits. In addition, Metropolitan Life has entered into a support arrangement with respect to a subsidiary under which Metropolitan Life may become responsible, in the event that the subsidiary becomes the subject of insolvency proceedings, for the payment of certain reinsurance recoverables due from the subsidiary to one or more of its cedents in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable reinsurance agreements.
 
General American has agreed to guarantee certain contractual obligations of its former subsidiaries, Paragon Life Insurance Company (which merged into Metropolitan Life in 2006), MetLife Investors Insurance Company (“MetLife Investors”), First MetLife Investors Insurance Company and MetLife Investors Insurance Company of California (which merged into MetLife Investors in 2006). In addition, General American has entered into a contingent reinsurance agreement with MetLife Investors. Under this agreement, in the event that MetLife Investors’ statutory capital and surplus is less than $10 million or total adjusted capital falls below 180% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, General American would assume as assumption reinsurance, subject to regulatory approvals and required consents, all of MetLife Investors’ life insurance policies and annuity contract liabilities. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of MetLife Investors was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above, and its total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
The Holding Company has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amounts referenced above, and their total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.


115


Table of Contents

 
The Holding Company entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Company Limited (“MSMIC”), an investment in Japan of which the Holding Company owns approximately 50% of the equity. Under the agreement, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause MSMIC to have the amount of capital and surplus necessary for MSMIC to maintain a solvency ratio of at least 400%, as calculated in accordance with the Insurance Business Law of Japan, and to make such loans to MSMIC as may be necessary to ensure that MSMIC has sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. As of the date of the most recent calculation, the capital and surplus of MSMIC was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Travelers, MetLife International Holdings, Inc. (“MIH”), a subsidiary of the Holding Company, committed to the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority that it will provide or procure the provision of additional capital to MetLife General Insurance Limited (“MGIL”), an Australian subsidiary of MIH, to the extent necessary to enable MGIL to meet insurance capital adequacy and solvency requirements. In addition, MetLife International Insurance, Ltd. (“MIIL”), a Bermuda insurance company, was acquired as part of the Travelers transaction. In connection with the assumption of a block of business by MIIL from a company in liquidation in 1995, Citicorp Life Insurance Company (“CLIC”), an affiliate of MIIL and a subsidiary of the Holding Company, agreed with MIIL and the liquidator to make capital contributions to MIIL to ensure that, for so long as any policies in such block remain outstanding, MIIL remains solvent and able to honor the liabilities under such policies. As a result of the merger of CLIC into Metropolitan Life that occurred in October 2006, this became an obligation of Metropolitan Life. In connection with the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company also committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to maintain the minimum capital and surplus of MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina (“MRSC”), formerly The Travelers Life and Annuity Reinsurance Company, at the greater of $250,000 or 10% of net loss reserves (loss reserves less DAC).
 
Management does not anticipate that these arrangements will place any significant demands upon the Company’s liquidity sources.
 
Litigation.  Various litigation, including putative or certified class actions, and various claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed elsewhere herein and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.
 
It is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings or provide reasonable ranges of potential losses except as noted elsewhere herein in connection with specific matters. In some of the matters referred to herein, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcome of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Other.  Based on management’s analysis of its expected cash inflows from operating activities, the dividends it receives from subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life, that are permitted to be paid without prior insurance regulatory approval and its portfolio of liquid assets and other anticipated cash flows, management believes there will be sufficient liquidity to enable the Company to make payments on debt, make cash dividend payments on its common and preferred stock, pay all operating expenses, and meet its cash needs. The nature of the Company’s diverse product portfolio and customer base lessens the likelihood that normal operations will result in any significant strain on liquidity.
 
Consolidated Cash Flows.  Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $1.4 billion to $6.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $8.0 billion for the comparable 2005 period. The decrease in operating


116


Table of Contents

cash flows is primarily due to reinsurance receivables related to the sale of certain small market recordkeeping businesses. Partially offsetting the decrease is an increase in operating cash flows in 2006 over the comparable 2005 period is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Travelers.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.0 billion and $6.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The $1.5 billion increase in operating cash flows in 2005 over the comparable 2004 period was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Travelers, growth in disability, dental, LTC business, group life and retirement & savings, as well as continued growth in the annuity business.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $0.9 billion to $15.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $14.5 billion for the comparable 2005 period. Net cash provided by financing activities increased primarily as a result of an increase of $7.2 billion in the amount of securities lending cash collateral received in connection with the securities lending program, a decrease in long-term debt repayments of $0.7 billion and an increase of short-term debt borrowings of $0.1 billion. Such increases were offset by decreases in financing cash flows resulting from a decrease in issuance of preferred stock, junior subordinated debt securities, and long-term debt aggregating $5.7 billion which were principally used to finance the acquisition of Travelers in 2005 combined with a decrease of $0.9 billion associated with a decrease in net policyholder account balance deposits and an increase of $0.5 billion of treasury stock acquired under the share repurchase program which was resumed in the fourth quarter of 2006.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $14.5 billion and $8.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The $6.2 billion increase in net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 over the comparable 2004 period was primarily attributable to the Holding Company’s funding of the acquisition of Travelers through the issuance of long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities and preferred shares. In addition, there was an increase in the amount of securities lending cash collateral invested in connection with the program. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in net cash provided by PABs, the repayment of previously issued long-term debt, the payment of common stock dividends, the payment of dividends on the preferred shares, the payment of debt and equity issuance costs, and the repurchase of its common stock by RGA.
 
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $3.7 billion to $18.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $22.6 billion for the comparable 2005 period. Net cash used in investing activities in the prior year included cash used to acquire Travelers of $11.0 billion, less cash acquired of $0.9 billion for a net total cash paid of $10.1 billion, which was funded by $6.8 billion in securities issuances and $4.2 billion of cash provided by operations and the sale of invested assets. During the current year, cash available for investment as a result of cash collateral received in connection with the securities lending program increased by $7.2 billion. Cash available from operations and available for investment decreased by $1.4 billion. Cash available for the purchase of invested assets increased by $4.3 billion as a result of the increase in securities lending activities of $7.2 billion as well as a decrease in the cash required for acquisitions of $4.2 billion, offset by the decrease in issuance of preferred stock, junior subordinated debt securities, and long-term debt aggregating $5.7 billion as well as the decrease in cash flow from operations of $1.4 billion. Cash available for investing activities was used to increase purchases of fixed maturity securities, other invested assets, and short-term investments, as well as increase the origination of mortgage and consumer loans and decrease net sales of real estate and real estate joint ventures and equity securities.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $22.6 billion and $14.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The $8.2 billion increase in net cash used in investing activities in 2005 over the comparable 2004 period was primarily due to the acquisition of Travelers and CitiStreet Associates, the increase in net purchases of fixed maturity securities and an increase in the origination of mortgage and consumer loans, primarily in commercial loans, as compared to the 2004 period. This was partially offset by an increase in repayments of mortgage and consumer loans, an increase in sales of equity real estate and a decrease in the cash used for short-term investments. In addition, the 2005 period includes proceeds associated with the sale of SSRM and MetLife Indonesia.


117


Table of Contents

 
The Holding Company
 
Capital
 
Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies — Capital.  The Holding Company and its insured depository institution subsidiary, MetLife Bank, are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. As of their most recently filed reports with the federal banking regulatory agencies, MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank met the minimum capital standards as per federal banking regulatory agencies with all of MetLife Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios meeting the federal banking regulatory agencies’ “well capitalized” standards and all of MetLife, Inc.’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios meeting the “adequately capitalized” standards.
 
The following table contains the RBC ratios and the regulatory requirements for MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company, and MetLife Bank:
 
MetLife, Inc.
RBC Ratios — Bank Holding Company
December 31,
 
                                 
   
                Regulatory
    Regulatory
 
                Requirements
    Requirements
 
    2006     2005     Minimum     “Well Capitalized”  
 
Total RBC Ratio
    9.89%       9.57%       8.00%       10.00 %
Tier 1 RBC Ratio
    9.51%       9.21%       4.00%       6.00 %
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
    5.55%       5.39%       4.00%       n/a  
 
MetLife Bank
RBC Ratios — Bank
December 31,
 
                                 
   
                Regulatory
    Regulatory
 
                Requirements
    Requirements
 
    2006     2005     Minimum     “Well Capitalized”  
 
Total RBC Ratio
    11.44%       11.78%       8.00%       10.00%  
Tier 1 RBC Ratio
    10.88%       11.22%       4.00%       6.00%  
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
    5.98%       5.96%       4.00%       5.00%  
 
Liquidity
 
Liquidity is managed to preserve stable, reliable and cost-effective sources of cash to meet all current and future financial obligations and is provided by a variety of sources, including a portfolio of liquid assets, a diversified mix of short- and long-term funding sources from the wholesale financial markets and the ability to borrow through committed credit facilities. The Holding Company is an active participant in the global financial markets through which it obtains a significant amount of funding. These markets, which serve as cost-effective sources of funds, are critical components of the Holding Company’s liquidity management. Decisions to access these markets are based upon relative costs, prospective views of balance sheet growth and a targeted liquidity profile. A disruption in the financial markets could limit the Holding Company’s access to liquidity.
 
The Holding Company’s ability to maintain regular access to competitively priced wholesale funds is fostered by its current high credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies. Management views its capital ratios, credit quality, stable and diverse earnings streams, diversity of liquidity sources and its liquidity monitoring procedures as critical to retaining high credit ratings.


118


Table of Contents

 
Liquidity is monitored through the use of internal liquidity risk metrics, including the composition and level of the liquid asset portfolio, timing differences in short-term cash flow obligations, access to the financial markets for capital and debt transactions and exposure to contingent draws on the Holding Company’s liquidity.
 
Liquidity Sources
 
Dividends.  The primary source of the Holding Company’s liquidity is dividends it receives from its insurance subsidiaries. The Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the regulators of their respective domiciles. The dividend limitation for U.S. insurance subsidiaries is based on the surplus to policyholders as of the immediately preceding calendar year and statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. Statutory accounting practices, as prescribed by insurance regulators of various states in which the Company conducts business, differ in certain respects from accounting principles used in financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP. The significant differences relate to the treatment of DAC, certain deferred income tax, required investment reserves, reserve calculation assumptions, goodwill and surplus notes.
 
The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid to the Holding Company without insurance regulatory approval and dividends paid to the Holding Company:
 
                                                 
    2005     2006           2007  
    Permitted w/o
          Permitted w/o
                Permitted w/o
 
Company
  Approval(1)     Paid(2)     Approval(1)     Paid(2)           Approval(5)  
 
Metropolitan Life
  $ 880     $ 3,200     $ 863     $ 863             $ 919  
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut
  $     $     $     $ 917       (3 )   $ 690  
Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
  $ 54     $ 927     $ 85     $ 2,300       (4 )   $ 104  
Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company
  $ 187     $ 400     $ 178     $ 300             $ 16  
 
 
(1) Reflects dividend amounts paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.
 
(2) Includes amounts paid including those requiring regulatory approval.
 
(3) Includes a return of capital of $259 million.
 
(4) This dividend reflects the proceeds associated with the sale of Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties to be used for general corporate purposes.
 
(5) Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2007 without prior regulatory approval. If paid before a specified date during 2007, some or all of such dividend amount may require regulatory approval.
 
MetLife Mexico S.A. paid $116 million in dividends to the Holding Company for the year ended December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2006, there were returns of capital of $154 million to the Holding Company from other subsidiaries.
 
Liquid Assets.  An integral part of the Holding Company’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and marketable fixed maturity securities. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company had $3.9 billion and $668 million in liquid assets, respectively.
 
Global Funding Sources.  Liquidity is also provided by a variety of both short-term and long-term instruments, commercial paper, medium- and long-term debt, capital securities and stockholders’ equity. The diversity of the Holding Company’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility and limits dependence on any one source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds. Other sources of the Holding Company’s liquidity include programs for short-and long-term borrowing, as needed.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company had $616 million and $961 million in short-term debt outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company had $7.0 billion and $7.3 billion


119


Table of Contents

of unaffiliated long-term debt outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company had $500 million and $286 million of affiliated long-term debt outstanding, respectively.
 
On April 27, 2005, the Holding Company filed a shelf registration statement (the “2005 Registration Statement”) with the SEC, covering $11 billion of securities. On May 27, 2005, the 2005 Registration Statement became effective, permitting the offer and sale, from time to time, of a wide range of debt and equity securities. In addition to the $11 billion of securities registered on the 2005 Registration Statement, $3.9 billion of registered but unissued securities remained available for issuance by the Holding Company as of such date, from the $5.0 billion shelf registration statement filed with the SEC during the first quarter of 2004, permitting the Holding Company to issue an aggregate of $14.9 billion of registered securities. The terms of any offering will be established at the time of the offering.
 
During December 2006, the Holding Company issued $1.25 billion of junior subordinated debentures under the 2005 Registration Statement. During June 2005, in connection with the Holding Company’s acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company issued $2.0 billion senior notes, $2.07 billion of common equity units and $2.1 billion of preferred stock under the 2005 Registration Statement. In addition, $0.7 billion of senior notes were sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a portion of which may be resold in the United States under the 2005 Registration Statement. Remaining capacity under the 2005 Registration Statement after such issuances is $5.4 billion.
 
Debt Issuances.  On December 21, 2006, the Holding Company issued junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $1.25 billion. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity Sources — Debt Issuances” for further information.
 
On September 29, 2006, the Holding Company issued $204 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 6.07% maturing in 2016.
 
On March 31, 2006, the Holding Company issued $10 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 5.70% maturing in 2016.
 
On December 30, 2005, the Holding Company issued $286 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 5.24% maturing in 2015.
 
On June 23, 2005, the Holding Company issued in the United States public market $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior notes due June 15, 2015 at a discount of $2.7 million ($997.3 million), and $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035 at a discount of $2.4 million ($997.6 million).
 
On June 29, 2005, the Holding Company issued 400 million pounds sterling ($729.2 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior notes due June 29, 2020 at a discount of 4.5 million pounds sterling ($8.1 million at issuance), for aggregate proceeds of 395.5 million pounds sterling ($721.1 million at issuance). The senior notes were initially offered and sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


120


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Holding Company’s outstanding senior notes issuances, excluding any premium or discount:
 
                         
Issue Date
  Principal     Interest Rate     Maturity  
    (In millions)              
 
June 2005
  $ 1,000       5.00 %     2015  
June 2005
  $ 1,000       5.70 %     2035  
June 2005(1)
  $ 783       5.25 %     2020  
December 2004(1)
  $ 686       5.38 %     2024  
June 2004
  $ 350       5.50 %     2014  
June 2004
  $ 750       6.38 %     2034  
November 2003
  $ 500       5.00 %     2013  
November 2003
  $ 200       5.88 %     2033  
December 2002
  $ 400       5.38 %     2012  
December 2002
  $ 600       6.50 %     2032  
November 2001
  $ 750       6.13 %     2011  
 
 
(1) This amount represents the translation of pounds sterling into U.S. dollars using the noon buying rate on December 29, 2006 of $1.9586 as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
See also “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Sources — Common Equity Units” for a description of $2,134 million of junior subordinated debt securities issued in connection with the issuance of common equity units.
 
Preferred Stock.  On June 13, 2005, the Holding Company issued 24 million shares of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A preferred shares”) with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $600 million.
 
On June 16, 2005, the Holding Company issued 60 million shares of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B preferred shares,” together with the Series A preferred shares, collectively, the “Preferred Shares”) with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share for aggregate proceeds of $1.5 billion.
 
The Preferred Shares rank senior to the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are not cumulative. Holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the board. If dividends are declared on the Series A preferred shares, they will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual rate of the greater of: (i) 1.00% above three-month LIBOR on the related LIBOR determination date; or (ii) 4.00%. Any dividends declared on the Series B preferred shares will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual fixed rate of 6.50%. Accordingly, in the event that dividends are not declared on the Preferred Shares for payment on any dividend payment date, then those dividends will cease to accrue and be payable. If a dividend is not declared before the dividend payment date, the Holding Company has no obligation to pay dividends accrued for that dividend period whether or not dividends are declared and paid in future periods. No dividends may, however, be paid or declared on the Holding Company’s common stock — or any other securities ranking junior to the Preferred Shares — unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all Preferred Shares, and any parity stock, have been declared and paid or provided for.
 
The Holding Company is prohibited from declaring dividends on the Preferred Shares if it fails to meet specified capital adequacy, net income and shareholders’ equity levels. In addition, under Federal Reserve Board policy, the Holding Company may not be able to pay dividends if it does not earn sufficient operating income.
 
The Preferred Shares do not have voting rights except in certain circumstances where the dividends have not been paid for an equivalent of six or more dividend payment periods whether or not those periods are consecutive. Under such circumstances, the holders of the Preferred Shares have certain voting rights with respect to members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.


121


Table of Contents

 
The Preferred Shares are not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or similar provisions. The Preferred Shares are redeemable, but not prior to September 15, 2010. On and after that date, subject to regulatory approval, the Preferred Shares will be redeemable at the Holding Company’s option in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $25 per Preferred Share, plus declared and unpaid dividends.
 
See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Uses — Dividends.”
 
Common Equity Units.  In connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, the Holding Company distributed and sold 82.8 million 6.375% common equity units for $2,070 million in proceeds in a registered public offering on June 21, 2005.
 
Each common equity unit has an initial stated amount of $25 per unit and consists of:
 
  •  a 1/80, or 1.25% ($12.50), undivided beneficial ownership interest in a series A trust preferred security of MetLife Capital Trust II (“Series A Trust”), with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000.
 
  •  a 1/80, or 1.25% ($12.50), undivided beneficial ownership interest in a series B trust preferred security of MetLife Capital Trust III (“Series B Trust” and, together with the Series A Trust, the “Trusts”), with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000.
 
  •  a stock purchase contract under which the holder of the common equity unit will purchase and the Holding Company will sell, on each of the initial stock purchase date and the subsequent stock purchase date, a variable number of shares of the Holding Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for a purchase price of $12.50.
 
The Holding Company issued $1,067 million 4.82% Series A and $1,067 million 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 15, 2039 and February 15, 2040, respectively, for a total of $2,134 million, in exchange for $2,070 million in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $64 million in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The common and preferred securities of the Trusts, totaling $2,134 million, represent undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trusts, have no stated maturity and must be redeemed upon maturity of the corresponding series of junior subordinated debt securities — the sole assets of the respective Trusts. The Series A and Series B Trusts will make quarterly distributions on the common and preferred securities at an annual rate of 4.82% and 4.91%, respectively.
 
The Holding Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that there are funds available in the Trusts. The guarantee will remain in place until the full redemption of the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities held by the common equity unit holders are pledged to the Holding Company to collateralize the obligation of the common equity unit holders under the related stock purchase contracts. The common equity unit holder may substitute certain zero coupon treasury securities in place of the trust preferred securities as collateral under the stock purchase contract.
 
The trust preferred securities have remarketing dates which correspond with the initial and subsequent stock purchase dates to provide the holders of the common equity units with the proceeds to exercise the stock purchase contracts. The initial stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2008, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2009, and the subsequent stock purchase date is expected to be February 15, 2009, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2010. At the remarketing date, the remarketing agent will have the ability to reset the interest rate on the trust preferred securities to generate sufficient remarketing proceeds to satisfy the common equity unit holder’s obligation under the stock purchase contract, subject to a reset cap for each of the first two attempted remarketings of each series. The interest rate on the supporting junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Holding Company will be reset at a commensurate rate. If the initial remarketing is unsuccessful, the remarketing agent will attempt to remarket the trust preferred securities, as necessary, in subsequent quarters through February 15, 2009 for the Series A trust preferred securities and through February 15, 2010 for the Series B trust preferred securities. The final attempt at remarketing will not be subject to the reset cap. If all remarketing attempts are unsuccessful, the Holding Company has the right, as a secured party, to apply the liquidation amount on the trust preferred securities to the common equity unit holders obligation under the stock purchase contract and to deliver to the common equity unit holder a junior subordinated debt security payable on


122


Table of Contents

August 15, 2010 at an annual rate of 4.82% and 4.91% on the Series A and Series B trust preferred securities, respectively, in payment of any accrued and unpaid distributions.
 
Each stock purchase contract requires (i) the Holding Company to pay the holder of the common equity unit quarterly contract payments on the stock purchase contracts at the annual rate of 1.510% on the stated amount of $25 per stock purchase contract until the initial stock purchase date and at the annual rate of 1.465% on the remaining stated amount of $12.50 per stock purchase contract thereafter; and (ii) the holder of the common equity unit to purchase, and the Holding Company to sell, for $12.50, on each of the initial stock purchase date and the subsequent stock purchase date, a number of newly issued or treasury shares of the Holding Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, equal to the applicable settlement rate. The settlement rate at the respective stock purchase date will be calculated based on the closing price of the common stock during a specified 20-day period immediately preceding the applicable stock purchase date. Accordingly, upon settlement in the aggregate, the Holding Company will receive proceeds of $2,070 million and issue between 39.0 million and 47.8 million shares of common stock. The stock purchase contract may be exercised at the option of the holder at any time prior to the settlement date. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the minimum settlement rate.
 
Credit Facilities.  The Holding Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities aggregating $3.0 billion ($1.5 billion expiring in each of 2009 and 2010, which it shares with MetLife Funding) as of December 31, 2006. Borrowings under these facilities bear interest at varying rates as stated in the agreements. These facilities are primarily used for general corporate purposes and as back-up lines of credit for the borrowers’ commercial paper programs. At December 31, 2006, there were no borrowings against these credit facilities. At December 31, 2006, $970 million of the unsecured credit facilities support the letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company, all of which is in support of letters of credit issued on behalf of the Holding Company.
 
Committed Facilities.  Information on the capacity and outstanding balances of all committed facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                         
                  Letter of
             
                  Credit
    Unused
    Maturity
 
Account Party
  Expiration       Capacity     Issuances     Commitments     (Years)  
            (In millions)        
 
MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina
  July 2010   (1)   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $       4  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc., & Missouri Re
  June 2016   (2)     500       490       10       10  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025   (1)(3)     225       225             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  March 2025   (1)(3)     250       250             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025   (1)(3)     325       58       267       19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2026   (1)     901       140       761       20  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd.. 
  December 2027   (1)     650       330       320       21  
                                         
Total
          $ 4,851     $ 3,493     $ 1,358          
                                         
 
 
(1) The Holding Company is a guarantor under this agreement.
 
(2) Letters of credit and replacements or renewals thereof issued under this facility of $280 million, $10 million and $200 million will expire no later than December 2015, March 2016 and June 2016, respectively.
 
(3) On June 1, 2006, the letter of credit issuer elected to extend the initial stated termination date of each respective letter of credit to the respective dates indicated.
 
Letters of Credit.  At December 31, 2006, the Holding Company had $970 million in outstanding letters of credit from various banks. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Holding Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.


123


Table of Contents

 
Liquidity Uses
 
The primary uses of liquidity of the Holding Company include debt service, cash dividends on common and preferred stock, capital contributions to subsidiaries, payment of general operating expenses, acquisitions and the repurchase of the Holding Company’s common stock.
 
Dividends.  The table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:
 
                                 
                Dividend  
Declaration Date
  Record Date     Payment Date     Per Share     Aggregate  
                (In millions, except per share data)  
 
October 24, 2006
    November 6, 2006       December 15, 2006     $ 0.59     $ 450  
October 25, 2005
    November 7, 2005       December 15, 2005     $ 0.52     $ 394  
 
Future common stock dividend decisions will be determined by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as the Company’s current earnings, expected medium- and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Holding Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations.
 
Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Preferred Shares is as follows:
 
                                         
            Dividend  
            Series A
    Series A
    Series B
    Series B
 
Declaration Date
  Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate     Per Share     Aggregate  
            (In millions, except per share data)  
 
November 15, 2006
  November 30, 2006   December 15, 2006   $ 0.4038125     $ 10     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 15, 2006
  August 31, 2006   September 15, 2006   $ 0.4043771     $ 10     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
May 16, 2006
  May 31, 2006   June 15, 2006   $ 0.3775833     $ 9     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
March 6, 2006
  February 28, 2006   March 15, 2006   $ 0.3432031     $ 9     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
November 15, 2005
  November 30, 2005   December 15, 2005   $ 0.3077569     $ 8     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 22, 2005
  August 31, 2005   September 15, 2005   $ 0.2865690     $ 7     $ 0.4017361     $ 24  
 
See “— Subsequent Events.”
 
Affiliated Capital Transactions.  During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company invested an aggregate of $1.8 billion and $904 million, respectively, in various affiliated transactions.
 
On December 12, 2005, RGA repurchased 1.6 million shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate price of $76 million under an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the stock sold to RGA from third parties and purchased the shares in the open market over the subsequent few months to return to the lenders. RGA would either pay or receive an amount based on the actual amount paid by the bank to purchase the shares. These repurchases resulted in an increase in the Company’s ownership percentage of RGA to approximately 53% at December 31, 2005 from approximately 52% at December 31, 2004. In February 2006, the final purchase price was determined, resulting in a cash settlement substantially equal to the aggregate cost. RGA recorded the initial repurchase of shares as treasury stock and recorded the amount received as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s ownership was approximately 53% of RGA.


124


Table of Contents

 
The Holding Company lends funds, as necessary, to its affiliates, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to affiliates and consisted of the following at:
 
                             
    Interest
        December 31,  
Affiliate
  Rate     Maturity Date   2006     2005  
              (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life
    7.13%     December 15, 2032   $ 400     $ 400  
Metropolitan Life
    7.13%     January 15, 2033     100       100  
Metropolitan Life
    5.00%     December 31, 2007     800       800  
MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company
    7.35%     April 1, 2035     400       400  
                             
Total
              $ 1,700     $ 1,700  
                             
 
Debt Repayments.  The Holding Company repaid a $500 million 5.25% senior note which matured on December 1, 2006 and a $1,006 million 3.911% senior note which matured on May 15, 2005.
 
Share Repurchase.  On October 26, 2004, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $1 billion common stock repurchase program, of which $216 million remained as of December 31, 2006. On February 27, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1 billion common stock repurchase program. Upon the date of this authorization, the amount remaining under these repurchase programs is approximately $1.2 billion. Under these authorizations, the Holding Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and in privately negotiated transactions. As a result of the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company had suspended its common stock repurchase activity. During the fourth quarter of 2006, as announced, the Holding Company resumed its share repurchase program.
 
On December 1, 2006, the Holding Company repurchased 3,993,024 shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate cost of $232 million under an accelerated common stock repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the common stock sold to the Holding Company from third parties and purchased the common stock in the open market to return to such third parties. In February 2007, the Holding Company paid a cash adjustment of $8 million for a final purchase price of $240 million. The Holding Company recorded the shares initially repurchased as treasury stock and recorded the amount paid as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock.
 
On December 16, 2004, the Holding Company repurchased 7,281,553 shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate cost of $300 million under an accelerated common stock repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the stock sold to the Holding Company from third parties and purchased the common stock in the open market to return to such third parties. In April 2005, the Holding Company received a cash adjustment of $7 million based on the actual amount paid by the bank to purchase the common stock, for a final purchase price of $293 million. The Holding Company recorded the shares initially repurchased as treasury stock and recorded the amount received as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock.
 
The following table summarizes the 2006, 2005 and 2004 common stock repurchase activity of the Holding Company, which includes the accelerated common stock repurchase agreements in the fourth quarters of 2006 and 2004:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions, except number of shares)  
 
Shares repurchased
    8,608,824            —       26,373,952  
Cost
  $ 500     $     $ 1,000  
 
Future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock.
 
Support Agreements.  The Holding Company has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements,


125


Table of Contents

as subsequently amended, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amounts referenced above, and their total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to maintain the minimum capital and surplus of MRSC, formerly The Travelers Life and Annuity Reinsurance Company, at the greater of $250,000 or 10% of net loss reserves (loss reserves less deferred policy acquisition costs).
 
The Holding Company entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with MSMIC, an investment in Japan of which the Holding Company owns approximately 50% of the equity. Under the agreement, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause MSMIC to have the amount of capital and surplus necessary for MSMIC to maintain a solvency ratio of at least 400%, as calculated in accordance with the Insurance Business Law of Japan, and to make such loans to MSMIC as may be necessary to ensure that MSMIC has sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. As of the date of the most recent calculation, the capital and surplus of MSMIC was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above.
 
Based on management’s analysis and comparison of its current and future cash inflows from the dividends it receives from subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life, that are permitted to be paid without prior insurance regulatory approval, its portfolio of liquid assets, anticipated securities issuances and other anticipated cash flows, management believes there will be sufficient liquidity to enable the Holding Company to make payments on debt, make cash dividend payments on its common and preferred stock, contribute capital to its subsidiaries, pay all operating expenses and meet its cash needs.
 
Subsequent Events
 
On February 27, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1 billion common stock repurchase program. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Uses — Share Repurchase” for further information.
 
On February 16, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors announced dividends of $0.3975000 per share, for a total of $10 million, on its Series A preferred shares, and $0.4062500 per share, for a total of $24 million, on its Series B preferred shares, subject to the final confirmation that it has met the financial tests specified in the Series A and Series B preferred shares, which the Holding Company anticipates will be made on or about March 5, 2007, the earliest date permitted in accordance with the terms of the securities. Both dividends will be payable March 15, 2007 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2007.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments
 
The Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $3.0 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company anticipates that these amounts will be invested in partnerships over the next five years. There are no other obligations or liabilities arising from such arrangements that are reasonably likely to become material.
 
Mortgage Loan Commitments
 
The Company commits to lend funds under mortgage loan commitments. The amounts of these mortgage loan commitments were $4.0 billion and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The purpose of these


126


Table of Contents

loans is to enhance the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. There are no other obligations or liabilities arising from such arrangements that are reasonably likely to become material.
 
Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities and Bridge Loans
 
The Company commits to lend funds under bank credit facilities and bridge loans. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $1.9 billion and $346 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The purpose of these commitments and any related fundings is to enhance the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. There are no other obligations or liabilities arising from such arrangements that are reasonably likely to become material.
 
Lease Commitments
 
The Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, data processing and other equipment. The Company’s commitments under such lease agreements are included within the contractual obligations table. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity Uses — Investment and Other.”
 
Credit Facilities and Letters of Credit
 
The Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities and letters of credit with various financial institutions. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity Sources — Credit Facilities” and “— Letters of Credit” for further descriptions of such arrangements.
 
Share-Based Arrangements
 
In connection with the issuance of the common equity units, the Holding Company has issued forward stock purchase contracts under which the Holding Company will issue, in 2008 and 2009, between 39.0 and 47.8 million shares, depending upon whether the share price is greater than $43.45 and less than $53.10. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity Sources — Common Equity Units.”
 
Guarantees
 
In the normal course of its business, the Company has provided certain indemnities, guarantees and commitments to third parties pursuant to which it may be required to make payments now or in the future. In the context of acquisition, disposition, investment and other transactions, the Company has provided indemnities and guarantees, including those related to tax, environmental and other specific liabilities, and other indemnities and guarantees that are triggered by, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by the Company. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company provides indemnifications to counterparties in contracts with triggers similar to the foregoing, as well as for certain other liabilities, such as third party lawsuits. These obligations are often subject to time limitations that vary in duration, including contractual limitations and those that arise by operation of law, such as applicable statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation under the indemnities and guarantees is subject to a contractual limitation ranging from less than $1 million to $2 billion, with a cumulative maximum of $3.6 billion, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. Since certain of these obligations are not subject to limitations, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.
 
In addition, the Company indemnifies its directors and officers as provided in its charters and by-laws. Also, the Company indemnifies its agents for liabilities incurred as a result of their representation of the Company’s interests. Since these indemnities are generally not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these indemnities in the future.
 
The Company has also guaranteed minimum investment returns on certain international retirement funds in accordance with local laws. Since these guarantees are not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount,


127


Table of Contents

the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company did not record any additional liabilities for indemnities, guarantees and commitments. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company eliminated $4 million of a liability that was previously recorded with respect to indemnities provided in connection with a certain disposition. The Company’s recorded liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 for indemnities, guarantees and commitments were $5 million and $9 million, respectively.
 
In connection with synthetically created investment transactions, the Company writes credit default swap obligations requiring payment of principal due in exchange for the referenced credit obligation, depending on the nature or occurrence of specified credit events for the referenced entities. In the event of a specified credit event, the Company’s maximum amount at risk, assuming the value of the referenced credits becomes worthless, was $396 million at December 31, 2006. The credit default swaps expire at various times during the next ten years.
 
Other Commitments
 
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”) is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the “FHLB of Boston”) and holds $70 million of common stock of the FHLB of Boston, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. MICC has also entered into several funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston whereby MICC has issued such funding agreements in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of Boston has been granted a blanket lien on MICC’s residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MICC’s obligations under the funding agreements. MICC maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. The funding agreements and the related security agreement represented by this blanket lien provide that upon any event of default by MICC, the FHLB of Boston’s recovery is limited to the amount of MICC’s liability under the outstanding funding agreements. The amount of the Company’s liability for funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston was $926 million and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in PABs.
 
MetLife Bank is a member of the FHLB of NY and holds $54 million and $43 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. MetLife Bank has also entered into repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has issued repurchase agreements in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on MetLife Bank’s residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s obligations under the repurchase agreements. MetLife Bank maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. The repurchase agreements and the related security agreement represented by this blanket lien provide that upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the outstanding repurchase agreements. The amount of the Company’s liability for repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY was $998 million and $855 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in long-term debt.
 
Metropolitan Life is a member of the FHLB of NY and holds $136 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Metropolitan Life had no funding agreements with the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2006 or 2005.
 
Collateral for Securities Lending
 
The Company has non-cash collateral for securities lending on deposit from customers, which cannot be sold or repledged, and which has not been recorded on its consolidated balance sheets. The amount of this collateral was $100 million and $207 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


128


Table of Contents

 
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
Description of Plans
 
Plan Description Overview
 
The Subsidiaries sponsor and/or administer various qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement employee benefit plans covering employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities, for each account balance. As of December 31, 2006, virtually all of the Subsidiaries’ obligations have been calculated using the traditional formula. The non-qualified pension plans provide supplemental benefits, in excess of amounts permitted by governmental agencies, to certain executive level employees.
 
The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for a covered subsidiary, may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees or their beneficiaries contribute a portion of the total cost of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy postretirement medical benefits.
 
Financial Summary
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (“SFAS 87”), as amended, establishes the accounting for pension plan obligations. Under SFAS 87, the projected pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) is defined as the actuarially calculated present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on future salary levels. The accumulated pension benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on current salary levels. The PBO and ABO of the pension plans are set forth in the following section.
 
Prior to December 31, 2006, SFAS 87 also required the recognition of an additional minimum pension liability and an intangible asset (limited to unrecognized prior service cost) if the market value of pension plan assets was less than the ABO at the measurement date. The excess of the additional minimum pension liability over the allowable intangible asset was charged, net of taxes, to accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company’s additional minimum pension liability was $78 million, and the intangible asset was $12 million, at December 31, 2005. The excess of the additional minimum pension liability over the intangible asset of $66 million ($41 million, net of income tax) was recorded as a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s additional minimum pension liability was $92 million. The minimum pension liability of $59 million, net of income tax of $33 million, was recorded as a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
SFAS No. 106, Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions, as amended, (“SFAS 106”), establishes the accounting for expected postretirement plan benefit obligations (“EPBO”) which represents the actuarial present value of all postretirement benefits expected to be paid after retirement to employees and their dependents. Unlike the PBO for pensions, the EPBO is not recorded in the financial statements but is used in measuring the periodic expense. The accumulated postretirement plan benefit obligations (“APBO”) represents the actuarial present value of future postretirement benefits attributed to employee services rendered through a particular date. The APBO is recorded in the financial statements and is set forth below.
 
As described more fully in “ — Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements”, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and SFAS No. 132(r) (“SFAS 158”), effective December 31, 2006. Upon adoption, the Company was required to recognize in the consolidated balance sheet the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Funded status is measured as the difference between the fair


129


Table of Contents

value of plan assets and the benefit obligation, which is the PBO for pension plans and the APBO for other postretirement plans. The change to recognize funded status eliminated the additional minimum pension liability provisions of SFAS 87. In addition, the Company recognized as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, those amounts of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and the remaining net transition asset or obligation that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit cost as of the date of adoption. The adoption of SFAS 158 resulted in a reduction of $744 million, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included as a component of total consolidated stockholders’ equity. The following table summarizes the adjustments to the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet in order to effect the adoption of SFAS 158.
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
          Additional
             
          Minimum
             
    Pre
    Pension
    Adoption of
    Post
 
    SFAS 158
    Liability
    SFAS 158
    SFAS 158
 
Balance Sheet Caption
  Adjustments     Adjustment     Adjustment     Adjustments  
    (In millions)  
 
Other assets: Prepaid pension benefit cost
  $ 1,937     $     $ (993 )   $ 944  
Other assets: Intangible asset
  $ 12     $ (12 )   $     $  
Other liabilities: Accrued pension benefit cost
  $ (505 )   $ (14 )   $ (79 )   $ (598 )
Other liabilities: Accrued other postretirement benefit cost
  $ (802 )   $     $ (99 )   $ (901 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax:
                               
Defined benefit plans
  $ (66 )   $ (26 )   $ (1,171 )   $ (1,263 )
Minority interest
          $     $ 8          
Deferred income tax
          $ 8     $ 419          
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax:
                               
Defined benefit plans
  $ (41 )   $ (18 )   $ (744 )   $ (803 )
                                 
 
A December 31 measurement date is used for all the Company’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans.


130


Table of Contents

 
The benefit obligations and funded status of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans, as determined in accordance with the applicable provisions described above, were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
          Other
 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Benefits  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 5,959     $ 5,766     $ 2,073     $ 2,176  
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    6,305       5,518       1,172       1,093  
                                 
Funded status at end of year
  $ 346       (248 )   $ (901 )     (1,083 )
                                 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gains) losses
            1,528               377  
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)
            54               (122 )
Unrecognized net asset at transition
                          1  
                                 
Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized
          $ 1,334             $ (827 )
                                 
Components of net amount recognized:
                               
Qualified plan prepaid benefit cost
          $ 1,696             $  
Non-qualified plan accrued benefit cost
            (362 )             (827 )
                                 
Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized
            1,334               (827 )
Intangible asset
            12                
Additional minimum pension liability
            (78 )              
                                 
Net amount recognized
          $ 1,268             $ (827 )
                                 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet consist of:
                               
Other assets
  $ 944     $ 1,708     $     $  
Other liabilities
    (598 )     (440 )     (901 )     (827 )
                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ 346     $ 1,268     $ (901 )   $ (827 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:
                               
Net actuarial (gains) losses
  $ 1,123     $     $ 328     $  
Prior service cost (credit)
    41             (230 )      
Net asset at transition
                1        
Additional minimum pension liability
          66              
                                 
      1,164       66       99        
Deferred income tax and minority interest
    (423 )     (25 )     (37 )      
                                 
    $ 741     $ 41     $ 62     $  
                                 


131


Table of Contents

The aggregate projected benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for the pension plans were as follows:
 
                                                 
    Qualified Plan     Non-Qualified Plan     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Aggregate fair value of plan assets (principally Company contracts)
  $ 6,305     $ 5,518     $     $     $ 6,305     $ 5,518  
Aggregate projected benefit obligation
    5,381       5,258       578       508       5,959       5,766  
                                                 
Over (under) funded status
  $ 924     $ 260     $ (578 )   $ (508 )   $ 346     $ (248 )
                                                 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $5,505 million and $5,349 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005,respectively.
 
Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 594     $ 538  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 501     $ 449  
Fair value of plan assets
  $     $ 19  
 
Information for pension and other postretirement plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
          (In millions)        
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 623     $ 538     $ 2,073     $ 2,176  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 25     $ 19     $ 1,172     $ 1,093  
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations
 
Pension Plan Obligations
 
Obligations, both PBO and ABO, of the defined benefit pension plans are determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary. Some of the more significant of these assumptions include the discount rate used to determine the present value of future benefit payments, the expected rate of compensation increases and average expected retirement age.
 
Assumptions used in determining pension plan obligations were as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
    2006   2005
 
Weighted average discount rate
  6.00%   5.82%
Rate of compensation increase
  3% - 8%   3% - 8%
Average expected retirement age
  61   61
 
The discount rate is determined annually based on the yield, measured on a yield to worst basis, of a hypothetical portfolio constructed of high-quality debt instruments available on the valuation date, which would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the aggregate PBO when due. The yield of this hypothetical portfolio, constructed of bonds rated AA or better by Moody’s Investors Services resulted in a discount rate of approximately 6.00% and 5.82% for the defined pension plans as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


132


Table of Contents

 
A decrease (increase) in the discount rate increases (decreases) the PBO. This increase (decrease) to the PBO is amortized into earnings as an actuarial loss (gain). Based on the December 31, 2006 PBO, a 25 basis point decrease (increase) in the discount rate would result in an increase (decrease) in the PBO of approximately $180 million. At the end of 2006, total net actuarial losses were $1,123 million, as compared to $1,528 million in 2005. The majority of these net actuarial losses are due to lower discount rates in recent years. These losses will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the benefit plans. At the end of 2006, the average remaining service period of active employees was 8.2 years for the pension plans.
 
As the benefits provided under the defined pension plans are calculated as a percentage of future earnings, an assumption of future compensation increases is required to determine the projected benefit obligation. These rates are derived through periodic analysis of historical demographic data conducted by an independent actuarial firm. The last review of such data was conducted using salary information through 2003 and the Company believes that no circumstances have subsequently occurred that would result in a material change to the compensation rate assumptions.
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations
 
The APBO is determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary. Some of the more significant of these assumptions include the discount rate, the healthcare cost trend rate and the average expected retirement age. The determination of the discount rate and the average expected retirement age are substantially consistent with the determination described previously for the pension plans.
 
The assumed healthcare cost trend rates used in measuring the APBO were as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
    2006   2005
 
Pre-Medicare eligible claims
  9.0% down to 5% in 2014   9.5% down to 5% in 2014
Medicare eligible claims
  11.0% down to 5% in 2018   11.5% down to 5% in 2018
 
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One Percent
    One Percent
 
    Increase     Decrease  
    (In millions)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ 14     $ (12 )
Effect of accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 176     $ (147 )
 
A decrease (increase) in the discount rate increases (decreases) the APBO. This increase (decrease) to the APBO is amortized into earnings as an actuarial loss (gain). Based on the December 31, 2006 APBO, a 25 basis point decrease (increase) in the discount rate would result in an increase (decrease) in the APBO of approximately $60 million.
 
At the end of 2006, total net actuarial losses were $328 million, as compared to $377 million in 2005. The majority of the net actuarial losses are due to lower discount rates in recent years, an increase in expected healthcare inflation and changes in demographic assumptions. These losses will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the other postretirement benefit plans. At the end of 2006, the average remaining service period of active employees was 9.6 years for the other postretirement benefit plans.
 
The Company began receiving subsidies on prescription drug benefits during 2006 under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Prescription Drug Act”). The APBO was remeasured effective July 1, 2004 in order to determine the effect of the expected subsidies on net periodic other postretirement benefit cost. As a result, the APBO was reduced by $213 million at July 1, 2004. A summary of the


133


Table of Contents

reduction to the APBO and related reductions in the components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost is as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Cumulative reduction in benefit obligation:
                       
Beginning of year
  $ 298     $ 230     $  
Service cost
    6       6       3  
Interest cost
    19       16       6  
Net actuarial gains (losses)
    15       46       221  
Prescription drug subsidy
    (10 )            
                         
End of year
  $ 328     $ 298     $ 230  
                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Reduction in net periodic benefit cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 6     $ 6     $ 3  
Interest cost
    19       16       6  
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses)
    30       23       8  
                         
Total reduction in net periodic benefit cost
  $ 55     $ 45     $ 17  
                         
 
The Company received subsidies of $8 million for prescription claims processed from January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2006 and expects to receive an additional $2 million in 2007 for prescription claims processed October 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
Pension Cost
 
Net periodic pension cost is comprised of the following:
 
  i)  Service Cost — Service cost is the increase in the projected pension benefit obligation resulting from benefits payable to employees of the Subsidiaries on service rendered during the current year.
 
  ii)  Interest Cost on the Liability — Interest cost is the time value adjustment on the projected pension benefit obligation at the end of each year.
 
  iii)  Expected Return on Plan Assets — Expected return on plan assets is the assumed return earned by the accumulated pension fund assets in a particular year.
 
  iv)  Amortization of Prior Service Cost — This cost relates to the increase or decrease to pension benefit cost for service provided in prior years due to amendments in plans or initiation of new plans. As the economic benefits of these costs are realized in the future periods, these costs are amortized to pension expense over the expected service years of the employees.
 
  v)  Amortization of Net Actuarial Gains or Losses — Actuarial gains and losses result from differences between the actual experience and the expected experience on pension plan assets or projected pension benefit obligation during a particular period. These gains and losses are accumulated and, to the extent they exceed 10% of the greater of the projected pension benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets, they are amortized into pension expense over the expected service years of the employees.


134


Table of Contents

 
The Subsidiaries recognized pension expense of $180 million in 2006 as compared to $146 million in 2005 and $129 million in 2004. The major components of net periodic pension cost described above were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 163     $ 142     $ 129  
Interest cost
    335       318       311  
Expected return on plan assets
    (454 )     (446 )     (428 )
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses
    125       116       101  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
    11       16       16  
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 180     $ 146     $ 129  
                         
 
The increase in expense was primarily a result of both increases in service and interest cost and amortization of net actuarial losses resulting largely from lower discount rates, partially offset by the impact of an increase in the expected return on plan assets due to a larger plan assets base.
 
The estimated net actuarial losses and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $54 million and $12 million, respectively.
 
The weighted average discount rate used to calculate the net periodic pension cost was 5.82%, 5.83% and 6.10% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The weighted average expected rate of return on pension plan assets used to calculate the net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was 8.25%, 8.50% and 8.50%, respectively. The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated performance of the various asset sectors in which the plan invests, weighted by target allocation percentages. Anticipated future performance is based on long-term historical returns of the plan assets by sector, adjusted for the Subsidiaries’ long-term expectations on the performance of the markets. While the precise expected return derived using this approach will fluctuate from year to year, the Subsidiaries’ policy is to hold this long-term assumption constant as long as it remains within reasonable tolerance from the derived rate. The actual net return on the investments has been an approximation of the estimated return for the pension plan in 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
Based on the December 31, 2006 asset balances, a 25 basis point increase (decrease) in the expected rate of return on plan assets would result in a decrease (increase) in net periodic benefit cost of $15 million for the pension plans.
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Cost
 
The net periodic other postretirement benefit cost consists of the following:
 
  i)  Service Cost — Service cost is the increase in the expected postretirement plan benefit obligation resulting from benefits payable to employees of the Subsidiaries on service rendered during the current year.
 
  ii)  Interest Cost on the Liability — Interest cost is the time value adjustment on the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of each year.
 
  iii)  Expected Return on Plan Assets — Expected return on plan assets is the assumed return earned by the accumulated other postretirement fund assets in a particular year.
 
  iv)  Amortization of Prior Service Cost — This cost relates to the increase or decrease to other postretirement benefit cost for service provided in prior years due to amendments in plans or initiation of new plans. As the economic benefits of these costs are realized in the future periods these costs are amortized to other postretirement benefit expense over the expected service years of the employees.


135


Table of Contents

 
  v)  Amortization of Net Actuarial Gains or Losses — Actuarial gains and losses result from differences between the actual experience and the expected experience on other postretirement benefit plan assets or expected postretirement plan benefit obligation during a particular year. These gains and losses are accumulated and, to the extent they exceed 10% of the greater of the accumulated postretirement plan benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets, they are amortized into other postretirement benefit expense over the expected service years of the employees.
 
The Subsidiaries recognized other postretirement benefit expense of $60 million in 2006 as compared to $77 million in 2005 and $62 million in 2004. The major components of net periodic other postretirement benefit cost described above were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 35     $ 37     $ 32  
Interest cost
    117       121       119  
Expected return on plan assets
    (79 )     (79 )     (77 )
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses
    23       15       7  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
    (36 )     (17 )     (19 )
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 60     $ 77     $ 62  
                         
 
The increase in expense from 2004 to 2005 was primarily a result of increases in service and interest cost as well as increased amortization of net actuarial losses resulting largely from lower discount rates. Despite a continued increase in amortization of net actuarial losses due to lower discount rates in recent years, the other postretirement benefit expense decreased from 2005 to 2006 due to changes in plan benefits that resulted in decreased service and interest cost and increases in amortization of prior service credits.
 
The estimated net actuarial losses and prior service credit for the other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $14 million and $36 million, respectively.
 
The weighted average discount rate used to calculate the net periodic postretirement cost was 5.82%, 5.98% and 6.20% for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets used to calculate the net other postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was 7.42%, 7.51% and 7.91%, respectively. The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated performance of the various asset sectors in which the plan invests, weighted by target allocation percentages. Anticipated future performance is based on long-term historical returns of the plan assets by sector, adjusted for the Subsidiaries’ long-term expectations on the performance of the markets. While the precise expected return derived using this approach will fluctuate from year to year, the Subsidiaries’ policy is to hold this long-term assumption constant as long as it remains within reasonable tolerance from the derived rate. The actual net return on the investments has been an approximation of the estimated return for the other postretirement plans in 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
Based on the December 31, 2006 asset balances, a 25 basis point increase (decrease) in the expected rate of return on plan assets would result in a decrease (increase) in net periodic benefit cost of $3 million for the other postretirement plans.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
 
Pension Plan Assets
 
Substantially all assets of the pension plans are invested within group annuity and life insurance contracts issued by the Subsidiaries. The majority of assets are held in separate accounts established by the Subsidiaries. The account values of assets held with the Subsidiaries were $6,205 million and $5,432 million as of December 31, 2006


136


Table of Contents

and 2005, respectively. The terms of these contracts are consistent in all material respects with those the Subsidiaries offer to unaffiliated parties that are similarly situated.
 
Net assets invested in separate accounts are stated at the aggregate fair value of units of participation. Such value reflects accumulated contributions, dividends and realized and unrealized investment gains or losses apportioned to such contributions, less withdrawals, distributions, allocable expenses relating to the purchase, sale and maintenance of the assets and an allocable part of such separate accounts’ investment expenses.
 
Separate account investments in fixed income and equity securities are generally carried at published market value, or if published market values are not readily available, at estimated market values. Investments in short-term fixed income securities are generally reflected as cash equivalents and carried at fair value. Real estate investments are carried at estimated fair value based on appraisals performed by third-party real estate appraisal firms, and generally, determined by discounting projected cash flows over periods of time and at interest rates deemed appropriate for each investment. Information on the physical value of the property and the sales prices of comparable properties is used to corroborate fair value estimates. Estimated fair value of hedge fund net assets is generally determined by third-party pricing vendors using quoted market prices or through the use of pricing models which are affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, market supply and demand, market volatility and liquidity.
 
The following table summarizes the actual and target weighted-average allocations of pension plan assets within the separate accounts:
 
                     
    December 31,
    Weighted
    Weighted
    Average
    Average
    Actual
    Target
    Allocation     Allocation
    2006     2005     2007
 
Asset Category
                   
Equity securities
    42 %     47 %   30% - 65%
Fixed maturities
    42 %     37 %   20% - 70%
Other
    16 %     16 %   0% - 25%
                     
Total
    100 %     100 %    
                     
 
Target allocations of assets are determined with the objective of maximizing returns and minimizing volatility of net assets through adequate asset diversification. Adjustments are made to target allocations based on an assessment of the impact of economic factors and market conditions
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
 
Substantially all assets of the other postretirement benefit plans are invested within life insurance and reserve contracts issued by the Subsidiaries. The majority of assets are held in separate accounts established by the Subsidiaries. The account values of assets held with the Subsidiaries were $1,116 million and $1,039 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The terms of these contracts are consistent in all material respects with those the Subsidiaries offer to unaffiliated parties that are similarly situated.
 
The valuation of separate accounts and the investments within such separate accounts invested in by the other postretirement plans are similar to that described in the preceding section on pension plans.


137


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the actual and target weighted-average allocations of other postretirement benefit plan assets within the separate accounts:
 
                     
    December 31,
    Weighted
    Weighted
    Average
    Average
    Actual
    Target
    Allocation     Allocation
    2006     2005     2007
 
Asset Category
                   
Equity securities
    37 %     42 %   30% - 45%
Fixed maturities
    57 %     53 %   45% - 70%
Other
    6 %     5 %   0% - 10%
                     
Total
    100 %     100 %    
                     
 
Target allocations of assets are determined with the objective of maximizing returns and minimizing volatility of net assets through adequate asset diversification. Adjustments are made to target allocations based on an assessment of the impact of economic factors and market conditions.
 
Funding and Cash Flows of Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations
 
Pension Plan Obligations
 
It is the Subsidiaries’ practice to make contributions to the qualified pension plans to comply with minimum funding requirements of the ERISA, as amended, and/or to maintain a fully funded ABO. In accordance with such practice, no contributions were required for the years ended December 31, 2006 or 2005. No contributions will be required for 2007. The Subsidiaries elected to make discretionary contributions to the qualified pension plans of $350 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. No contributions were made during the year ended December 31, 2005. The Subsidiaries expect to make additional discretionary contributions of $150 million in 2007.
 
Benefit payments due under the non-qualified pension plans are funded from the Subsidiaries’ general assets as they become due under the provision of the plans. These payments totaled $38 million and $35 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These benefit payments are expected to be at approximately the same level in 2007.
 
Gross pension benefit payments for the next ten years, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be as follows:
 
         
    Pension
 
    Benefits  
    (In millions)  
 
2007
  $ 337  
2008
  $ 349  
2009
  $ 367  
2010
  $ 372  
2011
  $ 385  
2012-2016
  $ 2,141  
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations
 
Other postretirement benefits represent a non-vested, non-guaranteed obligation of the Subsidiaries and current regulations do not require specific funding levels for these benefits. While the Subsidiaries have funded such plans in advance, it has been the Subsidiaries’ practice to use their general assets to pay claims as they come due in lieu of utilizing plan assets. These payments totaled $152 million and $160 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


138


Table of Contents

 
The Subsidiaries’ expect to make contributions of $132 million, based upon expected gross benefit payments, towards the other postretirement plan obligations in 2007. As noted previously, the Subsidiaries expect to receive subsidies under the Prescription Drug Act to partially offset such payments.
 
Gross other postretirement benefit payments for the next ten years, which reflect expected future service where appropriate, and gross subsidies to be received under the Prescription Drug Act are expected to be as follows:
 
                         
    Gross
    Prescription
    Net
 
    Benefits     Drug Subsidies     Benefits  
    (In millions)  
 
2007
  $ 132     $ (14 )   $ 118  
2008
  $ 137     $ (14 )   $ 123  
2009
  $ 142     $ (15 )   $ 127  
2010
  $ 148     $ (16 )   $ 132  
2011
  $ 154     $ (16 )   $ 138  
2012-2016
  $ 837     $ (98 )   $ 739  
 
Insolvency Assessments
 
Most of the jurisdictions in which the Company is admitted to transact business require life insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed life insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. Assets and liabilities held for insolvency assessments are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Other Assets:
               
Premium tax offset for future undiscounted assessments
  $ 45     $ 45  
Premium tax offsets currently available for paid assessments
    7       8  
Receivable for reimbursement of paid assessments(1)
    10       10  
                 
    $ 62     $ 63  
                 
Liability:
               
Insolvency assessments
  $ 90     $ 90  
                 
 
 
(1) The Company holds a receivable from the seller of a prior acquisition in accordance with the purchase agreement.
 
Assessments levied against the Company were $2 million, $4 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on its consolidated results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect interest rates.


139


Table of Contents

 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Plans
 
Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 158. The pronouncement revises financial reporting standards for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans by requiring the:
 
  (i)    recognition in the statement of financial position of the funded status of defined benefit plans measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for other postretirement plans;
 
  (ii)   recognition as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, those amounts of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and net asset or obligation at transition that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit costs as of the end of the year of adoption;
 
  (iii)   recognition of subsequent changes in funded status as a component of other comprehensive income;
 
  (iv)   measurement of benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the statement of financial position; and
 
  (v)    disclosure of additional information about the effects on the employer’s statement of financial position.
 
The adoption of SFAS 158 resulted in a reduction of $744 million, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included as a component of total consolidated stockholders’ equity. As the Company’s measurement date for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans is already December 31 there is no impact of adoption due to changes in measurement date.
 
Stock Compensation Plans
 
As described previously, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(r) including supplemental application guidance issued by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, Share-Based Payment (“SAB 107”) — using the modified prospective transition method. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated. SFAS 123(r) requires that the cost of all stock-based transactions be measured at fair value and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide goods or services in exchange for the award. The Company had previously adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards as prescribed by SFAS 123 on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2003, and prior to January 1, 2003, accounted for its stock-based awards to employees under the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25. The Company did not modify the substantive terms of any existing awards prior to adoption of SFAS 123(r).
 
Under the modified prospective transition method, compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (a) compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted beginning January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(r).
 
The adoption of SFAS 123(r) did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as all stock-based awards accounted for under the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25 had vested prior to the adoption date and the Company had adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 on January 1, 2003. As required by SFAS 148, and carried forward in the provisions of SFAS 123(r), the Company discloses the pro forma impact as if stock-based awards accounted for under APB 25 had been accounted for under the fair value method.
 
SFAS 123 allowed forfeitures of stock-based awards to be recognized as a reduction of compensation expense in the period in which the forfeiture occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS 123(r), the Company changed its policy and now incorporates an estimate of future forfeitures into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period. The impact of this change in accounting policy was not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.


140


Table of Contents

 
Additionally, for awards granted after adoption, the Company changed its policy from recognizing expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period to recognizing such expense over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement-eligibility.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(r), the Company presented tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options within operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123(r) requires tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options be classified and reported as a financing cash inflow upon adoption of SFAS 123(r).
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company has adopted guidance relating to derivative financial instruments as follows:
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments (“SFAS 155”). SFAS 155 amends SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging (“SFAS 133”) and SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS 140”). SFAS 155 allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole, eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host, if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. In addition, among other changes, SFAS 155:
 
  (i)    clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS 133;
 
  (ii)   establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation;
 
  (iii)   clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and
 
  (iv)   amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial interest.
 
The adoption of SFAS 155 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  Effective October 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B40, Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Securitized Interests in Prepayable Financial Assets (“Issue B40”). Issue B40 clarifies that a securitized interest in prepayable financial assets is not subject to the conditions in paragraph 13(b) of SFAS 133, if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the right to accelerate the settlement if the securitized interest cannot be controlled by the investor; and (ii) the securitized interest itself does not contain an embedded derivative (including an interest rate-related derivative) for which bifurcation would be required other than an embedded derivative that results solely from the embedded call options in the underlying financial assets. The adoption of Issue B40 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B38, Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement with Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option (“Issue B38”) and SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B39, Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor (“Issue B39”). Issue B38 clarifies that the potential settlement of a debtor’s obligation to a creditor occurring upon exercise of a put or call option meets the net settlement criteria of SFAS 133. Issue B39 clarifies that an embedded call option, in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index, that can accelerate the settlement of a debt host financial instrument should not be bifurcated and fair valued if the right to accelerate the settlement can be exercised only by the debtor (issuer/borrower) and the investor will recover substantially all of its initial net investment. The adoption of Issues B38 and B39 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


141


Table of Contents

 
Other Pronouncements
 
Effective November 15, 2006, the Company adopted SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements for purposes of assessing materiality. SAB 108 requires that registrants quantify errors using both a balance sheet and income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 permits companies to initially apply its provisions by either restating prior financial statements or recording a cumulative effect adjustment to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment to retained earnings for errors that were previously deemed immaterial but are material under the guidance in SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 05-7, Accounting for Modifications to Conversion Options Embedded in Debt Instruments and Related Issues (“EITF 05-7”). EITF 05-7 provides guidance on whether a modification of conversion options embedded in debt results in an extinguishment of that debt. In certain situations, companies may change the terms of an embedded conversion option as part of a debt modification. The EITF concluded that the change in the fair value of an embedded conversion option upon modification should be included in the analysis of EITF Issue No. 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments, to determine whether a modification or extinguishment has occurred and that a change in the fair value of a conversion option should be recognized upon the modification as a discount (or premium) associated with the debt, and an increase (or decrease) in additional paid-in capital. The adoption of EITF 05-7 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 05-8, Income Tax Consequences of Issuing Convertible Debt with a Beneficial Conversion Feature (“EITF 05-8”). EITF 05-8 concludes that: (i) the issuance of convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature results in a basis difference that should be accounted for as a temporary difference; and (ii) the establishment of the deferred tax liability for the basis difference should result in an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. EITF 05-8 was applied retrospectively for all instruments with a beneficial conversion feature accounted for in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios, and EITF Issue No. 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments.  The adoption of EITF 05-8 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements for a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is deemed impracticable. It also requires that a change in the method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate rather than a change in accounting principle. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2005, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”). EITF 04-5 provides a framework for determining whether a general partner controls and should consolidate a limited partnership or a similar entity in light of certain rights held by the limited partners. The consensus also provides additional guidance on substantive rights. EITF 04-5 was effective after June 29, 2005 for all newly formed partnerships and for any pre-existing limited partnerships that modified their partnership agreements after that date. For all other limited partnerships, EITF 04-5 required adoption by January 1, 2006 through a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in opening equity or applied retrospectively by adjusting prior period financial statements. The adoption of the provisions of EITF 04-5 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


142


Table of Contents

 
Effective November 9, 2005, the Company prospectively adopted the guidance in FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 140-2, Clarification of the Application of Paragraphs 40(b) and 40(c) of FAS 140 (“FSP 140-2”). FSP 140-2 clarified certain criteria relating to derivatives and beneficial interests when considering whether an entity qualifies as a QSPE. Under FSP 140-2, the criteria must only be met at the date the QSPE issues beneficial interests or when a derivative financial instrument needs to be replaced upon the occurrence of a specified event outside the control of the transferor. The adoption of FSP 140-2 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 amended prior guidance to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaced it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS 153 were required to be applied prospectively for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements (“EITF 05-6”). EITF 05-6 provides guidance on determining the amortization period for leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or acquired subsequent to lease inception. As required by EITF 05-6, the Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis which had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2005, the FASB completed its review of EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (“EITF 03-1”). EITF 03-1 provides accounting guidance regarding the determination of when an impairment of debt and marketable equity securities and investments accounted for under the cost method should be considered other-than-temporary and recognized in income. EITF 03-1 also requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, that are impaired at the balance sheet date but for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. The FASB decided not to provide additional guidance on the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment but has issued FSP Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments (“FSP 115-1”), which nullifies the accounting guidance on the determination of whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired as set forth in EITF 03-1. As required by FSP 115-1, the Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis, which had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and has provided the required disclosures.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“FSP 109-2”). The AJCA introduced a one-time dividend received deduction on the repatriation of certain earnings to a U.S. taxpayer. FSP 109-2 provides companies additional time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effects of the AJCA on their plans to repatriate foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.  During 2005, the Company recorded a $27 million income tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 965 for which a U.S. deferred income tax provision had previously been recorded. As of January 1, 2006, the repatriation provision of the AJCA no longer applies to the Company.
 
Effective July 1, 2004, the Company prospectively adopted FSP No. FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“FSP 106-2”). FSP 106-2 provides accounting guidance to employers that sponsor postretirement healthcare plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Company began receiving subsidies on prescription drug benefits during 2006 under the Prescription Drug Act based on the Company’s determination that the prescription drug benefits offered under certain postretirement plans are actuarially equivalent to the benefits offered under Medicare Part D. The postretirement benefit plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation were remeasured to determine the effect of the expected subsidies on net periodic postretirement benefit cost. As a result, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was reduced by $213 million at July 1, 2004.


143


Table of Contents

 
Effective July 1, 2004, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies (“EITF 03-16”). EITF 03-16 provides guidance regarding whether a limited liability company should be viewed as similar to a corporation or similar to a partnership for purposes of determining whether a noncontrolling investment should be accounted for using the cost method or the equity method of accounting. EITF 03-16 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective April 1, 2004, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two — Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 (“EITF 03-6”). EITF 03-6 provides guidance on determining whether a security should be considered a participating security for purposes of computing earnings per common share and how earnings should be allocated to the participating security. EITF 03-6 did not have an impact on the Company’s earnings per common share calculations or amounts.
 
Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted SOP 03-1 as interpreted by a Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”), issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) and FSP No. FAS 97-1, Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability. SOP 03-1 provides guidance on: (i) the classification and valuation of long-duration contract liabilities; (ii) the accounting for sales inducements; and (iii) separate account presentation and valuation. As a result of the adoption of SOP 03-1, effective January 1, 2004, the Company decreased the liability for future policyholder benefits for changes in the methodology relating to various guaranteed death and annuitization benefits and for determining liabilities for certain universal life insurance contracts by $4 million, which was reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting. This amount is net of corresponding changes in DAC, including VOBA and unearned revenue liability, under certain variable annuity and life contracts and income tax. Certain other contracts sold by the Company provide for a return through periodic crediting rates, surrender adjustments or termination adjustments based on the total return of a contractually referenced pool of assets owned by the Company. To the extent that such contracts are not accounted for as derivatives under the provisions of SFAS 133 and not already credited to the contract account balance, under SOP 03-1 the change relating to the fair value of the referenced pool of assets is recorded as a liability with the change in the liability recorded as policyholder benefits and claims. Prior to the adoption of SOP 03-1, the Company recorded the change in such liability as other comprehensive income. At adoption, this change decreased net income and increased other comprehensive income by $63 million, net of income tax, which were recorded as cumulative effects of changes in accounting. Effective with the adoption of SOP 03-1, costs associated with enhanced or bonus crediting rates to contractholders must be deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract using assumptions consistent with the amortization of DAC. Since the Company followed a similar approach prior to adoption of SOP 03-1, the provisions of SOP 03-1 relating to sales inducements had no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SOP 03-1’s guidance for the reporting of certain separate accounts, at adoption, the Company also reclassified $1.7 billion of separate account assets to general account investments and $1.7 billion of separate account liabilities to future policy benefits and PABs. This reclassification decreased net income and increased other comprehensive income by $27 million, net of income tax, which were reported as cumulative effects of changes in accounting. As a result of the adoption of SOP 03-1, the Company recorded a cumulative effect of a change in accounting of $86 million, net of income tax of $46 million, for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, the Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits all entities the option to measure most financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates and to report related unrealized gains and losses in earnings. The fair value option will generally be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is generally an irrevocable election. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is evaluating which eligible financial instruments, if any, it will elect to account for at fair value under SFAS 159 and the related impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2006, the FASB issued FSP EITF 00-19-2, Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements (“FSP EITF 00-19-2”). FSP EITF 00-19-2 specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or


144


Table of Contents

otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. FSP EITF 00-19-2 is effective immediately for registration payment arrangements and the financial instruments subject to those arrangements that are entered into or modified subsequent to December 21, 2006. For registration payment arrangements and financial instruments subject to those arrangements that were entered into prior to December 21, 2006, the guidance in the FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect FSP EITF 00-19-2 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The guidance in SFAS 157 will be applied prospectively with the exception of: (i) block discounts of financial instruments; and (ii) certain financial and hybrid instruments measured at initial recognition under SFAS 133 which is to be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of initial adoption (a limited form of retrospective application). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Implementation of SFAS 157 will require additional disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 13-2, Accounting for a Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction (“FSP 13-2”). FSP 13-2 amends SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, to require that a lessor review the projected timing of income tax cash flows generated by a leveraged lease annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a change in timing has occurred or is projected to occur. In addition, FSP 13-2 requires that the change in the net investment balance resulting from the recalculation be recognized as a gain or loss from continuing operations in the same line item in which leveraged lease income is recognized in the year in which the assumption is changed. The guidance in FSP 13-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect FSP 13-2 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 requires companies to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. It also provides guidance on the recognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties. Previously recorded income tax benefits that no longer meet this standard are required to be charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made. FIN 48 will also require significant additional disclosures. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. Based upon the Company’s evaluation work completed to date, the Company expects to recognize a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings of between $35 million and $60 million.
 
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS 156”). Among other requirements, SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in certain situations. SFAS 156 will be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company does not expect SFAS 156 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2005, the AICPA issued SOP 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for DAC on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments.  SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverages that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a


145


Table of Contents

contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. It is effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
 
In addition, in February 2007 related TPAs were issued by the AICPA to provide further clarification of SOP 05-1. The TPAs are effective concurrently with the adoption of the SOP. Based on the Company’s interpretation of SOP 05-1 and related TPAs, the adoption of SOP 05-1 will result in a reduction to DAC and VOBA relating primarily to the Company’s group life and health insurance contracts that contain certain rate reset provisions. The Company estimates that the adoption of SOP 05-1 as of January 1, 2007 will result in a cumulative effect adjustment of between $275 million and $310 million, net of income tax, which will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings. In addition, the Company estimates that accelerated DAC and VOBA amortization will reduce 2007 net income by approximately $25 million to $35 million, net of income tax.
 
Investments
 
The Company’s primary investment objective is to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that assets and liabilities are managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The Company is exposed to three primary sources of investment risk:
 
  •  credit risk, relating to the uncertainty associated with the continued ability of a given obligor to make timely payments of principal and interest;
 
  •  interest rate risk, relating to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in market interest rates; and
 
  •  market valuation risk.
 
The Company manages risk through in-house fundamental analysis of the underlying obligors, issuers, transaction structures and real estate properties. The Company also manages credit risk and market valuation risk through industry and issuer diversification and asset allocation. For real estate and agricultural assets, the Company manages credit risk and market valuation risk through geographic, property type and product type diversification and asset allocation. The Company manages interest rate risk as part of its asset and liability management strategies; product design, such as the use of market value adjustment features and surrender charges; and proactive monitoring and management of certain non-guaranteed elements of its products, such as the resetting of credited interest and dividend rates for policies that permit such adjustments. The Company also uses certain derivative instruments in the management of credit and interest rate risks.


146


Table of Contents

 
Composition of Portfolio and Investment Results
 
The following table illustrates the net investment income and annualized yields on average assets for each of the components of the Company’s investment portfolio at:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES
                       
Yield(1)
    6.16 %     6.00 %     6.53 %
Investment income(2)
  $ 12,077     $ 10,400     $ 9,015  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (1,119 )   $ (868 )   $ 71  
Ending carrying value(2)
  $ 244,187     $ 230,875     $ 176,377  
MORTGAGE AND CONSUMER LOANS
                       
Yield(1)
    6.60 %     6.81 %     6.99 %
Investment income(3)
  $ 2,411     $ 2,236     $ 1,951  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (8 )   $ 17     $ (47 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 42,239     $ 37,190     $ 32,406  
REAL ESTATE AND REAL ESTATE JOINT VENTURES(4)
                       
Yield(1)
    11.55 %     10.59 %     11.69 %
Investment income
  $ 549     $ 467     $ 515  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ 4,898     $ 2,139     $ 162  
Ending carrying value
  $ 4,986     $ 4,665     $ 4,233  
POLICY LOANS
                       
Yield(1)
    5.99 %     6.00 %     6.15 %
Investment income
  $ 603     $ 572     $ 541  
Ending carrying value
  $ 10,228     $ 9,981     $ 8,899  
EQUITY SECURITIES AND OTHER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
                       
Yield(1)
    14.18 %     12.83 %     9.96 %
Investment income
  $ 1,067     $ 798     $ 404  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ 85     $ 159     $ 208  
Ending carrying value
  $ 9,912     $ 7,614     $ 5,095  
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
                       
Yield(1)
    5.51 %     3.66 %     3.00 %
Investment income
  $ 442     $ 362     $ 153  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (2 )   $ (2 )   $ (1 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 9,816     $ 7,324     $ 6,710  
OTHER INVESTED ASSETS(5)(6)
                       
Yield(1)
    9.60 %     8.96 %     6.55 %
Investment income
  $ 821     $ 570     $ 290  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (705 )   $ 502     $ (149 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 10,428     $ 8,078     $ 5,295  


147


Table of Contents

                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
TOTAL INVESTMENTS
                       
Gross investment income yield(1)
    6.62 %     6.35 %     6.69 %
Investment fees and expenses yield
    (0.15 )%     (0.14 )%     (0.14 )%
                         
NET INVESTMENT INCOME YIELD
    6.47 %     6.21 %     6.55 %
                         
Gross investment income
  $ 17,970     $ 15,405     $ 12,869  
Investment fees and expenses
  $ (404 )   $ (339 )   $ (260 )
                         
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
  $ 17,566     $ 15,066     $ 12,609  
                         
Ending carrying value
  $ 331,796     $ 305,727     $ 239,015  
                         
Gross investment gains
  $ 5,754     $ 3,340     $ 1,314  
Gross investment losses
  $ (2,035 )   $ (1,578 )   $ (587 )
Writedowns
  $ (136 )   $ (116 )   $ (212 )
                         
Subtotal
  $ 3,583     $ 1,646     $ 515  
Derivative & other instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting
  $ (434 )   $ 301     $ (271 )
                         
INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
  $ 3,149     $ 1,947     $ 244  
                         
Minority interest — Investment gains (losses)
  $     $ (9 )   $ (9 )
Investment gains (losses) tax benefit (provision)
  $ (1,114 )   $ (681 )   $ (77 )
                         
INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES), NET OF INCOME TAX
  $ 2,035     $ 1,257     $ 158  
                         
 
 
(1) Yields are based on quarterly average asset carrying values, excluding recognized and unrealized investment gains (losses), and for yield calculation purposes, average assets exclude collateral associated with the Company’s securities lending program.
 
(2) Fixed maturity securities include $759 million and $825 million in ending carrying value and $71 million and $14 million of investment income related to trading securities for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company did not have any trading securities during the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
(3) Investment income from mortgage and consumer loans includes prepayment fees.
 
(4) Included in investment income from real estate and real estate joint ventures is $84 million, $151 million and $261 million of gains related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Included in investment gains (losses) from real estate and real estate joint ventures is $4.8 billion, $2.1 billion and $146 million of gains related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
(5) Included in investment income from other invested assets are scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 of $290 million, $99 million and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These amounts are excluded from investment gains (losses). Additionally, excluded from investment gains (losses) is $6 million and ($13) million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to settlement payments on derivatives used to hedge interest rate and currency risk on PABs that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Such amounts are included within interest credited to policyholder account balances.
 
(6) Included in investment gains (losses) from other invested assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 is a charge of $26 million related to a funds withheld reinsurance treaty that was converted to a coinsurance agreement. This amount is classified in investment income in the consolidated statements of income.

148


Table of Contents

 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
Fixed maturity securities consisted principally of publicly traded and privately placed debt securities, and represented 73% and 75% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Based on estimated fair value, public fixed maturity securities represented $210.6 billion, or 87%, and $200.2 billion, or 87%, of total fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Based on estimated fair value, private fixed maturity securities represented $32.8 billion, or 13%, and $29.9 billion, or 13%, of total fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using present value or valuation techniques. The fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about the financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include: coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer and quoted market prices of comparable securities.
 
The Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC evaluates the fixed maturity investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns securities to one of six investment categories called “NAIC designations.” The NAIC ratings are similar to the rating agency designations of the Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSROs”) for marketable bonds. NAIC ratings 1 and 2 include bonds generally considered investment grade (rated “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s, or rated “BBB-” or higher by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings Insurance Group (“Fitch”)), by such rating organizations. NAIC ratings 3 through 6 include bonds generally considered below investment grade (rated “Ba1” or lower by Moody’s, or rated “BB+” or lower by S&P and Fitch).
 
The following table presents the Company’s total fixed maturity securities by NRSRO designation and the equivalent ratings of the NAIC, as well as the percentage, based on estimated fair value, that each designation is comprised of at:
 
                                                     
        December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
        Cost or
                Cost or
             
        Amortized
    Estimated
    % of
    Amortized
    Estimated
    % of
 
NAIC Rating
  Rating Agency Designation(1)   Cost     Fair Value     Total     Cost     Fair Value     Total  
        (In millions)  
 
1
  Aaa/Aa/A   $ 175,400     $ 178,915       73.5 %   $ 161,427     $ 165,748       72.0 %
2
  Baa     46,217       47,189       19.4       47,720       49,132       21.4  
3
  Ba     9,403       9,806       4.0       8,807       9,154       4.0  
4
  B     6,913       7,125       2.9       5,667       5,711       2.5  
5
  Caa and lower     370       377       0.2       287       290       0.1  
6
  In or near default     12       16             18       15        
                                                     
    Total fixed maturity securities   $ 238,315     $ 243,428       100.0 %   $ 223,926     $ 230,050       100.0 %
                                                     
 
 
(1) Amounts presented are based on rating agency designations. Comparisons between NAIC ratings and rating agency designations are published by the NAIC. The rating agency designations are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. Beginning in the third quarter of 2005, the Company incorporated Fitch into its rating agency designations to be consistent with the Lehman Brothers’ ratings convention. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then the MetLife rating is used.
 
The Company held fixed maturity securities at estimated fair values that were below investment grade or not rated by an independent rating agency that totaled $17.3 billion and $15.2 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These securities had a net unrealized gain of $627 million and $392 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Non-income producing fixed maturity securities were $16 million and $15 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) associated with non-income producing fixed maturity securities were $4 million and ($3) million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


149


Table of Contents

 
The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities, by contractual maturity date (excluding scheduled sinking funds), are shown below:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Cost or
          Cost or
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 7,014     $ 7,102     $ 7,111     $ 7,152  
Due after one year through five years
    45,782       46,367       36,105       36,562  
Due after five years through ten years
    40,213       40,817       45,303       46,256  
Due after ten years
    63,280       66,982       58,827       63,563  
                                 
Subtotal
    156,289       161,268       147,346       153,533  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities
    82,026       82,160       76,580       76,517  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 238,315     $ 243,428     $ 223,926     $ 230,050  
                                 
 
Fixed maturity securities not due at a single maturity date have been included in the above table in the year of final contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to the exercise of prepayment options.
 
Sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Proceeds
  $ 89,869     $ 127,709     $ 57,604  
Gross investment gains
  $ 580     $ 704     $ 844  
Gross investment losses
  $ (1,533 )   $ (1,391 )   $ (516 )
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gain and loss, and estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities, the percentage that each sector represents by the total fixed maturity securities holdings and by the total equity securities holdings at:
 
                                         
    December 31, 2006  
    Cost or
                         
    Amortized
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 74,618     $ 2,049     $ 1,017     $ 75,650       31.1 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    51,602       385       321       51,666       21.2  
Foreign corporate securities
    34,231       1,924       386       35,769       14.7  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    29,897       984       248       30,633       12.6  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    16,556       193       144       16,605       6.8  
Asset-backed securities
    13,868       75       54       13,889       5.7  
Foreign government securities
    11,037       1,598       34       12,601       5.2  
State and political subdivision securities
    6,121       230       51       6,300       2.6  
Other fixed maturity securities
    385       7       77       315       0.1  
                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 238,315     $ 7,445     $ 2,332     $ 243,428       100.0 %
                                         
Common stock
  $ 1,798     $ 487     $ 16     $ 2,269       44.2 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    2,788       103       29       2,862       55.8  
                                         
Total equity securities(1)
  $ 4,586     $ 590     $ 45     $ 5,131       100.0 %
                                         
 


150


Table of Contents

                                         
    December 31, 2005  
    Cost or
                         
    Amortized
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 72,532     $ 2,816     $ 838     $ 74,510       32.4 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    47,365       353       472       47,246       20.5  
Foreign corporate securities
    33,578       1,842       439       34,981       15.2  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    25,643       1,401       86       26,958       11.7  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    17,682       223       207       17,698       7.7  
Asset-backed securities
    11,533       91       51       11,573       5.0  
Foreign government securities
    10,080       1,401       35       11,446       5.0  
State and political subdivision securities
    4,601       185       36       4,750       2.1  
Other fixed maturity securities
    912       17       41       888       0.4  
                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 223,926     $ 8,329     $ 2,205     $ 230,050       100.0 %
                                         
Common stock
  $ 2,004     $ 250     $ 30     $ 2,224       66.6 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    1,080       45       11       1,114       33.4  
                                         
Total equity securities(1)
  $ 3,084     $ 295     $ 41     $ 3,338       100.0 %
                                         
 
 
(1) Equity securities primarily consist of investments in common and preferred stocks and mutual fund interests. Such securities include private equity securities with an estimated fair value of $238 million and $472 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Security Impairment.  The Company classifies all of its fixed maturity and equity securities as available-for-sale and marks them to market through other comprehensive income, except for non-marketable private equities, which are generally carried at cost and trading securities which are carried at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in net investment income. All securities with gross unrealized losses at the consolidated balance sheet date are subjected to the Company’s process for identifying other-than-temporary impairments. The Company writes down to fair value securities that it deems to be other-than-temporarily impaired in the period the securities are deemed to be so impaired. The assessment of whether such impairment has occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. Management considers a wide range of factors, as described in “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Investments,” about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential.
 
The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of securities: (i) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%; (ii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for less than six months; and (iii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for six months or greater. While all of these securities are monitored for potential impairment, the Company’s experience indicates that the first two categories do not present as great a risk of impairment, and often, fair values recover over time as the factors that caused the declines improve.
 
The Company records impairments as investment losses and adjusts the cost basis of the fixed maturity and equity securities accordingly. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value. Impairments of fixed maturity and equity securities were $82 million, $64 million and $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company’s three largest impairments totaled $33 million, $40 million and $53 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The circumstances that gave rise to these impairments were financial restructurings, bankruptcy filings or difficult

151


Table of Contents

underlying operating environments for the entities concerned. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company sold or disposed of fixed maturity and equity securities at a loss that had a fair value of $70.3 billion, $93.9 billion and $29.9 billion, respectively. Gross losses excluding impairments for fixed maturity and equity securities were $1.5 billion, $1.4 billion and $516 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively.
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized loss and number of securities for fixed maturity securities and equity securities, where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%, or 20% or more at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Cost or Amortized
    Gross Unrealized
    Number of
 
    Cost     Loss     Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Less than six months
  $ 52,384     $ 36     $ 549     $ 12       9,240       83  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    3,143       3       56       1       706       2  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    12,199       14       211       4       989       1  
Twelve months or greater
    48,066       29       1,537       7       4,787       6  
                                                 
Total
  $ 115,792     $ 82     $ 2,353     $ 24       15,722       92  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2005  
                Number of
 
    Cost or Amortized Cost     Gross Unrealized Loss     Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Less than six months
  $ 92,512     $ 213     $ 1,707     $ 51       11,441       308  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    3,704       5       108       2       456       7  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    5,006             133             573       2  
Twelve months or greater
    7,555       23       240       5       924       8  
                                                 
Total
  $ 108,777     $ 241     $ 2,188     $ 58       13,394       325  
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $2.4 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of less than 20% of cost or amortized cost, which represented 2% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities.
 
At December 31, 2006, $24 million of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of cost or amortized cost, which represented 29% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities. Of such unrealized losses of $24 million, $12 million related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for a period of less than six months. At December 31, 2005, $58 million of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of cost or amortized cost, which represented 24% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities. Of such unrealized losses of $58 million, $51 million related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for a period of less than six months.
 
The Company held eight fixed maturity securities and equity securities each with a gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2006 each greater than $10 million. These securities represented 7%, or $169 million in the aggregate, of the gross unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities and equity securities. The Company held one fixed maturity security with a gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2005 greater than $10 million. This security represented less than 1%, or $10 million of the gross unrealized loss on fixed maturity and equity securities.


152


Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $2.4 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, of gross unrealized loss related to its fixed maturity and equity securities. These securities are concentrated, calculated as a percentage of gross unrealized loss, as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Sector:
               
U.S. corporate securities
    43 %     37 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    14       21  
Foreign corporate securities
    16       20  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    10       4  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    6       9  
Other
    11       9  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
Industry:
               
Industrial
    23 %     22 %
Mortgage-backed
    20       30  
Government
    12       5  
Finance
    11       11  
Utility
    10       6  
Other
    24       26  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
 
As described previously, the Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its investment holdings in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. One of the criteria which the Company considers in its other-than-temporary impairment analysis is its intent and ability to hold securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of their value to an amount equal to or greater than cost or amortized cost. The Company’s intent and ability to hold securities considers broad portfolio management objectives such as asset/liability duration management, issuer and industry segment exposures, interest rate views and the overall total return focus. In following these portfolio management objectives, changes in facts and circumstances that were present in past reporting periods may trigger a decision to sell securities that were held in prior reporting periods. Decisions to sell are based on current conditions or the Company’s need to shift the portfolio to maintain its portfolio management objectives including liquidity needs or duration targets on asset/liability managed portfolios. The Company attempts to anticipate these types of changes and if a sale decision has been made on an impaired security and that security is not expected to recover prior to the expected time of sale, the security will be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period that the sale decision was made and an other-than-temporary impairment loss will be recognized.
 
Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of the securities in accordance with its impairment policy, the cause of the decline being principally attributable to the general rise in rates during the holding period, and the Company’s current intent and ability to hold the fixed maturity and equity securities with unrealized losses for a period of time sufficient for them to recover, the Company has concluded that the aforementioned securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.


153


Table of Contents

 
Corporate Fixed Maturity Securities.  The table below shows the major industry types that comprise the corporate fixed maturity holdings at:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Estimated
    % of
    Estimated
    % of
 
    Fair Value     Total     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Industrial
  $ 39,535       35.5 %   $ 41,332       37.7 %
Foreign(1)
    35,769       32.1       34,981       31.9  
Finance
    21,746       19.5       19,222       17.6  
Utility
    13,105       11.8       12,633       11.6  
Other
    1,264       1.1       1,323       1.2  
                                 
Total
  $ 111,419       100.0 %   $ 109,491       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations of foreign obligors and other foreign investments.
 
The Company maintains a diversified corporate fixed maturity portfolio across industries and issuers. The portfolio does not have exposure to any single issuer in excess of 1% of the total invested assets of the portfolio. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s combined holdings in the ten issuers to which it had the greatest exposure totaled $6.8 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, each less than 3% of the Company’s total invested assets at such dates. The exposure to the largest single issuer of corporate fixed maturity securities held at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $970 million and $943 million, respectively.
 
The Company has hedged all of its material exposure to foreign currency risk in its corporate fixed maturity portfolio. In the Company’s international insurance operations, both its assets and liabilities are generally denominated in local currencies.
 
Structured Securities.  The following table shows the types of structured securities the Company held at:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Estimated
    % of
    Estimated
    % of
 
    Fair Value     Total     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations
  $ 33,034       40.2 %   $ 29,679       38.8 %
Pass-through securities
    18,632       22.7       17,567       23.0  
                                 
Total residential mortgage-backed securities
    51,666       62.9       47,246       61.8  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    16,605       20.2       17,698       23.1  
Asset-backed securities
    13,889       16.9       11,573       15.1  
                                 
Total
  $ 82,160       100.0 %   $ 76,517       100.0 %
                                 
 
The majority of the residential mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed or otherwise supported by the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Government National Mortgage Association. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $51.0 billion and $46.3 billion, respectively, or 99% and 98%, respectively, of the residential mortgage-backed securities were rated Aaa/AAA by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $13.8 billion and $13.3 billion, respectively, or 83% and 75%, respectively, of the commercial mortgage-backed securities were rated Aaa/AAA by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
 
The Company’s asset-backed securities are diversified both by sector and by issuer. Credit card receivables and home equity loans, accounting for about 35% and 22% of the total holdings, respectively, constitute the largest exposures in the Company’s asset-backed securities portfolio. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $8.0 billion and $6.1 billion, respectively, or 57% and 53%, respectively, of total asset-backed securities were rated Aaa/AAA by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.


154


Table of Contents

 
Structured Investment Transactions.  The Company participates in structured investment transactions which enhance the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio principally by providing equity-based returns on debt securities through structured notes and similar instruments. The carrying value of such investments, included in fixed maturity securities, was $354 million and $362 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The related net investment income recognized was $43 million, $28 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Trading Securities
 
During 2005, the Company established a trading securities portfolio to support investment strategies that involve the active and frequent purchase and sale of securities, the execution of short sale agreements and asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. Trading securities and short sale agreement liabilities are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in net investment income related to fixed maturity securities.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, trading securities were $759 million and $825 million, respectively, and liabilities associated with the short sale agreements in the trading securities portfolio, which were included in other liabilities, were $387 million and $460 million, respectively. The Company had pledged $614 million and $375 million of its assets, primarily consisting of trading securities, as collateral to secure the liabilities associated with the short sale agreements in the trading securities portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
As part of the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, the Company acquired Travelers’ investment in Tribeca Citigroup Investments Ltd. (“Tribeca”). Tribeca was a feeder fund investment structure whereby the feeder fund invests substantially all of its assets in the master fund, Tribeca Global Convertible Instruments Ltd. The primary investment objective of the master fund is to achieve enhanced risk-adjusted return by investing in domestic and foreign equities and equity-related securities utilizing such strategies as convertible securities arbitrage. At December 31, 2005, MetLife was the majority owner of the feeder fund and consolidated the fund within its consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2005, $452 million of trading securities and $190 million of the short sale agreements were related to Tribeca. Net investment income related to the trading activities of Tribeca, which included interest and dividends earned and net realized and unrealized gains (losses), was $12 million and $6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
During the second quarter of 2006, MetLife’s ownership interests in Tribeca declined to a position whereby Tribeca is no longer consolidated and, as of June 30, 2006, was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The equity method investment at December 31, 2006 of $82 million was included in other limited partnership interests. Net investment income related to the Company’s equity method investment in Tribeca was $9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2006.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, interest and dividends earned on trading securities in addition to the net realized and unrealized gains (losses) recognized on the trading securities and the related short sale agreement liabilities totaled $71 million and $14 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of such trading securities and short sale agreement liabilities, totaled $26 million and less than a million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company did not have any trading securities during the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Mortgage and Consumer Loans
 
The Company’s mortgage and consumer loans are principally collateralized by commercial, agricultural and residential properties, as well as automobiles. Mortgage and consumer loans comprised 12.7% and 12.2% of the Company’s total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The carrying value of mortgage and consumer loans is stated at original cost net of repayments, amortization of premiums, accretion of


155


Table of Contents

discounts and valuation allowances. The following table shows the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage and consumer loans by type at:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Commercial mortgage loans
  $ 31,847       75.4 %   $ 28,022       75.4 %
Agricultural mortgage loans
    9,213       21.8       7,700       20.7  
Consumer loans
    1,179       2.8       1,468       3.9  
                                 
Total
  $ 42,239       100.0 %   $ 37,190       100.0 %
                                 
 
Commercial Mortgage Loans.  The Company diversifies its commercial mortgage loans by both geographic region and property type. The following table presents the distribution across geographic regions and property types for commercial mortgage loans at:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Region
                               
Pacific
  $ 7,663       24.0 %   $ 6,818       24.3 %
South Atlantic
    6,881       21.6       6,093       21.8  
Middle Atlantic
    4,858       15.3       4,689       16.7  
East North Central
    2,879       9.0       3,078       11.0  
West South Central
    2,631       8.3       2,069       7.4  
New England
    1,301       4.1       1,295       4.6  
International
    2,832       8.9       1,817       6.5  
Mountain
    859       2.7       861       3.1  
West North Central
    799       2.5       825       2.9  
East South Central
    452       1.4       381       1.4  
Other
    692       2.2       96       0.3  
                                 
Total
  $ 31,847       100.0 %   $ 28,022       100.0 %
                                 
Property Type
                               
Office
  $ 15,083       47.4 %   $ 13,453       48.0 %
Retail
    6,552       20.6       6,398       22.8  
Apartments
    3,772       11.8       3,102       11.1  
Industrial
    2,850       8.9       2,656       9.5  
Hotel
    2,120       6.7       1,355       4.8  
Other
    1,470       4.6       1,058       3.8  
                                 
Total
  $ 31,847       100.0 %   $ 28,022       100.0 %
                                 


156


Table of Contents

The following table presents the scheduled maturities for the Company’s commercial mortgage loans at:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 1,772       5.6 %   $ 1,052       3.8 %
Due after one year through two years
    3,006       9.4       2,138       7.6  
Due after two years through three years
    4,173       13.1       2,640       9.4  
Due after three years through four years
    3,822       12.0       4,037       14.4  
Due after four years through five years
    4,769       15.0       3,946       14.1  
Due after five years
    14,305       44.9       14,209       50.7  
                                 
Total
  $ 31,847       100.0 %   $ 28,022       100.0 %
                                 
 
Restructured, Potentially Delinquent, Delinquent or Under Foreclosure. The Company monitors its mortgage loan investments on an ongoing basis, including reviewing loans that are restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or under foreclosure. These loan classifications are consistent with those used in industry practice.
 
The Company defines restructured mortgage loans as loans in which the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company defines potentially delinquent loans as loans that, in management’s opinion, have a high probability of becoming delinquent. The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans, consistent with industry practice, as loans in which two or more interest or principal payments are past due. The Company defines mortgage loans under foreclosure as loans in which foreclosure proceedings have formally commenced.
 
The Company reviews all mortgage loans on an ongoing basis. These reviews may include an analysis of the property financial statements and rent roll, lease rollover analysis, property inspections, market analysis and tenant creditworthiness.
 
The Company records valuation allowances for certain of the loans that it deems impaired. The Company’s valuation allowances are established both on a loan specific basis for those loans where a property or market specific risk has been identified that could likely result in a future default, as well as for pools of loans with similar high risk characteristics where a property specific or market risk has not been identified. Loan specific valuation allowances are established for the excess carrying value of the mortgage loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, the value of the loan’s collateral, or the loan’s market value if the loan is being sold. Valuation allowances for pools of loans are established based on property types and loan to value risk factors. The Company records valuation allowances as investment losses. The Company records subsequent adjustments to allowances as investment gains (losses).
 
The following table presents the amortized cost and valuation allowance for commercial mortgage loans distributed by loan classification at:
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
                      % of
                      % of
 
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
 
    Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost     Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost  
    (In millions)  
 
Performing
  $ 31,996       100 %   $ 153       0.5 %   $ 28,158       100 %   $ 147       0.5 %
Restructured
                      %                       %
Potentially delinquent
    3                   %     3                   %
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    1                   %     8                   %
                                                                 
Total
  $ 32,000       100.0 %   $ 153       0.5 %   $ 28,169       100.0 %   $ 147       0.5 %
                                                                 


157


Table of Contents

 
(1) Amortized cost is equal to carrying value before valuation allowances.
 
The following table presents the changes in valuation allowances for commercial mortgage loans for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 147     $ 149     $ 122  
Additions
    25       43       53  
Deductions
    (19 )     (45 )     (26 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 153     $ 147     $ 149  
                         
 
Agricultural Mortgage Loans.  The Company diversifies its agricultural mortgage loans by both geographic region and product type.
 
Approximately 60% of the $9.2 billion of agricultural mortgage loans outstanding at December 31, 2006 were subject to rate resets prior to maturity. A substantial portion of these loans has been successfully renegotiated and remains outstanding to maturity. The process and policies for monitoring the agricultural mortgage loans and classifying them by performance status are generally the same as those for the commercial loans.
 
The following table presents the amortized cost and valuation allowances for agricultural mortgage loans distributed by loan classification at:
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
                      % of
                      % of
 
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
 
    Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost     Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost  
    (In millions)  
 
Performing
  $ 9,172       99.4 %   $ 11       0.1 %   $ 7,635       99.0 %   $ 8       0.1 %
Restructured
    9       0.1             %     36       0.5             %
Potentially delinquent
    2                   %     3             1       33.3 %
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    48       0.5       7       14.6 %     37       0.5       2       5.4 %
                                                                 
Total
  $ 9,231       100.0 %   $ 18       0.2 %   $ 7,711       100.0 %   $ 11       0.1 %
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Amortized cost is equal to carrying value before valuation allowances.
 
The following table presents the changes in valuation allowances for agricultural mortgage loans for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 11     $ 7     $ 6  
Additions
    10       4       5  
Deductions
    (3 )           (4 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 18     $ 11     $ 7  
                         
 
Consumer Loans.  Consumer loans consist of residential mortgages and auto loans.


158


Table of Contents

 
The following table presents the amortized cost and valuation allowances for consumer loans distributed by loan classification at:
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
                      % of
                      % of
 
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
    Amortized
    % of
    Valuation
    Amortized
 
    Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost     Cost(1)     Total     Allowance     Cost  
    (In millions)  
 
Performing
  $ 1,155       97.1 %   $ 10       0.9 %   $ 1,454       98.1 %   $ 13       0.9 %
Restructured
                      %                       %
Potentially delinquent
    17       1.4             %     9       0.6             %
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    18       1.5       1       5.6 %     20       1.3       2       10.0 %
                                                                 
Total
  $ 1,190       100.0 %   $ 11       0.9 %   $ 1,483       100.0 %   $ 15       1.0 %
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Amortized cost is equal to carrying value before valuation allowances.
 
The following table presents the changes in valuation allowances for consumer loans for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 15     $ 1     $ 1  
Additions
          17       1  
Deductions
    (4 )     (3 )     (1 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 11     $ 15     $ 1  
                         
 
Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
The Company’s real estate and real estate joint venture investments consist of commercial properties located primarily in the United States. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the carrying value of the Company’s real estate, real estate joint ventures and real estate held-for-sale was $5.0 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively, or 1.5% and 1.5%, of total cash and invested assets, respectively. The carrying value of real estate is stated at depreciated cost net of impairments and valuation allowances. The carrying value of real estate joint ventures is stated at the Company’s equity in the real estate joint ventures net of impairments and valuation allowances. The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s real estate, real estate joint ventures, real estate held-for-sale and real estate acquired upon foreclosure at:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
Type   Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Real estate held-for-investment
  $ 3,499       70.2 %   $ 2,980       63.9 %
Real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    1,477       29.6       926       19.8  
Foreclosed real estate held-for-investment
    3       0.1       4       0.1  
                                 
      4,979       99.9       3,910       83.8  
                                 
Real estate held-for-sale
    7       0.1       755       16.2  
                                 
Total real estate, real estate joint ventures and real estate held-for-sale
  $ 4,986       100.0 %   $ 4,665       100.0 %
                                 
 
The Company’s carrying value of real estate held-for-sale was $7 million and $755 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-sale recognized impairments of $8 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The carrying value of non-


159


Table of Contents

income producing real estate and real estate joint ventures was $8 million and $37 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company owned real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt of $3 million and $4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The Company records real estate acquired upon foreclosure of commercial and agricultural mortgage loans at the lower of estimated fair value or the carrying value of the mortgage loan at the date of foreclosure.
 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures were categorized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (In millions)  
 
Office
  $ 2,709       55 %   $ 2,597       56 %
Apartments
    739       15       889       19  
Retail
    513       10       612       13  
Developmental joint ventures
    169       3              
Real estate investment funds
    401       8       45       1  
Industrial
    291       6       284       6  
Land
    71       1       43       1  
Agriculture
    32       1       32       1  
Other
    61       1       163       3  
                                 
Total
  $ 4,986       100 %   $ 4,665       100 %
                                 
 
The Company’s real estate holdings are primarily located in the United States. At December 31, 2006, 26%, 15% and 15% of the Company’s real estate holdings were located in New York, Texas and California, respectively.
 
Certain of the Company’s investments in real estate joint ventures meet the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) under FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, and its December 2003 revision (“FIN 46(r)”). See “— Variable Interest Entities.”
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company closed the sale of its Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties located in Manhattan, New York for $5.4 billion. The Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties together make up the largest apartment complex in Manhattan, New York totaling over 11,000 units, spread over 80 contiguous acres. The properties were owned by the Holding Company’s subsidiary, MTL. The sale resulted in a gain of $3 billion, net of income tax, and is included in income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income.
 
In the second quarter of 2005, the Company sold its One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York for $918 million and $1.72 billion, respectively, resulting in gains, net of income tax, of $431 million and $762 million, respectively, and is included in income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income. In connection with the sale of the 200 Park Avenue property, the Company has retained rights to existing signage and is leasing space for associates in the property for 20 years with optional renewal periods through 2205.


160


Table of Contents

 
Leveraged Leases
 
Investment in leveraged leases, included in other invested assets, consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Rental receivables, net
  $ 1,055     $ 991  
Estimated residual values
    887       735  
                 
Subtotal
    1,942       1,726  
Unearned income
    (694 )     (645 )
                 
Investment in leveraged leases
  $ 1,248     $ 1,081  
                 
 
The Company’s deferred income tax liability related to leveraged leases was $670 million and $679 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The rental receivables set forth above are generally due in periodic installments. The payment periods generally range from one to 15 years, but in certain circumstances are as long as 30 years.
 
The components of net income from investment in leveraged leases are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Income from investment in leveraged leases (included in net investment income)
  $ 51     $ 54     $ 26  
Income tax expense on leveraged leases
    (18 )     (19 )     (9 )
                         
Net income from leveraged leases
  $ 33     $ 35     $ 17  
                         
 
Other Limited Partnership Interests
 
The carrying value of other limited partnership interests (which primarily represent ownership interests in pooled investment funds that make private equity investments in companies in the United States and overseas) was $4.8 billion and $4.3 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in limited partnership interests in which it has more than a minor interest, has influence over the partnership’s operating and financial policies, but does not have a controlling interest and is not the primary beneficiary. The Company uses the cost method for minor interest investments and when it has virtually no influence over the partnership’s operating and financial policies. The Company’s investments in other limited partnership interests represented 1.4% of cash and invested assets at both December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Some of the Company’s investments in other limited partnership interests meet the definition of a VIE under FIN 46(r). See “— Variable Interest Entities.”
 
Other Invested Assets
 
The Company’s other invested assets consisted principally of leveraged leases of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, funds withheld at interest of $4.0 billion and $3.5 billion, and standalone derivatives with positive fair values and the fair value of embedded derivatives related to funds withheld and modified coinsurance contracts of $2.5 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The leveraged leases are recorded net of non-recourse debt. The Company participates in lease transactions, which are diversified by industry, asset type and geographic area. The Company regularly reviews residual values and writes down residuals to expected values as needed. Funds withheld represent amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. For agreements written on a modified coinsurance basis and certain agreements written on a coinsurance basis, assets supporting the reinsured policies equal to the net statutory reserves are withheld and continue to be legally owned by the ceding company. Interest accrues to these funds withheld at rates defined by the treaty terms


161


Table of Contents

and may be contractually specified or directly related to the investment portfolio. The Company’s other invested assets represented 3.1% and 2.6% of cash and invested assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company uses a variety of derivatives, including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts, to manage its various risks. Additionally, the Company enters into income generation and synthetically created investment transactions as permitted by its insurance subsidiaries’ Derivatives Use Plans approved by the applicable state insurance departments.
 
The following table presents the notional amounts and current market or fair value of derivative financial instruments held at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
          Current Market
          Current Market
 
    Notional
    or Fair Value     Notional
    or Fair Value  
    Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 27,148     $ 639     $ 150     $ 20,444     $ 653     $ 69  
Interest rate floors
    37,437       279             10,975       134        
Interest rate caps
    26,468       125             27,990       242        
Financial futures
    8,432       64       39       1,159       12       8  
Foreign currency swaps
    19,627       986       1,174       14,274       527       991  
Foreign currency forwards
    2,934       31       27       4,622       64       92  
Options
    587       306       8       815       356       6  
Financial forwards
    3,800       12       40       2,452       13       4  
Credit default swaps
    6,357       5       21       5,882       13       11  
Synthetic GICs
    3,739                   5,477              
Other
    250       56             250       9        
                                                 
Total
  $ 136,779     $ 2,503     $ 1,459     $ 94,340     $ 2,023     $ 1,181  
                                                 
 
The above table does not include notional values for equity futures, equity financial forwards, and equity options. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 2,749 and 3,305 equity futures contracts, respectively. Market values of equity futures are included in financial futures in the preceding table. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 225,000 and 213,000 equity financial forwards, respectively. Market values of equity financial forwards are included in financial forwards in the preceding table. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 74,864,483 and 4,720,254 equity options, respectively. Market values of equity options are included in options in the preceding table.
 
Credit Risk.  The Company may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. Generally, the current credit exposure of the Company’s derivative contracts is limited to the fair value at the reporting date. The credit exposure of the Company’s derivative transactions is represented by the fair value of contracts with a net positive fair value at the reporting date.
 
The Company manages its credit risk related to over-the-counter derivatives by entering into transactions with creditworthy counterparties, maintaining collateral arrangements and through the use of master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by one counterparty to another at each due date and upon termination. Because exchange traded futures are effected through regulated exchanges, and positions are marked to market on a daily basis, the Company has minimal exposure to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such derivative instruments.
 
The Company enters into various collateral arrangements, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral in connection with its derivative instruments. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was obligated to return cash collateral under its control of $428 million and $195 million, respectively. This unrestricted cash collateral is included in cash and cash equivalents and the obligation to return it is included in payables for


162


Table of Contents

collateral under securities loaned and other transactions in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had also accepted collateral consisting of various securities with a fair market value of $453 million and $427 million, respectively, which are held in separate custodial accounts. The Company is permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral, but as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, none of the collateral had been sold or repledged.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company provided collateral of $80 million and $4 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company has exchange traded futures, which require the pledging of collateral. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company pledged collateral of $105 million and $89 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities. The counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral.
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
The following table presents the total assets of and maximum exposure to loss relating to VIEs for which the Company has concluded that: (i) it is the primary beneficiary and which are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2006; and (ii) it holds significant variable interests but it is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Primary Beneficiary     Not Primary Beneficiary  
          Maximum
          Maximum
 
    Total
    Exposure to
    Total
    Exposure to
 
    Assets(1)     Loss(2)     Assets(1)     Loss(2)  
    (In millions)  
 
Asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations
  $     $     $ 1,909     $ 246  
Real estate joint ventures(3)
    53       45       399       41  
Other limited partnership interests(4)
    84       3       20,770       1,583  
Other investments(5)
                31,170       2,356  
                                 
Total
  $ 137     $ 48     $ 54,248     $ 4,226  
                                 
 
 
(1) The assets of the asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations are reflected at fair value at December 31, 2006. The assets of the real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests and other investments are reflected at the carrying amounts at which such assets would have been reflected on the Company’s balance sheet had the Company consolidated the VIE from the date of its initial investment in the entity.
 
(2) The maximum exposure to loss of the asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations is equal to the carrying amounts of retained interests. In addition, the Company provides collateral management services for certain of these structures for which it collects a management fee. The maximum exposure to loss relating to real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests and other investments is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments, reduced by amounts guaranteed by other partners.
 
(3) Real estate joint ventures include partnerships and other ventures which engage in the acquisition, development, management and disposal of real estate investments.
 
(4) Other limited partnership interests include partnerships established for the purpose of investing in public and private debt and equity securities, as well as limited partnerships.
 
(5) Other investments include securities that are not asset-backed securitizations or collateralized debt obligations.
 
Securities Lending
 
The Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity and equity securities, are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms. The Company requires a minimum of 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities to be separately maintained as collateral for the loans. Securities with a cost or amortized cost of $43.3 billion and $32.1 billion and an estimated fair value of


163


Table of Contents

$44.1 billion and $33.0 billion were on loan under the program at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Securities loaned under such transactions may be sold or repledged by the transferee. The Company was liable for cash collateral under its control of $45.4 billion and $33.9 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Security collateral of $100 million and $207 million, on deposit from customers in connection with the securities lending transactions at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, may not be sold or repledged and is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Separate Accounts
 
The Company had $144.4 billion and $127.9 billion held in its separate accounts, for which the Company does not bear investment risk, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company manages each separate account’s assets in accordance with the prescribed investment policy that applies to that specific separate account. The Company establishes separate accounts on a single client and multi-client commingled basis in compliance with insurance laws. Effective with the adoption of SOP 03-1, on January 1, 2004, the Company reported separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in separate accounts and liabilities of the separate accounts if:
 
  •  such separate accounts are legally recognized;
 
  •  assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities;
 
  •  investments are directed by the contractholder; and
 
  •  all investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contractholder.
 
The Company reports separate account assets meeting such criteria at their fair value. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to contractholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the consolidated statements of income.
 
The Company’s revenues reflect fees charged to the separate accounts, including mortality charges, risk charges, policy administration fees, investment management fees and surrender charges. Separate accounts not meeting the above criteria are combined on a line-by-line basis with the Company’s general account assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
The Company must effectively manage, measure and monitor the market risk associated with its invested assets and interest rate sensitive insurance contracts. It has developed an integrated process for managing risk, which it conducts through its Corporate Risk Management Department, ALM Committees and additional specialists at the business segment level. The Company has established and implemented comprehensive policies and procedures at both the corporate and business segment level to minimize the effects of potential market volatility.
 
The Company regularly analyzes its exposure to interest rate, equity market and foreign currency exchange risk. As a result of that analysis, the Company has determined that the fair value of its interest rate sensitive invested assets is materially exposed to changes in interest rates. The equity and foreign currency portfolios do not expose the Company to material market risk (as described below).
 
MetLife generally uses option adjusted duration to manage interest rate risk and the methods and assumptions used are generally consistent with those used by the Company in 2005. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including multi-scenario cash flow projection models that forecast cash flows of the liabilities and their supporting investments, including derivative instruments. The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage interest rate, equity market, and foreign currency exchange risk, including the use of derivative instruments.
 
Market Risk Exposures
 
The Company has exposure to market risk through its insurance operations and investment activities. For purposes of this disclosure, “market risk” is defined as the risk of loss resulting from changes in interest rates, equity market prices and foreign currency exchange rates.


164


Table of Contents

 
Interest Rates.  The Company’s exposure to interest rate changes results from its significant holdings of fixed maturity securities, as well as its interest rate sensitive liabilities. The fixed maturity securities include U.S. and foreign government bonds, securities issued by government agencies, corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities, all of which are mainly exposed to changes in medium- and long-term treasury rates. The interest rate sensitive liabilities for purposes of this disclosure include GICs and annuities, which have the same type of interest rate exposure (medium- and long-term treasury rates) as fixed maturity securities. The Company employs product design, pricing and asset/liability management strategies to reduce the adverse effects of interest rate movements. Product design and pricing strategies include the use of surrender charges or restrictions on withdrawals in some products. Asset/liability management strategies include the use of derivatives, the purchase of securities structured to protect against prepayments, prepayment restrictions and related fees on mortgage loans and consistent monitoring of the pricing of the Company’s products in order to better match the duration of the assets and the liabilities they support.
 
See also “Risk Factors — Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Equity Market Prices.  The Company’s investments in equity securities expose it to changes in equity prices, as do certain liabilities that involve long-term guarantees on equity performance. It manages this risk on an integrated basis with other risks through its asset/liability management strategies. The Company also manages equity market price risk through industry and issuer diversification, asset allocation techniques and the use of derivatives.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates.  The Company’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar results from its holdings in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturity securities, equity securities and liabilities, as well as through its investments in foreign subsidiaries. The principal currencies that create foreign currency exchange rate risk in the Company’s investment portfolios are the Euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound. The Company mitigates its fixed maturity securities’ foreign currency exchange rate risk through the utilization of foreign currency swaps and forward contracts. Through its investments in foreign subsidiaries, the Company is primarily exposed to the Canadian dollar, the Mexican peso, the Australian dollar, the Argentinean peso, the South Korean won, the Chilean peso, the Taiwanese dollar and the Japanese Yen. The Company has matched substantially all of its foreign currency liabilities in its foreign subsidiaries with their respective foreign currency assets, thereby reducing its risk to currency exchange rate fluctuation. Selectively, the Company uses U.S. dollar assets to support certain long duration foreign currency liabilities. Additionally, in some countries, local surplus is held entirely or in part in U.S. dollar assets which further minimizes exposure to exchange rate fluctuation risk.
 
Risk Management
 
Corporate Risk Management.  MetLife has established several financial and non-financial senior management committees as part of its risk management process. These committees manage capital and risk positions, approve asset/liability management strategies and establish appropriate corporate business standards.
 
MetLife also has a separate Corporate Risk Management Department, which is responsible for risk throughout MetLife and reports to MetLife’s Chief Financial Officer. The Corporate Risk Management Department’s primary responsibilities consist of:
 
  •  implementing a Board of Directors-approved corporate risk framework, which outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk on an enterprise-wide basis;
 
  •  developing policies and procedures for managing, measuring and monitoring those risks identified in the corporate risk framework;
 
  •  establishing appropriate corporate risk tolerance levels;
 
  •  deploying capital on an economic capital basis; and
 
  •  reporting on a periodic basis to the Governance Committee of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors and various financial and non-financial senior management committees.
 
Asset/Liability Management.  The Company actively manages its assets using an approach that balances quality, diversification, asset/liability matching, liquidity and investment return. The goals of the investment process are to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that the assets and liabilities are managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The asset/liability management process is the shared responsibility of the Portfolio Management Unit, the Financial Management and Oversight Asset/Liability Management Unit, and the operating business segments under the supervision of the


165


Table of Contents

various product line specific ALM Committees. The ALM Committees’ duties include reviewing and approving target portfolios on a periodic basis, establishing investment guidelines and limits and providing oversight of the asset/liability management process. The portfolio managers and asset sector specialists, who have responsibility on a day-to-day basis for risk management of their respective investing activities, implement the goals and objectives established by the ALM Committees.
 
See also “Risk Factors — Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Each of MetLife’s business segments has an asset/liability officer who works with portfolio managers in the investment department to monitor investment, product pricing, hedge strategy and liability management issues. MetLife establishes target asset portfolios for each major insurance product, which represent the investment strategies used to profitably fund its liabilities within acceptable levels of risk. These strategies are monitored through regular review of portfolio metrics, such as effective duration, yield curve sensitivity, convexity, liquidity, asset sector concentration and credit quality.
 
To manage interest rate risk, the Company performs periodic projections of asset and liability cash flows to evaluate the potential sensitivity of its securities investments and liabilities to interest rate movements. These projections involve evaluating the potential gain or loss on most of the Company’s in-force business under various increasing and decreasing interest rate environments. Department regulations require that MetLife perform some of these analyses annually as part of MetLife’s review of the sufficiency of its regulatory reserves. For several of its legal entities, the Company maintains segmented operating and surplus asset portfolios for the purpose of asset/liability management and the allocation of investment income to product lines. For each segment, invested assets greater than or equal to the GAAP liabilities less the DAC asset and any non-invested assets allocated to the segment are maintained, with any excess swept to the surplus segment. The operating segments may reflect differences in legal entity, statutory line of business and any product market characteristic which may drive a distinct investment strategy with respect to duration, liquidity or credit quality of the invested assets. Certain smaller entities make use of unsegmented general accounts for which the investment strategy reflects the aggregate characteristics of liabilities in those entities. The Company measures relative sensitivities of the value of its assets and liabilities to changes in key assumptions utilizing Company models. These models reflect specific product characteristics and include assumptions based on current and anticipated experience regarding lapse, mortality and interest crediting rates. In addition, these models include asset cash flow projections reflecting interest payments, sinking fund payments, principal payments, bond calls, mortgage prepayments and defaults.
 
Common industry metrics, such as duration and convexity, are also used to measure the relative sensitivity of assets and liability values to changes in interest rates. In computing the duration of liabilities, consideration is given to all policyholder guarantees and to how the Company intends to set indeterminate policy elements such as interest credits or dividends. Each operating asset segment has a duration constraint based on the liability duration and the investment objectives of that portfolio. Where a liability cash flow may exceed the maturity of available assets, as is the case with certain retirement and non-medical health products, the Company may support such liabilities with equity investments or curve mismatch strategies.
 
Hedging Activities.  To reduce interest rate risk, MetLife’s risk management strategies incorporate the use of various interest rate derivatives to adjust the overall duration and cash flow profile of its invested asset portfolios to better match the duration and cash flow profile of its liabilities. Such instruments include financial futures, financial forwards, interest rate and credit default swaps, caps, floors and options. MetLife also uses foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge its foreign currency denominated fixed income investments. In 2004, MetLife initiated a hedging strategy for certain equity price risks within its liabilities using equity futures and options.
 
Risk Measurement: Sensitivity Analysis
 
The Company measures market risk related to its holdings of invested assets and other financial instruments, including certain market risk sensitive insurance contracts, based on changes in interest rates, equity market prices and currency exchange rates, utilizing a sensitivity analysis. This analysis estimates the potential changes in fair value, cash flows and earnings based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates, equity market prices and currency exchange rates. The Company believes that a 10% change (increase or decrease) in these market rates and prices is reasonably possible in the near-term. In performing this analysis, the Company used market rates at December 31, 2006 to re-price its invested assets and other financial instruments. The sensitivity


166


Table of Contents

analysis separately calculated each of MetLife’s market risk exposures (interest rate, equity market price and foreign currency exchange rate) related to its trading and non-trading invested assets and other financial instruments. The sensitivity analysis performed included the market risk sensitive holdings described above. The Company modeled the impact of changes in market rates and prices on the fair values of its invested assets, earnings and cash flows as follows:
 
Fair Values.  The Company bases its potential change in fair values on an immediate change (increase or decrease) in:
 
  •  the net present values of its interest rate sensitive exposures resulting from a 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates;
 
  •  the market value of its equity positions due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity prices; and
 
  •  the U.S. dollar equivalent balances of the Company’s currency exposures due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in currency exchange rates.
 
Earnings and Cash Flows.  MetLife calculates the potential change in earnings and cash flows on the change in its earnings and cash flows over a one-year period based on an immediate 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates and equity prices. The following factors were incorporated into the earnings and sensitivity analyses:
 
  •  the reinvestment of fixed maturity securities;
 
  •  the reinvestment of payments and prepayments of principal related to mortgage-backed securities;
 
  •  the re-estimation of prepayment rates on mortgage-backed securities for each 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates; and
 
  •  the expected turnover (sales) of fixed maturity and equity securities, including the reinvestment of the resulting proceeds.
 
The sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future financial performance. The Company cannot assure that its actual losses in any particular year will not exceed the amounts indicated in the table below. Limitations related to this sensitivity analysis include:
 
  •  the market risk information is limited by the assumptions and parameters established in creating the related sensitivity analysis, including the impact of prepayment rates on mortgages;
 
  •  for derivatives that qualify as hedges, the impact on reported earnings may be materially different from the change in market values;
 
  •  the analysis excludes other significant real estate holdings and liabilities pursuant to insurance contracts; and
 
  •  the model assumes that the composition of assets and liabilities remains unchanged throughout the year.
 
Accordingly, the Company uses such models as tools and not substitutes for the experience and judgment of its corporate risk and asset/liability management personnel. Based on its analysis of the impact of a 10% change (increase or decrease) in market rates and prices, MetLife has determined that such a change could have a material adverse effect on the fair value of its interest rate sensitive invested assets. The equity and foreign currency portfolios do not expose the Company to material market risk.
 
The table below illustrates the potential loss in fair value of the Company’s interest rate sensitive financial instruments at December 31, 2006. In addition, the potential loss with respect to the fair value of currency exchange rates and the Company’s equity price sensitive positions at December 31, 2006 is set forth in the table below.
 
The potential loss in fair value for each market risk exposure of the Company’s portfolio was:
 
         
    December 31, 2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Non-trading:
       
Interest rate risk
  $ 5,975  
Equity price risk
  $ 241  
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
  $ 690  
Trading:
       
Interest rate risk
  $ 25  


167


Table of Contents

The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in fair value of the Company’s non-trading interest sensitive financial instruments by type of asset or liability:
 
                         
    December 31, 2006  
                Assuming a
 
                10% increase
 
    Notional
    Estimated
    in the yield
 
    Amount     Fair Value     curve  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
Fixed maturity securities
          $ 243,428     $ (6,034 )
Equity securities
            5,131        
Mortgage and consumer loans
            42,451       (733 )
Policy loans
            10,228       (307 )
Short-term investments
            2,709       (36 )
Cash and cash equivalents
            7,107        
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 4,022       4       (12 )
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities and bridge loans
  $ 1,908              
                         
Total assets
                  $ (7,122 )
                         
 
Liabilities
Policyholder account balances
          $ 108,318     $ 833  
Short-term debt
            1,449        
Long-term debt
            10,149       364  
Junior subordinated debt securities
            3,759       60  
Shares subject to mandatory redemption
            357        
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
            45,846        
                         
Total liabilities
                  $ 1,257  
                         
Other
                       
Derivative instruments (designated hedges or otherwise)
                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ 27,148     $ 489     $ (37 )
Interest rate floors
    37,437       279       (100 )
Interest rate caps
    26,468       125       70  
Financial futures
    8,432       25       84  
Foreign currency swaps
    19,627       (188 )     (95 )
Foreign currency forwards
    2,934       4       (1 )
Options
    587       298       (31 )
Financial forwards
    3,800       (28 )      
Credit default swaps
    6,357       (16 )      
Synthetic GICs
    3,739              
Other
    250       56        
                         
Total other
                  $ (110 )
                         
Net change
                  $ (5,975 )
                         
 
This quantitative measure of risk has increased by $452 million, or 8%, at December 31, 2006, from $5,523 million at December 31, 2005. This change was due to an increase of $540 million due to an increase in the yield curve, an increase of $550 million due to asset growth and $72 million of other. These increases are partially offset by a decrease of $140 million due to growth in derivative usage and a decrease of $570 million due to a decline in asset duration.
 
In addition to the analysis above, as part of its asset liability management program, the Company also performs an analysis of the sensitivity to changes in interest rates, including both insurance liabilities and financial instruments. As of December 31, 2006, a hypothetical instantaneous 10% decrease in interest rates applied to the Company’s liabilities, insurance and associated asset portfolios would reduce the fair value of equity by $350 million. Management does not expect that this sensitivity would produce a liquidity strain on the Company.


168


Table of Contents

 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
 
         
    Page
 
  F-1
Financial Statements at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
   
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-7
Financial Statement Schedules:
   
  F-123
  F-124
  F-133
  F-135


169


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MetLife, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and for certain non-traditional long duration contracts and separate accounts as required by accounting guidance which the Company adopted on December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2004, respectively.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report, dated March 1, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
New York, New York
March 1, 2007


F-1


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2005

(In millions, except share and per share data)
 
                 
    2006     2005  
 
Assets
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $238,315 and $223,926, respectively)
  $ 243,428     $ 230,050  
Trading securities, at fair value (cost: $727 and $830, respectively)
    759       825  
Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $4,586 and $3,084, respectively)
    5,131       3,338  
Mortgage and consumer loans
    42,239       37,190  
Policy loans
    10,228       9,981  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    4,979       3,910  
Real estate held-for-sale
    7       755  
Other limited partnership interests
    4,781       4,276  
Short-term investments
    2,709       3,306  
Other invested assets
    10,428       8,078  
                 
Total investments
    324,689       301,709  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    7,107       4,018  
Accrued investment income
    3,347       3,036  
Premiums and other receivables
    14,490       12,186  
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    20,851       19,641  
Goodwill
    4,897       4,797  
Other assets
    7,969       8,389  
Separate account assets
    144,365       127,869  
                 
Total assets
  $ 527,715     $ 481,645  
                 
                 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Future policy benefits
  $ 127,489     $ 123,204  
Policyholder account balances
    133,543       128,312  
Other policyholder funds
    9,139       8,331  
Policyholder dividends payable
    960       917  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    1,063       1,607  
Short-term debt
    1,449       1,414  
Long-term debt
    9,979       9,489  
                 
Junior subordinated debt securities
    3,780       2,533  
Shares subject to mandatory redemption
    278       278  
Current income tax payable
    1,465       69  
Deferred income tax liability
    2,278       1,706  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    45,846       34,515  
Other liabilities
    12,283       12,300  
Separate account liabilities
    144,365       127,869  
                 
Total liabilities
    493,917       452,544  
                 
                 
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees (Note 15)
               
                 
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding $2,100 aggregate liquidation preference
    1       1  
                 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 786,766,664 shares issued; 751,984,799 and 757,537,064 shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    8       8  
                 
Additional paid-in capital
    17,454       17,274  
Retained earnings
    16,574       10,865  
Treasury stock, at cost; 34,781,865 shares and 29,229,600 shares at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    (1,357 )     (959 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,118       1,912  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    33,798       29,101  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 527,715     $ 481,645  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004

(In millions, except per share data)
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 26,412     $ 24,860     $ 22,200  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    4,780       3,828       2,867  
Net investment income
    17,192       14,817       12,272  
Other revenues
    1,362       1,271       1,198  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (1,350 )     (93 )     175  
                         
Total revenues
    48,396       44,683       38,712  
                         
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    26,431       25,506       22,662  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    5,246       3,925       2,997  
Policyholder dividends
    1,701       1,679       1,666  
Other expenses
    10,797       9,267       7,813  
                         
Total expenses
    44,175       40,377       35,138  
                         
Income from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    4,221       4,306       3,574  
                         
Provision for income tax
    1,116       1,228       996  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    3,105       3,078       2,578  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    3,188       1,636       266  
                         
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    6,293       4,714       2,844  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                (86 )
                         
Net income
    6,293       4,714       2,758  
                         
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758  
                         
                         
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders per common share
                       
Basic
  $ 3.90     $ 4.03     $ 3.43  
                         
Diluted
  $ 3.85     $ 3.99     $ 3.41  
                         
                         
Net income available to common shareholders per common share
                       
Basic
  $ 8.09     $ 6.21     $ 3.67  
                         
Diluted
  $ 7.99     $ 6.16     $ 3.65  
                         
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.46  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004

(In millions)
 
                                                                         
                                  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income        
                                  Net
    Foreign
    Defined
       
                Additional
          Treasury
    Unrealized
    Currency
    Benefit
       
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Stock
    Investment
    Translation
    Plans
       
    Stock     Stock     Capital     Earnings     at Cost     Gains (Losses)     Adjustment     Adjustment     Total  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
  $     $ 8     $ 14,991     $ 4,193     $ (835 )   $ 2,972     $ (52 )   $ (128 )   $ 21,149  
Treasury stock transactions, net
                    46               (950 )                             (904 )
Dividends on common stock
                            (343 )                                     (343 )
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                       
Net income
                            2,758                                       2,758  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                            (62 )                     (62 )
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                            (6 )                     (6 )
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                                            90                       90  
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                    144               144  
Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of income tax
                                                            (2 )     (2 )
                                                                         
Other comprehensive income
                                                                    164  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    2,922  
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
          8       15,037       6,608       (1,785 )     2,994       92       (130 )     22,824  
Treasury stock transactions, net
                    58               99                               157  
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition
                    283               727                               1,010  
Issuance of preferred stock
    1               2,042                                               2,043  
Issuance of stock purchase contracts related to common equity units
                    (146 )                                             (146 )
Dividends on preferred stock
                            (63 )                                     (63 )
Dividends on common stock
                            (394 )                                     (394 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                            4,714                                       4,714  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                            233                       233  
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                            (1,285 )                     (1,285 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                    (81 )             (81 )
Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of income tax
                                                            89       89  
                                                                         
Other comprehensive income
                                                                    (1,044 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    3,670  
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    1       8       17,274       10,865       (959 )     1,942       11       (41 )     29,101  
Treasury stock transactions, net
                    180               (398 )                             (218 )
Dividends on preferred stock
                            (134 )                                     (134 )
Dividends on common stock
                            (450 )                                     (450 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                            6,293                                       6,293  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                            (43 )                     (43 )
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                            (35 )                     (35 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                    46               46  
Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of income tax
                                                            (18 )     (18 )
                                                                         
Other comprehensive income
                                                                    (50 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    6,243  
                                                                         
Adoption of SFAS 158, net of income tax
                                                            (744 )     (744 )
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 1     $ 8     $ 17,454     $ 16,574     $ (1,357 )   $ 1,864     $ 57     $ (803 )   $ 33,798  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004

(In millions)
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 6,293     $ 4,714     $ 2,758  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    394       352       444  
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments, net
    (618 )     (201 )     (110 )
(Gains) losses from sales of investments and businesses, net
    (3,492 )     (2,271 )     (302 )
Equity earnings of real estate joint ventures
                       
                         
and other limited partnership interests
    (459 )     (416 )     (153 )
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    5,246       3,925       2,997  
Interest credited to bank deposits
    193       106       38  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    (4,780 )     (3,828 )     (2,867 )
Change in accrued investment income
    (315 )     (157 )     (142 )
Change in premiums and other receivables
    (2,655 )     (37 )     78  
                         
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs, net
    (1,317 )     (1,043 )     (1,331 )
Change in insurance-related liabilities
    5,031       5,709       5,346  
Change in trading securities
    (432 )     (244 )      
Change in income tax payable
    2,039       528       (135 )
Change in other assets
    1,712       347       (492 )
Change in other liabilities
    (202 )     506       351  
Other, net
    (38 )     29       30  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    6,600       8,019       6,510  
                         
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Sales, maturities and repayments of:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
    113,321       155,709       87,451  
Equity securities
    1,313       1,062       1,686  
Mortgage and consumer loans
    8,348       8,462       3,954  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    6,211       3,668       1,268  
Other limited partnership interests
    1,768       1,132       799  
                         
Purchases of:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
    (129,644 )     (169,111 )     (94,275 )
Equity securities
    (1,052 )     (1,509 )     (2,178 )
Mortgage and consumer loans
    (13,472 )     (10,902 )     (9,931 )
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    (1,523 )     (1,451 )     (872 )
Other limited partnership interests
    (1,915 )     (1,105 )     (894 )
                         
Net change in short-term investments
    595       2,267       (740 )
Additional consideration related to purchases of businesses
    (115 )            
Purchases of businesses, net of cash received of $0, $852 and $0, respectively
          (10,160 )     (7 )
Proceeds from sales of businesses, net of cash disposed of $0, $43 and $103, respectively
    48       260       29  
Net change in other invested assets
    (2,411 )     (450 )     (566 )
Other, net
    (358 )     (489 )     (134 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (18,886 )   $ (22,617 )   $ (14,410 )
                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Policyholder account balances:
                       
Deposits
  $ 53,947     $ 52,077     $ 39,506  
Withdrawals
    (50,574 )     (47,827 )     (31,056 )
Net change in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    11,331       4,138       1,595  
Net change in short-term debt
    35       (56 )     (2,178 )
Long-term debt issued
    1,134       3,541       1,822  
Long-term debt repaid
    (732 )     (1,430 )     (119 )
Preferred stock issued
          2,100        
Dividends on preferred stock
    (134 )     (63 )      
Junior subordinated debt securities issued
    1,248       2,533        
Treasury stock acquired
    (500 )           (1,000 )
Dividends on common stock
    (450 )     (394 )     (343 )
                         
Stock options exercised
    83       72       46  
Debt and equity issuance costs
    (25 )     (128 )      
Other, net
    12       (53 )      
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    15,375       14,510       8,273  
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    3,089       (88 )     373  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    4,018       4,106       3,733  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 7,107     $ 4,018     $ 4,106  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, beginning of year
  $     $ 58     $ 57  
                         
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, end of year
  $     $     $ 58  
                         
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, beginning of year
  $ 4,018     $ 4,048     $ 3,676  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, end of year
  $ 7,107     $ 4,018     $ 4,048  
                         
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Net cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 819     $ 579     $ 362  
                         
Income tax
  $ 409     $ 1,391     $ 977  
                         
Non-cash transactions during the year:
                       
Business acquisitions:
                       
Assets acquired
  $     $ 102,112     $ 20  
Less: liabilities assumed
          90,090       13  
                         
Net assets acquired
          12,022       7  
                         
Less: cash paid
          11,012       7  
                         
Business acquisitions, common stock issued
  $     $ 1,010     $  
                         
Business dispositions:
                       
Assets disposed
  $     $ 366     $ 923  
Less: liabilities disposed
          269       820  
                         
Net assets disposed
          97       103  
                         
Plus: equity securities received
          43        
                         
Less: cash disposed
          43       103  
                         
                         
Business disposition, net of cash disposed
  $     $ 97     $  
                         
Contribution of equity securities to MetLife Foundation
  $     $ 1     $ 50  
                         
Accrual for stock purchase contracts related to common equity units
  $     $ 97     $  
                         
Purchase money mortgage on real estate sale
  $     $     $ 2  
                         
Real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt
  $ 6     $ 1     $ 7  
                         
Transfer from funds withheld at interest to fixed maturity securities
  $     $     $ 606  
                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business
 
“MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), and its subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Metropolitan Life”). MetLife, Inc. is a leading provider of insurance and other financial services with operations throughout the United States and the regions of Latin America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Through its domestic and international subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife, Inc. offers life insurance, annuities, automobile and homeowners insurance, retail banking and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance, reinsurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of (i) the Holding Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company has control; and (iii) variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Closed block assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are combined on a line-by-line basis with the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses outside the closed block based on the nature of the particular item. See Note 9. Assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the general account for 2005 and 2004 include amounts related to certain separate accounts previously reported in separate account assets and liabilities. See “Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements.” Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in equity securities in which it has more than a 20% interest and for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has more than a minor equity interest or more than a minor influence over the joint ventures and partnership’s operations, but does not have a controlling interest and is not the primary beneficiary. The Company uses the cost method of accounting for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has a minor equity investment and virtually no influence over the joint ventures and partnership’s operations.
 
Minority interest related to consolidated entities included in other liabilities was $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Certain amounts in the prior year periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the 2006 presentation.
 
On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company, excluding certain assets, most significantly, Primerica, from Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), and substantially all of Citigroup’s international insurance businesses (collectively, “Travelers”), which is more fully described in Note 2. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Travelers’ assets, liabilities and results of operations were included in the Company’s results beginning July 1, 2005. The accounting policies of Travelers were conformed to those of MetLife upon acquisition.
 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. The most critical estimates include those used in determining:
 
  i)  the fair value of investments in the absence of quoted market values;
 
  ii)  investment impairments;
 
  iii)  the recognition of income on certain investments;


F-7


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
  iv)  the application of the consolidation rules to certain investments;
 
  v)  the fair value of and accounting for derivatives;
 
  vi)  the capitalization and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and the establishment and amortization of value of business acquired (“VOBA”);
 
  vii)  the measurement of goodwill and related impairment, if any;
 
  viii)  the liability for future policyholder benefits;
 
  ix)  accounting for income taxes and the valuation of deferred tax assets;
 
  x)  accounting for reinsurance transactions;
 
  xi)  accounting for employee benefit plans; and
 
  xii)  the liability for litigation and regulatory matters.
 
A description of such critical estimates is incorporated within the discussion of the related accounting policies which follow. The application of purchase accounting requires the use of estimation techniques in determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed — the most significant of which relate to the aforementioned critical estimates. In applying these policies, management makes subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s businesses and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Investments
 
The Company’s principal investments are in fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage and consumer loans, policy loans, real estate, real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships, short-term investments, and other invested assets. The accounting policies related to each are as follows:
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities.  The Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale, except for trading securities, and are reported at their estimated fair value. Unrealized investment gains and losses on these securities are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income or loss, net of policyholder related amounts and deferred income taxes. All security transactions are recorded on a trade date basis. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on a specific identification basis.
 
Interest income on fixed maturity securities is recorded when earned using an effective yield method giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Dividends on equity securities are recorded when declared. These dividends and interest income are recorded as part of net investment income.
 
Included within fixed maturity securities are loan-backed securities including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Amortization of the premium or discount from the purchase of these securities considers the estimated timing and amount of prepayments of the underlying loans. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. Prepayment assumptions for single class and multi-class mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are obtained from broker-dealer survey values or internal estimates. For credit-sensitive mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and certain prepayment-sensitive securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. For all other mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for impairments in value deemed to be other-than-temporary in the period in which the determination is made. These impairments are included within net investment gains (losses) and the cost basis of the fixed maturity and equity securities is reduced accordingly. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of securities: (i) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%; (ii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for less than six months; and (iii) securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for six months or greater.
 
Additionally, management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been below cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value to an amount equal to or greater than cost or amortized cost (See also Note 3) ; (vii) unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on asset-backed securities; and (viii) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.
 
The Company purchases and receives beneficial interests in special purpose entities (“SPEs”), which enhance the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio principally by providing equity-based returns on debt securities. These investments are generally made through structured notes and similar instruments (collectively, “Structured Investment Transactions”). The Company has not guaranteed the performance, liquidity or obligations of the SPEs and its exposure to loss is limited to its carrying value of the beneficial interests in the SPEs. The Company does not consolidate the SPEs as it has determined it is not the primary beneficiary. These Structured Investment Transactions are included in fixed maturity securities and their income is generally recognized using the retrospective interest method. Impairments of these investments are included in net investment gains (losses).
 
Trading Securities.  The Company’s trading securities portfolio, principally consisting of fixed maturity and equity securities, supports investment strategies that involve the active and frequent purchase and sale of securities and the execution of short sale agreements and supports asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. Trading securities and short sale agreement liabilities are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in net investment income. Related dividends and investment income are also included in net investment income.
 
Securities Lending.  Securities loaned transactions are treated as financing arrangements and are recorded at the amount of cash received. The Company obtains collateral in an amount equal to 102% of the fair value of the securities loaned. The Company monitors the market value of the securities loaned on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained as necessary. Substantially all of the Company’s securities loaned transactions are with large brokerage firms. Income and expenses associated with securities loaned transactions are reported as investment income and investment expense, respectively, within net investment income.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Mortgage and Consumer Loans.  Mortgage and consumer loans are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, deferred fees or expenses, net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts, and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income. Loans are considered to be impaired when it is probable that, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Valuation allowances are established for the excess carrying value of the loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, the value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or the loan’s market value if the loan is being sold. The Company also establishes allowances for loan losses when a loss contingency exists for pools of loans with similar characteristics, such as mortgage loans based on similar property types or loan to value risk factors. A loss contingency exists when the likelihood that a future event will occur is probable based on past events. Interest income earned on impaired loans is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. However, interest ceases to be accrued for loans on which interest is generally more than 60 days past due and/or where the collection of interest is not considered probable. Cash receipts on such impaired loans are recorded as a reduction of the recorded investment. Gains and losses from the sale of loans and changes in valuation allowances are reported in net investment gains (losses).
 
Policy Loans.  Policy loans are stated at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recorded as earned using the contractually agreed upon interest rate. Generally, interest is capitalized on the policy’s anniversary date.
 
Real Estate.  Real estate held-for-investment, including related improvements, is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset (typically 20 to 55 years). Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The Company classifies a property as held-for-sale if it commits to a plan to sell a property within one year and actively markets the property in its current condition for a price that is reasonable in comparison to its fair value. The Company classifies the results of operations and the gain or loss on sale of a property that either has been disposed of or classified as held-for-sale as discontinued operations, if the ongoing operations of the property will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company and if the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the property after the sale. Real estate held-for-sale is stated at the lower of depreciated cost or fair value less expected disposition costs. Real estate is not depreciated while it is classified as held-for-sale. The Company periodically reviews its properties held-for-investment for impairment and tests properties for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable and the carrying value of the property exceeds its fair value. Properties whose carrying values are greater than their undiscounted cash flows are written down to their fair value, with the impairment loss included in net investment gains (losses). Impairment losses are based upon the estimated fair value of real estate, which is generally computed using the present value of expected future cash flows from the real estate discounted at a rate commensurate with the underlying risks. Real estate acquired upon foreclosure of commercial and agricultural mortgage loans is recorded at the lower of estimated fair value or the carrying value of the mortgage loan at the date of foreclosure.
 
Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests.  The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has more than a minor equity interest or more than a minor influence over the joint ventures and partnership’s operations, but does not have a controlling interest and is not the primary beneficiary. The Company uses the cost method of accounting for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has a minor equity investment and virtually no influence over the joint ventures and the


F-10


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

partnership’s operations. In addition to the investees performing regular evaluations for the impairment of underlying investments, the Company routinely evaluates its investments in real estate joint ventures and limited partnerships for impairments. For its cost method investments it follows an impairment analysis which is similar to the process followed for its fixed maturity and equity securities as described previously. For equity method investees, the Company considers financial and other information provided by the investee, other known information and inherent risks in the underlying investments, as well as future capital commitments, in determining whether an impairment has occurred. When an other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred, the Company records a realized capital loss within net investment gains (losses) to record the investment at its fair value.
 
Short-term Investments.  Short-term investments include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of acquisition and are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
 
Other Invested Assets.  Other invested assets consist principally of leveraged leases and funds withheld at interest. The leveraged leases are recorded net of non-recourse debt. The Company participates in lease transactions which are diversified by industry, asset type and geographic area. The Company recognizes income on the leveraged leases by applying the leveraged lease’s estimated rate of return to the net investment in the lease. The Company regularly reviews residual values and impairs them to expected values as needed.
 
Funds withheld represent amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. For agreements written on a modified coinsurance basis and certain agreements written on a coinsurance basis, assets supporting the reinsured policies, and equal to the net statutory reserves, are withheld and continue to be legally owned by the ceding companies. The Company records a funds withheld receivable rather than the underlying investments. The Company recognizes interest on funds withheld at rates defined by the treaty terms which may be contractually specified or directly related to the investment portfolio and records it in net investment income.
 
Other invested assets also include stand-alone derivatives with positive fair values and the fair value of embedded derivatives related to funds withheld and modified coinsurance contracts.
 
Estimates and Uncertainties.  The Company’s investments are exposed to three primary sources of risk: credit, interest rate and market valuation. The financial statement risks, stemming from such investment risks, are those associated with the recognition of impairments, the recognition of income on certain investments, and the determination of fair values.
 
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments, as applicable, are described above by investment type. The determination of such allowances and impairments is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. Management updates it evaluations regularly and reflects changes in allowances and impairments in operations as such evaluations are revised.
 
The recognition of income on certain investments (e.g. loan-backed securities including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, certain investment transactions, trading securities, etc.) is dependent upon market conditions, which could result in prepayments and changes in amounts to be earned.
 
The fair values of publicly held fixed maturity securities and publicly held equity securities are based on quoted market prices or estimates from independent pricing services. However, in cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for private fixed maturity securities, fair values are estimated using present value or valuation techniques. The determination of fair values is based on: (i) valuation methodologies; (ii) securities the Company deems to be comparable; and (iii) assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances. The fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market


F-11


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include: coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer, and quoted market prices of comparable securities. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
Additionally, when the Company enters into certain Structured Investment Transactions, real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships for which the Company may be deemed to be the primary beneficiary under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46(r), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An Interpretation of ARB No. 51, it may be required to consolidate such investments. The accounting rules for the determination of the primary beneficiary are complex and require evaluation of the contractual rights and obligations associated with each party involved in the entity, an estimate of the entity’s expected losses and expected residual returns and the allocation of such estimates to each party.
 
The use of different methodologies and assumptions as to the timing and amount of impairments, recognition of income and the determination of the fair value of investments may have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or other financial indices. Derivatives may be exchange-traded or contracted in the over-the-counter market. The Company uses a variety of derivatives, including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts, to manage the risk associated with variability in cash flows or changes in fair values related to the Company’s financial instruments. The Company also uses derivative instruments to hedge its currency exposure associated with net investments in certain foreign operations. To a lesser extent, the Company uses credit derivatives to synthetically replicate investment risks and returns which are not readily available in the cash market. The Company also purchases certain securities, issues certain insurance policies and investment contracts and engages in certain reinsurance contracts that have embedded derivatives.
 
Freestanding derivatives are carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet either as assets within other invested assets or as liabilities within other liabilities at fair value as determined by quoted market prices or through the use of pricing models. The determination of fair value, when quoted market values are not available, is based on valuation methodologies and assumptions deemed appropriate under the circumstances. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, market volatility, and liquidity. Values can also be affected by changes in estimates and assumptions used in pricing models. Such assumptions include estimates of volatility, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, other financial indices and credit ratings. Essential to the analysis of the fair value is risk of counterparty default. The use of different assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated derivative fair value amounts as well as the amount of reported net income.
 
If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), as amended, changes in the fair value of the derivative are reported in net investment gains (losses), in policyholder benefits and claims for economic hedges of liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company or in net investment income for economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures. The fluctuations in fair value of derivatives which have not been designated for hedge accounting can result in significant volatility in net income.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction, as well as its designation of the hedge as either (i) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. In this documentation, the Company sets forth how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the designated risks related to the hedged item and sets forth the method that will be used to retrospectively and prospectively assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness and the method which will be used to measure ineffectiveness. A derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be assessed as being highly effective in offsetting the designated risk of the hedged item. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of the designated hedging relationship. Assessments and measurement of hedge effectiveness are also subject to interpretation and estimation and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.
 
The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting standards continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under these accounting standards. If it was determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected. Differences in judgment as to the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment may result in a differing impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company from that previously reported.
 
Under a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative, including amounts measured as ineffectiveness, and changes in the fair value of the hedged item related to the designated risk being hedged, are reported within net investment gains (losses). The fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of income within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item.
 
Under a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and the deferred gains or losses on the derivative are reclassified into the consolidated statement of income when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net investment gains (losses). The fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of income within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item.
 
In a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative that are measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss) consistent with the translation adjustment for the hedged net investment in the foreign operation. Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net investment gains (losses).
 
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (v) the derivative is de-designated as a hedging instrument.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the derivative continues to be carried on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value, with changes in fair value recognized currently in net investment gains (losses). The carrying value of the hedged recognized asset or liability under a fair value hedge is no longer adjusted for changes in its fair value due to the hedged risk, and the cumulative adjustment to its carrying value is amortized


F-13


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

into income over the remaining life of the hedged item. Provided the hedged forecasted transaction is still probable of occurrence, the changes in fair value of derivatives recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) related to discontinued cash flow hedges are released into the consolidated statement of income when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transactions will occur by the end of the specified time period or the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the derivative continues to be carried on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value, with changes in fair value recognized currently in net investment gains (losses). Any asset or liability associated with a recognized firm commitment is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and recorded currently in net investment gains (losses). Deferred gains and losses of a derivative recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction are recognized immediately in net investment gains (losses).
 
In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is carried at its fair value on the consolidated balance sheet, with changes in its fair value recognized in the current period as net investment gains (losses).
 
The Company is also a party to financial instruments that contain terms which are deemed to be embedded derivatives. The Company assesses each identified embedded derivative to determine whether it is required to be bifurcated under SFAS 133. If the instrument would not be accounted for in its entirety at fair value and it is determined that the terms of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and that a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract and accounted for as a freestanding derivative. Such embedded derivatives are carried on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value with the host contract and changes in their fair value are reported currently in net investment gains (losses). If the Company is unable to properly identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses). Additionally, the Company may elect to carry an entire contract on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) if that contract contains an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation. There is a risk that embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation may not be identified and reported at fair value in the consolidated financial statements and that their related changes in fair value could materially affect reported net income.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
Property, Equipment, Leasehold Improvements and Computer Software
 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, which are included in other assets, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using either the straight-line or sum-of-the-years-digits method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as appropriate. The estimated life for company occupied real estate property is generally 40 years. Estimated lives generally range from five to ten years for leasehold improvements and three to seven years for all other property and equipment. The cost basis of the property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $721 million and $625 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Related depreciation and amortization expense was $129 million, $117 million and $112 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Computer software, which is included in other assets, is stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. Purchased software costs, as well as internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage, are capitalized. Such costs are amortized generally over a four-year period using the straight-line method. The cost basis of computer software was $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Accumulated amortization of capitalized software was $752 million and $661 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Related amortization expense was $112 million, $111 million and $139 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired
 
The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new business are deferred as DAC. Such costs consist principally of commissions and agency and policy issue expenses. VOBA is an intangible asset that reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts in a life insurance company acquisition and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the right to receive future cash flows from the business in-force at the acquisition date. VOBA is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the financial statements for reporting purposes.
 
DAC for property and casualty insurance contracts, which is primarily composed of commissions and certain underwriting expenses, is amortized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term or reinsurance treaty.
 
DAC related to internally replaced contracts are generally expensed at the date of replacement.
 
DAC and VOBA on life insurance or investment-type contracts are amortized in proportion to gross premiums, gross margins or gross profits, depending on the type of contract as described below.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to non-participating and non-dividend-paying traditional contracts (term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, non-medical health insurance, and traditional group life insurance) over the entire premium paying period in proportion to the present value of actual historic and expected future gross premiums. The present value of expected premiums is based upon the premium requirement of each policy and assumptions for mortality, morbidity, persistency, and investment returns at policy issuance, or policy acquisition, as it relates to VOBA, that include provisions for adverse deviation and are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate future policyholder benefit liabilities. These assumptions are not revised after policy issuance or acquisition unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. Absent a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition is caused only by variability in premium volumes.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to participating, dividend-paying traditional contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross margins. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The future gross margins are dependent principally on investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, mortality, persistency, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, and certain economic variables, such as inflation. For participating contracts (dividend paying traditional contracts within the closed block) future gross margins are also dependent upon changes in the policyholder dividend obligation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, persistency, and other factor changes and policyholder dividend scales are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross margins with the actual gross margins for that period. When the actual gross margins change from previously estimated gross margins, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross margins exceed


F-15


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross margins are below the previously estimated gross margins. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business in-force, which impacts expected future gross margins.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts and fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross profits. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The amount of future gross profits is dependent principally upon returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, the effect of any hedges used, and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, and persistency are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross profits with the actual gross profits for that period. When the actual gross profits change from previously estimated gross profits, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross profits exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross profits are below the previously estimated gross profits. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future gross profits.
 
Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period. Returns that are higher than the Company’s long-term expectation produce higher account balances, which increases the Company’s future fee expectations and decreases future benefit payment expectations on minimum death benefit guarantees, resulting in higher expected future gross profits. The opposite result occurs when returns are lower than the Company’s long-term expectation. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these changes and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes.
 
The Company also reviews periodically other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency, and expenses to administer business. Management annually updates assumptions used in the calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.
 
Sales Inducements
 
The Company has two different types of sales inducements which are included in other assets: (i) the policyholder receives a bonus whereby the policyholder’s initial account balance is increased by an amount equal to a specified percentage of the customer’s deposit; and (ii) the policyholder receives a higher interest rate using a dollar cost averaging method than would have been received based on the normal general account interest rate credited. The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the


F-16


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill within Corporate & Other is allocated to reporting units within the Company’s business segments. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value, the excess is recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income. The fair values of the reporting units are determined using a market multiple, a discounted cash flow model, or a cost approach. The critical estimates necessary in determining fair value are projected earnings, comparative market multiples and the discount rate.
 
Liability for Future Policy Benefits and Policyholder Account Balances
 
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities and non-medical health insurance. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of (i) net level premium reserves for death and endowment policy benefits (calculated based upon the non-forfeiture interest rate, ranging from 3% to 8% for domestic business and 3% to 12% for international business, and mortality rates guaranteed in calculating the cash surrender values described in such contracts); and (ii) the liability for terminal dividends.
 
Future policy benefits for non-participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses less the present value of future net premiums. Assumptions as to mortality and persistency are based upon the Company’s experience when the basis of the liability is established. Interest rates for the aggregate future policy benefit liabilities range from 4% to 7% for domestic business and 2% to 10% for international business.
 
Participating business represented approximately 10% and 11% of the Company’s life insurance in-force, and 38% and 41% of the number of life insurance policies in-force, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Participating policies represented approximately 30% and 29%, 31% and 30%, and 35% and 34% of gross and net life insurance premiums for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The percentages indicated are calculated excluding the business of the reinsurance segment.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for individual and group traditional fixed annuities after annuitization are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities range from 3% to 11% for domestic business and 2% to 10% for international business.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for non-medical health insurance are calculated using the net level premium method and assumptions as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest, which provide a margin for adverse deviation. Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities range from 3% to 7% for domestic business and 2% to 10% for international business.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest. Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities range from 3% to 8% for domestic business and 2% to 10% for international business.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance are included in future policyholder benefits and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation. With respect to property and casualty insurance, such unpaid claims are reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.
 
The Company establishes future policy benefit liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts and secondary and paid up guarantees relating to certain life policies as follows:
 
  •  Annuity guaranteed death benefit (“GMDB”) liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used in estimating the GMDB liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility are consistent with the historical experience of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (“S&P”). The benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.
 
  •  Guaranteed income benefit (“GMIB”) liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of the income benefits in excess of the projected account balance at any future date of annuitization and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used for estimating the GMIB liabilities are consistent with those used for estimating the GMDB liabilities. In addition, the calculation of guaranteed annuitization benefit liabilities incorporates an assumption for the percentage of the potential annuitizations that may be elected by the contractholder.
 
  •  Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balances, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used in estimating the secondary and paid up guarantee liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical S&P experience. The benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.
 
The Company establishes policyholder account balances (“PAB”) for guaranteed minimum benefit riders relating to certain variable annuity products as follows:
 
  •  Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders (“GMWB”) guarantee the contractholder a return of their purchase payment via partial withdrawals, even if the account value is reduced to zero, provided that the contractholder’s cumulative withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed a certain limit. The initial guaranteed withdrawal amount is equal to the initial benefit base as defined in the contract (typically, the initial purchase payments plus applicable bonus amounts). The GMWB is an embedded derivative, which is measured at fair value separately from the host variable annuity product.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
  •  Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit riders (“GMAB”) provide the contractholder, after a specified period of time determined at the time of issuance of the variable annuity contract, with a minimum accumulation of their purchase payments even if the account value is reduced to zero. The initial guaranteed accumulation amount is equal to the initial benefit base as defined in the contract (typically, the initial purchase payments plus applicable bonus amounts). The GMAB is also an embedded derivative, which is measured at fair value separately from the host variable annuity product.
 
  •  For both GMWB and GMAB, the initial benefit base is increased by additional purchase payments made within a certain time period and decreases by benefits paid and/or withdrawal amounts. After a specified period of time, the benefit base may also increase as a result of an optional reset as defined in the contract.
 
  •  The fair values of the GMWB and GMAB riders are calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior. In measuring the fair value of GMWBs and GMABs, the Company attributes a portion of the fees collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of expected future guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefits (at inception). The changes in fair value are reported in net investment gains (losses). Any additional fees represent “excess” fees and are reported in universal life and investment-type product policy fees. These riders may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining markets, causing an increase in liabilities for future policy benefits, negatively affecting net income.
 
The Company periodically reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing these policies, guarantees and riders and in the establishment of the related liabilities result in variances in profit and could result in losses. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.
 
PABs relate to investment-type contracts and universal life-type policies. Investment-type contracts principally include traditional individual fixed annuities in the accumulation phase and non-variable group annuity contracts. PABs are equal to (i) policy account values, which consist of an accumulation of gross premium payments; (ii) credited interest, ranging from 0.3% to 14% for domestic business and 1% to 18% for international business, less expenses, mortality charges, and withdrawals; and (iii) fair value adjustments relating to business combinations. Bank deposits are also included in PABs.
 
Other Policyholder Funds
 
Other policyholder funds include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, policyholder dividends due and unpaid, and policyholder dividends left on deposit.
 
The liability for policy and contract claims generally relates to incurred but not reported death, disability, long-term care and dental claims as well as claims which have been reported but not yet settled. The liability for these claims is based on the Company’s estimated ultimate cost of settling all claims. The Company derives estimates for the development of incurred but not reported claims principally from actuarial analyses of historical patterns of claims and claims development for each line of business. The methods used to determine these estimates are continually reviewed. Adjustments resulting from this continuous review process and differences between estimates and payments for claims are recognized in policyholder benefits and claims expense in the period in which the estimates are changed or payments are made.
 
The unearned revenue liability relates to universal life-type and investment-type products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized using the product’s estimated gross profits and margins, similar to DAC. Such amortization is recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The Company accounts for the prepayment of premiums on its group life and health contracts as premium received in advance and applies the cash received to premiums when due.
 
Also included in other policyholder funds are policyholder dividends due and unpaid on participating policies and policyholder dividends left on deposit. Such liabilities are presented at amounts contractually due to policyholders.
 
Recognition of Insurance Revenue and Related Benefits
 
Premiums related to traditional life and annuity policies with life contingencies are recognized as revenues when due from policyholders. Policyholder benefits and expenses are provided against such revenues to recognize profits over the estimated lives of the policies. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any excess profit is deferred and recognized into operations in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future policy benefit payments.
 
Premiums related to non-medical health and disability contracts are recognized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term.
 
Deposits related to universal life-type and investment-type products are credited to PABs. Revenues from such contracts consist of amounts assessed against PABs for mortality, policy administration and surrender charges and are recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the period in which services are provided. Amounts that are charged to operations include interest credited and benefit claims incurred in excess of related PABs.
 
Premiums related to property and casualty contracts are recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term. Unearned premiums, representing the portion of premium written relating to the unexpired coverage, are included in future policy benefits.
 
Premiums, policy fees, policyholder benefits and expenses are presented net of reinsurance.
 
Other Revenues
 
Other revenues include advisory fees, broker-dealer commissions and fees, and administrative service fees. Such fees and commissions are recognized in the period in which services are performed. Other revenues also include changes in account value relating to corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”). Under certain COLI contracts, if the Company reports certain unlikely adverse results in its consolidated financial statements, withdrawals would not be immediately available and would be subject to market value adjustment, which could result in a reduction of the account value.
 
Policyholder Dividends
 
Policyholder dividends are approved annually by the insurance subsidiaries’ boards of directors. The aggregate amount of policyholder dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year, as well as management’s judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the insurance subsidiaries.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Holding Company and its includable life insurance and non-life insurance subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Non-includable subsidiaries file either separate individual corporate tax returns or separate consolidated tax returns.
 
The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.


F-20


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
 
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company made an election in 2005 under the Code’s Section 338 as it relates to the Travelers acquisition. As a result of this election, the tax basis in the acquired assets and liabilities was adjusted as of the acquisition date resulting in a change to the related deferred income tax.
 
The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:
 
  (i)  future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
 
  (ii)  future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  (iii)  taxable income in prior carryback years; and
 
  (iv)  tax planning strategies.
 
The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include when the ultimate deductibility of certain items is challenged by taxing authorities (See also Note 14) or when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events such as changes in tax legislation could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.
 
The Company classifies interest recognized as interest expense and penalties recognized as a component of income tax.
 
Reinsurance
 
The Company enters into reinsurance transactions as both a provider and a purchaser of reinsurance for its life and property and casualty insurance products.
 
For each of its reinsurance contracts, the Company determines if the contract provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims.
 
For reinsurance of existing in-force blocks of long-duration contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, the difference, if any, between the amounts paid (received), and the liabilities ceded (assumed) related to the underlying contracts is considered the net cost of reinsurance at the inception of the contract. The net cost of reinsurance is recorded as an adjustment to DAC and recognized as a component of other expenses on a basis consistent with the way the acquisition costs on the underlying reinsured contracts would be recognized. Subsequent amounts paid (received) on the reinsurance of in-force blocks, as well as amounts paid (received) related to new business, are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) future policy benefit liabilities are established.
 
For prospective reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) unearned premiums and are reflected as a component of premiums and other receivables (future policy benefits). Such amounts are


F-21


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

amortized through earned premiums over the remaining contract period in proportion to the amount of protection provided. For retroactive reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria of reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) in excess of (which do not exceed) the related insurance liabilities ceded (assumed) are recognized immediately as a loss. Any gains on such retroactive contracts are deferred and recorded in other liabilities. The gains are amortized primarily using the recovery method.
 
The assumptions used to account for both long and short-duration reinsurance contracts are consistent with those used for the underlying contracts. Ceded policyholder and contract related liabilities, other than those currently due, are reported gross on the balance sheet.
 
Amounts currently recoverable under reinsurance contracts are included in premiums and other receivables and amounts currently payable are included in other liabilities. Such assets and liabilities relating to reinsurance contracts with the same reinsurer may be recorded net on the balance sheet, if a right of offset exists within the reinsurance contract.
 
Premiums, fees and policyholder benefits and claims include amounts assumed under reinsurance contracts and are net of reinsurance ceded.
 
If the Company determines that a reinsurance contract does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the contract as a deposit, net of related expenses. Deposits received are included in other liabilities and deposits made are included within other assets. As amounts are paid or received, consistent with the underlying contracts, the deposit assets or liabilities are adjusted. Interest on such deposits is recorded as other revenue or other expenses, as appropriate. Periodically, the Company evaluates the adequacy of the expected payments or recoveries and adjusts the deposit asset or liability through other revenue or other expenses, as appropriate.
 
Amounts received from reinsurers for policy administration are reported in other revenues.
 
Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously.
 
Separate Accounts
 
Separate accounts are established in conformity with insurance laws and are generally not chargeable with liabilities that arise from any other business of the Company. Separate account assets are subject to general account claims only to the extent the value of such assets exceeds the separate account liabilities. The Company reports separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in separate accounts and liabilities of the separate accounts if (i) such separate accounts are legally recognized; (ii) assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities; (iii) investments are directed by the contractholder; and (iv) all investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contractholder. The Company reports separate account assets meeting such criteria at their fair value. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to contractholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the consolidated statements of income.
 
The Company’s revenues reflect fees charged to the separate accounts, including mortality charges, risk charges, policy administration fees, investment management fees and surrender charges. Separate accounts not meeting the above criteria are combined on a line-by-line basis with the Company’s general account assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
Certain subsidiaries of the Holding Company (the “Subsidiaries”) sponsor various plans that provide defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits covering eligible employees and sales representatives. A December 31 measurement date is used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans.
 
Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities, for each account balance. As of December 31, 2006, virtually all the obligations are calculated using the traditional formula.
 
The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries, may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total cost of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.
 
SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (“SFAS 87”), as amended, established the accounting for pension plan obligations. Under SFAS 87, the projected pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) is defined as the actuarially calculated present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on future salary levels. The accumulated pension benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on current salary levels. Obligations, both PBO and ABO, of the defined benefit pension plans are determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.
 
SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions (“SFAS 106”), as amended, established the accounting for expected postretirement plan benefit obligations (“EPBO”) which represents the actuarial present value of all other postretirement benefits expected to be paid after retirement to employees and their dependents. Unlike for pensions, the EPBO is not recorded in the financial statements but is used in measuring the periodic expense. The accumulated postretirement plan benefit obligations (“APBO”) represents the actuarial present value of future other postretirement benefits attributed to employee services rendered through a particular date and is the valuation basis upon which liabilities are established. The APBO is determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.
 
Prior to December 31, 2006, the funded status of the pension and other postretirement plans, which is the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the PBO for pension plans and the APBO for other postretirement plans (collectively, the “Benefit Obligations”), were offset by the unrecognized actuarial gains or losses, prior service cost and transition obligations to determine prepaid or accrued benefit cost, as applicable. The net amount was recorded as a prepaid or accrued benefit cost, as applicable. Further, for pension plans, if the ABO exceeded the fair value of the plan assets, that excess was recorded as an additional minimum pension liability with a corresponding intangible asset. Recognition of the intangible asset was limited to the amount of any unrecognized prior service cost. Any additional minimum pension liability in excess of the allowable intangible asset was charged, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
As described more fully in “Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements”, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and SFAS No. 132(r) (“SFAS 158”). Effective with the adoption of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006, the Company recognizes the funded status of the Benefit Obligations for each of its plans on the consolidated balance sheet. The actuarial gains or losses, prior service costs and credits,


F-23


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and the remaining net transition asset or obligation that had not yet been included in net periodic benefit costs as of December 31, 2006 are now charged, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, these changes eliminated the additional minimum pension liability provisions of SFAS 87.
 
Net periodic benefit cost is determined using management estimates and actuarial assumptions to derive service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets for a particular year. Net periodic benefit cost also includes the applicable amortization of any prior service cost (credit) arising from the increase (decrease) in prior years’ benefit costs due to plan amendments or initiation of new plans. These costs are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees whose benefits are affected by such plan amendments. Actual experience related to plan assets and/or the benefit obligations may differ from that originally assumed when determining net periodic benefit cost for a particular period, resulting in gains or losses. To the extent such aggregate gains or losses exceed 10 percent of the greater of the benefit obligations or the market-related asset value of the plans, they are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees expected to receive benefits under the plans.
 
The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. Management, in consultation with its external consulting actuarial firm, determines these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data, and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.
 
The Subsidiaries also sponsor defined contribution savings and investment plans (“SIP”) for substantially all employees under which a portion of employee contributions are matched. Applicable matching contributions are made each payroll period. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation cost for current matching contributions. As all contributions are transferred currently as earned to the SIP trust, no liability for matching contributions is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Stock-based compensation grants prior to January 1, 2003 were accounted for using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and related interpretations. Compensation expense, if any, was recorded based upon the excess of the quoted market price at grant date over the amount the employee was required to pay to acquire the stock. Under the provisions of APB 25, there was no compensation expense resulting from the issuance of stock options as the exercise price was equivalent to the fair market value at the date of grant. Compensation expense was recognized under the Long-Term Performance Compensation Plan (“LTPCP”), as described more fully in Note 17.
 
Stock-based awards granted after December 31, 2002 but prior to January 1, 2006 were accounted for on a prospective basis using the fair value accounting method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). The fair value method of SFAS 123 required compensation expense to be measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument at the grant or award date. Stock-based compensation was accrued over the vesting period of the grant or award, including grants or awards to retirement-eligible employees. As required by SFAS 148, the Company discloses the pro forma impact as if the stock options granted prior to January 1, 2003 had been accounted for using the fair value provisions of SFAS 123 rather than the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25. See Note 17.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted, using the modified prospective transition method, SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(r)”), which replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. The adoption of SFAS 123(r) did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. SFAS 123(r) requires that the cost of all stock-based transactions be measured at fair value and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide goods or services in exchange for the award. Although the terms of the Company’s stock-based plans do not accelerate vesting upon retirement, or the attainment of retirement eligibility, the requisite service period subsequent to attaining such eligibility is considered nonsubstantive. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock-based awards over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement eligibility. SFAS 123(r) also requires an estimation of future forfeitures of stock-based awards to be incorporated into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period.
 
Foreign Currency
 
Balance sheet accounts of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each year-end and income and expense accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The local currencies of foreign operations are the functional currencies unless the local economy is highly inflationary. Translation adjustments are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or loss. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are reported as net investment gains (losses) in the period in which they occur.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
The results of operations of a component of the Company that either has been disposed of or is classified as held-for-sale are reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.
 
Earnings Per Common Share
 
Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of the assumed: (i) exercise or issuance of stock-based awards using the treasury stock method; (ii) settlement of stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units using the treasury stock method; and (iii) settlement of accelerated common stock repurchase contract. Under the treasury stock method, exercise or issuance of stock-based awards and settlement of the stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units is assumed to occur with the proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. See Notes 12, 17 and 19.
 
Litigation Contingencies
 
The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Plans
 
Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 158. The pronouncement revises financial reporting standards for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans by requiring the:
 
       (i)  recognition in the statement of financial position of the funded status of defined benefit plans measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for other postretirement plans;
 
       (ii)  recognition as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, those amounts of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and net asset or obligation at transition that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit costs as of the end of the year of adoption;
 
       (iii)  recognition of subsequent changes in funded status as a component of other comprehensive income;
 
       (iv)  measurement of benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the statement of financial position; and
 
       (v)  disclosure of additional information about the effects on the employer’s statement of financial position.
 
The adoption of SFAS 158 resulted in a reduction of $744 million, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included as a component of total consolidated stockholders’ equity. As the Company’s measurement date for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans is already December 31 there is no impact of adoption due to changes in measurement date. See also Summary of “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 16.
 
Stock Compensation Plans
 
As described previously, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(r) including supplemental application guidance issued by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, Share-Based Payment (“SAB 107”) — using the modified prospective transition method. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated. SFAS 123(r) requires that the cost of all stock-based transactions be measured at fair value and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide goods or services in exchange for the award. The Company had previously adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards as prescribed by SFAS 123 on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2003, and prior to January 1, 2003, accounted for its stock-based awards to employees under the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25. The Company did not modify the substantive terms of any existing awards prior to adoption of SFAS 123(r).
 
Under the modified prospective transition method, compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006 includes: (a) compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted beginning January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(r).
 
The adoption of SFAS 123(r) did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as all stock-based awards accounted for under the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25 had vested prior to the adoption date and the Company had adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 on January 1, 2003. As required by SFAS 148, and carried forward in the provisions of SFAS 123(r), the Company


F-26


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

discloses the pro forma impact as if stock-based awards accounted for under APB 25 had been accounted for under the fair value method in Note 17.
 
SFAS 123 allowed forfeitures of stock-based awards to be recognized as a reduction of compensation expense in the period in which the forfeiture occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS 123(r), the Company changed its policy and now incorporates an estimate of future forfeitures into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period. The impact of this change in accounting policy was not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Additionally, for awards granted after adoption, the Company changed its policy from recognizing expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period to recognizing such expense over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement-eligibility. The pro forma impact of this change in expense recognition policy for stock-based compensation is detailed in Note 17.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(r), the Company presented tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options within operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123(r) requires tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options be classified and reported as a financing cash inflow upon adoption of SFAS 123(r).
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company has adopted guidance relating to derivative financial instruments as follows:
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments (“SFAS 155”). SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133 and SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS 140”). SFAS 155 allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole, eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host, if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. In addition, among other changes, SFAS 155:
 
  (i)    clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS 133;
 
  (ii)   establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation;
 
  (iii)   clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and
 
  (iv)   amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial interest.
 
The adoption of SFAS 155 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  Effective October 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B40, Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Securitized Interests in Prepayable Financial Assets (“Issue B40”). Issue B40 clarifies that a securitized interest in prepayable financial assets is not subject to the conditions in paragraph 13(b) of SFAS 133, if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the right to accelerate the settlement if the securitized interest cannot be controlled by the investor; and (ii) the securitized interest itself does not contain an embedded derivative (including an interest rate-related derivative) for which bifurcation would be required other than an embedded derivative that results solely from the embedded call options in the underlying financial assets. The adoption of Issue B40 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
  •  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B38, Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement with Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option (“Issue B38”) and SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B39, Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor (“Issue B39”). Issue B38 clarifies that the potential settlement of a debtor’s obligation to a creditor occurring upon exercise of a put or call option meets the net settlement criteria of SFAS 133. Issue B39 clarifies that an embedded call option, in which the underlying is an interest rate or interest rate index, that can accelerate the settlement of a debt host financial instrument should not be bifurcated and fair valued if the right to accelerate the settlement can be exercised only by the debtor (issuer/borrower) and the investor will recover substantially all of its initial net investment. The adoption of Issues B38 and B39 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Other Pronouncements
 
Effective November 15, 2006, the Company adopted SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements for purposes of assessing materiality. SAB 108 requires that registrants quantify errors using both a balance sheet and income statement approach and evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that, when relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. SAB 108 permits companies to initially apply its provisions by either restating prior financial statements or recording a cumulative effect adjustment to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2006 with an offsetting adjustment to retained earnings for errors that were previously deemed immaterial but are material under the guidance in SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted prospectively Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 05-7, Accounting for Modifications to Conversion Options Embedded in Debt Instruments and Related Issues (“EITF 05-7”). EITF 05-7 provides guidance on whether a modification of conversion options embedded in debt results in an extinguishment of that debt. In certain situations, companies may change the terms of an embedded conversion option as part of a debt modification. The EITF concluded that the change in the fair value of an embedded conversion option upon modification should be included in the analysis of EITF Issue No. 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments, to determine whether a modification or extinguishment has occurred and that a change in the fair value of a conversion option should be recognized upon the modification as a discount (or premium) associated with the debt, and an increase (or decrease) in additional paid-in capital. The adoption of EITF 05-7 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 05-8, Income Tax Consequences of Issuing Convertible Debt with a Beneficial Conversion Feature (“EITF 05-8”). EITF 05-8 concludes that: (i) the issuance of convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature results in a basis difference that should be accounted for as a temporary difference; and (ii) the establishment of the deferred tax liability for the basis difference should result in an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. EITF 05-8 was applied retrospectively for all instruments with a beneficial conversion feature accounted for in accordance with EITF Issue No. 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios, and EITF Issue No. 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments.  The adoption of EITF 05-8 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3 (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements for a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is deemed


F-28


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

impracticable. It also requires that a change in the method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate rather than a change in accounting principle. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2005, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (“EITF 04-5”). EITF 04-5 provides a framework for determining whether a general partner controls and should consolidate a limited partnership or a similar entity in light of certain rights held by the limited partners. The consensus also provides additional guidance on substantive rights. EITF 04-5 was effective after June 29, 2005 for all newly formed partnerships and for any pre-existing limited partnerships that modified their partnership agreements after that date. For all other limited partnerships, EITF 04-5 required adoption by January 1, 2006 through a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle recorded in opening equity or applied retrospectively by adjusting prior period financial statements. The adoption of the provisions of EITF 04-5 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective November 9, 2005, the Company prospectively adopted the guidance in FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 140-2, Clarification of the Application of Paragraphs 40(b) and 40(c) of FAS 140 (“FSP 140-2”). FSP 140-2 clarified certain criteria relating to derivatives and beneficial interests when considering whether an entity qualifies as a QSPE. Under FSP 140-2, the criteria must only be met at the date the QSPE issues beneficial interests or when a derivative financial instrument needs to be replaced upon the occurrence of a specified event outside the control of the transferor. The adoption of FSP 140-2 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 amended prior guidance to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaced it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS 153 were required to be applied prospectively for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 05-6, Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements (“EITF 05-6”). EITF 05-6 provides guidance on determining the amortization period for leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or acquired subsequent to lease inception. As required by EITF 05-6, the Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis which had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2005, the FASB completed its review of EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (“EITF 03-1”). EITF 03-1 provides accounting guidance regarding the determination of when an impairment of debt and marketable equity securities and investments accounted for under the cost method should be considered other-than-temporary and recognized in income. EITF 03-1 also requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, that are impaired at the balance sheet date but for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. The FASB decided not to provide additional guidance on the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment but has issued FSP Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments (“FSP 115-1”), which nullifies the accounting guidance on the determination of whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired as set forth in EITF 03-1. As required by FSP 115-1, the Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis, which had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and has provided the required disclosures.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“FSP 109-2”). The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“AJCA”) introduced a one-time dividend received deduction on the repatriation of certain earnings to a U.S. taxpayer. FSP 109-2 provides companies additional time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effects of the AJCA on their plans to repatriate foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.  During 2005, the Company recorded a $27 million income tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 965 for which a U.S. deferred income tax provision had previously been recorded. As of January 1, 2006, the repatriation provision of the AJCA no longer applies to the Company.
 
Effective July 1, 2004, the Company prospectively adopted FSP No. FAS 106-2, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“FSP 106-2”). FSP 106-2 provides accounting guidance to employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Company began receiving subsidies on prescription drug benefits during 2006 under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Prescription Drug Act”) based on the Company’s determination that the prescription drug benefits offered under certain postretirement plans are actuarially equivalent to the benefits offered under Medicare Part D. The postretirement benefit plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation were remeasured to determine the effect of the expected subsidies on net periodic postretirement benefit cost. As a result, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was reduced by $213 million at July 1, 2004. See also Note 16.
 
Effective July 1, 2004, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies (“EITF 03-16”). EITF 03-16 provides guidance regarding whether a limited liability company should be viewed as similar to a corporation or similar to a partnership for purposes of determining whether a noncontrolling investment should be accounted for using the cost method or the equity method of accounting. EITF 03-16 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective April 1, 2004, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two — Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 (“EITF 03-6”). EITF 03-6 provides guidance on determining whether a security should be considered a participating security for purposes of computing earnings per common share and how earnings should be allocated to the participating security. EITF 03-6 did not have an impact on the Company’s earnings per common share calculations or amounts.
 
Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-1, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts (“SOP 03-1”), as interpreted by a Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”), issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) and FSP No. FAS 97-1, Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability. SOP 03-1 provides guidance on: (i) the classification and valuation of long-duration contract liabilities; (ii) the accounting for sales inducements; and (iii) separate account presentation and valuation. As a result of the adoption of SOP 03-1, effective January 1, 2004, the Company decreased the liability for future policyholder benefits for changes in the methodology relating to various guaranteed death and annuitization benefits and for determining liabilities for certain universal life insurance contracts by $4 million, which was reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting. This amount is net of corresponding changes in DAC, including VOBA and unearned revenue liability, under certain variable annuity and life contracts and income tax. Certain other contracts sold by the Company provide for a return through periodic crediting rates, surrender adjustments or termination adjustments based on the total return of a contractually referenced pool of assets owned by the Company. To the extent that such contracts are not accounted for as derivatives under the provisions of SFAS 133 and not already credited to the contract account balance, under SOP 03-1 the change relating to the fair value of the referenced pool of assets is recorded as a liability with the change in the liability recorded as policyholder benefits


F-30


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and claims. Prior to the adoption of SOP 03-1, the Company recorded the change in such liability as other comprehensive income. At adoption, this change decreased net income and increased other comprehensive income by $63 million, net of income tax, which were recorded as cumulative effects of changes in accounting. Effective with the adoption of SOP 03-1, costs associated with enhanced or bonus crediting rates to contractholders must be deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract using assumptions consistent with the amortization of DAC. Since the Company followed a similar approach prior to adoption of SOP 03-1, the provisions of SOP 03-1 relating to sales inducements had no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SOP 03-1’s guidance for the reporting of certain separate accounts, at adoption, the Company also reclassified $1.7 billion of separate account assets to general account investments and $1.7 billion of separate account liabilities to future policy benefits and PABs. This reclassification decreased net income and increased other comprehensive income by $27 million, net of income tax, which were reported as cumulative effects of changes in accounting. As a result of the adoption of SOP 03-1, the Company recorded a cumulative effect of a change in accounting of $86 million, net of income tax of $46 million, for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, the Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits all entities the option to measure most financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates and to report related unrealized gains and losses in earnings. The fair value option will generally be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis and is generally an irrevocable election. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is evaluating which eligible financial instruments, if any, it will elect to account for at fair value under SFAS 159 and the related impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2006, the FASB issued FSP EITF 00-19-2, Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements (“FSP EITF 00-19-2”). FSP EITF 00-19-2 specifies that the contingent obligation to make future payments or otherwise transfer consideration under a registration payment arrangement should be separately recognized and measured in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. FSP EITF 00-19-2 is effective immediately for registration payment arrangements and the financial instruments subject to those arrangements that are entered into or modified subsequent to December 21, 2006. For registration payment arrangements and financial instruments subject to those arrangements that were entered into prior to December 21, 2006, the guidance in the FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect FSP EITF 00-19-2 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The guidance in SFAS 157 will be applied prospectively with the exception of: (i) block discounts of financial instruments; and (ii) certain financial and hybrid instruments measured at initial recognition under SFAS 133 which is to be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of initial adoption (a limited form of retrospective application). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Implementation of SFAS 157 will require additional disclosures in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 13-2, Accounting for a Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leveraged Lease Transaction (“FSP 13-2”). FSP 13-2 amends SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, to require that a lessor review the projected timing of income tax cash flows generated by a leveraged lease annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a change in timing has occurred or is projected to occur. In addition, FSP 13-2 requires that the change in the net investment balance resulting from the recalculation be recognized as a gain or loss from continuing operations in the same line item in which leveraged lease income is recognized in the year in which the assumption is changed. The guidance in


F-31


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

FSP 13-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect FSP 13-2 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 requires companies to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. It also provides guidance on the recognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties. Previously recorded income tax benefits that no longer meet this standard are required to be charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made. FIN 48 will also require significant additional disclosures. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. Based upon the Company’s evaluation work completed to date, the Company expects to recognize a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings of between $35 million and $60 million.
 
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS 156”). Among other requirements, SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in certain situations. SFAS 156 will be applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company does not expect SFAS 156 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2005, the AICPA issued SOP 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for DAC on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments. SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverages that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. It is effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
 
In addition, in February 2007 related TPAs were issued by the AICPA to provide further clarification of SOP 05-1. The TPAs are effective concurrently with the adoption of the SOP. Based on the Company’s interpretation of SOP 05-1 and related TPAs, the adoption of SOP 05-1 will result in a reduction to DAC and VOBA relating primarily to the Company’s group life and health insurance contracts that contain certain rate reset provisions. The Company estimates that the adoption of SOP 05-1 as of January 1, 2007 will result in a cumulative effect adjustment of between $275 million and $310 million, net of income tax, which will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings. In addition, the Company estimates that accelerated DAC and VOBA amortization will reduce 2007 net income by approximately $25 million to $35 million, net of income tax.
 
2.   Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
Travelers
 
On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of Travelers for $12.1 billion. The results of Travelers’ operations were included in the Company’s financial statements beginning July 1, 2005. As a result of the acquisition, management of the Company increased significantly the size and scale of the Company’s core insurance and annuity products and expanded the Company’s presence in both the retirement & savings’ domestic and international markets. The distribution agreements executed with Citigroup as part of the acquisition provide the Company with one of the broadest distribution networks in the industry. The initial consideration paid by the Holding Company for the acquisition consisted of $10.9 billion in cash and 22,436,617 shares of the Holding


F-32


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company’s common stock with a market value of $1.0 billion to Citigroup and $100 million in other transaction costs. As described more fully below, additional consideration of $115 million was paid by the Holding Company to Citigroup in 2006. In addition to cash on-hand, the purchase price was financed through the issuance of common stock as described above, debt securities as described in Note 10, common equity units as described in Note 12 and preferred stock as described in Note 17.
 
The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the assets and liabilities of Travelers be measured at their fair values as of July 1, 2005.
 
Final Purchase Price Allocation and Goodwill
 
The purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using management’s best estimate of their fair values as of the acquisition date. The computation of the purchase price and the allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired based upon their respective fair values as of July 1, 2005, and the resulting goodwill, as revised, are presented below.
 
The Company revised the purchase price as a result of the finalization by both parties of their review of the June 30, 2005 financial statements and final resolution as to the interpretation of the provisions of the acquisition agreement which resulted in a payment of additional consideration of $115 million by the Company to Citigroup. Further consideration paid to Citigroup of $115 million, as well as additional transaction costs of $3 million, offset by a $4 million reduction in restructuring costs, resulted in a total increase in the purchase price of $114 million.
 
The purchase price allocation was updated as a result of the additional consideration of $114 million, an increase of $20 million in the value of the future policy benefit liabilities and other policyholder funds acquired resulting from the finalization of the evaluation of the Travelers’ underwriting criteria, an increase in equity securities of $24 million resulting from the finalization of the determination of the fair value of such securities, a decrease in current income tax payables of $21 million resulting from a decree by the Argentine Government regarding the taxability of pesification-related gains, a decrease in other assets and an increase in other liabilities of $1 million and $4 million, respectively, due to the receipt of additional information and the reduction in restructuring costs, and the net impact of aforementioned adjustments increasing deferred income tax assets by $1 million. Goodwill increased by $93 million as a consequence of such revisions to the purchase price and the purchase price allocation.
 


F-33


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
    As of July 1, 2005
 
    (In millions)  
 
Sources:
               
Cash
  $ 4,312          
Debt
    2,716          
Junior subordinated debt securities associated with common equity units
    2,134          
Preferred stock
    2,100          
Common stock
    1,010          
                 
Total sources of funds
          $ 12,272  
                 
Uses:
               
Debt and equity issuance costs
          $ 128  
Investment in MetLife Capital Trusts II and III
            64  
Acquisition costs
    112          
Purchase price paid to Citigroup
    11,968          
                 
Total purchase price
            12,080  
                 
Total uses of funds
          $ 12,272  
                 
Total purchase price
          $ 12,080  
                 
Net assets acquired from Travelers
  $ 9,412          
Adjustments to reflect assets acquired at fair value:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale
    (7 )        
Mortgage and consumer loans
    72          
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    17          
Real estate held-for-sale
    22          
Other limited partnership interests
    51          
Other invested assets
    201          
Premiums and other receivables
    1,008          
Elimination of historical deferred policy acquisition costs
    (3,210 )        
Value of business acquired
    3,780          
Value of distribution agreement acquired
    645          
Value of customer relationships acquired
    17          
Elimination of historical goodwill
    (197 )        
Net deferred income tax assets
    2,099          
Other assets
    (89 )        
Adjustments to reflect liabilities assumed at fair value:
               
Future policy benefits
    (4,089 )        
Policyholder account balances
    (1,905 )        
Other liabilities
    (17 )        
                 
Net fair value of assets and liabilities assumed
            7,810  
                 
Goodwill resulting from the acquisition
          $ 4,270  
                 

F-34


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Goodwill resulting from the acquisition has been allocated to the Company’s segments, as well as Corporate & Other, that are expected to benefit from the acquisition as follows:
 
         
    As of July 1, 2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Institutional
  $ 911  
Individual
    2,752  
International
    201  
Corporate & Other
    406  
         
Total
  $ 4,270  
         
 
Of the goodwill of $4.3 billion, $1.6 billion is estimated to be deductible for income tax purposes.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Condensed Statement of Net Assets Acquired
 
The condensed statement of net assets acquired reflects the fair value of Travelers net assets as follows:
 
         
    As of July 1,
 
    2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
       
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale
  $ 44,370  
Trading securities
    555  
Equity securities available-for-sale
    641  
Mortgage and consumer loans
    2,365  
Policy loans
    884  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    77  
Real estate held-for-sale
    49  
Other limited partnership interests
    1,124  
Short-term investments
    2,801  
Other invested assets
    1,686  
         
Total investments
    54,552  
         
Cash and cash equivalents
    844  
Accrued investment income
    539  
Premiums and other receivables
    4,886  
Value of business acquired
    3,780  
Goodwill
    4,270  
Other intangible assets
    662  
Deferred tax assets
    1,088  
Other assets
    736  
Separate account assets
    30,799  
         
Total assets acquired
    102,156  
         
Liabilities:
       
Future policy benefits
    18,520  
Policyholder account balances
    36,634  
Other policyholder funds
    324  
Short-term debt
    25  
Current income tax payable
    45  
Other liabilities
    3,729  
Separate account liabilities
    30,799  
         
Total liabilities assumed
    90,076  
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 12,080  
         
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
VOBA reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts acquired and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the right to receive future cash flows from the life insurance and annuity


F-36


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

contracts in force at the acquisition date. VOBA is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. If estimated gross profits or premiums differ from expectations, the amortization of VOBA is adjusted to reflect actual experience.
 
The value of the other identifiable intangibles reflects the estimated fair value of Citigroup/Travelers distribution agreement and customer relationships acquired at July 1, 2005 and will be amortized in relation to the expected economic benefits of the agreement. If actual experience under the distribution agreements or with customer relationships differs from expectations, the amortization of these intangibles will be adjusted to reflect actual experience.
 
The use of discount rates was necessary to establish the fair value of VOBA, as well as the other identifiable intangible assets. In selecting the appropriate discount rates, management considered its weighted average cost of capital, as well as the weighted average cost of capital required by market participants. A discount rate of 11.5% was used to value these intangible assets.
 
The fair values of business acquired, distribution agreements and customer relationships acquired are as follows:
 
                 
    As of July 1,
    Weighted Average
 
    2005     Amortization Period  
    (In millions)     (In years)  
 
Value of business acquired
  $ 3,780       16  
Value of distribution agreements and customer relationships acquired
    662       16  
                 
Total value of intangible assets acquired, excluding goodwill
  $ 4,442       16  
                 
 
Restructuring Costs and Other Charges
 
As part of the integration of Travelers’ operations, management approved and initiated plans to reduce approximately 1,000 domestic and international Travelers positions, which was completed in December 2006. MetLife initially recorded restructuring costs, including severance, relocation and outplacement services of Travelers’ employees, as liabilities assumed in the purchase business combination of $49 million. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the liability for restructuring costs was reduced by $4 million and $1 million, respectively, due to a reduction in the estimate of severance benefits to be paid to Travelers employees. The restructuring costs associated with the Travelers acquisition were as follows:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 28     $  
Acquisition
          49  
Cash payments
    (24 )     (20 )
Other reductions
    (4 )     (1 )
                 
Balance at December 31,
  $     $ 28  
                 
 
Other Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
On September 1, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of CitiStreet Associates, a division of CitiStreet LLC, which is primarily involved in the distribution of annuity products and retirement plans to the


F-37


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

education, healthcare, and not-for-profit markets, for $56 million, of which $2 million was allocated to goodwill and $54 million to other identifiable intangibles, specifically the value of customer relationships acquired, which has a weighted average amortization period of 16 years. CitiStreet Associates was integrated with MetLife Resources, a focused distribution channel of MetLife, which is dedicated to provide retirement plans and financial services to the same markets.
 
See Note 22 for information on the disposition of P.T. Sejahtera (“MetLife Indonesia”) and SSRM Holdings, Inc. (“SSRM”).
 
3.   Investments
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gain and loss, and estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities, the percentage that each sector represents by the total fixed maturity securities holdings and by the total equity securities holdings at:
 
                                         
    December 31, 2006  
    Cost or
                         
    Amortized
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 74,618     $ 2,049     $ 1,017     $ 75,650       31.1 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    51,602       385       321       51,666       21.2  
Foreign corporate securities
    34,231       1,924       386       35,769       14.7  
U.S.Treasury/agency securities
    29,897       984       248       30,633       12.6  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    16,556       193       144       16,605       6.8  
Asset-backed securities
    13,868       75       54       13,889       5.7  
Foreign government securities
    11,037       1,598       34       12,601       5.2  
State and political subdivision securities
    6,121       230       51       6,300       2.6  
Other fixed maturity securities
    385       7       77       315       0.1  
                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 238,315     $ 7,445     $ 2,332     $ 243,428       100.0 %
                                         
Common stock
  $ 1,798     $ 487     $ 16     $ 2,269       44.2 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    2,788       103       29       2,862       55.8  
                                         
Total equity securities
  $ 4,586     $ 590     $ 45     $ 5,131       100.0 %
                                         
 


F-38


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                         
    December 31, 2005  
    Cost or
                         
    Amortized
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Fair Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 72,532     $ 2,816     $ 838     $ 74,510       32.4 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    47,365       353       472       47,246       20.5  
Foreign corporate securities
    33,578       1,842       439       34,981       15.2  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    25,643       1,401       86       26,958       11.7  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    17,682       223       207       17,698       7.7  
Asset-backed securities
    11,533       91       51       11,573       5.0  
Foreign government securities
    10,080       1,401       35       11,446       5.0  
State and political subdivision securities
    4,601       185       36       4,750       2.1  
Other fixed maturity securities
    912       17       41       888       0.4  
                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 223,926     $ 8,329     $ 2,205     $ 230,050       100.0 %
                                         
Common stock
  $ 2,004     $ 250     $ 30     $ 2,224       66.6 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    1,080       45       11       1,114       33.4  
                                         
Total equity securities
  $ 3,084     $ 295     $ 41     $ 3,338       100.0 %
                                         

 
The Company held foreign currency derivatives with notional amounts of $8.9 billion and $5.7 billion to hedge the exchange rate risk associated with foreign denominated fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Excluding investments in U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies, the Company is not exposed to any significant concentration of credit risk in its fixed maturity securities portfolio.
 
The Company held fixed maturity securities at estimated fair values that were below investment grade or not rated by an independent rating agency that totaled $17.3 billion and $15.2 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These securities had a net unrealized gain of $627 million and $392 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Non-income producing fixed maturity securities were $16 million and $15 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Unrealized gains (losses) associated with non-income producing fixed maturity securities were $4 million and ($3) million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

F-39


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities, by contractual maturity date (excluding scheduled sinking funds), are shown below:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Cost or
          Cost or
       
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 7,014     $ 7,102     $ 7,111     $ 7,152  
Due after one year through five years
    45,782       46,367       36,105       36,562  
Due after five years through ten years
    40,213       40,817       45,303       46,256  
Due after ten years
    63,280       66,982       58,827       63,563  
                                 
Subtotal
    156,289       161,268       147,346       153,533  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities
    82,026       82,160       76,580       76,517  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 238,315     $ 243,428     $ 223,926     $ 230,050  
                                 
 
Fixed maturity securities not due at a single maturity date have been included in the above table in the year of final contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to the exercise of prepayment options.
 
Sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Proceeds
  $ 89,869     $ 127,709     $ 57,604  
Gross investment gains
  $ 580     $ 704     $ 844  
Gross investment losses
  $ (1,533 )   $ (1,391 )   $ (516 )


F-40


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unrealized Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following tables present the estimated fair values and gross unrealized loss of the Company’s fixed maturity securities (aggregated by sector) and equity securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by length of time that the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less than 12 months     Equal to or Greater than 12 months     Total  
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 17,899     $ 304     $ 16,974     $ 713     $ 34,873     $ 1,017  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    15,300       78       13,640       243       28,940       321  
Foreign corporate securities
    6,753       105       7,579       281       14,332       386  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    15,006       157       1,560       91       16,566       248  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    4,976       31       4,096       113       9,072       144  
Asset-backed securities
    4,528       31       1,084       23       5,612       54  
Foreign government securities
    1,162       18       507       16       1,669       34  
State and political subdivision securities
    334       12       532       39       866       51  
Other fixed maturity securities
    146       77       4             150       77  
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 66,104     $ 813     $ 45,976     $ 1,519     $ 112,080     $ 2,332  
                                                 
Equity securities
  $ 842     $ 20     $ 575     $ 25     $ 1,417     $ 45  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
    11,021               4,793               15,814          
                                                 
 


F-41


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                 
    December 31, 2005  
    Less than 12 months     Equal to or Greater than 12 months     Total  
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 29,095     $ 740     $ 2,685     $ 98     $ 31,780     $ 838  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    31,258       434       1,291       38       32,549       472  
Foreign corporate securities
    13,185       378       1,728       61       14,913       439  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    7,759       85       113       1       7,872       86  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    10,190       185       685       22       10,875       207  
Asset-backed securities
    4,709       42       305       9       5,014       51  
Foreign government securities
    1,203       31       327       4       1,530       35  
State and political subdivision securities
    1,050       36       16             1,066       36  
Other fixed maturity securities
    319       36       52       5       371       41  
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 98,768     $ 1,967     $ 7,202     $ 238     $ 105,970     $ 2,205  
                                                 
Equity securities
  $ 671     $ 34     $ 131     $ 7     $ 802     $ 41  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
    12,787               932               13,719          
                                                 

 
Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized loss and number of securities for fixed maturity securities and equity securities, where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%, or 20% or more at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Cost or Amortized
    Gross Unrealized
    Number of
 
    Cost     Loss     Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Less than six months
  $ 52,384     $ 36     $ 549     $ 12       9,240       83  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    3,143       3       56       1       706       2  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    12,199       14       211       4       989       1  
Twelve months or greater
    48,066       29       1,537       7       4,787       6  
                                                 
Total
  $ 115,792     $ 82     $ 2,353     $ 24       15,722       92  
                                                 
 

F-42


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                 
    December 31, 2005  
    Cost or Amortized Cost     Gross Unrealized Loss     Number of Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Less than six months
  $ 92,512     $ 213     $ 1,707     $ 51       11,441       308  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    3,704       5       108       2       456       7  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    5,006             133             573       2  
Twelve months or greater
    7,555       23       240       5       924       8  
                                                 
Total
  $ 108,777     $ 241     $ 2,188     $ 58       13,394       325  
                                                 

 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $2.4 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of less than 20% of cost or amortized cost, which represented 2% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities.
 
At December 31, 2006, $24 million of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of cost or amortized cost, which represented 29% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities. Of such unrealized losses of $24 million, $12 million related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for a period of less than six months. At December 31, 2005, $58 million of unrealized losses related to securities with an unrealized loss position of 20% or more of cost or amortized cost, which represented 24% of the cost or amortized cost of such securities. Of such unrealized losses of $58 million, $51 million related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for a period of less than six months.
 
The Company held eight fixed maturity securities and equity securities each with a gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2006 each greater than $10 million. These securities represented 7%, or $169 million in the aggregate, of the gross unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities and equity securities. The Company held one fixed maturity security with a gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2005 greater than $10 million. This security represented less than 1%, or $10 million of the gross unrealized loss on fixed maturity and equity securities.

F-43


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $2.4 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, of gross unrealized loss related to its fixed maturity and equity securities. These securities are concentrated, calculated as a percentage of gross unrealized loss, as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Sector:
               
U.S. corporate securities
    43 %     37 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    14       21  
Foreign corporate securities
    16       20  
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
    10       4  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    6       9  
Other
    11       9  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
Industry:
               
Industrial
    23 %     22 %
Mortgage-backed
    20       30  
Government
    12       5  
Finance
    11       11  
Utility
    10       6  
Other
    24       26  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
 
As described more fully in Note 1, the Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its investment holdings in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. One of the criteria which the Company considers in its other-than-temporary impairment analysis is its intent and ability to hold securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of their value to an amount equal to or greater than cost or amortized cost. The Company’s intent and ability to hold securities considers broad portfolio management objectives such as asset/liability duration management, issuer and industry segment exposures, interest rate views and the overall total return focus. In following these portfolio management objectives, changes in facts and circumstances that were present in past reporting periods may trigger a decision to sell securities that were held in prior reporting periods. Decisions to sell are based on current conditions or the Company’s need to shift the portfolio to maintain its portfolio management objectives including liquidity needs or duration targets on asset/liability managed portfolios. The Company attempts to anticipate these types of changes and if a sale decision has been made on an impaired security and that security is not expected to recover prior to the expected time of sale, the security will be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period that the sale decision was made and an other-than-temporary impairment loss will be recognized.
 
Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of the securities in accordance with its impairment policy, the cause of the decline being principally attributable to the general rise in rates during the holding period, and the Company’s current intent and ability to hold the fixed maturity and equity securities with unrealized losses for a period of time sufficient for them to recover, the Company has concluded that the aforementioned securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
Securities Lending
 
The Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity and equity securities, are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms. The Company


F-44


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

requires a minimum of 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities to be separately maintained as collateral for the loans. Securities with a cost or amortized cost of $43.3 billion and $32.1 billion and an estimated fair value of $44.1 billion and $33.0 billion were on loan under the program at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Securities loaned under such transactions may be sold or repledged by the transferee. The Company was liable for cash collateral under its control of $45.4 billion and $33.9 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Security collateral of $100 million and $207 million on deposit from customers in connection with the securities lending transactions at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, may not be sold or repledged and is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Assets on Deposit and Held in Trust
 
The Company had investment assets on deposit with regulatory agencies with a fair market value of $1.3 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, consisting primarily of fixed maturity and equity securities. Company securities held in trust to satisfy collateral requirements had an amortized cost of $3.0 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, consisting primarily of fixed maturity and equity securities.
 
Mortgage and Consumer Loans
 
Mortgage and consumer loans are categorized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
          (In millions)        
 
Commercial mortgage loans
  $ 32,000       75 %   $ 28,169       75 %
Agricultural mortgage loans
    9,231       22       7,711       21  
Consumer loans
    1,190       3       1,482       4  
                                 
Subtotal
    42,421       100 %     37,362       100 %
                                 
Less: Valuation allowances
    182               172          
                                 
Mortgage and consumer loans
  $ 42,239             $ 37,190          
                                 
 
Mortgage loans are collateralized by properties primarily located in the United States. At December 31, 2006, 20%, 6% and 6% of the value of the Company’s mortgage and consumer loans were located in California, New York and Texas, respectively. Generally, the Company, as the lender, only loans up to 75% of the purchase price of the underlying real estate.
 
Certain of the Company’s real estate joint ventures have mortgage loans with the Company. The carrying values of such mortgages were $372 million and $379 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Information regarding loan valuation allowances for mortgage and consumer loans is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 172     $ 157     $ 129  
Additions
    36       64       57  
Deductions
    (26 )     (49 )     (29 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 182     $ 172     $ 157  
                         


F-45


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A portion of the Company’s mortgage and consumer loans was impaired and consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Impaired loans with valuation allowances
  $ 374     $ 22  
Impaired loans without valuation allowances
    75       116  
                 
Subtotal
    449       138  
Less: Valuation allowances on impaired loans
    21       4  
                 
Impaired loans
  $ 428     $ 134  
                 
 
The average investment in impaired loans was $202 million, $187 million and $404 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest income on impaired loans was $2 million, $12 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The investment in restructured loans was $9 million and $37 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Interest income of $1 million, $2 million and $9 million was recognized on restructured loans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Gross interest income that would have been recorded in accordance with the original terms of such loans amounted to $1 million, $3 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Mortgage and consumer loans with scheduled payments of 90 days or more past due on which interest is still accruing, had an amortized cost of $15 million and $41 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Mortgage and consumer loans on which interest is no longer accrued had an amortized cost of $36 million and $6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Mortgage and consumer loans in foreclosure had an amortized cost of $35 million and $13 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Real estate
  $ 5,004     $ 4,707  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,495 )     (968 )
                 
Net real estate
    3,509       3,739  
Real estate joint ventures
    1,477       926  
                 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
  $ 4,986     $ 4,665  
                 
 
The components of real estate and real estate joint ventures are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
  $ 4,979     $ 3,910  
Real estate held-for-sale
    7       755  
                 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
  $ 4,986     $ 4,665  
                 
 
Related depreciation expense was $158 million, $185 million and $286 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These amounts include $26 million, $50 million and $107 million of


F-46


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

depreciation expense related to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-sale recognized impairments of $8 million, $5 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The carrying value of non-income producing real estate and real estate joint ventures was $8 million and $37 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The company owned real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt of $3 million and $4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures were categorized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (In millions)  
 
Office
  $ 2,709       55 %   $ 2,597       56 %
Apartments
    739       15       889       19  
Retail
    513       10       612       13  
Developmental joint ventures
    169       3              
Real estate investment funds
    401       8       45       1  
Industrial
    291       6       284       6  
Land
    71       1       43       1  
Agriculture
    32       1       32       1  
Other
    61       1       163       3  
                                 
Total
  $ 4,986       100 %   $ 4,665       100 %
                                 
 
The Company’s real estate holdings are primarily located in the United States. At December 31, 2006, 26%, 15% and 15% of the Company’s real estate holdings were located in New York, Texas and California, respectively.
 
Leveraged Leases
 
Investment in leveraged leases, included in other invested assets, consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Rental receivables, net
  $ 1,055     $ 991  
Estimated residual values
    887       735  
                 
Subtotal
    1,942       1,726  
Unearned income
    (694 )     (645 )
                 
Investment in leveraged leases
  $ 1,248     $ 1,081  
                 
 
The Company’s deferred income tax liability related to leveraged leases was $670 million and $679 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The rental receivables set forth above are generally due in periodic installments. The payment periods generally range from one to 15 years, but in certain circumstances are as long as 30 years.


F-47


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The components of net income from investment in leveraged leases are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Income from investment in leveraged leases (included in net investment income)
  $ 51     $ 54     $ 26  
Income tax expense on leveraged leases
    (18 )     (19 )     (9 )
                         
Net income from leveraged leases
  $ 33     $ 35     $ 17  
                         
 
Funds Withheld at Interest
 
Funds withheld at interest, included in other invested assets, were $4.0 billion and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Net Investment Income
 
The components of net investment income are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 14,149     $ 11,400     $ 9,397  
Equity securities
    122       79       80  
Mortgage and consumer loans
    2,534       2,302       1,963  
Policy loans
    603       572       541  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    788       549       440  
Other limited partnership interests
    945       709       324  
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
    519       400       167  
Other
    530       472       219  
                         
Total investment income
    20,190       16,483       13,131  
Less: Investment expenses
    2,998       1,666       859  
                         
Net investment income
  $ 17,192     $ 14,817     $ 12,272  
                         


F-48


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Net Investment Gains (Losses)
 
The components of net investment gains (losses) are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ (1,119 )   $ (868 )   $ 71  
Equity securities
    84       117       155  
Mortgage and consumer loans
    (8 )     17       (47 )
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    102       14       16  
Other limited partnership interests
    1       42       53  
Sales of businesses
          8       23  
Derivatives
    (169 )     384       (255 )
Other
    (241 )     193       159  
                         
Net investment gains (losses)
  $ (1,350 )   $ (93 )   $ 175  
                         
 
The Company periodically disposes of fixed maturity and equity securities at a loss. Generally, such losses are insignificant in amount or in relation to the cost basis of the investment, are attributable to declines in fair value occurring in the period of the disposition or are as a result of management’s decision to sell securities based on current conditions or the Company’s need to shift the portfolio to maintain its portfolio management objectives.
 
Losses from fixed maturity and equity securities deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, included within net investment gains (losses), were $82 million, $64 million and $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
 
The components of net unrealized investment gains (losses), included in accumulated other comprehensive income, are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 5,075     $ 6,132     $ 9,602  
Equity securities
    541       247       287  
Derivatives
    (208 )     (142 )     (503 )
Minority interest
    (159 )     (171 )     (104 )
Other
    9       (102 )     39  
                         
Subtotal
    5,258       5,964       9,321  
                         
Amounts allocated from:
                       
Future policy benefit loss recognition
    (1,149 )     (1,410 )     (1,991 )
DAC and VOBA
    (189 )     (79 )     (541 )
Policyholder dividend obligation
    (1,062 )     (1,492 )     (2,119 )
                         
Subtotal
    (2,400 )     (2,981 )     (4,651 )
                         
Deferred income tax
    (994 )     (1,041 )     (1,676 )
                         
Subtotal
    (3,394 )     (4,022 )     (6,327 )
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)
  $ 1,864     $ 1,942     $ 2,994  
                         
 
The changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses) are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, January 1,
  $ 1,942     $ 2,994     $ 2,972  
Unrealized investment gains (losses) during the year
    (706 )     (3,372 )     201  
Unrealized investment gains of subsidiaries at the date of sale
          15        
Unrealized investment gains (losses) relating to:
                       
Future policy benefit gain (loss) recognition
    261       581       (509 )
DAC and VOBA
    (110 )     462       133  
Participating contracts
                183  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    430       627       11  
Deferred income tax
    47       635       3  
                         
Balance, December 31,
  $ 1,864     $ 1,942     $ 2,994  
                         
Net change in unrealized investment gains (losses)
  $ (78 )   $ (1,052 )   $ 22  
                         
 
Trading Securities
 
During 2005, the Company established a trading securities portfolio to support investment strategies that involve the active and frequent purchase and sale of securities, the execution of short sale agreements and asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. Trading securities and short sale agreement liabilities


F-50


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in net investment income related to fixed maturity securities.
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, trading securities were $759 million and $825 million, respectively, and liabilities associated with the short sale agreements in the trading securities portfolio, which were included in other liabilities, were $387 million and $460 million, respectively. The Company had pledged $614 million and $375 million of its assets, primarily consisting of trading securities, as collateral to secure the liabilities associated with the short sale agreements in the trading securities portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
As part of the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, the Company acquired Travelers’ investment in Tribeca Citigroup Investments Ltd. (“Tribeca”). Tribeca was a feeder fund investment structure whereby the feeder fund invests substantially all of its assets in the master fund, Tribeca Global Convertible Instruments Ltd. The primary investment objective of the master fund is to achieve enhanced risk-adjusted return by investing in domestic and foreign equities and equity-related securities utilizing such strategies as convertible securities arbitrage. At December 31, 2005, MetLife was the majority owner of the feeder fund and consolidated the fund within its consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2005, $452 million of trading securities and $190 million of the short sale agreements were related to Tribeca. Net investment income related to the trading activities of Tribeca, which included interest and dividends earned and net realized and unrealized gains (losses), was $12 million and $6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
During the second quarter of 2006, MetLife’s ownership interests in Tribeca declined to a position whereby Tribeca is no longer consolidated and, as of June 30, 2006, was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The equity method investment at December 31, 2006 of $82 million was included in other limited partnership interests. Net investment income related to the Company’s equity method investment in Tribeca was $9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2006.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, interest and dividends earned on trading securities in addition to the net realized and unrealized gains (losses) recognized on the trading securities and the related short sale agreement liabilities totaled $71 million and $14 million, respectively. Changes in the fair value of such trading securities and short sale agreement liabilities, totaled $26 million and less than a million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company did not have any trading securities during the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Structured Investment Transactions
 
The Company invests in structured notes and similar type instruments, which generally provide equity-based returns on debt securities. The carrying value of such investments, included in fixed maturity securities, was $354 million and $362 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The related net investment income recognized was $43 million, $28 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
The following table presents the total assets of and maximum exposure to loss relating to VIEs for which the Company has concluded that: (i) it is the primary beneficiary and which are consolidated in the Company’s


F-51


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2006; and (ii) it holds significant variable interests but it is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Primary Beneficiary     Not Primary Beneficiary  
          Maximum
          Maximum
 
    Total
    Exposure to
    Total
    Exposure to
 
    Assets(1)     Loss(2)     Assets(1)     Loss(2)  
    (In millions)  
 
Asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations
  $     $     $ 1,909     $ 246  
Real estate joint ventures(3)
    53       45       399       41  
Other limited partnerships interests(4)
    84       3       20,770       1,583  
Other investments(5)
                31,170       2,356  
                                 
Total
  $ 137     $ 48     $ 54,248     $ 4,226  
                                 
 
 
(1) The assets of the asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations are reflected at fair value at December 31, 2006. The assets of the real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests and other investments are reflected at the carrying amounts at which such assets would have been reflected on the Company’s balance sheet had the Company consolidated the VIE from the date of its initial investment in the entity.
 
(2) The maximum exposure to loss of the asset-backed securitizations and collateralized debt obligations is equal to the carrying amounts of retained interests. In addition, the Company provides collateral management services for certain of these structures for which it collects a management fee. The maximum exposure to loss relating to real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests and other investments is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments, reduced by amounts guaranteed by other partners.
 
(3) Real estate joint ventures include partnerships and other ventures which engage in the acquisition, development, management and disposal of real estate investments.
 
(4) Other limited partnership interests include partnerships established for the purpose of investing in public and private debt and equity securities, as well as limited partnerships.
 
(5) Other investments include securities that are not asset-backed securitizations or collateralized debt obligations.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
4.   Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Types of Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The following table presents the notional amounts and current market or fair value of derivative financial instruments held at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
          Current Market
          Current Market
 
    Notional
    or Fair Value     Notional
    or Fair Value  
    Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 27,148     $ 639     $ 150     $ 20,444     $ 653     $ 69  
Interest rate floors
    37,437       279             10,975       134        
Interest rate caps
    26,468       125             27,990       242        
Financial futures
    8,432       64       39       1,159       12       8  
Foreign currency swaps
    19,627       986       1,174       14,274       527       991  
Foreign currency forwards
    2,934       31       27       4,622       64       92  
Options
    587       306       8       815       356       6  
Financial forwards
    3,800       12       40       2,452       13       4  
Credit default swaps
    6,357       5       21       5,882       13       11  
Synthetic GICs
    3,739                   5,477              
Other
    250       56             250       9        
                                                 
Total
  $ 136,779     $ 2,503     $ 1,459     $ 94,340     $ 2,023     $ 1,181  
                                                 
 
The above table does not include notional values for equity futures, equity financial forwards and equity options. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 2,749 and 3,305 equity futures contracts, respectively. Market values of equity futures are included in financial futures in the preceding table. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 225,000 and 213,000 equity financial forwards, respectively. Market values of equity financial forwards are included in financial forwards in the preceding table. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned 74,864,483 and 4,720,254 equity options, respectively. Market values of equity options are included in options in the preceding table.


F-53


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table presents the notional amounts of derivative financial instruments by maturity at December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
    Remaining Life  
          After One Year
    After Five Years
             
    One Year or
    Through Five
    Through Ten
    After Ten
       
    Less     Years     Years     Years     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 1,734     $ 16,424     $ 5,192     $ 3,798     $ 27,148  
Interest rate floors
          7,619       29,818             37,437  
Interest rate caps
    2,770       23,698                   26,468  
Financial futures
    8,432                         8,432  
Foreign currency swaps
    572       8,841       7,390       2,824       19,627  
Foreign currency forwards
    2,934                         2,934  
Options
          586       1             587  
Financial forwards
                      3,800       3,800  
Credit default swaps
    518       5,618       221             6,357  
Synthetic GICs
    3,427       312                   3,739  
Other
          250                   250  
                                         
Total
  $ 20,387     $ 63,348     $ 42,622     $ 10,422     $ 136,779  
                                         
 
Interest rate swaps are used by the Company primarily to reduce market risks from changes in interest rates and to alter interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches). In an interest rate swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts as calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date.
 
The Company also enters into basis swaps to better match the cash flows from assets and related liabilities. In a basis swap, both legs of the swap are floating with each based on a different index. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party. A single net payment is usually made by one counterparty at each due date. Basis swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table.
 
Interest rate caps and floors are used by the Company primarily to protect its floating rate liabilities against rises in interest rates above a specified level, and against interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches), as well as to protect its minimum rate guarantee liabilities against declines in interest rates below a specified level, respectively.
 
In exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) and equity futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by the different classes of interest rate and equity securities, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange.
 
Exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) futures are used primarily to hedge mismatches between the duration of assets in a portfolio and the duration of liabilities supported by those assets, to hedge against changes in value of securities the Company owns or anticipates acquiring, and to hedge against changes in interest rates on anticipated liability issuances by replicating Treasury or swap curve performance. The value of interest rate futures is substantially impacted by changes in interest rates and they can be used to modify or hedge existing interest rate risk.


F-54


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Exchange-traded equity futures are used primarily to hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company.
 
Foreign currency derivatives, including foreign currency swaps, foreign currency forwards and currency option contracts, are used by the Company to reduce the risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates associated with its assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company also uses foreign currency forwards and swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain of its net investments in foreign operations.
 
In a foreign currency swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between one currency and another at a forward exchange rate calculated by reference to an agreed upon principal amount. The principal amount of each currency is exchanged at the inception and termination of the currency swap by each party.
 
In a foreign currency forward transaction, the Company agrees with another party to deliver a specified amount of an identified currency at a specified future date. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made in a different currency at the specified future date.
 
The Company enters into currency option contracts that give it the right, but not the obligation, to sell the foreign currency amount in exchange for a functional currency amount within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts may also be net settled in cash, based on differentials in the foreign exchange rate and the strike price. Currency option contracts are included in options in the preceding table.
 
Swaptions are used by the Company primarily to sell, or monetize, embedded call options in its fixed rate liabilities. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap with an effective date equal to the exercise date of the embedded call and a maturity date equal to the maturity date of the underlying liability. The Company receives a premium for entering into the swaption. Swaptions are included in options in the preceding table.
 
Equity index options are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. To hedge against adverse changes in equity indices, the Company enters into contracts to sell the equity index within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts will be net settled in cash based on differentials in the indices at the time of exercise and the strike price. Equity index options are included in options in the preceding table.
 
The Company enters into financial forwards to buy and sell securities. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made at a specified future date.
 
Equity variance swaps are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. In an equity variance swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange amounts in the future, based on changes in equity volatility over a defined period. Equity variance swaps are included in financial forwards in the preceding table.
 
Swap spread locks are used by the Company to hedge invested assets on an economic basis against the risk of changes in credit spreads. Swap spread locks are forward starting swaps where the Company agrees to pay a coupon based on a predetermined reference swap spread in exchange for receiving a coupon based on a floating rate. The Company has the option to cash settle with the counterparty in lieu of maintaining the swap after the effective date. Swap spread locks are included in financial forwards in the preceding table.
 
Certain credit default swaps are used by the Company to hedge against credit-related changes in the value of its investments and to diversify its credit risk exposure in certain portfolios. In a credit default swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party, at specified intervals, to pay a premium to insure credit risk. If a credit event, as defined by the contract, occurs, generally the contract will require the swap to be settled gross by the delivery of par quantities of the referenced investment equal to the specified swap notional in exchange for the payment of cash amounts by the counterparty equal to the par value of the investment surrendered.


F-55


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Credit default swaps are also used to synthetically create investments that are either more expensive to acquire or otherwise unavailable in the cash markets. These transactions are a combination of a derivative and usually a U.S. Treasury or Agency security.
 
A synthetic guaranteed interest contract (“GIC”) is a contract that simulates the performance of a traditional GIC through the use of financial instruments. Under a synthetic GIC, the policyholder owns the underlying assets. The Company guarantees a rate return on those assets for a premium.
 
Total rate of return swaps (“TRRs”) are swaps whereby the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the economic risk and reward of an asset or a market index and LIBOR, calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. No cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract. Cash is paid and received over the life of the contract based on the terms of the swap. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date. TRRs can be used as hedges or to synthetically create investments and are included in the other classification in the preceding table.
 
Hedging
 
The following table presents the notional amounts and fair value of derivatives by type of hedge designation at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Notional
    Fair Value     Notional
    Fair Value  
    Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Fair value
  $ 7,978     $ 290     $ 85     $ 4,506     $ 51     $ 104  
Cash flow
    4,366       149       151       8,301       31       505  
Foreign operations
    1,232       1       50       2,005       13       70  
Non-qualifying
    123,203       2,063       1,173       79,528       1,928       502  
                                                 
Total
  $ 136,779     $ 2,503     $ 1,459     $ 94,340     $ 2,023     $ 1,181  
                                                 
 
The following table presents the settlement payments recorded in income for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Qualifying hedges:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 49     $ 42     $ (147 )
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    (35 )     17       45  
Other expenses
    3       (8 )      
Non-qualifying hedges:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    296       86       51  
                         
Total
  $ 313     $ 137     $ (51 )
                         
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
The Company designates and accounts for the following as fair value hedges when they have met the requirements of SFAS 133: (i) interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate investments to floating rate investments; (ii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency fair value exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities; and (iii) interest rate futures to hedge against changes in value of fixed rate securities.


F-56


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The Company recognized net investment gains (losses) representing the ineffective portion of all fair value hedges as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Changes in the fair value of derivatives
  $ 276     $ (118 )   $ 62  
Changes in the fair value of the items hedged
    (276 )     115       (48 )
                         
Net ineffectiveness of fair value hedging activities
  $     $ (3 )   $ 14  
                         
 
All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness. There were no instances in which the Company discontinued fair value hedge accounting due to a hedged firm commitment no longer qualifying as a fair value hedge.
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company designates and accounts for the following as cash flow hedges, when they have met the requirements of SFAS 133: (i) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate investments to fixed rate investments; (ii) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate liabilities into fixed rate liabilities; (iii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency cash flow exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities; and (iv) financial forwards to buy and sell securities.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recognized no net investment gains (losses) as the ineffective portion of all cash flow hedges. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized net investment gains (losses) of ($25) million and ($45) million, respectively, which represent the ineffective portion of all cash flow hedges. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness. In certain instances, the Company discontinued cash flow hedge accounting because the forecasted transactions did not occur on the anticipated date or in the additional time period permitted by SFAS 133. The net amounts reclassified into net investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 related to such discontinued cash flow hedges were $3 million, $42 million and $51 million, respectively. There were no hedged forecasted transactions, other than the receipt or payment of variable interest payments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax, related to cash flow hedges:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) balance at January 1,
  $ (142 )   $ (456 )   $ (417 )
Gains (losses) deferred in other comprehensive income (loss) on the effective portion of cash flow hedges
    (77 )     270       (97 )
Amounts reclassified to net investment gains (losses)
    (1 )     44       63  
Amounts reclassified to net investment income
    15       2       2  
Amortization of transition adjustment
    (1 )     (2 )     (7 )
Amounts reclassified to other expenses
    (2 )            
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) balance at December 31,
  $ (208 )   $ (142 )   $ (456 )
                         
 
At December 31, 2006, $24 million of the deferred net loss on derivatives accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) is expected to be reclassified to earnings during the year ending December 31, 2007.


F-57


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
 
The Company uses forward exchange contracts, foreign currency swaps, options and non-derivative financial instruments to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. The Company measures ineffectiveness on the forward exchange contracts based upon the change in forward rates. There was no ineffectiveness recorded for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
The Company’s consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 include gains (losses) of ($17) million, ($115) million and ($47) million, respectively, related to foreign currency contracts and non-derivative financial instruments used to hedge its net investments in foreign operations. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the cumulative foreign currency translation loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income related to these hedges was $189 million and $172 million, respectively. When net investments in foreign operations are sold or substantially liquidated, the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to the consolidated statements of income, while a pro rata portion will be reclassified upon partial sale of the net investments in foreign operations.
 
Non-qualifying Derivatives and Derivatives for Purposes Other Than Hedging
 
The Company enters into the following derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 or for purposes other than hedging: (i) interest rate swaps, purchased caps and floors, and interest rate futures to economically hedge its exposure to interest rate volatility; (ii) foreign currency forwards, swaps and option contracts to economically hedge its exposure to adverse movements in exchange rates; (iii) swaptions to sell embedded call options in fixed rate liabilities; (iv) credit default swaps to minimize its exposure to adverse movements in credit; (v) credit default swaps to diversify credit risk exposure to certain portfolios; (vi) equity futures, equity index options, interest rate futures and equity variance swaps to economically hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products; (vii) swap spread locks to economically hedge invested assets against the risk of changes in credit spreads; (viii) financial forwards to buy and sell securities; (ix) GICs to synthetically create traditional GICs; (x) credit default swaps and TRRs to synthetically create investments; and (xi) basis swaps to better match the cash flows of assets and related liabilities.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized as net investment gains (losses), excluding embedded derivatives, changes in fair value of ($685) million, $299 million and ($194) million, respectively, related to derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded changes in fair value of ($33) million and $2 million, respectively, as policyholder benefits and claims related to derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Company did not have policyholder benefits and claims related to such derivatives for the year ended December 31, 2004. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded changes in fair value of ($40) million and ($38) million, respectively, as net investment income related to economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Company had no economic hedges of equity method investment in joint ventures for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
Embedded Derivatives
 
The Company has certain embedded derivatives which are required to be separated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives. These host contracts include guaranteed minimum withdrawal contracts, guaranteed minimum accumulation contracts and modified coinsurance contracts. The fair value of the Company’s embedded derivative assets was $184 million and $50 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s embedded derivative liabilities was $84 million and $45 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The amounts recorded and included in net investment gains (losses) during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were gains (losses) of $209 million, $69 million and $37 million, respectively.


F-58


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Credit Risk
 
The Company may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. Generally, the current credit exposure of the Company’s derivative contracts is limited to the fair value at the reporting date. The credit exposure of the Company’s derivative transactions is represented by the fair value of contracts with a net positive fair value at the reporting date.
 
The Company manages its credit risk related to over-the-counter derivatives by entering into transactions with creditworthy counterparties, maintaining collateral arrangements and through the use of master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by one counterparty to another at each due date and upon termination. Because exchange traded futures are effected through regulated exchanges, and positions are marked to market on a daily basis, the Company has minimal exposure to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such derivative instruments.
 
The Company enters into various collateral arrangements, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral in connection with its derivative instruments. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was obligated to return cash collateral under its control of $428 million and $195 million, respectively. This unrestricted cash collateral is included in cash and cash equivalents and the obligation to return it is included in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had also accepted collateral consisting of various securities with a fair market value of $453 million and $427 million, respectively, which are held in separate custodial accounts. The Company is permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral, but as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, none of the collateral had been sold or repledged.
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company provided collateral of $80 million and $4 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company has exchange traded futures, which require the pledging of collateral. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company pledged collateral of $105 million and $89 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities. The counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral.


F-59


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
5.   Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired
 
Information regarding DAC and VOBA is as follows:
 
                         
    DAC     VOBA     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
  $ 11,280     $ 1,657     $ 12,937  
Capitalizations
    3,101             3,101  
Acquisitions
          6       6  
                         
Subtotal
    14,381       1,663       16,044  
                         
Less: Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    7       4       11  
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    (41 )     (92 )     (133 )
Other expenses
    1,757       140       1,897  
                         
Total amortization
    1,723       52       1,775  
                         
Less: Dispositions and other
    (85 )     27       (58 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
    12,743       1,584       14,327  
Capitalizations
    3,604             3,604  
Acquisitions
          3,780       3,780  
                         
Subtotal
    16,347       5,364       21,711  
                         
Less: Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    12       (25 )     (13 )
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    (323 )     (139 )     (462 )
Other expenses
    2,128       336       2,464  
                         
Total amortization
    1,817       172       1,989  
                         
Less: Dispositions and other
    102       (21 )     81  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    14,428       5,213       19,641  
Capitalizations
    3,589             3,589  
                         
Subtotal
    18,017       5,213       23,230  
                         
Less: Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    (158 )     (74 )     (232 )
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    79       31       110  
Other expenses
    2,247       406       2,653  
                         
Total amortization
    2,168       363       2,531  
                         
Less: Dispositions and other
    (152 )           (152 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 16,001     $ 4,850     $ 20,851  
                         
 
The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VOBA is $524 million in 2007, $490 million in 2008, $458 million in 2009, $393 million in 2010, and $359 million in 2011.
 
Amortization of VOBA and DAC is related to (i) investment gains and losses and the impact of such gains and losses on the amount of the amortization; (ii) unrealized investment gains and losses to provide information regarding the amount that would have been amortized if such gains and losses had been recognized; and (iii) other


F-60


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

expenses to provide amounts related to the gross margins or profits originating from transactions other than investment gains and losses.
 
6.   Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Information regarding goodwill is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 4,797     $ 633  
Acquisitions
    93       4,180  
Dispositions and other, net
    7       (16 )
                 
Balance at December 31,
  $ 4,897     $ 4,797  
                 
 
7.   Insurance
 
Value of Distribution Agreements and Customer Relationships Acquired
 
Information regarding the value of distribution agreements (“VODA”) and the value of customer relationships acquired (“VOCRA”), which are reported in other assets, is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 715     $     $  
Acquisitions
          716        
Amortization
    (6 )     (1 )      
Less: Dispositions and other, net
    (1 )            
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 708     $ 715     $  
                         
 
The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VODA and VOCRA is $15 million in 2007, $21 million in 2008, $27 million in 2009, $32 million in 2010 and $27 million in 2011.
 
Sales Inducements
 
Information regarding deferred sales inducements, which are reported in other assets, is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 414     $ 294     $ 196  
Capitalization
    194       140       121  
Amortization
    (30 )     (20 )     (23 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 578     $ 414     $ 294  
                         


F-61


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Separate Accounts
 
Separate account assets and liabilities include two categories of account types: pass-through separate accounts totaling $127.9 billion and $111.2 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for which the policyholder assumes all investment risk, and separate accounts with a minimum return or account value for which the Company contractually guarantees either a minimum return or account value to the policyholder which totaled $16.5 billion and $16.7 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The latter category consisted primarily of Met Managed GICs and participating close-out contracts. The average interest rate credited on these contracts were 5.1% at both December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Fees charged to the separate accounts by the Company (including mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges) are reflected in the Company’s revenues as universal life and investment-type product policy fees and totaled $2.4 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The Company’s proportional interest in separate accounts is included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
 
                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 30     $ 29  
Equity securities
  $ 36     $ 34  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5     $ 6  
 
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, there were no investment gains (losses) on transfers of assets from the general account to the separate accounts.
 
Obligations Under Guaranteed Interest Contract Program
 
The Company issues fixed and floating rate obligations under its GIC program which are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company issued $5.2 billion, $4.0 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, and repaid $2.6 billion, $1.1 billion and $150 million, respectively, of GICs under this program. In addition, the acquisition of Travelers increased the balance by $5.3 billion in GICs as of December 31, 2005. Accordingly, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, GICs outstanding, which are included in policyholder account balances, were $21.5 billion and $17.4 billion, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, interest credited on the contracts, which are included in interest credited to policyholder account balances, was $835 million, $464 million and $142 million, respectively.


F-62


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Liabilities for Unpaid Claims and Claim Expenses
 
Information regarding the liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses relating to property and casualty, group accident and non-medical health policies and contracts, which are reported in future policyholder benefits and other policyholder funds, is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 6,977     $ 5,824     $ 5,412  
Less: Reinsurance recoverables
    (940 )     (486 )     (525 )
                         
Net balance at January 1,
    6,037       5,338       4,887  
                         
Acquisitions, net
          160        
Incurred related to:
                       
Current year
    5,064       4,940       4,591  
Prior years
    (329 )     (180 )     (29 )
                         
      4,735       4,760       4,562  
                         
Paid related to:
                       
Current year
    (2,975 )     (2,841 )     (2,717 )
Prior years
    (1,490 )     (1,380 )     (1,394 )
                         
      (4,465 )     (4,221 )     (4,111 )
                         
Net balance at December 31,
    6,307       6,037       5,338  
Add: Reinsurance recoverables
    937       940       486  
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 7,244     $ 6,977     $ 5,824  
                         
 
As a result of changes in estimates of insured events in the prior years, the claims and claim adjustment expenses decreased by $329 million in 2006 due to a reduction in prior year automobile bodily injury and homeowners’ severity, reduced loss adjustment expenses, improved loss ratio liabilities for non-medical health claim liabilities and improved claim management.
 
In 2005, the claims and claim adjustment expenses decreased by $180 million due to a reduction in prior year automobile bodily injury and homeowners’ severity as well as refinement in the estimation methodology for non-medical health long-term care claim liabilities.
 
In 2004, the claims and claim adjustment expenses decreased by $29 million due to a decrease in property and casualty prior year unallocated expense liabilities and improved loss ratios in non-medical health long-term care.
 
Guarantees
 
The Company issues annuity contracts which may include contractual guarantees to the contractholder for: (i) return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”); and (ii) the highest contract value on a specified anniversary date minus any withdrawals following the contract anniversary, or total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“anniversary contract value” or “minimum return”). The Company also issues annuity contracts that apply a lower rate of funds deposited if the contractholder elects to surrender the contract for cash and a higher rate if the contractholder elects to annuitize (“two tier annuities”). These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death or at annuitization.


F-63


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The Company also issues universal and variable life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a secondary guarantee or a guaranteed paid up benefit.
 
Information regarding the types of guarantees relating to annuity contracts and universal and variable life contracts is as follows:
 
                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    In the
    At
    In the
    At
 
    Event of Death     Annuitization     Event of Death     Annuitization  
    (In millions)  
 
Annuity Contracts(1)
                               
Return of Net Deposits
                               
Separate account value
  $ 13,809       N/A     $ 9,577       N/A  
Net amount at risk(2)
  $ 1 (3)     N/A     $ 3 (3)     N/A  
Average attained age of contractholders
    61 years       N/A       60 years       N/A  
Anniversary Contract Value or Minimum Return
                               
Separate account value
  $ 87,351     $ 24,647     $ 80,368     $ 18,936  
Net amount at risk(2)
  $ 1,927 (3)   $ 65 (4)   $ 1,614 (3)   $ 85 (4)
Average attained age of contractholders
    60 years       60 years       61 years       59 years  
Two Tier Annuities
                               
General account value
    N/A     $ 296       N/A     $ 229  
Net amount at risk(2)
    N/A     $ 53 (5)     N/A     $ 36 (5)
Average attained age of contractholders
    N/A       58 years       N/A       58 years  
 
                                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    Secondary
    Paid Up
    Secondary
    Paid Up
 
    Guarantees     Guarantees     Guarantees     Guarantees  
    (In millions)  
 
Universal and Variable Life Contracts(1)
                               
Account value (general and separate account)
  $ 8,357     $ 4,468     $ 7,357     $ 4,505  
Net amount at risk(2)
  $ 131,808 (3)   $ 36,447 (3)   $ 124,702 (3)   $ 39,979 (3)
Average attained age of policyholders
    49 years       54 years       48 years       54 years  
 
 
(1) The Company’s annuity and life contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract. Therefore, the amounts listed above may not be mutually exclusive.
 
(2) The net amount at risk is based on the direct amount at risk (excluding reinsurance).
 
(3) The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts in the event of death is defined as the current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess of the current account balance at the balance sheet date.
 
(4) The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts at annuitization is defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance.
 
(5) The net amount at risk for two tier annuities is based on the excess of the upper tier, adjusted for a profit margin, less the lower tier.


F-64


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Information regarding the liabilities for guarantees (excluding base policy liabilities) relating to annuity and universal and variable life contracts is as follows:
 
                                         
    Annuity Contracts     Universal and Variable
       
          Guaranteed
    Life Contracts        
    Guaranteed
    Annuitization
    Secondary
    Paid Up
       
    Death Benefits     Benefits     Guarantees     Guarantees     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
  $ 9     $ 17     $ 6     $ 25     $ 57  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    23       2       4       4       33  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (8 )           (4 )           (12 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
    24       19       6       29       78  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    22       10       10       10       52  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (5 )           (1 )           (6 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    41       29       15       39       124  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    17       7       29       1       54  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (6 )                       (6 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 52     $ 36     $ 44     $ 40     $ 172  
                                         
 
Account balances of contracts with insurance guarantees are invested in separate account asset classes as follows:
 
                 
    At December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Mutual Fund Groupings
               
Equity
  $ 70,187     $ 58,461  
Bond
    6,139       6,133  
Balanced
    4,403       4,804  
Money Market
    1,302       1,075  
Specialty
    1,088       1,004  
                 
Total
  $ 83,119     $ 71,477  
                 
 
8.   Reinsurance
 
The Company’s life insurance operations participate in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to large risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. The Company has historically reinsured the mortality risk on new individual life insurance policies primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. Until 2005, the Company reinsured up to 90% of the mortality risk for all new individual life insurance policies that it wrote through its various franchises. This practice was initiated by the different franchises for different products starting at various points in time between 1992 and 2000. During 2005, the Company changed its retention practices for certain individual life insurance. Amounts reinsured in prior years remain reinsured under the original reinsurance; however, under the new retention guidelines, the Company reinsures up to 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most new individual life insurance policies that it writes through its various franchises and for certain individual life policies the retention limits remained unchanged. On a case by case basis, the Company may retain up to $25 million per life on single life individual policies and $30 million per life on survivorship individual policies and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of the Company’s retention limits. The Company evaluates its reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease its retention at any time. In


F-65


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

addition, the Company reinsures a significant portion of the mortality risk on its individual universal life policies issued since 1983. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specific characteristics.
 
In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, the Company reinsures other risks, as well as specific coverages. The Company routinely reinsures certain classes of risks in order to limit its exposure to particular travel, avocation and lifestyle hazards. The Company has exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in the Company’s results of operations. The Company uses excess of retention and quota share reinsurance arrangements to provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks.
 
The Company had also protected itself through the purchase of combination risk coverage. This reinsurance coverage pooled risks from several lines of business and included individual and group life claims in excess of $2 million per policy, as well as excess property and casualty losses, among others. This combination risk coverage was commuted during 2005.
 
The Company reinsures its business through a diversified group of reinsurers. No single unaffiliated reinsurer has a material obligation to the Company nor is the Company’s business substantially dependent upon any reinsurance contracts. The Company is contingently liable with respect to ceded reinsurance should any reinsurer be unable to meet its obligations under these agreements.
 
In the Reinsurance Segment, Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (“RGA”) retains a maximum of $6 million of coverage per individual life with respect to its assumed reinsurance business.
 
The amounts in the consolidated statements of income are presented net of reinsurance ceded. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Direct premiums
  $ 23,324     $ 22,232     $ 20,126  
Reinsurance assumed
    5,918       5,316       4,506  
Reinsurance ceded
    (2,830 )     (2,688 )     (2,432 )
                         
Net premiums
  $ 26,412     $ 24,860     $ 22,200  
                         
Reinsurance recoverables netted against policyholder benefits and claims
  $ 2,313     $ 2,400     $ 1,813  
                         
 
Reinsurance recoverables, included in premiums and other receivables, were $10.2 billion and $8.5 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, including $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, relating to reinsurance of long-term GICs and structured settlement lump sum contracts accounted for as a financing transaction; $3.0 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, relating to reinsurance on the run-off of long-term care business written by Travelers; and $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, relating to reinsurance on the run-off of workers compensation business written by Travelers. Reinsurance and ceded commissions payables, included in other liabilities, were $275 million and $276 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, reinsurance ceded and assumed include affiliated transactions of $624 million, $670 million, and $579 million, respectively, and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006, relating to the reinsurance of investment-type contracts held by small market defined contribution plans.


F-66


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
9.   Closed Block
 
On April 7, 2000 (the “Demutualization Date”), Metropolitan Life converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc. The conversion was pursuant to an order by the New York Superintendent of Insurance (the “Superintendent”) approving Metropolitan Life’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”). On the Demutualization Date, Metropolitan Life established a closed block for the benefit of holders of certain individual life insurance policies of Metropolitan Life. Assets have been allocated to the closed block in an amount that has been determined to produce cash flows which, together with anticipated revenues from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and taxes, and to provide for the continuation of policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such dividend scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. At least annually, the Company compares actual and projected experience against the experience assumed in the then-current dividend scales. Dividend scales are adjusted periodically to give effect to changes in experience.
 
The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenues from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of the policies in the closed block. To the extent that, over time, cash flows from the assets allocated to the closed block and claims and other experience related to the closed block are, in the aggregate, more or less favorable than what was assumed when the closed block was established, total dividends paid to closed block policyholders in the future may be greater than or less than the total dividends that would have been paid to these policyholders if the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999 had been continued. Any cash flows in excess of amounts assumed will be available for distribution over time to closed block policyholders and will not be available to stockholders. If the closed block has insufficient funds to make guaranteed policy benefit payments, such payments will be made from assets outside of the closed block. The closed block will continue in effect as long as any policy in the closed block remains in-force. The expected life of the closed block is over 100 years.
 
The Company uses the same accounting principles to account for the participating policies included in the closed block as it used prior to the Demutualization Date. However, the Company establishes a policyholder dividend obligation for earnings that will be paid to policyholders as additional dividends as described below. The excess of closed block liabilities over closed block assets at the effective date of the demutualization (adjusted to eliminate the impact of related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income) represents the estimated maximum future earnings from the closed block expected to result from operations attributed to the closed block after income taxes. Earnings of the closed block are recognized in income over the period the policies and contracts in the closed block remain in-force. Management believes that over time the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block will approximately equal the expected cumulative earnings due to the effect of dividend changes. If, over the period the closed block remains in existence, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block is greater than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will pay the excess of the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block over the expected cumulative earnings to closed block policyholders as additional policyholder dividends unless offset by future unfavorable experience of the closed block and, accordingly, will recognize only the expected cumulative earnings in income with the excess recorded as a policyholder dividend obligation. If over such period, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block is less than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will recognize only the actual earnings in income. However, the Company may change policyholder dividend scales in the future, which would be intended to increase future actual earnings until the actual cumulative earnings equal the expected cumulative earnings.


F-67


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Information regarding the closed block liabilities and assets designated to the closed block is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Closed Block Liabilities
               
Future policy benefits
  $ 43,089     $ 42,759  
Other policyholder funds
    282       257  
Policyholder dividends payable
    701       693  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    1,063       1,607  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    6,483       4,289  
Other liabilities
    192       200  
                 
Total closed block liabilities
    51,810       49,805  
                 
Assets Designated to the Closed Block
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $30,286 and $27,892, respectively)
    31,255       29,270  
Trading securities, at fair value (cost: $0 and $3, respectively)
          3  
Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $1,184 and $1,180, respectively)
    1,484       1,341  
Mortgage loans on real estate
    7,848       7,790  
Policy loans
    4,212       4,148  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    242       227  
Short-term investments
    62       41  
Other invested assets
    644       250  
                 
Total investments
    45,747       43,070  
Cash and cash equivalents
    255       512  
Accrued investment income
    517       506  
Deferred income tax assets
    754       902  
Premiums and other receivables
    156       270  
                 
Total assets designated to the closed block
    47,429       45,260  
                 
Excess of closed block liabilities over assets designated to the closed block
    4,381       4,545  
                 
Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income:
               
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of income tax of $457 and $554, respectively
    812       985  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax of ($18) and ($17), respectively
    (32 )     (31 )
Allocated to policyholder dividend obligation, net of income tax of ($381) and ($538), respectively
    (681 )     (954 )
                 
Total amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    99        
                 
Maximum future earnings to be recognized from closed block assets and liabilities
  $ 4,480     $ 4,545  
                 


F-68


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Information regarding the closed block policyholder dividend obligation is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 1,607     $ 2,243     $ 2,130  
Impact on revenues, net of expenses and income tax
    (114 )     (9 )     124  
Change in unrealized investment and derivative gains (losses)
    (430 )     (627 )     (11 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 1,063     $ 1,607     $ 2,243  
                         
 
Information regarding the closed block revenues and expenses is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 2,959     $ 3,062     $ 3,156  
Net investment income and other revenues
    2,355       2,382       2,504  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (130 )     10       (19 )
                         
Total revenues
    5,184       5,454       5,641  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    3,474       3,478       3,480  
Policyholder dividends
    1,479       1,465       1,458  
Change in policyholder dividend obligation
    (114 )     (9 )     124  
Other expenses
    247       263       275  
                         
Total expenses
    5,086       5,197       5,337  
                         
Revenues, net of expenses before income tax
    98       257       304  
Income tax
    34       90       109  
                         
Revenues, net of expenses and income tax from continuing operations
    64       167       195  
Revenues, net of expenses and income tax from discontinued operations
    1              
                         
Revenues, net of expenses, income taxes and discontinued operations
  $ 65     $ 167     $ 195  
                         
 
The change in the maximum future earnings of the closed block is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at December 31,
  $ 4,480     $ 4,545     $ 4,712  
Balance at January 1,
    4,545       4,712       4,907  
                         
Change during year
  $ (65 )   $ (167 )   $ (195 )
                         
 
Metropolitan Life charges the closed block with federal income taxes, state and local premium taxes, and other additive state or local taxes, as well as investment management expenses relating to the closed block as provided in the Plan. Metropolitan Life also charges the closed block for expenses of maintaining the policies included in the closed block.


F-69


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
10.   Long-term and Short-term Debt
 
Long-term and short-term debt outstanding is as follows:
 
                                     
    Interest Rates                    
        Weighted
          December 31,  
    Range   Average     Maturity     2006     2005  
                    (In millions)  
 
Senior notes
  5.00%-6.75%     5.67 %     2011-2036     $ 8,046     $ 7,616  
Repurchase agreements
  2.18%-5.65%     4.77 %     2007-2013       998       855  
Surplus notes
  7.63%-7.88%     7.76 %     2015-2025       697       696  
Fixed rate notes
  5.76%-6.47%     5.95 %     2007-2011       107       104  
Other notes with varying interest rates
  3.44%-6.10%     4.33 %     2009-2012       68       145  
Capital lease obligations
                        63       73  
                                     
Total long-term debt
                        9,979       9,489  
Total short-term debt
                        1,449       1,414  
                                     
Total
                      $ 11,428     $ 10,903  
                                     
 
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2006 for the next five years are $116 million in 2007, $383 million in 2008, $398 million in 2009, $194 million in 2010, $992 million in 2011 and $7,896 million thereafter.
 
Collateralized debt, which consists of repurchase agreements and capital lease obligations, ranks highest in priority, followed by unsecured senior debt which consists of senior notes, fixed rate notes and other notes with varying interest rates, followed by subordinated debt which consists of junior subordinated debentures. Payments of interest and principal on the Company’s surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations at the operating company level and senior to obligations at the Holding Company, may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile.
 
Senior Notes
 
The Holding Company repaid a $500 million 5.25% senior note which matured on December 1, 2006 and a $1,006 million 3.911% senior note which matured on May 15, 2005. RGA repaid a $100 million 7.25% senior note which matured on April 1, 2006.
 
On June 28, 2006, Timberlake Financial L.L.C., (“Timberlake”), a subsidiary of RGA, completed an offering of $850 million of Series A Floating Rate Insured Notes due June 2036, which is included in the Company’s long-term debt. Interest on the notes will accrue at an annual rate of 1-month LIBOR plus a base margin, payable monthly. The notes represent senior, secured indebtedness of Timberlake Financial, L.L.C. with no recourse to RGA or its other subsidiaries. Up to $150 million of additional notes may be offered in the future. The proceeds of the offering provide long-term collateral to support Regulation XXX statutory reserves on 1.5 million term life insurance policies with guaranteed level premium periods reinsured by RGA Reinsurance Company, a U.S. subsidiary of RGA. Issuance costs associated with the offering of the notes of $13 million have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and will be amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the issuance date of the notes until their maturity.
 
In connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, which is more fully described in Note 2, the Holding Company issued the following debt:
 
On June 23, 2005, the Holding Company issued in the United States public market $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior notes due June 15, 2015 at a discount of $2.7 million ($997.3 million) and $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035 at a discount of


F-70


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$2.4 million ($997.6 million). In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $12.4 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the respective term of the related senior notes.
 
On June 29, 2005, the Holding Company issued 400 million pounds sterling ($729.2 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior notes due June 29, 2020 at a discount of 4.5 million pounds sterling ($8.1 million at issuance), for aggregate proceeds of 395.5 million pounds sterling ($721.1 million at issuance). The senior notes were initially offered and sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $3.7 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related senior notes.
 
Repurchase Agreements with Federal Home Loan Bank
 
MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank” or “MetLife Bank, N.A.”) is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB of NY”). See Note 15 for a description of the Company’s liability for repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, which is included in long-term debt.
 
Surplus Notes
 
Metropolitan Life repaid a $250 million 7% surplus note which matured on November 1, 2005.
 
Short-term Debt
 
During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s short-term debt consisted of commercial paper with a weighted average interest rate of 5.2% and 3.4%, respectively. The average daily balance of commercial paper outstanding was $1.9 billion and $1.0 billion during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The commercial paper was outstanding for an average of 39 days and 53 days during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense related to the Company’s indebtedness included in other expenses was $703 million, $542 million and $428 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and does not include interest expense on junior subordinated debt securities. See Note 11.
 
Credit and Committed Facilities and Letters of Credit
 
Credit Facilities.  The Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities aggregating $3.9 billion as of December 31, 2006. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements. The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and at December 31, 2006,


F-71


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$3.0 billion of the facilities also served as back-up lines of credit for the Company’s commercial paper programs. Information on these facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                     
              Letters of
             
              Credit
          Unused
 
Borrower(s)   Expiration   Capacity     Issuances     Drawdowns     Commitments  
        (In millions)  
 
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  April 2009   $ 1,500 (1)   $ 487     $     $ 1,013  
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  April 2010     1,500 (1)     483             1,017  
MetLife Bank, N.A
  July 2007     200                   200  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  May 2007     29             29        
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  September 2010     600       315       50       235  
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
  March 2011     39             28       11  
                                     
Total
      $ 3,868     $ 1,285     $ 107     $ 2,476  
                                     
 
 
(1) These facilities serve as back up lines of credit for the Company’s commercial paper programs.
 
Committed Facilities.  Information on the capacity and outstanding balances of all committed facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                     
              Letter of
             
              Credit
    Unused
    Maturity
 
Account Party   Expiration   Capacity     Issuances     Commitments     (Years)  
        (In millions)  
 
MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina
  July 2010(1)   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $       4  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc., & Missouri Re
  June 2016(2)     500       490       10       10  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025(1)(3)     225       225             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  March 2025(1)(3)     250       250             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  June 2025(1)(3)     325       58       267       19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2026(1)     901       140       761       20  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2027(1)     650       330       320       21  
                                     
Total
      $ 4,851     $ 3,493     $ 1,358          
                                     
 
 
(1) The Holding Company is a guarantor under this agreement.
 
(2) Letters of credit and replacements or renewals thereof issued under this facility of $280 million, $10 million and $200 million will expire no later than December 2015, March 2016 and June 2016, respectively.
 
(3) On June 1, 2006, the letter of credit issuer elected to extend the initial stated termination date of each respective letter of credit to the respective dates indicated.
 
Letters of Credit.  At December 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding $5.0 billion in letters of credit from various banks, of which $4.8 billion were part of committed and credit facilities. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.
 
11.   Junior Subordinated Debentures
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures Underlying Common Equity Units
 
In connection with the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, the Holding Company issued on June 21, 2005 $1,067 million 4.82% Series A and $1,067 million 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debentures due no later than


F-72


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

February 15, 2039 and February 15, 2040, respectively, for a total of $2,134 million in connection with the common equity units more fully described in Note 12.
 
Interest expense related to the junior subordinated debentures underlying common equity units was $104 million and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Other Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued by the Holding Company
 
On December 21, 2006, the Holding Company issued junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $1.25 billion. The debentures are scheduled for redemption on December 15, 2036; the final maturity of the debentures is December 15, 2066. The Holding Company may redeem the debentures (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2031 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, or (ii) in certain circumstances, in whole or in part, prior to December 15, 2031 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 6.40% up to, but not including, the scheduled redemption date. In the event the debentures are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.205%, payable quarterly in arrears. The Holding Company has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the debentures for a period up to ten years. Interest compounds during periods of deferral. In connection with the issuance of the debentures, the Holding Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (“RCC”). As part of the RCC, the Holding Company agreed that it will not repay, redeem, or purchase the debentures on or before December 15, 2056, unless, subject to certain limitations, it has received proceeds from the sale of specified capital securities. The RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including an acceleration of the debentures due to the occurrence of an event of default. The RCC is not intended for the benefit of holders of the debentures and may not be enforced by them. The RCC is for the benefit of holders of one or more other designated series of its indebtedness (which will initially be its 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035). Issuance costs associated with the offering of the debentures of $13 million have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and will be amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the issuance date of the debentures until their scheduled redemption.
 
Interest expense on the debentures was $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Other Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued by a Subsidiary
 
On December 8, 2005, RGA issued junior subordinated debentures with a face amount of $400 million. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 6.75% up to but not including the scheduled redemption date. The securities may be redeemed (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2015 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, or (ii) in whole or in part, prior to December 15, 2015 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. In the event the junior subordinated debentures are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date of December 15, 2015, interest on these junior subordinated debentures will accrue at an annual rate of three-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.665%, payable quarterly in arrears. The final maturity of the debentures is December 15, 2065. RGA has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the debentures for a period up to ten years. Interest compounds during periods of deferral. Issuance costs associated with the offering of the junior subordinated debentures of $6 million have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and will be amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the issuance date of the junior subordinated debentures until their scheduled redemption.
 
Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures was $27 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-73


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
12.   Common Equity Units
 
In connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, which is more fully described in Note 2, the Holding Company distributed and sold 82.8 million 6.375% common equity units for $2,070 million in proceeds in a registered public offering on June 21, 2005. As described below, the common equity units consist of interests in trust preferred securities issued by MetLife Capital Trusts II and III, and stock purchase contracts issued by the Holding Company. The only assets of MetLife Capital Trusts II and III are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Holding Company.
 
Common Equity Units
 
Each common equity unit has an initial stated amount of $25 per unit and consists of: (i) a 1/80 or 1.25% ($12.50), undivided beneficial ownership interest in a series A trust preferred security of MetLife Capital Trust II (“Series A Trust”), with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; (ii) a 1/80 or 1.25% ($12.50), undivided beneficial ownership interest in a series B trust preferred security of MetLife Capital Trust III (“Series B Trust” and, together with the Series A Trust, the “Trusts”), with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; (iii) a stock purchase contract under which the holder of the common equity unit will purchase and the Holding Company will sell, on each of the initial stock purchase date and the subsequent stock purchase date, a variable number of shares of the Holding Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for a purchase price of $12.50.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued to Support Trust Common and Preferred Securities
 
The Holding Company issued $1,067 million 4.82% Series A and $1,067 million 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 15, 2039 and February 15, 2040, respectively, for a total of $2,134 million, in exchange for $2,070 million in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $64 million in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The common and preferred securities of the Trusts, totaling $2,134 million, represent undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trusts, have no stated maturity and must be redeemed upon maturity of the corresponding series of junior subordinated debt securities — the sole assets of the respective Trusts. The Series A and Series B Trusts will make quarterly distributions on the common and preferred securities at an annual rate of 4.82% and 4.91%, respectively.
 
The trust common securities, which are held by the Holding Company, represent a 3% interest in the Trusts and are reflected as fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheet of MetLife, Inc. The Trusts are VIEs in accordance with FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, and its December 2003 revision (“ FIN 46(r)”), and the Company does not consolidate its interest in MetLife Capital Trusts II and III as it is not the primary beneficiary of either of the Trusts.
 
The Holding Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that there are funds available in the Trusts. The guarantee will remain in place until the full redemption of the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities held by the common equity unit holders are pledged to the Holding Company to collateralize the obligation of the common equity unit holders under the related stock purchase contracts. The common equity unit holder may substitute certain zero coupon treasury securities in place of the trust preferred securities as collateral under the stock purchase contract.
 
The trust preferred securities have remarketing dates which correspond with the initial and subsequent stock purchase dates to provide the holders of the common equity units with the proceeds to exercise the stock purchase contracts. The initial stock purchase date is expected to be August 15, 2008, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2009, and the subsequent stock purchase date is expected to be February 15, 2009, but could be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2010. At the remarketing date, the remarketing agent will have the ability to reset the interest rate on the trust preferred securities to generate sufficient remarketing proceeds to satisfy the common equity unit holder’s obligation under the stock purchase contract, subject to a reset cap for each of the first two attempted remarketings of each series. The interest rate on the supporting junior subordinated


F-74


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

debt securities issued by the Holding Company will be reset at a commensurate rate. If the initial remarketing is unsuccessful, the remarketing agent will attempt to remarket the trust preferred securities, as necessary, in subsequent quarters through February 15, 2009 for the Series A trust preferred securities and through February 15, 2010 for the Series B trust preferred securities. The final attempt at remarketing will not be subject to the reset cap. If all remarketing attempts are unsuccessful, the Holding Company has the right, as a secured party, to apply the liquidation amount on the trust preferred securities to the common equity unit holders obligation under the stock purchase contract and to deliver to the common equity unit holder a junior subordinated debt security payable on August 15, 2010 at an annual rate of 4.82% and 4.91% on the Series A and Series B trust preferred securities, respectively, in payment of any accrued and unpaid distributions.
 
Stock Purchase Contracts
 
Each stock purchase contract requires the holder of the common equity unit to purchase, and the Holding Company to sell, for $12.50, on each of the initial stock purchase date and the subsequent stock purchase date, a number of newly issued or treasury shares of the Holding Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, equal to the applicable settlement rate. The settlement rate at the respective stock purchase date will be calculated based on the closing price of the common stock during a specified 20-day period immediately preceding the applicable stock purchase date. If the market value of the Holding Company’s common stock is less than the threshold appreciation price of $53.10 but greater than $43.35, the reference price, the settlement rate will be a number of the Holding Company’s common stock equal to the stated amount of $12.50 divided by the market value. If the market value is less than or equal to the reference price, the settlement rate will be 0.28835 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock. If the market value is greater than or equal to the threshold appreciation price, the settlement rate will be 0.23540 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock. Accordingly, upon settlement in the aggregate, the Holding Company will receive proceeds of $2,070 million and issue between 39.0 million and 47.8 million shares of its common stock. The stock purchase contract may be exercised at the option of the holder at any time prior to the settlement date. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the minimum settlement rate.
 
The stock purchase contracts further require the Holding Company to pay the holder of the common equity unit quarterly contract payments on the stock purchase contracts at the annual rate of 1.510% on the stated amount of $25 per stock purchase contract until the initial stock purchase date and at the annual rate of 1.465% on the remaining stated amount of $12.50 per stock purchase contract thereafter.
 
The quarterly distributions on the Series A and Series B trust preferred securities of 4.82% and 4.91%, respectively, combined with the contract payments on the stock purchase contract of 1.510%, (1.465% after the initial stock purchase date) result in the 6.375% yield on the common equity units.
 
If the Holding Company defers any of the contract payments on the stock purchase contract, then it will accrue additional amounts on the deferred amounts at the annual rate of 6.375% until paid, to the extent permitted by law.
 
The value of the stock purchase contracts at issuance, $96.6 million, were calculated as the present value of the future contract payments due under the stock purchase contract of 1.510% through the initial stock purchase date, and 1.465% up to the subsequent stock purchase date, discounted at the interest rate on the supporting junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Holding Company, 4.82% or 4.91% on the Series A and Series B trust preferred securities, respectively. The value of the stock purchase contracts was recorded in other liabilities with an offsetting decrease in additional paid-in capital. The other liability balance related to the stock purchase contracts will accrue interest at the discount rate of 4.82% or 4.91%, as applicable, with an offsetting increase to interest expense. When the contract payments are made under the stock purchase contracts they will reduce the other liability balance. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Holding Company increased the other liability balance for the accretion of the discount on the contract payment of $3 million and $2 million and made contract payments of $31 million and $13 million, respectively.


F-75


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Issuance Costs
 
In connection with the offering of common equity units, the Holding Company incurred $55.3 million of issuance costs of which $5.8 million relate to the issuance of the junior subordinated debt securities underlying common equity units which fund the Series A and Series B trust preferred securities and $49.5 million relate to the expected issuance of the common stock under the stock purchase contracts. The $5.8 million in debt issuance costs have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and will be amortized using the effective interest method over the period from issuance date of the common equity units to the initial and subsequent stock purchase date. The remaining $49.5 million of costs relate to the common stock issuance under the stock purchase contracts and have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
 
Earnings Per Common Share
 
The stock purchase contracts are reflected in diluted earnings per common share using the treasury stock method, and are dilutive when the average closing price of the Holding Company’s common stock for each of the 20 trading days before the close of the accounting period is greater than or equal to the threshold appreciation price of $53.10. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the average closing price for each of the 20 trading days before December 31, 2006, was greater than the threshold appreciation price. Accordingly, the stock purchase contracts were included in diluted earnings per common share. See Note 19.
 
13.   Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption and Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Securities of Subsidiary Trusts
 
GenAmerica Capital I.  In June 1997, GenAmerica Corporation (“GenAmerica”) issued $125 million of 8.525% capital securities through a wholly-owned subsidiary trust, GenAmerica Capital I. GenAmerica has fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the obligation of the trust under the capital securities and is obligated to mandatorily redeem the securities on June 30, 2027. GenAmerica may prepay the securities any time after June 30, 2007. Capital securities outstanding were $119 million, net of unamortized discounts of $6 million at both December 31, 2006 and 2005. Interest expense on these instruments is included in other expenses and was $11 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
RGA Capital Trust I.  In December 2001, RGA, through its wholly-owned trust, RGA Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), issued 4,500,000 Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities (“PIERS”) Units. Each PIERS unit consists of: (i) a preferred security issued by the Trust, having a stated liquidation amount of $50 per unit, representing an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the assets of the Trust, which consist solely of junior subordinated debentures issued by RGA which have a principal amount at maturity of $50 and a stated maturity of March 18, 2051; and (ii) a warrant to purchase, at any time prior to December 15, 2050, 1.2508 shares of RGA stock at an exercise price of $50.
 
The fair market value of the warrant on the issuance date was $14.87 and is detachable from the preferred security. RGA fully and unconditionally guarantees, on a subordinated basis, the obligations of the Trust under the preferred securities. The preferred securities and subordinated debentures were issued at a discount (original issue discount) to the face or liquidation value of $14.87 per security. The securities will accrete to their $50 face/liquidation value over the life of the security on a level yield basis. The weighted average effective interest rate on the preferred securities and the subordinated debentures is 8.25% per annum. Capital securities outstanding were $159 million, net of unamortized discounts of $66 million at both December 31, 2006 and 2005.


F-76


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
14.   Income Tax
 
The provision for income tax from continuing operations is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 637     $ 559     $ 658  
State and local
    39       63       51  
Foreign
    156       111       154  
                         
Subtotal
    832       733       863  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
  $ 220     $ 470     $ 191  
State and local
    2       14       6  
Foreign
    62       11       (64 )
                         
Subtotal
    284       495       133  
                         
Provision for income tax
  $ 1,116     $ 1,228     $ 996  
                         
 
The reconciliation of the income tax provision at the U.S. statutory rate to the provision for income tax as reported for continuing operations is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate
  $ 1,477     $ 1,507     $ 1,251  
Tax effect of:
                       
Tax-exempt investment income
    (296 )     (169 )     (131 )
State and local income tax
    23       35       37  
Prior year tax
    (33 )     (31 )     (105 )
Foreign operations, net of foreign income tax
    (34 )     (44 )     (36 )
Foreign operations repatriation
          (27 )      
Other, net
    (21 )     (43 )     (20 )
                         
Provision for income tax
  $ 1,116     $ 1,228     $ 996  
                         
 
Included in the 2005 total tax provision was a $27 million tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 965 for which a U.S. deferred tax position had previously been recorded.
 
The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. The income tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. In 2004, the Company recorded an adjustment of $91 million for the settlement of all federal income tax issues relating to the IRS’s audit of the Company’s tax returns for the years 1997-1999. Such settlement is reflected in the current year tax expense as an adjustment to prior year tax. The Company also received $22 million in interest on such settlements and incurred an $8 million tax expense on such settlement for a total impact to net income of $105 million. The current IRS examination covers the years 2000-2002 and the Company expects it to be completed in 2007. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations. Liabilities for income tax have been


F-77


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

established for future income tax assessments when it is probable there will be future assessments and the amount thereof can be reasonably estimated. Once established, liabilities for uncertain tax positions are adjusted only when there is more information available or when an event occurs necessitating a change to the liabilities. The Company believes that the resolution of income tax matters for open years will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements although the resolution of income tax matters could impact the Company’s effective tax rate for a particular future period.
 
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Net deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Deferred income tax assets:
               
Policyholder liabilities and receivables
  $ 4,078     $ 4,774  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    1,368       1,017  
Employee benefits
    472       36  
Capital loss carryforwards
    156       75  
Tax credit carryforwards
          102  
Intangibles
    22       82  
Litigation-related
    65       64  
Other
    198       178  
                 
      6,359       6,328  
Less: Valuation allowance
    239       199  
                 
      6,120       6,129  
                 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Investments
    1,839       1,563  
DAC
    5,433       4,989  
Net unrealized investment gains
    994       1,041  
Other
    132       242  
                 
      8,398       7,835  
                 
Net deferred income tax liability
  $ (2,278 )   $ (1,706 )
                 
 
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards amount to $3,508 million at December 31, 2006 and will expire beginning in 2015. Foreign net operating loss carryforwards amount to $493 million at December 31, 2006 and were generated in various foreign countries with expiration periods of five years to infinity. Capital loss carryforwards amount to $447 million at December 31, 2006 and will expire beginning in 2010.
 
The Company has recorded a valuation allowance related to tax benefits of certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance reflects management’s assessment, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset for certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. The tax benefit will be recognized when management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred income tax assets are realizable. In 2006, the Company recorded $40 million of additional deferred income tax valuation allowance related to certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards.


F-78


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
15.   Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
 
Contingencies
 
Litigation
 
The Company is a defendant in a large number of litigation matters. In some of the matters, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Modern pleading practice in the United States permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages or other relief. Jurisdictions may permit claimants not to specify the monetary damages sought or may permit claimants to state only that the amount sought is sufficient to invoke the jurisdiction of the trial court. In addition, jurisdictions may permit plaintiffs to allege monetary damages in amounts well exceeding reasonably possible verdicts in the jurisdiction for similar matters. This variability in pleadings, together with the actual experience of the Company in litigating or resolving through settlement numerous claims over an extended period of time, demonstrate to management that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value. Thus, unless stated below, the specific monetary relief sought is not noted.
 
Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be inherently impossible to ascertain with any degree of certainty. Inherent uncertainties can include how fact finders will view individually and in their totality documentary evidence, the credibility and effectiveness of witnesses’ testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.
 
On a quarterly and yearly basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation and contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The review includes senior legal and financial personnel. Unless stated below, estimates of possible additional losses or ranges of loss for particular matters cannot in the ordinary course be made with a reasonable degree of certainty. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of the matters noted below. It is possible that some of the matters could require the Company to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated as of December 31, 2006.
 
Demutualization Actions
 
Several lawsuits were brought in 2000 challenging the fairness of Metropolitan Life’s plan of reorganization, as amended and the adequacy and accuracy of Metropolitan Life’s disclosure to policyholders regarding the Plan. These actions discussed below named as defendants some or all of Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company, the individual directors, the Superintendent and the underwriters for MetLife, Inc.’s initial public offering, Goldman Sachs & Company and Credit Suisse First Boston. Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company, and the individual directors believe they have meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs’ claims and are contesting vigorously all of the plaintiffs’ claims in these actions.
 
Fiala, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed March 17, 2000).  Another putative class action filed in New York State court in Kings County has been consolidated with this action. The plaintiffs in the consolidated state court class actions seek compensatory relief and punitive damages. In 2003, the trial court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss these two putative class actions. In 2004, the appellate court modified the trial court’s order by reinstating certain claims against Metropolitan Life, the Holding Company and the individual directors. Plaintiffs in these actions have filed a consolidated amended complaint. On January 30, 2007, the trial court signed an order certifying a litigation class for plaintiffs’ claim that defendants violated section 7312 of the New York Insurance Law, but denying plaintiffs’ motion to certify a litigation class with respect


F-79


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to a common law fraud claim. The January 30, 2007 order implemented the trial court’s May 2, 2006 memorandum deciding plaintiffs’ class certification motion. Defendants have filed a notice of appeal from this decision.     .
 
Meloy, et al. v. Superintendent of Ins., et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed April 14, 2000).  Five persons brought a proceeding under Article 78 of New York’s Civil Practice Law and Rules challenging the Opinion and Decision of the Superintendent who approved the Plan. In this proceeding, petitioners sought to vacate the Superintendent’s Opinion and Decision and enjoin him from granting final approval of the Plan. On November 10, 2005, the trial court granted respondents’ motions to dismiss this proceeding. Petitioners have filed a notice of appeal.
 
In re MetLife Demutualization Litig.  (E.D.N.Y., filed April 18, 2000).  In this class action against Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company, plaintiffs served a second consolidated amended complaint in 2004. Plaintiffs assert violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Plan, claiming that the Policyholder Information Booklets failed to disclose certain material facts and contained certain material misstatements. They seek rescission and compensatory damages. On June 22, 2004, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the claim of violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The court had previously denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the claim for violation of the Securities Act of 1933. In 2004, the court reaffirmed its earlier decision denying defendants’ motion for summary judgment as premature. On July 19, 2005, this federal trial court certified this lawsuit as a class action against Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company.
 
Fotia, et al.  v. MetLife, Inc., et al. (Ont. Super. Ct., filed April 3, 2001).  This lawsuit was filed in Ontario, Canada on behalf of a proposed class of certain former Canadian policyholders against the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life, and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company of Canada. Plaintiffs’ allegations concern the way that their policies were treated in connection with the demutualization of Metropolitan Life; they seek damages, declarations, and other non-pecuniary relief.
 
Asbestos-Related Claims
 
Metropolitan Life is and has been a defendant in a large number of asbestos-related suits filed primarily in state courts. These suits principally allege that the plaintiff or plaintiffs suffered personal injury resulting from exposure to asbestos and seek both actual and punitive damages. Metropolitan Life has never engaged in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products nor has Metropolitan Life issued liability or workers’ compensation insurance to companies in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products. The lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of Metropolitan Life’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and allege that Metropolitan Life learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. Metropolitan Life believes that it should not have legal liability in these cases. The outcome of most asbestos litigation matters, however, is uncertain and can be impacted by numerous variables, including differences in legal rulings in various jurisdictions, the nature of the alleged injury, and factors unrelated to the ultimate legal merit of the claims asserted against Metropolitan Life. Metropolitan Life employs a number of resolution strategies to manage its asbestos loss exposure, including seeking resolution of pending litigation by judicial rulings and settling litigation under appropriate circumstances.
 
Claims asserted against Metropolitan Life have included negligence, intentional tort and conspiracy concerning the health risks associated with asbestos. Metropolitan Life’s defenses (beyond denial of certain factual allegations) include that: (i) Metropolitan Life owed no duty to the plaintiffs — it had no special relationship with the plaintiffs and did not manufacture, produce, distribute or sell the asbestos products that allegedly injured plaintiffs; (ii) plaintiffs did not rely on any actions of Metropolitan Life; (iii) Metropolitan Life’s conduct was not the cause of the plaintiffs’ injuries; (iv) that plaintiffs’ exposure occurred after the dangers of asbestos were known; and (v) the applicable time with respect to filing suit has expired. Since 2002, trial courts in California, Utah, Georgia, New York, Texas, and Ohio have granted motions dismissing claims against Metropolitan Life. Some


F-80


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

courts have denied Metropolitan Life’s motions to dismiss. There can be no assurance that Metropolitan Life will receive favorable decisions on motions in the future. While most cases brought to date have settled, Metropolitan Life intends to continue to defend aggressively against claims based on asbestos exposure.
 
The approximate total number of asbestos personal injury claims pending against Metropolitan Life as of the dates indicated, the approximate number of new claims during the years ended on those dates and the approximate total settlement payments made to resolve asbestos personal injury claims during those years are set forth in the following table:
 
                         
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
    (In millions, except number of claims)
 
Asbestos personal injury claims at year end (approximate)
    87,070       100,250       108,000  
Number of new claims during the year (approximate)
    7,870       18,500       23,900  
Settlement payments during the year(1)
  $ 35.5     $ 74.3     $ 85.5  
 
 
(1) Settlement payments represent payments made by Metropolitan Life during the year in connection with settlements made in that year and in prior years. Amounts do not include Metropolitan Life’s attorneys’ fees and expenses and do not reflect amounts received from insurance carriers.
 
In 2003, Metropolitan Life received approximately 58,750 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 111,700 claims, and paid approximately $84.2 million for settlements reached in 2003 and prior years. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought or the aggregate amount of any liability that Metropolitan Life may ultimately incur is uncertain.
 
The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims. Metropolitan Life’s recorded asbestos liability is based on Metropolitan Life’s estimation of the following elements, as informed by the facts presently known to it, its understanding of current law, and its past experiences: (i) the reasonably probable and estimable liability for asbestos claims already asserted against Metropolitan Life including claims settled but not yet paid; (ii) the reasonably probable and estimable liability for asbestos claims not yet asserted against Metropolitan Life, but which Metropolitan Life believes are reasonably probable of assertion; and (iii) the legal defense costs associated with the foregoing claims. Significant assumptions underlying Metropolitan Life’s analysis of the adequacy of its liability with respect to asbestos litigation include: (i) the number of future claims; (ii) the cost to resolve claims; and (iii) the cost to defend claims.
 
Metropolitan Life regularly re-evaluates its exposure from asbestos litigation, including studying its claims experience, reviewing external literature regarding asbestos claims experience in the United States, assessing relevant trends impacting asbestos liability and considering numerous variables that can affect its asbestos liability exposure on an overall or per claim basis. These variables include bankruptcies of other companies involved in asbestos litigation, legislative and judicial developments, the number of pending claims involving serious disease, the number of new claims filed against it and other defendants, and the jurisdictions in which claims are pending. As previously disclosed, in 2002 Metropolitan Life increased its recorded liability for asbestos-related claims by $402 million from approximately $820 million to $1,225 million. Metropolitan Life regularly reevaluates its exposure from asbestos litigation and has updated its liability analysis for asbestos-related claims through December 31, 2006.
 
The ability of Metropolitan Life to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations


F-81


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against Metropolitan Life when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts.
 
The ability to make estimates regarding ultimate asbestos exposure declines significantly as the estimates relate to years further in the future. In the Company’s judgment, there is a future point after which losses cease to be reasonably probable and estimable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s total exposure to asbestos claims may be materially greater than the asbestos liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. While the potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded, based on information currently known by management, management does not believe any such charges are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
 
During 1998, Metropolitan Life paid $878 million in premiums for excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims. The excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims provide for recovery of losses up to $1.5 billion, which is in excess of a $400 million self-insured retention. The asbestos-related policies are also subject to annual and per-claim sublimits. Amounts are recoverable under the policies annually with respect to claims paid during the prior calendar year. Although amounts paid by Metropolitan Life in any given year that may be recoverable in the next calendar year under the policies will be reflected as a reduction in the Company’s operating cash flows for the year in which they are paid, management believes that the payments will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity.
 
Each asbestos-related policy contains an experience fund and a reference fund that provides for payments to Metropolitan Life at the commutation date if the reference fund is greater than zero at commutation or pro rata reductions from time to time in the loss reimbursements to Metropolitan Life if the cumulative return on the reference fund is less than the return specified in the experience fund. The return in the reference fund is tied to performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. A claim with respect to the prior year was made under the excess insurance policies in each of 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 for the amounts paid with respect to asbestos litigation in excess of the retention. As the performance of the indices impacts the return in the reference fund, it is possible that loss reimbursements to the Company and the recoverable amount with respect to later periods may be less than the amount of the recorded losses. Foregone loss reimbursements may be recovered upon commutation depending upon future performance of the reference fund. If at some point in the future, the Company believes the liability for probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims should be increased, an expense would be recorded and the insurance recoverable would be adjusted subject to the terms, conditions and limits of the excess insurance policies. Portions of the change in the insurance recoverable would be recorded as a deferred gain and amortized into income over the estimated remaining settlement period of the insurance policies. The foregone loss reimbursements were approximately $8.3 million with respect to 2002 claims, $15.5 million with respect to 2003 claims, $15.1 million with respect to 2004 claims, $12.7 million with respect to 2005 claims, and estimated to be approximately $5.0 million with respect to 2006 claims and are estimated, as of December 31, 2006, to be approximately $72.2 million in the aggregate, including future years.
 
Sales Practices Claims
 
Over the past several years, Metropolitan Life, New England Mutual Life Insurance Company (“New England Mutual”), New England Life Insurance Company and General American Life Insurance Company (“General American”), have faced numerous claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging improper marketing and sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities. In addition, claims have been brought relating to the sale of mutual funds and other products.
 
As of December 31, 2006, there were approximately 280 sales practices litigation matters pending against Metropolitan Life; approximately 41 sales practices litigation matters pending against New England Mutual, New England Life Insurance Company and New England Securities Corporation (collectively, “New England”);


F-82


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

approximately 37 sales practices litigation matters pending against General American; and approximately 20 sales practices litigation matters pending against Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (“Walnut Street”). In addition, similar litigation matters are pending against MetLife Securities, Inc. (“MSI”). Metropolitan Life, New England, General American, MSI and Walnut Street continue to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters. Some sales practices claims have been resolved through settlement, others have been won by dispositive motions or have gone to trial. Most of the current cases seek substantial damages, including in some cases punitive and treble damages and attorneys’ fees. Additional litigation relating to the Company’s marketing and sales of individual life insurance, mutual funds and other products may be commenced in the future.
 
Two putative class action lawsuits involving sales practices claims were filed against Metropolitan Life in Canada. In Jacynthe Evoy-Larouche v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Que. Super. Ct., filed March 1998), plaintiff alleges misrepresentations regarding dividends and future payments for life insurance policies and seeks unspecified damages. In Ace Quan v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Ont. Gen. Div., filed April 1997), plaintiff alleges breach of contract and negligent misrepresentations relating to, among other things, life insurance premium payments and seeks damages, including punitive damages. By agreement of the parties, Metropolitan Life has not yet filed a response in this action.
 
Regulatory authorities in a small number of states have had investigations or inquiries relating to Metropolitan Life’s, New England’s, General American’s, MSI’s or Walnut Street’s sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief. The Company may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for sales practices claims against Metropolitan Life, New England, General American, MSI and Walnut Street.
 
Property and Casualty Actions
 
Katrina-Related Litigation.  There are a number of lawsuits, including a few putative class actions, pending in Louisiana and, Mississippi against Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“MPC”) relating to Hurricane Katrina. The lawsuits include claims by policyholders for coverage for damages stemming from Hurricane Katrina, including for damages resulting from flooding or storm surge. It is reasonably possible that other actions will be filed. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Stern v. Metropolitan Casualty Ins. Co. (S.D. Fla., filed October 18, 1999).  A putative class action, seeking compensatory damages and injunctive relief has been filed against MPC’s subsidiary, Metropolitan Casualty Insurance Company, in Florida alleging breach of contract and unfair trade practices with respect to allowing the use of parts not made by the original manufacturer to repair damaged automobiles. Discovery is ongoing and a motion for class certification is pending. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in this matter.
 
Shipley v. St. Paul Fire and Marine Ins. Co. and Metropolitan Property and Casualty Ins. Co. (Ill. Cir. Ct., Madison County, filed February 26 and July 2, 2003).  Two putative nationwide class actions have been filed against MPC in Illinois. One suit claims breach of contract and fraud due to the alleged underpayment of medical claims arising from the use of a purportedly biased provider fee pricing system. A motion for class certification has been filed and briefed. The second suit originally alleged breach of contract and fraud arising from the alleged use of preferred provider organizations to reduce medical provider fees covered by the medical claims portion of the insurance policy. The court granted MPC’s motion to dismiss the fraud claim in the second suit. A motion for class certification has been filed and briefed. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Regulatory Matters and Related Litigation
 
Regulatory bodies have contacted the Company and have requested information relating to market timing and late trading of mutual funds and variable insurance products and, generally, the marketing of products. The


F-83


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company believes that many of these inquiries are similar to those made to many financial services companies as part of industry-wide investigations by various regulatory agencies. The SEC has commenced an investigation with respect to market timing and late trading in a limited number of privately-placed variable insurance contracts that were sold through General American. As previously reported, in May 2004, General American received a Wells Notice stating that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws against General American. Under the SEC procedures, General American can avail itself of the opportunity to respond to the SEC staff before it makes a formal recommendation regarding whether any action alleging violations of the U.S. securities laws should be considered. General American has responded to the Wells Notice. The Company is fully cooperating with regard to these information requests and investigations. The Company at the present time is not aware of any systemic problems with respect to such matters that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
 
In December 2006, Metropolitan Life resolved a previously disclosed investigation by the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York related to payments to intermediaries in the marketing and sale of group life and disability, group long-term care and group accidental death and dismemberment insurance and related matters. In the settlement, Metropolitan Life did not admit liability as to any issue of fact or law. Among other things, Metropolitan Life has agreed to certain business reforms relating to compensation of producers of group insurance, compensation disclosures to group insurance clients and the adoption of related standards of conduct, some of which it had implemented following the commencement of the investigation. Metropolitan Life has paid a fine and has made a payment to a restitution fund. It is the opinion of management that Metropolitan Life’s resolution of this matter will not adversely affect its business. The Company has received subpoenas and/or other discovery requests from regulators, state attorneys general or other governmental authorities in other states, including Connecticut, Massachusetts, California, Florida, and Ohio, seeking, among other things, information and documents regarding contingent commission payments to brokers, the Company’s awareness of any “sham” bids for business, bids and quotes that the Company submitted to potential customers, incentive agreements entered into with brokers, or compensation paid to intermediaries. The Company also has received a subpoena from the Office of the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of California asking for documents regarding the insurance broker Universal Life Resources. The Company continues to cooperate fully with these inquiries and is responding to the subpoenas and other discovery requests.
 
Approximately sixteen broker-related lawsuits in which the Company was named as a defendant were filed. Voluntary dismissals and consolidations have reduced the number of pending actions to two:
 
The People of the State of California, by and through John Garamendi, Ins. Commissioner of the State of California v. MetLife, Inc., et al. (Cal. Super. Ct., County of San Diego, filed November 18, 2004). The California Insurance Commissioner filed suit against Metropolitan Life and other non-affiliated companies alleging that the defendants violated certain provisions of the California Insurance Code. This action seeks injunctive relief relating to compensation disclosures.
 
In Re Ins. Brokerage Antitrust Litig. (D. N.J., filed February 24, 2005). In this multi-district proceeding, plaintiffs have filed an amended class action complaint consolidating the claims from separate actions that had been filed in or transferred to the District of New Jersey in 2004 and 2005. The consolidated amended complaint alleges that the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life, several non-affiliated insurance companies and several insurance brokers violated RICO, ERISA, and antitrust laws and committed other misconduct in the context of providing insurance to employee benefit plans and to persons who participate in such employee benefit plans. Plaintiffs seek to represent classes of employers that established employee benefit plans and persons who participated in such employee benefit plans. A motion for class certification has been filed. A motion to dismiss has not been fully decided. Plaintiffs in several other actions have voluntarily dismissed their claims. The Company is vigorously defending against the claims in these matters.
 
Following an inquiry commencing in March 2004, the staff of NASD notified MSI that it made a preliminary determination to recommend charging MSI with the failure to adopt, maintain and enforce written supervisory


F-84


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with suitability requirements regarding the sale of college savings plans, also known as 529 plans. This notification followed an industry-wide inquiry by NASD examining sales of 529 plans. In November 2006, MSI and NASD reached a settlement resolving the matter, which includes payment of a penalty and customer remediation. MSI neither admitted nor denied NASD’s findings.
 
In February 2006, the Company learned that the SEC commenced a formal investigation of New England Securities (“NES”) in connection with the suitability of its sales of variable universal life insurance policies. The Company believes that others in the insurance industry are the subject of similar investigations by the SEC. NES is cooperating fully with the SEC.
 
In 2005, MSI received a notice from the Illinois Department of Securities asserting possible violations of the Illinois Securities Act in connection with sales of a former affiliate’s mutual funds. A response has been submitted and MSI intends to cooperate fully with the Illinois Department of Securities.
 
A former registered representative of Tower Square Securities, Inc. (“Tower Square”), a broker-dealer subsidiary of Metlife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”), is alleged to have defrauded individuals by diverting funds for his personal use. In June 2005, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation with respect to Tower Square and served Tower Square with a subpoena. The Securities and Business Investments Division of the Connecticut Department of Banking and NASD are also reviewing this matter. On April 18, 2006, the Connecticut Department of Banking issued a notice to Tower Square asking it to demonstrate its prior compliance with applicable Connecticut securities laws and regulations. In the context of the above, a number of NASD arbitration matters and litigation matters were commenced in 2005 and 2006 against Tower Square. It is reasonably possible that other actions will be brought regarding this matter. Tower Square intends to fully cooperate with the SEC, NASD and the Connecticut Department of Banking, as appropriate, with respect to the matters described above.
 
Other Litigation
 
Roberts, et al. v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed January 22, 2007).  This lawsuit was filed by a putative class of “market rate” tenants at Stuyvesant Town and Peter Cooper Village against parties including Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company and Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company. Metropolitan Life was initially a named defendant but the action has been discontinued as to Metropolitan Life since it did not own the properties during the time period in question. This group of tenants claims that the MetLife entities, and since the sale of the properties, Tishman Speyer as current owner, improperly charged market rents when only lower regulated rents were permitted. The allegations are based on the impact of so-called J-51 tax abatements. The lawsuit seeks declaratory relief and damages. Carroll v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed February 14, 2007).  A second putative class action was filed against the same defendants alleging similar claims as in the Roberts lawsuit, and in addition includes a claim of unjust enrichment and purported violation of New York General Business Law Section 349. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in both actions.
 
Brubaker, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (D.C. Cir., filed October 20, 2000).  Plaintiffs, in this putative class action lawsuit, allege that they were denied certain ad hoc pension increases awarded to retirees under the Metropolitan Life retirement plan. The ad hoc pension increases were awarded only to retirees (i.e., individuals who were entitled to an immediate retirement benefit upon their termination of employment) and not available to individuals like these plaintiffs whose employment, or whose spouses’ employment, had terminated before they became eligible for an immediate retirement benefit. The plaintiffs seek to represent a class consisting of former Metropolitan Life employees, or their surviving spouses, who are receiving deferred vested annuity payments under the retirement plan and who were allegedly eligible to receive the ad hoc pension increases. In September 2005, Metropolitan Life’s motion for summary judgment was granted. Plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration was denied. Plaintiffs appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. The parties are currently briefing the appeal and oral argument is set for March 15, 2007.


F-85


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The American Dental Association, et al. v. MetLife Inc., et al. (S.D. Fla., filed May 19, 2003). The American Dental Association and three individual providers have sued the Holding Company, Metropolitan Life and other non-affiliated insurance companies in a putative class action lawsuit. The plaintiffs purport to represent a nationwide class of in-network providers who allege that their claims are being wrongfully reduced by downcoding, bundling, and the improper use and programming of software. The complaint alleges federal racketeering and various state law theories of liability. The district court has granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. The Company has filed another motion to dismiss. The court has issued a tag-along order, related to a medical managed care trial, which stays the lawsuit indefinitely.
 
Thomas, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (W.D. Okla., filed January 31, 2007). A putative class action complaint was filed against Metropolitan Life, MetLife Securities, Inc. and MetLife Investment Advisors Company, LLC. Plaintiff asserts legal theories of violations of the federal securities laws and violations of state laws with respect to the sale of certain proprietary products (as opposed to non-proprietary products) by the Company’s agency distribution group. Plaintiff seeks rescission, compensatory damages, interest, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees and expenses. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in this matter.
 
Macomber, et al. v. Travelers Property Casualty Corp., et al. (Conn. Super. Ct., Hartford, filed April 7, 1999).  An amended putative class action complaint was filed against The Travelers Life and Annuity Company (now known as MetLife Life and Annuity Company of Connecticut (“MLAC”)), Travelers Equity Sales, Inc. and certain former affiliates. The amended complaint alleges Travelers Property Casualty Corporation, a former MLAC affiliate, purchased structured settlement annuities from MLAC and spent less on the purchase of those structured settlement annuities than agreed with claimants, and that commissions paid to brokers for the structured settlement annuities, including an affiliate of MLAC, were paid in part to Travelers Property Casualty Corporation. On May 26, 2004, the Connecticut Superior Court certified a nationwide class action involving the following claims against MLAC: violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practice Statute, unjust enrichment, and civil conspiracy. On June 15, 2004, the defendants appealed the class certification order. In March 2006, the Connecticut Supreme Court reversed the trial court’s certification of a class. Plaintiff may seek to file another motion for class certification. Defendants have moved for summary judgment. The Company is continuing to vigorously defend against the claims in this matter.
 
Metropolitan Life also has been named as a defendant in a number of silicosis, welding and mixed dust cases in various states. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters.
 
Summary
 
Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed above and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.
 
It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings or provide reasonable ranges of potential losses, except as noted above in connection with specific matters. In some of the matters referred to above, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcomes of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.


F-86


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Insolvency Assessments
 
Most of the jurisdictions in which the Company is admitted to transact business require life insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed life insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. Assets and liabilities held for insolvency assessments are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Other Assets:
               
Premium tax offset for future undiscounted assessments
  $ 45     $ 45  
Premium tax offsets currently available for paid assessments
    7       8  
Receivable for reimbursement of paid assessments(1)
    10       10  
                 
    $ 62     $ 63  
                 
Liability:
               
Insolvency assessments
  $ 90     $ 90  
                 
 
 
(1) The Company holds a receivable from the seller of a prior acquisition in accordance with the purchase agreement.
 
Assessments levied against the Company were $2 million, $4 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Impact of Hurricanes
 
On August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina made landfall in the states of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama, causing catastrophic damage to these coastal regions. MetLife’s cumulative gross losses from Hurricane Katrina were $333 million and $335 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily arising from the Company’s homeowners business. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized total net losses, net of income tax and reinsurance recoverables and including reinstatement premiums and other reinsurance-related premium adjustments related to the catastrophe as follows:
 
                                                 
    Auto & Home
    Institutional
    Total Company
 
    Years Ended
    Years Ended
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Net ultimate losses at January 1,
  $ 120     $              $ 14     $              $ 134     $  
Total net losses recognized
    (2 )     120             14       (2 )     134  
                                                 
Net ultimate losses at December 31,
  $ 118     $ 120     $ 14     $ 14     $ 132     $ 134  
                                                 
 
On October 24, 2005, Hurricane Wilma made landfall across the state of Florida. MetLife’s cumulative gross losses from Hurricane Wilma were $64 million and $57 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, primarily arising from the Company’s homeowners and automobile businesses. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s Auto & Home segment recognized total losses, net of income tax and reinsurance recoverables, of $29 million and $32 million, respectively, related to Hurricane Wilma.


F-87


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Additional hurricane-related losses may be recorded in future periods as claims are received from insureds and claims to reinsurers are processed. Reinsurance recoveries are dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the reinsurers, which may be affected by their other reinsured losses in connection with Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma and otherwise. In addition, lawsuits, including purported class actions, have been filed in Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama challenging denial of claims for damages caused to property during Hurricane Katrina. MPC is a named party in some of these lawsuits. In addition, rulings in cases in which MPC is not a party may affect interpretation of its policies. MPC intends to vigorously defend these matters. However, any adverse rulings could result in an increase in the Company’s hurricane-related claim exposure and losses. Based on information known by management, it does not believe that additional claim losses resulting from Hurricane Katrina will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Argentina
 
The Argentinean economic, regulatory and legal environment, including interpretations of laws and regulations by regulators and courts, is uncertain. Potential legal or governmental actions related to pension reform, fiduciary responsibilities, performance guarantees and tax rulings could adversely affect the results of the Company. Upon acquisition of Citigroup’s insurance operations in Argentina, the Company established insurance liabilities, most significantly death and disability policy liabilities, based upon its interpretation of Argentinean law and the Company’s best estimate of its obligations under such law. In 2006, a decree was issued by the Argentine Government regarding the taxability of pesification-related gains resulting in the reduction of certain tax liabilities. See Note 2.
 
Commitments
 
Leases
 
In accordance with industry practice, certain of the Company’s income from lease agreements with retail tenants are contingent upon the level of the tenants’ sales revenues. Additionally, the Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, data processing and other equipment. Future minimum rental and sublease income, and minimum gross rental payments relating to these lease agreements are as follows:
 
                         
                Gross
 
    Rental
    Sublease
    Rental
 
    Income     Income     Payments  
    (In millions)  
 
2007
  $ 328     $ 23     $ 247  
2008
  $ 278     $ 20     $ 198  
2009
  $ 225     $ 12     $ 196  
2010
  $ 185     $ 8     $ 172  
2011
  $ 155     $ 8     $ 146  
Thereafter
  $ 564     $ 15     $ 1,206  
 
Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments
 
The Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $3.0 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company anticipates that these amounts will be invested in partnerships over the next five years.


F-88


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Mortgage Loan Commitments
 
The Company commits to lend funds under mortgage loan commitments. The amounts of these mortgage loan commitments were $4.0 billion and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities and Bridge Loans
 
The Company commits to lend funds under bank credit facilities and bridge loans. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $1.9 billion and $346 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Other Commitments
 
MICC is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the “FHLB of Boston”) and holds $70 million of common stock of the FHLB of Boston, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. MICC has also entered into several funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston whereby MICC has issued such funding agreements in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of Boston has been granted a blanket lien on MICC’s residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MICC’s obligations under the funding agreements. MICC maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. The funding agreements and the related security agreement represented by this blanket lien provide that upon any event of default by MICC, the FHLB of Boston’s recovery is limited to the amount of MICC’s liability under the outstanding funding agreements. The amount of the Company’s liability for funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston was $926 million and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in PABs.
 
MetLife Bank is a member of the FHLB of NY and holds $54 million and $43 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. MetLife Bank has also entered into repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has issued repurchase agreements in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on MetLife Bank’s residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s obligations under the repurchase agreements. MetLife Bank maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. The repurchase agreements and the related security agreement represented by this blanket lien provide that upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the outstanding repurchase agreements. The amount of the Company’s liability for repurchase agreements with the FHLB of NY was $998 million and $855 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is included in long-term debt.
 
Metropolitan Life is a member of the FHLB of NY and holds $136 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY, which is included in equity securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Metropolitan Life had no funding agreements with the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2006 or 2005.
 
On December 12, 2005, RGA repurchased 1.6 million shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate price of $76 million under an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the stock sold to RGA from third parties and purchased the shares in the open market over the subsequent few months to return to the lenders. RGA would either pay or receive an amount based on the actual amount paid by the bank to purchase the shares. These repurchases resulted in an increase in the Company’s ownership percentage of RGA to approximately 53% at December 31, 2005 from approximately 52% at December 31, 2004. In February 2006, the final purchase price was determined, resulting in a cash settlement substantially equal to the aggregate cost. RGA


F-89


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recorded the initial repurchase of shares as treasury stock and recorded the amount received as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s ownership was approximately 53% of RGA.
 
   Guarantees
 
In the normal course of its business, the Company has provided certain indemnities, guarantees and commitments to third parties pursuant to which it may be required to make payments now or in the future. In the context of acquisition, disposition, investment and other transactions, the Company has provided indemnities and guarantees, including those related to tax, environmental and other specific liabilities, and other indemnities and guarantees that are triggered by, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by the Company. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company provides indemnifications to counterparties in contracts with triggers similar to the foregoing, as well as for certain other liabilities, such as third party lawsuits. These obligations are often subject to time limitations that vary in duration, including contractual limitations and those that arise by operation of law, such as applicable statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation under the indemnities and guarantees is subject to a contractual limitation ranging from less than $1 million to $2 billion, with a cumulative maximum of $3.6 billion, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. Since certain of these obligations are not subject to limitations, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.
 
In addition, the Company indemnifies its directors and officers as provided in its charters and by-laws. Also, the Company indemnifies its agents for liabilities incurred as a result of their representation of the Company’s interests. Since these indemnities are generally not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these indemnities in the future.
 
The Company has also guaranteed minimum investment returns on certain international retirement funds in accordance with local laws. Since these guarantees are not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company did not record any additional liabilities for indemnities, guarantees and commitments. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company eliminated $4 million of a liability that was previously recorded with respect to indemnities provided in connection with a certain disposition. The Company’s recorded liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 for indemnities, guarantees and commitments were $5 million and $9 million, respectively.
 
In connection with synthetically created investment transactions, the Company writes credit default swap obligations requiring payment of principal due in exchange for the referenced credit obligation, depending on the nature or occurrence of specified credit events for the referenced entities. In the event of a specified credit event, the Company’s maximum amount at risk, assuming the value of the referenced credits becomes worthless, was $396 million at December 31, 2006. The credit default swaps expire at various times during the next ten years.
 
16.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Subsidiaries sponsor and/or administer various qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement employee benefit plans covering eligible employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay as well as earnings credits, determined


F-90


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities, for each account balance. As of December 31, 2006, virtually all of the Subsidiaries’ obligations have been calculated using the traditional formula. The non-qualified pension plans provide supplemental benefits, in excess of amounts permitted by governmental agencies, to certain executive level employees.
 
The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement health and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries, may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total cost of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Travelers, the employees of Travelers and any other Citigroup affiliate in the United States who became employees of certain Subsidiaries in connection with that acquisition (including those who remained employees of companies acquired in that acquisition) will be credited with service recognized by Citigroup for purposes of determining eligibility and vesting under the Plan with respect to benefits earned under the Plan subsequent to the closing date of the acquisition. Neither the Holding Company nor its subsidiaries assumed an obligation for benefits earned under defined benefit plans of Citigroup or Travelers prior to the acquisition.
 
As described more fully in Note 1, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 158. The adoption of SFAS 158 required the recognition of the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and eliminated the additional minimum pension liability provision of SFAS 87. The Company’s additional minimum pension liability was $78 million, and the intangible asset was $12 million, at December 31, 2005. The excess of the additional minimum pension liability over the intangible asset of $66 million, $41 million net of income tax, was recorded as a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2006, immediately prior to adopting SFAS 158, the Company’s additional minimum pension liability was $92 million. The additional minimum pension liability of $59 million, net of income tax of $33 million, was recorded as a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income. The change in the additional minimum pension liability of $18 million, net of income tax, was reflected as a component of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2006. Upon adoption of SFAS 158, the Company eliminated the additional minimum pension liability and recognized as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, those amounts of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and the remaining net transition asset or obligation that had not yet been included in net periodic benefit cost at the date of adoption. The following table


F-91


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

summarizes the adjustments to the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet as a result of recognizing the funded status of the defined benefit plans:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
          Additional
             
          Minimum
             
    Pre
    Pension
    Adoption of
    Post
 
    SFAS 158
    Liability
    SFAS 158
    SFAS 158
 
Balance Sheet Caption
  Adjustments     Adjustment     Adjustment     Adjustments  
    (In millions)  
 
Other assets: Prepaid pension benefit cost
  $ 1,937     $     $ (993 )   $ 944  
Other assets: Intangible asset
  $ 12     $ (12 )   $     $  
Other liabilities: Accrued pension benefit cost
  $ (505 )   $ (14 )   $ (79 )   $ (598 )
Other liabilities: Accrued other postretirement benefit cost
  $ (802 )   $     $ (99 )   $ (901 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax:
                               
Defined benefit plans
  $ (66 )   $ (26 )   $ (1,171 )   $ (1,263 )
Minority interest
          $     $ 8          
Deferred income tax
          $ 8     $ 419          
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax:
                               
Defined benefit plans
  $ (41 )   $ (18 )   $ (744 )   $ (803 )
                                 
 
A December 31 measurement date is used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans.


F-92


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Obligations, Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Costs
 
                                 
    December 31,  
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 5,766     $ 5,523     $ 2,176     $ 1,975  
Service cost
    163       142       35       37  
Interest cost
    335       318       117       121  
Plan participants’ contributions
                29       28  
Acquisitions and divestitures
    (4 )     (1 )           1  
Net actuarial (gains) losses
    27       90       1       172  
Change in benefits
    (6 )           (143 )     7  
Transfers in (out) of controlled group
          6             (5 )
Prescription drug subsidy
                10        
Benefits paid
    (322 )     (312 )     (152 )     (160 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    5,959       5,766       2,073       2,176  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    5,518       5,392       1,093       1,062  
Actual return on plan assets
    725       404       104       60  
Divestitures
    (4 )     (1 )            
Employer contribution
    388       35       2       2  
Benefits paid
    (322 )     (312 )     (27 )     (31 )
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    6,305       5,518       1,172       1,093  
                                 
Funded status at end of year
  $ 346       (248 )   $ (901 )     (1,083 )
                                 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gains) losses
            1,528               377  
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)
            54               (122 )
Unrecognized net asset at transition
                          1  
                                 
Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized
          $ 1,334             $ (827 )
                                 
Components of net amount recognized:
                               
Qualified plan prepaid benefit cost
          $ 1,696             $  
Non-qualified plan accrued benefit cost
            (362 )             (827 )
                                 
Net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized
            1,334               (827 )
Intangible asset
            12                
Additional minimum pension liability
            (78 )              
                                 
Net amount recognized
          $ 1,268             $ (827 )
                                 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet consist of:
                               
Other assets
  $ 944     $ 1,708     $     $  
Other liabilities
    (598 )     (440 )     (901 )     (827 )
                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ 346     $ 1,268     $ (901 )   $ (827 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:
                               
Net actuarial (gains) losses
  $ 1,123     $     $ 328     $  
Prior service cost (credit)
    41             (230 )      
Net asset at transition
                1        
Additional minimum pension liability
          66              
                                 
      1,164       66       99        
Deferred income tax and minority interest
    (423 )     (25 )     (37 )      
                                 
    $ 741     $ 41     $ 62     $  
                                 


F-93


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The aggregate projected benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for the pension plans were as follows:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    Qualified Plan     Non-Qualified Plan     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Aggregate fair value of plan assets (principally Company contracts)
  $ 6,305     $ 5,518     $     $     $ 6,305     $ 5,518  
Aggregate projected benefit obligation
    5,381       5,258       578       508       5,959       5,766  
                                                 
Over (under) funded
  $ 924     $ 260     $ (578 )   $ (508 )   $ 346     $ (248 )
                                                 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $5,505 million and $5,349 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 594     $ 538  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 501     $ 449  
Fair value of plan assets
  $     $ 19  
 
Information for pension and other postretirement plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 623     $ 538     $ 2,073     $ 2,176  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 25     $ 19     $ 1,172     $ 1,093  
 
The components of net periodic benefit cost recognized in net income were as follows:
 
                                                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 163     $ 142     $ 129     $ 35     $ 37     $ 32  
Interest cost
    335       318       311       117       121       119  
Expected return on plan assets
    (454 )     (446 )     (428 )     (79 )     (79 )     (77 )
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses
    125       116       101       23       15       7  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
    11       16       16       (36 )     (17 )     (19 )
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 180     $ 146     $ 129     $ 60     $ 77     $ 62  
                                                 


F-94


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The estimated net actuarial losses and prior service cost for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $54 million and $12 million, respectively.
 
The estimated net actuarial losses and prior service credit for the other postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $14 million and $36 million, respectively.
 
As discussed more fully in Note 1, the Company adopted the guidance in FSP 106-2 to account for future subsidies to be received under the Prescription Drug Act. The Company began receiving these subsidies during 2006. The APBO was remeasured effective July 1, 2004 in order to determine the effect of the expected subsidies on net periodic other postretirement benefit cost. As a result, the APBO was reduced by $213 million at July 1, 2004. A summary of the reduction to the APBO and related reduction to the components of net periodic other postretirement benefit cost is as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Cumulative reduction in benefit obligation:
                       
Beginning of year
  $ 298     $ 230     $  
Service cost
    6       6       3  
Interest cost
    19       16       6  
Net actuarial gains (losses)
    15       46       221  
Prescription drug subsidy
    (10 )            
                         
End of year
  $ 328     $ 298     $ 230  
                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Reduction in net periodic benefit cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 6     $ 6     $ 3  
Interest cost
    19       16       6  
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses)
    30       23       8  
                         
Total reduction in net periodic benefit cost
  $ 55     $ 45     $ 17  
                         
 
The Company received subsidies of $8 million for prescription claims processed from January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2006 and expects to receive an additional $2 million in 2007 for prescription claims processed October 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006.
 
Assumptions
 
Assumptions used in determining benefit obligations were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
        Other
    Pension
  Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
    2006   2005   2006   2005
 
Weighted average discount rate
  6.00%   5.82%   6.00%   5.82%
Rate of compensation increase
  3%-8%   3%-8%   N/A   N/A


F-95


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Assumptions used in determining net periodic benefit cost were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    Pension Benefits   Other Postretirement Benefits
    2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
 
Weighted average discount rate
  5.82%   5.83%   6.10%   5.82%   5.98%   6.20%
Weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets
  8.25%   8.50%   8.50%   7.42%   7.51%   7.91%
Rate of compensation increase
  3%-8%   3%-8%   3%-8%   N/A   N/A   N/A
 
The discount rate is based on the yield of a hypothetical portfolio constructed of bonds rated AA or better by Moody’s Investors Services available on the valuation date measured on a yield to worst basis, which would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the aggregate projected benefit obligation when due.
 
The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated performance of the various asset sectors in which the plan invests, weighted by target allocation percentages. Anticipated future performance is based on long-term historical returns of the plan assets by sector, adjusted for the Subsidiaries’ long-term expectations on the performance of the markets. While the precise expected return derived using this approach will fluctuate from year to year, the Subsidiaries’ policy is to hold this long-term assumption constant as long as it remains within reasonable tolerance from the derived rate.
 
The weighted average expected return on plan assets for use in that plan’s valuation in 2007 is currently anticipated to be 8.25% for pension benefits and postretirement medical benefits and 6.25% for postretirement life benefits.
 
The assumed healthcare cost trend rates used in measuring the APBO and net periodic benefit cost were as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
    2006   2005
 
Pre-Medicare eligible claims
  9.0% down to 5% in 2014   9.5% down to 5% in 2014
Medicare eligible claims
  11.0% down to 5% in 2018   11.5% down to 5% in 2018
 
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One Percent
    One Percent
 
    Increase     Decrease  
    (In millions)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ 14     $ (12 )
Effect of accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 176     $ (147 )
 
Plan Assets
 
The Subsidiaries have issued group annuity and life insurance contracts supporting approximately 98% of all pension and other postretirement benefit plans assets.
 
The account values of the group annuity and life insurance contracts issued by the Subsidiaries and held as assets of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans were $7,321 million and $6,471 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The majority of such account values are held in separate accounts established by the Subsidiaries. Total revenue from these contracts recognized in the consolidated statements of income was $29 million, $28 million and $28 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and includes policy charges, net investment income from investments backing the contracts and administrative fees. Total investment income, including realized and unrealized gains and losses, credited to the


F-96


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

account balances were $818 million, $460 million and $519 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The terms of these contracts are consistent in all material respects with those the Subsidiaries offer to unaffiliated parties that are similarly situated.
 
The weighted-average allocations of pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan assets were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Asset Category
                               
Equity securities
    42 %     47 %     37 %     42 %
Fixed maturity securities
    42 %     37 %     57 %     53 %
Other (Real Estate and Alternative Investments)
    16 %     16 %     6 %     5 %
                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                 
 
The weighted-average target allocations of pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan assets for 2007 are as follows:
 
         
    Pension   Other
 
Asset Category
       
Equity securities
  30%-65%   30%-45%
Fixed maturity securities
  20%-70%   45%-70%
Other (Real Estate and Alternative Investments)
  0%-25%   0%-10%
 
Target allocations of assets are determined with the objective of maximizing returns and minimizing volatility of net assets through adequate asset diversification. Adjustments are made to target allocations based on an assessment of the impact of economic factors and market conditions.
 
Cash Flows
 
It is the Subsidiaries’ practice to make contributions to the qualified pension plans to comply with minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and/or to maintain a fully funded ABO. In accordance with such practice, no contributions were required for the years ended December 31, 2006 or 2005. No contributions will be required for 2007. The Subsidiaries elected to make discretionary contributions to the qualified pension plans of $350 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. No contributions were made during the year ended December 31, 2005. The Subsidiaries expect to make additional discretionary contributions of $150 million in 2007.
 
Benefit payments due under the non-qualified pension plans are funded from the Subsidiaries’ general assets as they become due under the provision of the plans. These payments totaled $38 million and $35 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These payments are expected to be at approximately the same level in 2007.
 
Other postretirement benefits represent a non-vested, non-guaranteed obligation of the Subsidiaries and current regulations do not require specific funding levels for these benefits. While the Subsidiaries have partially funded such plans in advance, it has been the Subsidiaries’ practice to use their general assets to pay claims as they come due in lieu of utilizing plan assets. These payments totaled $152 million and $160 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-97


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The Subsidiaries’ expect to make contributions of $132 million, based upon expected gross benefit payments, towards the other postretirement plan obligations in 2007. As noted previously, the Subsidiaries expect to receive subsidies under the Prescription Drug Act to partially offset such payments.
 
Gross benefit payments for the next ten years, which reflect expected future service where appropriate, and gross subsidies to be received under the Prescription Drug Act are expected to be as follows:
 
                                 
          Other Postretirement Benefits  
    Pension
          Prescription
       
    Benefits     Gross     Drug Subsidies     Net  
    (In millions)  
 
2007
  $ 337     $ 132     $ (14 )   $ 118  
2008
  $ 349     $ 137     $ (14 )   $ 123  
2009
  $ 367     $ 142     $ (15 )   $ 127  
2010
  $ 372     $ 148     $ (16 )   $ 132  
2011
  $ 385     $ 154     $ (16 )   $ 138  
2012-2016
  $ 2,141     $ 837     $ (98 )   $ 739  
 
Savings and Investment Plans
 
The Subsidiaries sponsor savings and investment plans for substantially all employees under which a portion of employee contributions are matched. The Subsidiaries contributed $82 million, $78 million and $67 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
17.   Equity
 
Preferred Stock
 
On September 29, 1999, the Holding Company adopted a stockholder rights plan (the “rights plan”) under which each outstanding share of common stock issued between April 4, 2000 and the distribution date (as defined in the rights plan) will be coupled with a stockholder right. Each right will entitle the holder to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. Each one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock will have economic and voting terms equivalent to one share of common stock. Until it is exercised, the right itself will not entitle the holder thereof to any rights as a stockholder, including the right to receive dividends or to vote at stockholder meetings.
 
Stockholder rights are not exercisable until the distribution date, and will expire at the close of business on April 4, 2010, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Holding Company. The rights plan is designed to protect stockholders in the event of unsolicited offers to acquire the Holding Company and other coercive takeover tactics.
 
In connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, which is more fully described in Note 2, the Holding Company issued preferred shares as follows:
 
On June 13, 2005, the Holding Company issued 24 million shares of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A preferred shares”) with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $600 million.
 
On June 16, 2005, the Holding Company issued 60 million shares of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B preferred shares”), with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $1.5 billion.
 
The Series A and Series B preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”) rank senior to the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are not cumulative. Holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by the Holding


F-98


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the board. If dividends are declared on the Series A preferred shares, they will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual rate of the greater of: (i) 1.00% above three-month LIBOR on the related LIBOR determination date; or (ii) 4.00%. Any dividends declared on the Series B preferred shares will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual fixed rate of 6.50%. Accordingly, in the event that dividends are not declared on the Preferred Shares for payment on any dividend payment date, then those dividends will cease to accrue and be payable. If a dividend is not declared before the dividend payment date, the Holding Company has no obligation to pay dividends accrued for that dividend period whether or not dividends are declared and paid in future periods. No dividends may, however, be paid or declared on the Holding Company’s common stock — or any other securities ranking junior to the Preferred Shares — unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all Preferred Shares, and any parity stock, have been declared and paid or provided for.
 
The Holding Company is prohibited from declaring dividends on the Preferred Shares if it fails to meet specified capital adequacy, net income and shareholders’ equity levels. In addition, under Federal Reserve Board policy, the Holding Company may not be able to pay dividends if it does not earn sufficient operating income.
 
The Preferred Shares do not have voting rights except in certain circumstances where the dividends have not been paid for an equivalent of six or more dividend payment periods whether or not those periods are consecutive. Under such circumstances, the holders of the Preferred Shares have certain voting rights with respect to members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
 
The Preferred Shares are not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or similar provisions. The Preferred Shares are redeemable, but not prior to September 15, 2010. On and after that date, subject to regulatory approval, the Preferred Shares will be redeemable at the Holding Company’s option in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $25 per Preferred Share, plus declared and unpaid dividends.
 
In connection with the offering of the Preferred Shares, the Holding Company incurred $56.8 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
 
Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Preferred Shares is as follows:
 
                                         
            Dividend  
            Series A
    Series A
    Series B
    Series B
 
Declaration Date
  Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate     Per Share     Aggregate  
            (In millions, except per share data)  
 
November 15, 2006
  November 30, 2006   December 15, 2006   $ 0.4038125     $ 10     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 15, 2006
  August 31, 2006   September 15, 2006   $ 0.4043771     $ 10     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
May 16, 2006
  May 31, 2006   June 15, 2006   $ 0.3775833     $ 9     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
March 6, 2006
  February 28, 2006   March 15, 2006   $ 0.3432031     $ 9     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
November 15, 2005
  November 30, 2005   December 15, 2005   $ 0.3077569     $ 8     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 22, 2005
  August 31, 2005   September 15, 2005   $ 0.2865690     $ 7     $ 0.4017361     $ 24  
 
See Note 24 for further information.
 
Common Stock
 
On October 26, 2004, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $1 billion common stock repurchase program. On February 27, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1 billion common stock repurchase program. Upon the date of this authorization, the amount remaining under these repurchase programs is approximately $1.2 billion. Under these authorizations, the Holding Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) and in privately negotiated transactions. As a result of the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding


F-99


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company had suspended its common stock repurchase activity. During the fourth quarter of 2006, as announced, the Holding Company resumed its share repurchase program. Future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the price of the Company’s common stock.
 
On December 1, 2006, the Holding Company repurchased 3,993,024 shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate cost of $232 million under an accelerated common stock repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the common stock sold to the Holding Company from third parties and purchased the common stock in the open market to return to such third parties. In February 2007, the Holding Company paid a cash adjustment of $8 million for a final purchase price of $240 million. The Holding Company recorded the shares initially repurchased as treasury stock and recorded the amount paid as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock.
 
On December 16, 2004, the Holding Company repurchased 7,281,553 shares of its outstanding common stock at an aggregate cost of $300 million under an accelerated common stock repurchase agreement with a major bank. The bank borrowed the stock sold to the Holding Company from third parties and purchased the common stock in the open market to return to such third parties. In April 2005, the Holding Company received a cash adjustment of $7 million based on the actual amount paid by the bank to purchase the common stock, for a final purchase price of $293 million. The Holding Company recorded the shares initially repurchased as treasury stock and recorded the amount received as an adjustment to the cost of the treasury stock.
 
See Note 12 regarding stock purchase contracts issued by the Holding Company on June 21, 2005 in connection with the issuance of the common equity units.
 
The Company acquired 8,608,824, 0 and 26,373,952 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock for $500 million, $0 and $1.0 billion during the years ended December 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, 3,056,559, 25,049,065 and 1,675,814 shares of common stock were issued from treasury stock for $102 million, $819 million and $50 million, respectively, of which 22,436,617 shares with a market value of $1 billion were issued in connection with the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005. See Note 2. At December 31, 2006, the Holding Company had $216 million remaining on the October 26, 2004 common stock repurchase program which was subsequently reduced by $8 million to $208 million after the February 2007 cash adjustment on the accelerated stock repurchase discussed above.
 
The table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:
 
                         
            Dividend  
Declaration Date
  Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate  
            (In millions,
 
            except per share data)  
 
October 24, 2006
  November 6, 2006   December 15, 2006   $ 0.59     $ 450  
October 25, 2005
  November 7, 2005   December 15, 2005   $ 0.52     $ 394  
September 28, 2004
  November 5, 2004   December 13, 2004   $ 0.46     $ 343  


F-100


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Dividend Restrictions
 
The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid to the Holding Company without insurance regulatory approval and dividends paid to the Holding Company:
 
                                         
    2005     2006     2007  
    Permitted w/o
          Permitted w/o
          Permitted w/o
 
Company
  Approval(1)     Paid(2)     Approval(1)     Paid(2)     Approval(4)  
    (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life
  $ 880     $ 3,200     $ 863     $ 863     $ 919  
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut
  $     $     $     $ 917 (3)   $ 690  
Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
  $ 54     $ 927     $ 85     $ 2,300     $ 104  
Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company
  $ 187     $ 400     $ 178     $ 300     $ 16  
 
  (1)  Reflects dividend amounts paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.
 
  (2)  Includes amounts paid including those requiring regulatory approval.
 
  (3)  Includes a return of capital of $259 million.
 
  (4)  Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2007 without prior regulatory approval. If paid before a specified date during 2007, some or all of such dividend amounts may require regulatory approval.
 
Under New York State Insurance Law, Metropolitan Life is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay stockholder dividends to the Holding Company as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any calendar year does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). Metropolitan Life will be permitted to pay a cash dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Superintendent and the Superintendent does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. Under New York State Insurance Law, the Superintendent has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders. The New York State Department of Insurance (the “Department”) has established informal guidelines for such determinations. The guidelines, among other things, focus on the insurer’s overall financial condition and profitability under statutory accounting practices.
 
Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, MICC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay shareholder dividends to its parent as long as the amount of such dividends, when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months, does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. MICC will be permitted to pay a cash dividend in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of its declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Connecticut Commissioner of Insurance (“Commissioner”) and the Commissioner does not disapprove the payment within 30 days after notice. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (unassigned funds, reduced by 25% of unrealized appreciation in value or revaluation of assets or unrealized profits on investments) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, the Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders. The Connecticut State Insurance Law requires prior approval for any dividends for a period of two years following a change in control. As a result of the


F-101


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

acquisition of MICC by the Holding Company on July 1, 2005, under Connecticut State Insurance Law, all dividend payments by MICC through June 30, 2007 require prior approval of the Commissioner.
 
Under Rhode Island State Insurance Law, MPC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to the Holding Company as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any twelve-month period does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) net income, not including realized capital gains, for the immediately preceding calendar year. MPC will be permitted to pay a cash dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Rhode Island Commissioner of Insurance (the “Rhode Island Commissioner”) and the Rhode Island Commissioner does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. Under Rhode Island State Insurance Code, the Rhode Island Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock property and casualty insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.
 
Under Delaware State Insurance Law, Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company (“MTL”) is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to the Holding Company as long as the amount of the dividend when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). MTL will be permitted to pay a cash dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of the declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance (the “Delaware Commissioner”) and the Delaware Commissioner does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (defined as unassigned funds) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Delaware State Insurance Law, the Delaware Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
Overview
 
As described more fully in Note 1, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(r) using the modified prospective transition method. The adoption of SFAS 123(r) did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.
 
Description of Plans
 
The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Stock Incentive Plan”), authorized the granting of awards in the form of options to buy shares of Holding Company common stock (“Stock Options”) that either qualify as incentive Stock Options under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code or are non-qualified. The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended (the “Directors Stock Plan”), authorized the granting of awards in the form of Performance Share awards, non-qualified Stock Options, or a combination of the foregoing to outside Directors of the Holding Company. Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (the “2005 Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan). Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan). The Stock Incentive Plan, Directors Stock Plan, 2005 Stock Plan, the 2005 Directors Stock Plan and the LTPCP, as described below, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Incentive Plans.”


F-102


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan and the LTPCP is 68,000,000, plus those shares available but not utilized under the Stock Incentive Plan and those shares utilized under the Stock Incentive Plan that are recovered due to forfeiture of Stock Options. Additional shares carried forward from the Stock Incentive Plan and available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan were 12,423,881 as of December 31, 2006. There were no shares carried forward from the Directors Stock Plan. Each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by one, and each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by 1.179 shares. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan are 2,000,000. As of December 31, 2006, the aggregate number of shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2005 Directors Stock Plan were 66,712,241 and 1,941,734, respectively.
 
Stock Option exercises and other stock-based awards to employees settled in shares are satisfied through the issuance of shares held in treasury by the Company. Under the current authorized share repurchase program, as described above, sufficient treasury shares exist to satisfy foreseeable obligations under the Incentive Plans.
 
Compensation expense related to awards under the Incentive Plans is recognized based on the number of awards expected to vest, which represents the awards granted less expected forfeitures over the life of the award, as estimated at the date of grant. Unless a material deviation from the assumed rate is observed during the term in which the awards are expensed, any adjustment necessary to reflect differences in actual experience is recognized in the period the award becomes payable or exercisable. Compensation expense of $144 million, $120 million and $89 million, and income tax benefits of $50 million, $42 million and $31 million, related to the Incentive Plans was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Compensation expense is principally related to the issuance of Stock Options, Performance Shares and LTPCP arrangements.
 
As described in Note 1, the Company changed its policy prospectively for recognizing expense for stock-based awards to retirement eligible employees. Had the Company continued to recognize expense over the stated requisite service period, compensation expense related to the Incentive Plans would have been $116 million, $120 million and $89 million, rather than $144 million, $120 million and $89 million, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Had the Company applied the policy of recognizing expense related to stock-based compensation over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement eligibility for awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, pro forma compensation expense would have been $120 million, $122 million and $94 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Stock Options
 
All Stock Options granted had an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Holding Company’s stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant, and have a maximum term of ten years. Certain Stock Options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and the 2005 Stock Plan have or will become exercisable over a three year period commencing with the date of grant, while other Stock Options have or will become exercisable three years after the date of grant. Stock Options issued under the Directors Stock Plan were exercisable immediately. The date at which a Stock Option issued under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan becomes exercisable is determined at the time such Stock Option is granted.


F-103


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
A summary of the activity related to Stock Options for the year ended December 31, 2006 is presented below. The aggregate intrinsic value was computed using the closing share price on December 29, 2006 of $59.01 and December 30, 2005 of $49.00, as applicable.
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
       
    Number of
    Average
    Remaining
       
    Shares Under
    Exercise Price
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
    Option     Per Share     Term     Intrinsic Value  
                (Years)     (In millions)  
 
Outstanding at January 1,
    24,381,783     $ 31.83       6.92     $ 419  
                                 
Granted
    3,758,955     $ 50.21                  
Exercised
    (2,754,390 )   $ 30.00                  
Cancelled/Expired
    (153,494 )   $ 32.04                  
Forfeited
    (341,403 )   $ 37.14                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31,
    24,891,451     $ 34.68       6.58     $ 606  
                                 
Aggregate number of stock options expected to vest at December 31,
    24,390,157     $ 34.48       6.54     $ 598  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31,
    17,034,788     $ 30.66       5.72     $ 483  
                                 
 
Prior to January 1, 2005, the Black-Scholes model was used to determine the fair value of Stock Options granted and recognized in the financial statements or as reported in the pro forma disclosure which follows. The fair value of Stock Options issued on or after January 1, 2005 was estimated on the date of grant using a binomial lattice model. The Company made this change because lattice models produce more accurate option values due to the ability to incorporate assumptions about grantee exercise behavior resulting from changes in the price of the underlying shares. In addition, lattice models allow for changes in critical assumptions over the life of the option in comparison to closed-form models like Black-Scholes, which require single-value assumptions at the time of grant.
 
The Company used daily historical volatility since the inception of trading when calculating Stock Option values using the Black-Scholes model. In conjunction with the change to the binomial lattice model, the Company began estimating expected future volatility based upon an analysis of historical prices of the Holding Company’s common stock and call options on that common stock traded on the open market. The Company uses a weighted-average of the implied volatility for publicly traded call options with the longest remaining maturity nearest to the money as of each valuation date and the historical volatility, calculated using monthly closing prices of the Holding Company’s common stock. The Company chose a monthly measurement interval for historical volatility as it believes this better depicts the nature of employee option exercise decisions being based on longer-term trends in the price of the underlying shares rather than on daily price movements.
 
The risk-free rate is based on observed interest rates for instruments with maturities similar to the expected term of the Stock Options. Whereas the Black-Scholes model requires a single spot rate for instruments with a term matching the expected life of the option at the valuation date, the binomial lattice model allows for the use of different rates for each year over the contractual term of the option. The table below presents the full range of imputed forward rates for U.S. Treasury Strips that was used in the binomial lattice model over the contractual term of all Stock Options granted in the period.
 
Dividend yield is determined based on historical dividend distributions compared to the price of the underlying common stock as of the valuation date and held constant over the life of the Stock Option.
 
Use of the Black-Scholes model requires an input of the expected life of the Stock Options, or the average number of years before Stock Options will be exercised or expired. The Company estimated expected life using the historical average years to exercise or cancellation and average remaining years outstanding for vested Stock


F-104


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Options. Alternatively, the binomial model used by the Company incorporates the contractual term of the Stock Options and then considers expected exercise behavior and a post-vesting termination rate, or the rate at which vested options are exercised or expire prematurely due to termination of employment, to derive an expected life. The post-vesting termination rate is determined from actual historical exercise and expiration activity under the Incentive Plans. Exercise behavior in the binomial lattice model used by the Company is expressed using an exercise multiple, which reflects the ratio of exercise price to the strike price of Stock Options granted at which holders of the Stock Options are expected to exercise. The exercise multiple is derived from actual historical exercise activity.
 
The following weighted average assumptions, with the exception of risk-free rate, which is expressed as a range, were used to determine the fair value of Stock Options issued during the:
 
             
    Years Ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
 
Dividend yield
  1.04%   1.19%   0.70%
Risk-free rate of return
  4.17%-4.96%   3.34%-5.41%   3.69%
Expected volatility
  22.00%   23.24%   34.85%
Exercise multiple
  1.52   1.48   N/A
Post-vesting termination rate
  4.09%   5.19%   N/A
Contractual term (years)
  10   10   10
Expected life (years)
  6   6   6
Weighted average exercise price of stock options granted
  $50.21   $38.70   $35.28
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted
  $13.84   $10.09   $13.25
 
Compensation expense related to Stock Option awards expected to vest and granted prior to January 1, 2006 is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which equals the vesting term. Compensation expense related to Stock Option awards expected to vest and granted on or after January 1, 2006 is recognized ratably over the requisite service period or the period to retirement eligibility, if shorter. Compensation expense of $56 million, $50 million and $40 million related to Stock Options was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-105


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Had compensation expense for grants awarded prior to January 1, 2003 been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant rather than the intrinsic value method, the Company’s earnings and earnings per common share amounts would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts for the following:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (In millions,
 
    except per share data)  
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 4,651     $ 2,758  
Add: Stock option-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax
  $ 33     $ 26  
Deduct: Total stock option-based employee compensation determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of income tax
  $ (35 )   $ (44 )
                 
Pro forma net income available to common shareholders
  $ 4,649     $ 2,740  
                 
Basic earnings per common share
               
As reported
  $ 6.21     $ 3.67  
                 
Pro forma
  $ 6.21     $ 3.65  
                 
Diluted earnings per common share
               
As reported
  $ 6.16     $ 3.65  
                 
Pro forma
  $ 6.15     $ 3.63  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2006, there was $41 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to Stock Options. It is expected that these costs will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.67 years.
 
The following is a summary of Stock Option exercise activity for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised
  $ 65     $ 39     $ 11  
Cash received from exercise of stock options
  $ 83     $ 72     $ 46  
Tax benefit realized from stock options exercised
  $ 23     $ 13     $ 4  
 
Performance Shares
 
Beginning in 2005, certain members of management were awarded Performance Shares under (and as defined in) the 2005 Stock Plan. Participants are awarded an initial target number of Performance Shares with the final number of Performance Shares payable being determined by the product of the initial target multiplied by a factor of 0.0 to 2.0. The factor applied is based on measurements of the Holding Company’s performance with respect to: (i) the change in annual net operating earnings per share, as defined; and (ii) the proportionate total shareholder return, as defined, with reference to the three-year performance period relative to other companies in the S&P Insurance Index with reference to the same three-year period. Performance Share awards will normally vest in their entirety at the end of the three-year performance period (subject to certain contingencies) and will be payable entirely in shares of the Holding Company’s common stock.


F-106


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following is a summary of Performance Share activity for the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    Performance
    Grant Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
    1,029,700     $ 36.87  
Granted
    884,875     $ 48.43  
Forfeited
    (65,000 )   $ 41.37  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    1,849,575     $ 42.24  
                 
Performance Shares expected to vest at December 31, 2006
    1,820,742     $ 42.16  
                 
 
Performance Share amounts above represent aggregate initial target awards and do not reflect potential increases or decreases resulting from the final performance factor to be determined at the end of the respective performance period. None of the Performance Shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Performance Share awards are accounted for as equity awards but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on the Holding Company’s common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the fair value of Performance Shares is based upon the closing price of the Holding Company’s common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.
 
Compensation expense related to initial Performance Shares granted prior to January 1, 2006 and expected to vest is recognized ratably during the performance period. Compensation expense related to initial Performance Shares granted on or after January 1, 2006 and expected to vest is recognized ratably over the performance period or the period to retirement eligibility, if shorter. Performance Shares expected to vest and the related compensation expenses may be further adjusted by the performance factor most likely to be achieved, as estimated by management, at the end of the performance period. Compensation expense of $74 million and $24 million, related to Performance Shares was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2006, there was $59 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to Performance Share awards. It is expected that these costs will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.59 years.
 
Long-Term Performance Compensation Plan
 
Prior to January 1, 2005, the Company granted stock-based compensation to certain members of management under the LTPCP. Each participant was assigned a target compensation amount (an “Opportunity Award”) at the inception of the performance period with the final compensation amount determined based on the total shareholder return on the Holding Company’s common stock over the three-year performance period, subject to limited further adjustment approved by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors. Payments on the Opportunity Awards are normally payable in their entirety (subject to certain contingencies) at the end of the three-year performance period, and may be paid in whole or in part with shares of the Holding Company’s common stock, as approved by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors. There were no new grants under the LTPCP during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
A portion of each Opportunity Award under the LTPCP is expected to be settled in shares of the Holding Company’s common stock while the remainder will be settled in cash. The portion of the Opportunity Award expected to be settled in shares of the Holding Company’s common stock is accounted for as an equity award with the fair value of the award determined based upon the closing price of the Holding Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The compensation expense associated with the equity award, based upon the grant date fair value, is recognized into expense ratably over the respective three-year performance period. The portion of the Opportunity Award expected to be settled in cash is accounted for as a liability and is remeasured using the closing price of the


F-107


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Holding Company’s common stock on the final day of each subsequent reporting period during the three-year performance period.
 
Compensation expense of $14 million, $46 million and $49 million, related to LTPCP Opportunity Awards was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
The aggregate fair value of LTPCP Opportunity Awards outstanding at December 31, 2006 was $41 million, all of which has been recognized. LTPCP Opportunity Awards with an aggregate fair value of $65 million vested during the year ended December 31, 2006, and settled in the form of 906,989 shares and $16 million in cash. It is expected that approximately 760,000 additional shares and $15 million in cash will be issued in future settlement of LTPCP Opportunity Awards expected to become payable in the second quarter of 2007.
 
Statutory Equity and Income
 
Each insurance company’s state of domicile imposes minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to authorized control level RBC, as defined by the NAIC. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. Each of the Holding Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries exceeded the minimum RBC requirements for all periods presented herein.
 
The NAIC adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (“Codification”) in 2001. Codification was intended to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting to state insurance departments. However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. Modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the effect of Codification on the statutory capital and surplus of Metropolitan Life and the Holding Company’s other insurance subsidiaries.
 
Statutory accounting principles differ from GAAP primarily by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred, establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, reporting surplus notes as surplus instead of debt and valuing securities on a different basis.
 
Statutory net income of Metropolitan Life, a New York domiciled insurer, was $1.0 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, as filed with the Department, was $9.2 billion and $8.8 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Due to the mergers of Paragon Life Insurance Company, Citicorp Life Insurance Company and First Citicorp Life Insurance Company with Metropolitan Life, the 2005 statutory net income and statutory capital and surplus balances were adjusted.
 
Statutory net income of MICC, a Connecticut domiciled insurer, was $749 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $470 million from the date of purchase, for the six month period ended December 31, 2005. Statutory capital and surplus, as filed with the Connecticut Insurance Department, was $4.1 billion at both December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Statutory net income of MPC, a Rhode Island domiciled insurer, was $385 million, $289 million and $356 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, as filed with the Insurance Department of Rhode Island, was $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Statutory net income of MTL, a Delaware domiciled insurer, was $2.8 billion, $353 million and $144 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, as filed with the Delaware Insurance Department was $1.0 billion and $690 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-108


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The following table sets forth the reclassification adjustments required for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 in other comprehensive income (loss) that are included as part of net income for the current year that have been reported as a part of other comprehensive income (loss) in the current or prior year:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the year
  $ (1,022 )   $ (3,697 )   $ 832  
Income tax effect of holding gains (losses)
    379       1,391       120  
Reclassification adjustments:
                       
Recognized holding (gains) losses included in current year income
    916       524       (537 )
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments
    (600 )     (199 )     (94 )
Income tax effect
    (117 )     (122 )     (91 )
Allocation of holding losses on investments relating to other policyholder amounts
    581       1,670       (182 )
Income tax effect of allocation of holding losses to other policyholder amounts
    (215 )     (629 )     (26 )
Unrealized investment gains of subsidiary at date of sale
          15        
Deferred income tax on unrealized investment gains of subsidiary at date of sale
          (5 )      
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)
    (78 )     (1,052 )     22  
                         
Foreign currency translation adjustments arising during the year
    46       (86 )     144  
Foreign currency translation adjustments of subsidiary at date of sale
          5        
                         
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    46       (81 )     144  
Minimum pension liability adjustment
    (18 )     89       (2 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (50 )   $ (1,044 )   $ 164  
                         


F-109


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

18.   Other Expenses

 
Information on other expenses is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Compensation
  $ 3,430     $ 3,217     $ 2,915  
Commissions
    3,811       3,510       3,090  
Interest and debt issue cost
    900       659       408  
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    2,421       2,451       1,908  
Capitalization of DAC
    (3,589 )     (3,604 )     (3,101 )
Rent, net of sublease income
    287       296       264  
Minority interest
    234       154       152  
Insurance tax
    712       530       443  
Other
    2,591       2,054       1,734  
                         
Total other expenses
  $ 10,797     $ 9,267     $ 7,813  
                         


F-110


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

19.   Earnings Per Common Share

 
The following presents the weighted average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and those used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for each income category presented below:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  
 
Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic earnings per common share
    761,105,024       749,022,816       750,924,982  
Incremental common shares from assumed:
                       
Stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units
    1,416,134              
Exercise or issuance of stock-based awards
    8,182,938       6,313,540       4,053,813  
                         
Weighted average common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per common share
    770,704,096       755,336,356       754,978,795  
                         
Earnings per common share before preferred stock dividends:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 3,105     $ 3,078     $ 2,578  
                         
Basic
  $ 4.08     $ 4.11     $ 3.43  
                         
Diluted
  $ 4.03     $ 4.08     $ 3.41  
                         
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 3,188     $ 1,636     $ 266  
                         
Basic
  $ 4.19     $ 2.18     $ 0.35  
                         
Diluted
  $ 4.14     $ 2.17     $ 0.35  
                         
Net income
  $ 6,293     $ 4,714     $ 2,758  
                         
Basic
  $ 8.27     $ 6.29     $ 3.67  
                         
Diluted
  $ 8.17     $ 6.24     $ 3.65  
                         
Earnings per common share after preferred stock dividends:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 3,105     $ 3,078     $ 2,578  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders
  $ 2,971     $ 3,015     $ 2,578  
                         
Basic
  $ 3.90     $ 4.03     $ 3.43  
                         
Diluted
  $ 3.85     $ 3.99     $ 3.41  
                         
Net income
  $ 6,293     $ 4,714     $ 2,758  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758  
                         
Basic
  $ 8.09     $ 6.21     $ 3.67  
                         
Diluted
  $ 7.99     $ 6.16     $ 3.65  
                         
 
 
(1) See Note 12 for a description of the Company’s common equity units.


F-111


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.   Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 
The unaudited quarterly results of operations for 2006 and 2005 are summarized in the table below:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
2006
                               
Total revenues
  $ 11,565     $ 11,387     $ 12,551     $ 12,893  
Total expenses
  $ 10,539     $ 10,573     $ 11,237     $ 11,826  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 738     $ 604     $ 957     $ 806  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 9     $ 46     $ 76     $ 3,057  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
  $ 747     $ 650     $ 1,033     $ 3,863  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 714     $ 617     $ 999     $ 3,829  
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 0.93     $ 0.75     $ 1.21     $ 1.02  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.06     $ 0.10     $ 4.02  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.98     $ 0.85     $ 1.35     $ 5.09  
Net income available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 0.94     $ 0.81     $ 1.31     $ 5.04  
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 0.92     $ 0.74     $ 1.19     $ 1.00  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.06     $ 0.10     $ 3.95  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.97     $ 0.84     $ 1.34     $ 5.00  
Net income available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 0.93     $ 0.80     $ 1.29     $ 4.95  
2005
                               
Total revenues
  $ 10,236     $ 10,935     $ 11,988     $ 11,524  
Total expenses
  $ 9,107     $ 9,500     $ 11,027     $ 10,743  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 785     $ 992     $ 723     $ 578  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 202     $ 1,253     $ 50     $ 131  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
  $ 987     $ 2,245     $ 773     $ 709  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 987     $ 2,245     $ 742     $ 677  
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 1.07     $ 1.35     $ 0.91     $ 0.72  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.28     $ 1.70     $ 0.07     $ 0.17  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 1.34     $ 3.05     $ 1.02     $ 0.93  
Net income available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 1.34     $ 3.05     $ 0.98     $ 0.89  
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 1.06     $ 1.33     $ 0.90     $ 0.71  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 0.27     $ 1.69     $ 0.07     $ 0.17  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax, per common share
  $ 1.33     $ 3.02     $ 1.01     $ 0.92  
Net income available to common shareholders, per common share
  $ 1.33     $ 3.02     $ 0.97     $ 0.88  


F-112


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

21.   Business Segment Information

 
The Company is a leading provider of insurance and other financial services with operations throughout the United States and the regions of Latin America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. The Company’s business is divided into five operating segments: Institutional, Individual, Auto & Home, International and Reinsurance, as well as Corporate & Other. These segments are managed separately because they either provide different products and services, require different strategies or have different technology requirements.
 
In connection with the Travelers acquisition, management utilized its economic capital model to evaluate the deployment of capital based upon the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in the Company’s existing and newly acquired businesses and has adjusted such allocations based upon this model.
 
Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in MetLife’s businesses. As a part of the economic capital process, a portion of net investment income is credited to the segments based on the level of allocated equity.
 
Institutional offers a broad range of group insurance and retirement & savings products and services, including group life insurance, non-medical health insurance, such as short and long-term disability, long-term care, and dental insurance, and other insurance products and services. Individual offers a wide variety of protection and asset accumulation products, including life insurance, annuities and mutual funds. Auto & Home provides personal lines property and casualty insurance, including private passenger automobile, homeowners and personal excess liability insurance. International provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, annuities and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. Through the Company’s majority-owned subsidiary, RGA, the Reinsurance segment provides reinsurance of life and annuity policies in North America and various international markets. Additionally, reinsurance of critical illness policies is provided in select international markets.
 
Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the business segments, various start-up entities, MetLife Bank and run-off entities, as well as interest expense related to the majority of the Company’s outstanding debt and expenses associated with certain legal proceedings and income tax audit issues. Corporate & Other also includes the elimination of all intersegment amounts, which generally relate to intersegment loans, which bear interest rates commensurate with related borrowings, as well as intersegment transactions. Additionally, the Company’s asset management business, including amounts reported as discontinued operations, is included in the results of operations for Corporate & Other. See Note 22 for disclosures regarding discontinued operations, including real estate.


F-113


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Set forth in the tables below is certain financial information with respect to the Company’s segments, as well as Corporate & Other, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company, except for the method of capital allocation and the accounting for gains (losses) from intercompany sales, which are eliminated in consolidation. The Company allocates equity to each segment based upon the economic capital model that allows the Company to effectively manage its capital. The Company evaluates the performance of each segment based upon net income excluding net investment gains (losses), net of income tax, adjustments related to net investment gains (losses), net of income tax, the impact from the cumulative effect of changes in accounting, net of income tax and discontinued operations, other than discontinued real estate, net of income tax, less preferred stock dividends. The Company allocates certain non-recurring items, such as expenses associated with certain legal proceedings, to Corporate & Other.
 
                                                         
For the Year Ended
              Auto &
                Corporate &
       
December 31, 2006
  Institutional     Individual     Home     International     Reinsurance     Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Statement of Income:
                                                       
Premiums
  $ 11,867     $ 4,516     $ 2,924     $ 2,722     $ 4,348     $ 35     $ 26,412  
Universal life and investment- type product policy fees
    775       3,201             804                   4,780  
Net investment income
    7,267       6,912       177       1,050       732       1,054       17,192  
Other revenues
    685       527       22       28       66       34       1,362  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (631 )     (598 )     4       22       7       (154 )     (1,350 )
Policyholder benefits and claims
    13,367       5,409       1,717       2,411       3,490       37       26,431  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    2,593       2,035             364       254             5,246  
Policyholder dividends
          1,697       6       (2 )                 1,701  
Other expenses
    2,314       3,519       845       1,543       1,227       1,349       10,797  
                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income tax
    1,689       1,898       559       310       182       (417 )     4,221  
Provision (benefit) for income tax
    563       652       143       110       64       (416 )     1,116  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    41       18                         3,129       3,188  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                                         
                                                         
Net income
  $ 1,167     $ 1,264     $ 416     $ 200     $ 118     $ 3,128     $ 6,293  
                                                         
Balance Sheet:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 190,963     $ 243,604     $ 5,467     $ 22,724     $ 18,818     $ 46,139     $ 527,715  
DAC and VOBA
  $ 1,370     $ 13,996     $ 190     $ 2,130     $ 3,152     $ 13     $ 20,851  
Goodwill
  $ 977     $ 2,957     $ 157     $ 301     $ 96     $ 409     $ 4,897  
Separate account assets
  $ 47,047     $ 94,124     $     $ 3,178     $ 16     $     $ 144,365  
Policyholder liabilities
  $ 113,205     $ 117,866     $ 3,453     $ 15,139     $ 13,332     $ 9,199     $ 272,194  
Separate account liabilities
  $ 47,047     $ 94,124     $     $ 3,178     $ 16     $     $ 144,365  
 


F-114


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                         
For the Year Ended
              Auto &
                Corporate &
       
December 31, 2005
  Institutional     Individual     Home     International     Reinsurance     Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Statement of Income:
                                                       
Premiums
  $ 11,387     $ 4,485     $ 2,911     $ 2,186     $ 3,869     $ 22     $ 24,860  
Universal life and investment- type product policy fees
    772       2,476             579             1       3,828  
Net investment income
    5,943       6,534       181       844       606       709       14,817  
Other revenues
    653       477       33       20       58       30       1,271  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (10 )     (50 )     (12 )     5       22       (48 )     (93 )
Policyholder benefits and claims
    12,776       5,417       1,994       2,128       3,206       (15 )     25,506  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,652       1,775             278       220             3,925  
Policyholder dividends
    1       1,670       3       5                   1,679  
Other expenses
    2,229       3,264       828       1,000       991       955       9,267  
                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income tax
    2,087       1,796       288       223       138       (226 )     4,306  
Provision (benefit) for income tax
    699       594       64       36       46       (211 )     1,228  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    174       296             5             1,161       1,636  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
                                         
                                                         
Net income
  $ 1,562     $ 1,498     $ 224     $ 192     $ 92     $ 1,146     $ 4,714  
                                                         
Balance Sheet:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 176,401     $ 228,295     $ 5,397     $ 18,624     $ 16,049     $ 36,879     $ 481,645  
DAC and VOBA
  $ 1,259     $ 13,523     $ 186     $ 1,841     $ 2,815     $ 17     $ 19,641  
Goodwill
  $ 959     $ 2,903     $ 157     $ 288     $ 96     $ 394     $ 4,797  
Separate account assets
  $ 45,239     $ 81,070     $     $ 1,546     $ 14     $     $ 127,869  
Policyholder liabilities
  $ 105,998     $ 120,031     $ 3,490     $ 13,260     $ 11,751     $ 7,841     $ 262,371  
Separate account liabilities
  $ 45,239     $ 81,070     $     $ 1,546     $ 14     $     $ 127,869  

 

F-115


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                         
For the Year Ended
              Auto &
                Corporate &
       
December 31, 2004
  Institutional     Individual     Home     International     Reinsurance     Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Statement of Income:
                                                       
Premiums
  $ 10,037     $ 4,186     $ 2,948     $ 1,690     $ 3,348     $ (9 )   $ 22,200  
Universal life and investment- type product policy fees
    711       1,805             349             2       2,867  
Net investment income
    4,566       6,027       171       585       538       385       12,272  
Other revenues
    654       422       35       23       56       8       1,198  
Net investment gains (losses)
    163       91       (9 )     23       59       (152 )     175  
Policyholder benefits and claims
    11,173       5,100       2,079       1,611       2,694       5       22,662  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,016       1,618             151       212             2,997  
Policyholder dividends
          1,657       2       6       1             1,666  
Other expenses
    1,972       2,870       795       614       957       605       7,813  
                                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income tax
    1,970       1,286       269       288       137       (376 )     3,574  
Provision (benefit) for income tax
    671       426       61       86       46       (294 )     996  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    28       24             (9 )           223       266  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of income tax
    (60 )                 (30 )           4       (86 )
                                                         
Net income
  $ 1,267     $ 884     $ 208     $ 163     $ 91     $ 145     $ 2,758  
                                                         

 
Net investment income and net investment gains (losses) are based upon the actual results of each segment’s specifically identifiable asset portfolio adjusted for allocated equity. Other costs are allocated to each of the segments based upon: (i) a review of the nature of such costs; (ii) time studies analyzing the amount of employee compensation costs incurred by each segment; and (iii) cost estimates included in the Company’s product pricing.
 
Revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Revenues from U.S. operations were $42.0 billion, $39.5 billion and $34.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which represented 87%, 88% and 90%, respectively, of consolidated revenues.
 
22.   Discontinued Operations
 
Real Estate
 
The Company actively manages its real estate portfolio with the objective of maximizing earnings through selective acquisitions and dispositions. Income related to real estate classified as held-for-sale or sold is presented in discontinued operations. These assets are carried at the lower of depreciated cost or fair value less expected disposition costs.

F-116


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following information presents the components of income from discontinued real estate operations:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment income
  $ 234     $ 395     $ 649  
Investment expense
    (150 )     (244 )     (388 )
Net investment gains
    4,795       2,125       146  
                         
Total revenues
    4,879       2,276       407  
Interest expense
                13  
Provision for income tax
    1,723       808       138  
                         
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 3,156     $ 1,468     $ 256  
                         
 
The carrying value of real estate related to discontinued operations was $7 million and $755 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The following table presents the discontinued real estate operations by segment:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Net investment income
                       
Institutional
  $ 6     $ 28     $ 37  
Individual
    4       20       30  
Corporate & Other
    74       103       194  
                         
Total net investment income
  $ 84     $ 151     $ 261  
                         
Net investment gains (losses)
                       
Institutional
  $ 58     $ 242     $ 9  
Individual
    23       443       3  
Corporate & Other
    4,714       1,440       134  
                         
Total net investment gains (losses)
  $ 4,795     $ 2,125     $ 146  
                         
Interest expense
                       
Institutional
  $     $     $  
Individual
                 
Corporate & Other
                13  
                         
Total interest expense
  $     $     $ 13  
                         
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company closed the sale of its Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties located in Manhattan, New York for $5.4 billion. The Peter Cooper Village and Stuyvesant Town properties together make up the largest apartment complex in Manhattan, New York totaling over 11,000 units, spread over 80 contiguous acres. The properties were owned by the Holding Company’s subsidiary, MTL. Net investment income on these properties was $73 million, $72 million and $70 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The sale resulted in a gain of $3 billion, net of income tax.
 
In the second quarter of 2005, the Company sold its One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue properties in Manhattan, New York for $918 million and $1.72 billion, respectively, resulting in gains, net of income tax, of $431 million and $762 million, respectively. Net investment income on One Madison Avenue and 200 Park Avenue


F-117


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

was $13 million and $16 million, respectively, and $44 million and $67 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In connection with the sale of the 200 Park Avenue property, the Company has retained rights to existing signage and is leasing space for associates in the property for 20 years with optional renewal periods through 2205.
 
In 2004, the Company sold one of its real estate investments, Sears Tower, resulting in a realized gain of $85 million, net of income tax.
 
Operations
 
On September 29, 2005, the Company completed the sale of MetLife Indonesia to a third party, resulting in a gain upon disposal of $10 million, net of income tax. As a result of this sale, the Company recognized income (loss) from discontinued operations of $5 million and ($9) million, net of income tax, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company reclassified the operations of MetLife Indonesia into discontinued operations for all years presented.
 
The following table presents the amounts related to the operations of MetLife Indonesia that have been combined with the discontinued real estate operations in the consolidated statements of income:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
  $ 5     $ 5  
Expenses
    10       14  
                 
Income before provision for income tax
    (5 )     (9 )
Provision for income tax
           
                 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    (5 )     (9 )
Net investment gain, net of income tax
    10        
                 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 5     $ (9 )
                 
 
On January 31, 2005, the Company completed the sale of SSRM to a third party for $328 million in cash and stock. As a result of the sale of SSRM, the Company recognized income from discontinued operations of $157 million, net of income tax, comprised of a realized gain of $165 million, net of income tax, and an operating expense related to a lease abandonment of $8 million, net of income tax. Under the terms of the sale agreement, MetLife will have an opportunity to receive additional payments based on, among other things, certain revenue retention and growth measures. The purchase price is also subject to reduction over five years, depending on retention of certain MetLife-related business. Also under the terms of such agreement, MetLife had the opportunity to receive additional consideration for the retention of certain customers for a specific period in 2005. Upon finalization of the computation, the Company received payments of $30 million, net of income tax, in the second quarter of 2006 and $12 million, net of income tax, in the fourth quarter of 2005 due to the retention of these specific customer accounts. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company eliminated $4 million of a liability that was previously recorded with respect to the indemnities provided in connection with the sale of SSRM, resulting in a benefit to the Company of $2 million, net of income tax. The Company believes that future payments relating to these indemnities are not probable.
 
The Company reported the operations of SSRM in discontinued operations. Additionally, the sale of SSRM resulted in the elimination of the Company’s Asset Management segment. The remaining asset management business, which is insignificant, is reported in Corporate & Other. The Company’s discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 included expenses of $6 million, net of income tax, related to the sale of SSRM.


F-118


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The operations of SSRM include affiliated revenues of $5 million and $59 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, related to asset management services provided by SSRM to the Company that have not been eliminated from discontinued operations as these transactions continued after the sale of SSRM. The following table presents the amounts related to operations of SSRM that have been combined with the discontinued real estate operations in the consolidated statements of income:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues from discontinued operations
  $     $ 19     $ 328  
Expenses from discontinued operations
          38       296  
                         
Income from discontinued operations before provision for income tax
          (19 )     32  
Provision for income tax
          (5 )     13  
                         
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
          (14 )     19  
Net investment gain, net of income tax
    32       177        
                         
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 32     $ 163     $ 19  
                         
 
23.   Fair Value Information
 
The estimated fair value of financial instruments have been determined by using available market information and the valuation methodologies described below. Considerable judgment is often required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein may not necessarily be indicative of amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.


F-119


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Amounts related to the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
                         
    Notional
    Carrying
    Estimated
 
December 31, 2006   Amount     Value     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
          $ 243,428     $ 243,428  
Trading securities
          $ 759     $ 759  
Equity securities
          $ 5,131     $ 5,131  
Mortgage and consumer loans
          $ 42,239     $ 42,451  
Policy loans
          $ 10,228     $ 10,228  
Short-term investments
          $ 2,709     $ 2,709  
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 7,107     $ 7,107  
Accrued investment income
          $ 3,347     $ 3,347  
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 4,022     $     $ 4  
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities and bridge loans
  $ 1,908     $     $  
Liabilities:
                       
Policyholder account balances
          $ 112,438     $ 108,318  
Short-term debt
          $ 1,449     $ 1,449  
Long-term debt
          $ 9,979     $ 10,149  
Junior subordinated debt securities
          $ 3,780     $ 3,759  
Shares subject to mandatory redemption
          $ 278     $ 357  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
          $ 45,846     $ 45,846  
 


F-120


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                         
    Notional
    Carrying
    Estimated
 
December 31, 2005   Amount     Value     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
          $ 230,050     $ 230,050  
Trading securities
          $ 825     $ 825  
Equity securities
          $ 3,338     $ 3,338  
Mortgage and consumer loans
          $ 37,190     $ 37,820  
Policy loans
          $ 9,981     $ 9,981  
Short-term investments
          $ 3,306     $ 3,306  
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 4,018     $ 4,018  
Accrued investment income
          $ 3,036     $ 3,036  
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 2,974     $     $ (4 )
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities and bridge loans
  $ 346     $     $  
Liabilities:
                       
Policyholder account balances
          $ 108,591     $ 106,237  
Short-term debt
          $ 1,414     $ 1,414  
Long-term debt
          $ 9,489     $ 9,890  
Junior subordinated debt securities
          $ 2,533     $ 2,504  
Shares subject to mandatory redemption
          $ 278     $ 362  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
          $ 34,515     $ 34,515  

 
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are summarized as follows:
 
Fixed Maturity Securities, Trading Securities and Equity Securities
 
The fair values of publicly held fixed maturity securities and publicly held equity securities are based on quoted market prices or estimates from independent pricing services. However, in cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for private fixed maturity securities, fair values are estimated using present value or valuation techniques. The determination of fair values is based on: (i) valuation methodologies; (ii) securities the Company deems to be comparable; and (iii) assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances. The fair value estimates based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include; coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer, and quoted market prices of comparable securities.
 
  Mortgage and Consumer Loans, Mortgage Loan Commitments and Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities and Bridge Loans
 
Fair values for mortgage and consumer loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows, using current interest rates for similar loans with similar credit risk. For mortgage loan commitments and commitments to fund bank credit facilities and bridge loans, the estimated fair value is the net premium or discount of the commitments.

F-121


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Policy Loans
 
The carrying values for policy loans approximate fair value.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments
 
The carrying values for cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments approximated fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
 
Accrued Investment Income
 
The carrying value for accrued investment income approximates fair value.
 
Policyholder Account Balances
 
The fair value of PABs which have final contractual maturities are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows based upon interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the agreements being valued. The fair value of PABs without final contractual maturities are assumed to equal their current net surrender value.
 
Short-term and Long-term Debt, Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption
 
The fair values of short-term and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, and shares subject to mandatory redemption are determined by discounting expected future cash flows using risk rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
Payables for Collateral Under Securities Loaned and Other Transactions
 
The carrying value for payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions approximate fair value.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The fair value of derivative financial instruments, including financial futures, financial forwards, interest rate, credit default and foreign currency swaps, foreign currency forwards, caps, floors, and options are based upon quotations obtained from dealers or other reliable sources. See Note 4 for derivative fair value disclosures.
 
24.   Subsequent Events
 
On February 27, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1 billion common stock repurchase program. See Note 17 for further information.
 
On February 16, 2007, the Holding Company’s Board of Directors announced dividends of $0.3975000 per share, for a total of $10 million, on its Series A preferred shares, and $0.4062500 per share, for a total of $24 million, on its Series B preferred shares, subject to the final confirmation that it has met the financial tests specified in the Series A and Series B preferred shares, which the Holding Company anticipates will be made on or about March 5, 2007, the earliest date permitted in accordance with the terms of the securities. Both dividends will be payable March 15, 2007 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2007.


F-122


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE I
 
CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS —
OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
DECEMBER 31, 2006
(In millions)
 
                         
                Amount at
 
    Cost or
    Estimated
    Which Shown on
 
Type of Investments   Amortized Cost(1)     Fair Value     Balance Sheet  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                       
Bonds:
                       
U.S. Treasury/agency securities
  $ 29,897     $ 30,633     $ 30,633  
State and political subdivision securities
    6,121       6,300       6,300  
Foreign government securities
    11,037       12,601       12,601  
Public utilities
    9,235       9,283       9,283  
All other corporate bonds
    92,239       94,485       94,485  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities
    82,026       82,160       82,160  
Other fixed maturity securities
    385       315       315  
Redeemable preferred stock
    7,375       7,651       7,651  
                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    238,315       243,428       243,428  
                         
Trading Securities
    727       759       759  
                         
Equity Securities:
                       
Common stock:
                       
Public utilities
    32       43       43  
Banks, trust and insurance companies
    473       718       718  
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
    1,293       1,508       1,508  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    2,788       2,862       2,862  
                         
Total equity securities
    4,586       5,131       5,131  
                         
Mortgage and consumer loans
    42,239               42,239  
Policy loans
    10,228               10,228  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    4,983               4,983  
Real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt
    3               3  
Other limited partnership interests
    4,781               4,781  
Short-term investments
    2,709               2,709  
Other invested assets
    10,428               10,428  
                         
Total investments
  $ 318,999             $ 324,689  
                         
 
 
(1) The Company’s trading securities portfolio is mainly comprised of fixed maturity securities. Cost for fixed maturity securities and mortgage and consumer loans represents original cost reduced by repayments, net valuation allowances and writedowns from other-than-temporary declines in value and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discount; for equity securities, cost represents original cost reduced by writedowns from other-than-temporary declines in value; for real estate, cost represents original cost reduced by writedowns and adjusted for valuation allowances and depreciation; cost for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests represents original cost reduced for other-than-temporary impairments or original cost adjusted for equity in earnings and distributions.


F-123


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Parent Company Only)
DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2005
(In millions, except share and per share data)
 
                 
    2006     2005  
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
               
Assets
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $3,504 and $771, respectively)
  $ 3,490     $ 761  
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $12 and $0, respectively)
    12        
Short-term investments
          38  
Other invested assets
    79       11  
                 
Total investments
    3,581       810  
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,526       178  
Accrued investment income
    56       34  
Investment in subsidiaries
    40,238       37,404  
Loans to subsidiaries
    1,700       1,700  
Receivables from subsidiaries
          16  
Other assets
    78       631  
                 
Total assets
  $ 47,179     $ 40,773  
                 
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities:
               
Short-term debt
  $ 616     $ 961  
Long-term debt — unaffiliated
    6,996       7,316  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    500       286  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    3,382       2,134  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    1,096       246  
Other liabilities
    791       729  
                 
Total liabilities
    13,381       11,672  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding;
               
$2,100 aggregate liquidation preference
    1       1  
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
               
3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 786,766,664 shares issued;
               
751,984,799 shares and 757,537,064 shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    8       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    17,454       17,274  
Retained earnings
    16,574       10,865  
Treasury stock, at cost; 34,781,865 shares and 29,229,600 shares at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    (1,357 )     (959 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,118       1,912  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    33,798       29,101  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 47,179     $ 40,773  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.


F-124


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(In millions)
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Condensed Statements of Income
                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
  $ 6,675     $ 4,956     $ 2,898  
Interest income
    140       134       88  
Investment gains (losses)
    (6 )     (40 )     (23 )
Interest expense
    (618 )     (425 )     (245 )
Other expenses
    (88 )     (44 )     (31 )
                         
Income before income tax benefit
    6,103       4,581       2,687  
Income tax benefit
    (190 )     (133 )     (71 )
                         
Net income
    6,293       4,714       2,758  
Preferred stock dividends
    134       63        
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 6,159     $ 4,651     $ 2,758  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.


F-125


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(In millions)
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                       
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 6,293     $ 4,714     $ 2,758  
Earnings of subsidiaries
    (6,675 )     (4,956 )     (2,898 )
Dividends from subsidiaries
    4,237       4,822       1,251  
Other, net
    60       319       68  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,915       4,899       1,179  
                         
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Sales of fixed maturity securities
    1,123       2,178       1,628  
Purchases of fixed maturity securities
    (3,575 )     (1,038 )     (2,038 )
Net change in short-term investments
    38       177       (207 )
Purchase of businesses
    (115 )     (10,776 )     (50 )
Capital contribution to subsidiaries
    (690 )     (532 )     (761 )
Return of capital from subsidiaries
    413              
Loans to subsidiaries
          (1,200 )     10  
Other, net
          (85 )     27  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,806 )     (11,276 )     (1,391 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net change in payable for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    850       (477 )     161  
Net change in short-term debt
    (345 )     961       (106 )
Long-term debt issued
          2,733       1,760  
Long-term debt repaid
    (500 )     (1,006 )      
Preferred stock issued
          2,100        
Dividends on preferred stock
    (134 )     (63 )      
Dividends on common stock
    (450 )     (394 )     (343 )
Junior subordinated debt securities issued
    1,248       2,134        
Treasury stock acquired
    (500 )           (1,000 )
Stock options exercised
    83       72       46  
Debt and equity issuance costs
    (12 )     (128 )      
Other, net
    (1 )            
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    239       5,932       518  
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    1,348       (445 )     306  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    178       623       317  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 1,526     $ 178     $ 623  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Net cash paid (received) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 596     $ 393     $ 250  
                         
Income tax
  $ (136 )   $ (264 )   $ (118 )
                         
Non-cash transactions during the year:
                       
Business acquisitions:
                       
Assets acquired
  $     $ 11,966     $  
Less: liabilities assumed
          180        
                         
Net assets acquired
          11,786        
Less: cash paid
          10,776        
                         
Business acquisition, common stock issued
  $     $ 1,010     $  
                         
Issuance of exchange bond to an affiliate
  $ 214     $ 286     $  
                         
Accrual for stock purchase contracts related to common equity units
  $     $ 97     $  
                         
Contribution of goodwill to subsidiaries
  $ 32     $     $  
                         
Contribution of other intangible assets to subsidiaries, net of deferred income tax
  $ 558     $     $  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.


F-126


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Parent Company Only)
 
1.   Summary of Accounting Policies
 
Business
 
“MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), and its subsidiaries, including Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Metropolitan Life”). MetLife, Inc. is a leading provider of insurance and other financial services with operations throughout the United States and the regions of Latin America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Through its domestic and international subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife, Inc. offers life insurance, annuities, automobile and homeowners insurance, retail banking and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance, reinsurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.
 
On July 1, 2005, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company, excluding certain assets, most significantly, Primerica, from Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), and substantially all of Citigroup’s international insurance businesses (collectively, “Travelers”), for $12.1 billion. The results of Travelers’ operations were included in the Company’s financial statements beginning July 1, 2005. As a result of the acquisition, management of the Company increased significantly the size and scale of the Company’s core insurance and annuity products and expanded the Company’s presence in both the retirement & savings domestic and international markets. The distribution agreements executed with Citigroup as part of the acquisition provide the Company with one of the broadest distribution networks in the industry. The initial consideration paid by the Holding Company for the acquisition consisted of $10.9 billion in cash and 22,436,617 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock with a market value of $1.0 billion to Citigroup and $100 million in other transaction costs. Additional consideration of $115 million was paid by the Holding Company to Citigroup in 2006 In addition to cash on-hand, the purchase price was financed through the issuance of common stock, debt securities, common equity units and preferred stock.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The condensed financial information of the Holding Company (“Parent Company Only”) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries and the notes thereto (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). These condensed nonconsolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows for the parent company only. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.
 
The condensed unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) except as stated above which also requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. The most important of these estimates and assumptions relate to the fair value measurements, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits, which may affect the amounts reported in the condensed financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
 
For information on the following, refer to the indicated Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of MetLife, Inc.:
 
  •  Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Note 1)
 
  •  Long-term and Short-term Debt (Note 10)
 
  •  Junior Subordinated Debentures (Note 11)


F-127


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)

 
  •  Common Equity Units (Note 12)
 
  •  Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees (Note 15)
 
  •  Equity (Note 17)
 
  •  Earnings per Common Share (Note 19)
 
  •  Subsequent Events (Note 24)
 
2.   Value of Distribution Agreements
 
As described above in Note 1 and in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, distribution agreements were executed with Citigroup as part of the Travelers’ acquisition. Information regarding the value of distribution agreements (“VODA”), which are reported in other assets, is as follows:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 577     $  
Acquisitions
          577  
Amortization
    (2 )      
Contributions to subsidiaries
    (575 )      
                 
Balance at December 31,
  $     $ 577  
                 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Holding Company contributed the remaining amortized VODA to its subsidiaries which are receiving the benefit of such agreements.


F-128


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)

 
3.   Loans to Subsidiaries
 
The Holding Company lends funds, as necessary, to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to subsidiaries and consisted of the following at:
 
                                 
    Interest
    Maturity
  December 31,  
Subsidiaries
  Rate     Date   2006     2005  
              (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life
    7.13%     December 15, 2032   $ 400     $ 400  
Metropolitan Life
    7.13%     January 15, 2033     100       100  
Metropolitan Life
    5.00%     December 31, 2007     800       800  
MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company
    7.35%     April 1, 2035     400       400  
                             
Total
              $ 1,700     $ 1,700  
                             
 
4.   Debt
 
Long-term Debt
 
Long-term debt outstanding is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (In millions)  
 
Senior notes:
               
6.13% due 2011
  $ 750     $ 750  
5.38% due 2012
    398       398  
5.00% due 2013
    497       496  
5.50% due 2014
    352       352  
5.00% due 2015
    998       997  
5.25% due 2020
    776       681  
5.38% due 2024
    677       593  
6.50% due 2032
    596       596  
5.88% due 2033
    200       200  
6.38% due 2034
    754       755  
5.70% due 2035
    998       998  
5.25% due 2006
          500  
                 
Total long-term debt — unaffiliated
    6,996       7,316  
Total long-term debt — affiliated
    500       286  
                 
Total
  $ 7,496     $ 7,602  
                 
 
Issuances
 
On September 29, 2006, the Holding Company issued $204 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 6.07% maturing in 2016.


F-129


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)

 
On March 31, 2006, the Holding Company issued $10 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 5.70% maturing in 2016.
 
On December 30, 2005, the Holding Company issued $286 million of affiliated long-term debt with an interest rate of 5.24% maturing in 2015.
 
Repayments
 
The Holding Company repaid a $500 million 5.25% senior note which matured on December 1, 2006, and a $1,006 million 3.911% senior note which matured on May 15, 2005.
 
In connection with financing the acquisition of Travelers on July 1, 2005, which is more fully described in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Holding Company issued the following debt:
 
On June 23, 2005, the Holding Company issued in the United States public market $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% senior notes due June 15, 2015 at a discount of $2.7 million ($997.3 million), and $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.70% senior notes due June 15, 2035 at a discount of $2.4 million ($997.6 million). In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $12 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the respective term of the related senior notes.
 
On June 29, 2005, the Holding Company issued 400 million pounds sterling ($729.2 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior notes due June 29, 2020 at a discount of 4.5 million pounds sterling ($8.1 million at issuance), for aggregate proceeds of 395.5 million pounds sterling ($721.1 million at issuance). These notes were initially offered and sold outside the United States in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $4 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related senior notes.
 
Short-term Debt
 
At December 31, 2006, the Holding Company’s $616 million short-term debt consisted of commercial paper. The debt was outstanding for an average of 32 days with a weighted average interest rate of 5.22%. The Holding Company had short-term debt of $961 million outstanding at December 31, 2005.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense is comprised of the following:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In millions)  
 
Short-term debt
  $ 59     $ 2     $  
Long-term debt — unaffiliated
    430       366       245  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    20              
Junior subordinated debt securities
    106       55        
Stock purchase contracts
    3       2        
                         
Total interest expense
  $ 618     $ 425     $ 245  
                         


F-130


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)

Credit and Committed Facilities and Letters of Credit
 
Credit Facilities.  The Holding Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities aggregating $3.0 billion ($1.5 billion expiring in each of 2009 and 2010, which it shares with MetLife Funding, Inc. (“MetLife Funding”)) as of December 31, 2006. Borrowings under these facilities bear interest at varying rates as stated in the agreements. These facilities are primarily used for general corporate purposes and as back-up lines of credit for the borrowers’ commercial paper programs. At December 31, 2006, there were no borrowings against these credit facilities. At December 31, 2006, $970 million of the unsecured credit facilities support the letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company, all of which is in support of letters of credit issued on behalf of the Holding Company.
 
Committed Facilities.  Information on the capacity and outstanding balances of all committed facilities as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                             
                    Letters of
             
                    Credit
    Unused
    Maturity
 
Account Party
  Expiration         Capacity     Issuances     Commitments     (Years)  
    (In millions)  
 
MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina
    July 2010     (1)   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $       4  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc., & Missouri Re
    June 2016     (2)     500       490       10       10  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
    June 2025     (1)(3)     225       225             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
    March 2025     (1)(3)     250       250             19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
    June 2025     (1)(3)     325       58       267       19  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
    December 2026     (1)     901       140       761       20  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
    December 2027     (1)     650       330       320       21  
                                             
Total
              $ 4,851     $ 3,493     $ 1,358          
                                             
 
 
(1) The Holding Company is a guarantor under this agreement.
 
(2) Letters of credit and replacements or renewals thereof issued under this facility of $280 million, $10 million and $200 million will expire no later than December 2015, March 2016 and June 2016, respectively.
 
(3) On June 1, 2006, the letter of credit issuer elected to extend the initial stated termination date of each respective letter of credit to the respective dates indicated.
 
Letters of Credit.  At December 31, 2006, the Holding Company had $970 million in outstanding letters of credit from various banks. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Holding Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.
 
5.   Related Party Transactions
 
Dividends
 
The primary source of the Holding Company’s liquidity is dividends it receives from its insurance subsidiaries. The Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the regulators of their respective domiciles. The dividend limitation for U.S. insurance subsidiaries is based on the surplus to policyholders as of the immediately preceding calendar year and statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. The maximum aggregate amount of dividends which the Holding Company subsidiaries may pay to the Holding Company in 2007 is $1,729 million.


F-131


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)
(Parent Company Only)

 
Support Agreements
 
The Holding Company has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors Insurance Company and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level risk-based capital (“RBC”), as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis. As of the date of the most recent statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the capital and surplus of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amounts referenced above, and their total adjusted capital was in excess of the most recent referenced RBC-based amount calculated at December 31, 2006.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Travelers, the Holding Company committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to maintain the minimum capital and surplus of MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina, formerly The Travelers Life and Annuity Reinsurance Company, at the greater of $250,000 or 10% of net loss reserves (loss reserves less deferred policy acquisition costs).
 
The Holding Company entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Company Limited (“MSMIC”), an investment in Japan of which the Holding Company owns approximately 50% of the equity. Under the agreement, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause MSMIC to have the amount of capital and surplus necessary for MSMIC to maintain a solvency ratio of at least 400%, as calculated in accordance with the Insurance Business Law of Japan, and to make such loans to MSMIC as may be necessary to ensure that MSMIC has sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. As of the date of the most recent calculation, the capital and surplus of MSMIC was in excess of the minimum capital and surplus amount referenced above.
 
Other
 
See Note 3 for description of loans to subsidiaries.
 
See Note 4 for description of the Holding Company’s debt with subsidiaries.


F-132


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE III
 
CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(In millions)
 
                                                 
          Future Policy
                         
          Benefits, Other
                      Premium
 
    DAC
    Policyholder Funds
    Policyholder
    Policyholder
          Revenue
 
    and
    and Policyholder
    Account
    Dividends
    Unearned
    and Policy
 
Segment
  VOBA     Dividend Obligation     Balances     Payable     Revenue(1)     Charges  
 
2006
                                               
Institutional
  $ 1,370     $ 53,511     $ 59,694     $     $ 37     $ 12,642  
Individual
    13,996       59,698       57,208       960       1,206       7,717  
Auto & Home
    190       3,453                         2,924  
International
    2,130       9,346       5,793             373       3,526  
Reinsurance
    3,152       7,120       6,212                   4,348  
Corporate & Other
    13       4,563       4,636                   35  
                                                 
    $ 20,851     $ 137,691     $ 133,543     $ 960     $ 1,616     $ 31,192  
                                                 
2005
                                               
Institutional
  $ 1,259     $ 51,818     $ 54,180     $     $ 27     $ 12,159  
Individual
    13,523       60,103       59,011       917       1,050       6,961  
Auto & Home
    186       3,490                         2,911  
International
    1,841       7,981       5,279             294       2,765  
Reinsurance
    2,815       6,247       5,504                   3,869  
Corporate & Other
    17       3,503       4,338                   23  
                                                 
    $ 19,641     $ 133,142     $ 128,312     $ 917     $ 1,371     $ 28,688  
                                                 
2004
                                               
Institutional
  $ 997     $ 38,905     $ 34,059     $ 3     $ 16     $ 10,748  
Individual
    9,280       57,417       42,022       893       944       5,991  
Auto & Home
    185       3,180                         2,948  
International
    1,278       5,419       2,580       2       183       2,039  
Reinsurance
    2,567       5,563       4,901                   3,348  
Corporate & Other
    20       (836 )     2,684                   (7 )
                                                 
    $ 14,327     $ 109,648     $ 86,246     $ 898     $ 1,143     $ 25,067  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Amounts are included within the future policy benefits, other policyholder funds and policyholder dividend obligation column.


F-133


Table of Contents

 
METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE III — (Continued)

CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(In millions)
 
                                         
                Amortization of
             
    Net
    Policyholder
    DAC and VOBA
    Other
       
    Investment
    Benefits and
    Charged to
    Operating
    Premiums Written
 
Segment
  Income     Interest Credited     Other Expenses     Expenses(1)     (Excluding Life)  
 
2006
                                       
Institutional
  $ 7,267     $ 15,960     $ 182     $ 2,132     $ 4,575  
Individual
    6,912       7,444       908       4,308        
Auto & Home
    177       1,717       459       392       2,946  
International
    1,050       2,775       361       1,180       623  
Reinsurance
    732       3,744       506       721        
Corporate & Other
    1,054       37       5       1,344        
                                         
    $ 17,192     $ 31,677     $ 2,421     $ 10,077     $ 8,144  
                                         
2005
                                       
Institutional
  $ 5,943     $ 14,428     $ 174     $ 2,056     $ 4,107  
Individual
    6,534       7,192       941       3,993        
Auto & Home
    181       1,994       455       376       2,921  
International
    844       2,406       223       782       466  
Reinsurance
    606       3,426       650       341        
Corporate & Other
    709       (15 )     8       947        
                                         
    $ 14,817     $ 29,431     $ 2,451     $ 8,495     $ 7,494  
                                         
2004
                                       
Institutional
  $ 4,566     $ 12,189     $ 137     $ 1,835     $ 3,595  
Individual
    6,027       6,718       764       3,764        
Auto & Home
    171       2,079       449       348       2,954  
International
    585       1,762       140       480       327  
Reinsurance
    538       2,906       413       545        
Corporate & Other
    385       5       5       599        
                                         
    $ 12,272     $ 25,659     $ 1,908     $ 7,571     $ 6,876  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes other expenses and policyholder dividends, excluding amortization of DAC and VOBA charged to other expenses.


F-134


Table of Contents

METLIFE, INC.
 
SCHEDULE IV
 
CONSOLIDATED REINSURANCE
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
(In millions)
 
                                         
                            % Amount
 
                            Assumed
 
    Gross Amount     Ceded     Assumed     Net Amount     to Net  
 
2006
                                       
Life insurance in force
  $ 3,602,755     $ 739,764     $ 2,104,460     $ 4,967,451       42.4 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 14,942     $ 2,267     $ 5,693     $ 18,368       31.0 %
Accident and health
    5,305       449       135       4,991       2.7 %
Property and casualty insurance
    3,077       114       90       3,053       2.9 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 23,324     $ 2,830     $ 5,918     $ 26,412       22.4 %
                                         
 
                                         
                            % Amount
 
                            Assumed
 
    Gross Amount     Ceded     Assumed     Net Amount     to Net  
 
2005
                                       
Life insurance in force
  $ 3,258,327     $ 726,946     $ 1,838,657     $ 4,370,038       42.1 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 14,443     $ 2,168     $ 5,115     $ 17,390       29.4 %
Accident and health
    4,748       388       138       4,498       3.1 %
Property and casualty insurance
    3,041       132       63       2,972       2.1 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 22,232     $ 2,688     $ 5,316     $ 24,860       21.4 %
                                         
 
                                         
                            % Amount
 
                            Assumed
 
    Gross Amount     Ceded     Assumed     Net Amount     to Net  
 
2004
                                       
Life insurance in force
  $ 2,777,312     $ 731,787     $ 1,565,897     $ 3,611,422       43.4 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 13,071     $ 2,044     $ 4,346     $ 15,373       28.3 %
Accident and health
    4,040       291       119       3,868       3.1 %
Property and casualty insurance
    3,015       97       41       2,959       1.4 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 20,126     $ 2,432     $ 4,506     $ 22,200       20.3 %
                                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, reinsurance ceded and assumed include affiliated transactions of $624 million, $670 million and $579 million, respectively.


F-135


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
There were no changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. In fulfilling this responsibility, estimates and judgments by management are required to assess the expected benefits and related costs of control procedures. The objectives of internal control include providing management with reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.
 
Financial management has documented and evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control of the Company as of December 31, 2006 pertaining to financial reporting in accordance with the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
In the opinion of management, MetLife, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on their audit of the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules is included at page F-1.
 
Attestation Report of the Company’s Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.


170


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MetLife, Inc.:
 
We have audited management’s assessment, included in management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting, as included in Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, that MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, of the Company, and our report dated March 1, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in its method of accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as required by accounting guidance which the Company adopted on December 31, 2006.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
New York, New York
March 1, 2007


171


Table of Contents

 
Item 9B.   Other Information
 
On February 26, 2007, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company amended the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, and the MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan to allow the Plan Administrator of each plan to determine in its discretion the simulated investments offered to participants under each plan without formal plan amendment Each of these plans are non-qualified deferred compensation plans that allow officer-level employees of the Company or its affiliates, or directors of the Holding Company, to defer receipt of some or all of their compensation from the Company or its affiliates. Under each plan, simulated investment returns are credited in favor of a participant during the deferral period. The foregoing description of the amendments is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such amendments, which are filed hereto as Exhibits 10.48, 10.51 and 10.53, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.


172


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal One — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Information About the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Membership on Board Committees” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in MetLife, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2007, to be filed by MetLife, Inc. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “2007 Proxy Statement”).
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to Executive Officers appears in “Part I — Item 1. Business — Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
 
The Company has adopted the MetLife Financial Management Code of Professional Conduct (the “Financial Management Code”), a “code of ethics” as defined under the rules of the SEC, that applies to the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate Controller and all professionals in finance and finance-related departments. In addition, the Company has adopted the Directors’ Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Directors’ Code”) which applies to all members of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (together with the Financial Management Code and the Directors’ Code, collectively, the “Ethics Codes”), which applies to all employees of the Company, including the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Corporate Controller. The Ethics Codes are available on the Company’s website at http://www.metlife.com/corporategovernance. The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure obligations under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K by posting information about amendments to, or waivers from a provision of, the Ethics Codes that apply to the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Corporate Controller on the Company’s website at the address given above.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Compensation of Non-Management Directors,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal-Year End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2006,” “Pension Benefits,” “Non-qualified Deferred Compensation” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control” in the 2007 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to ownership of the Holding Company’s common stock is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the 2007 Proxy Statement.


173


Table of Contents

 
The following table provides information, as of December 31, 2006, regarding the securities authorized for issuance under the Holding Company’s equity compensation plans:
 
   Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
                 
              Number of Securities
              Remaining Available for
              Future Issuance Under
    Number of Securities to
  Weighted-average
    Equity Compensation
    be Issued upon Exercise
  Exercise Price of
    Plans (Excluding
    of Outstanding Options,
  Outstanding Options,
    Securities Reflected
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights   Warrants and Rights     in Column (a))(2)
    (a)   (b)     (c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
  24,891,451   $ 34.68     67,763,013
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
  None         None
Total
  24,891,451   $ 34.68     67,763,013
 
 
(1) Includes the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Stock Plan”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan (the “2000 Directors Stock Plan”) each of which was approved by Metropolitan Life, the sole shareholder of the Holding Company at the time of approval. The policyholders of Metropolitan Life entitled to vote on its plan of reorganization (the “plan of reorganization”) approved that plan of reorganization, which included both the 2000 Stock Plan and the 2000 Directors Stock Plan. The policyholders entitled to so vote received a summary description of each plan, including the applicable limits on the number of shares available for issuance under each plan.
 
(2) The aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Holding Company (“Shares”) reserved for issuance under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), is 68,000,000. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, 12,423,881 additional Shares that were available but had not been utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan, including Shares recovered due to forfeiture or expiration of awards, were available for issuance under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (the “2005 Stock Plan”).
 
Under the 2005 Stock Plan, awards granted may be in the form of stock options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan). Stock options, Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units and Stock-Based Awards have been awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan.
 
Under the award agreements that apply to the Performance Share awards, Shares are payable to eligible award recipients following the conclusion of the performance period. The number of shares payable is determined by multiplying the number of performance shares by a performance factor (from 0% to 200%) based on the performance of the Holding Company with respect to: (i) change in annual net operating earnings per share; and (ii) proportionate total shareholder return, as defined, as a percentile of the performance of other companies in the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index, with regard to the performance period. Outstanding Performance Shares reduce the number of Shares remaining for issuance at the maximum payout.
 
Under the award agreements that apply to the Restricted Stock Unit awards, Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units awarded are payable to eligible award recipients on the third anniversary of the date the Restricted Stock Units were granted. Outstanding Restricted Stock Units reduce the number of Shares remaining for issuance.
 
Under the Long-Term Performance Compensation Plan (“LTPCP”), individual incentive opportunities were set for each participant at the beginning of each performance period. Final award payouts reflect between 90% and 110% of the product of each individual’s incentive opportunity multiplied by the total shareholder return on the Holding Company’s common stock during the performance period. Awards are paid in whole or in part in Shares, as determined by the Board, at the end of each performance period. Outstanding opportunities under the LTPCP are reflected as reducing the number of Shares remaining for issuance at the target payout of 100% to reflect the pattern of past Board determinations of final payouts, further multiplied by 75% to reflect current


174


Table of Contents

Board practices regarding the proportion of award payouts made in Shares. To the extent a participant has elected to receive the 25% remainder of the award payout in the form of deferred Shares, those anticipated Share payments have also reduced the number of Shares remaining for issuance. Payouts in Shares since April 15, 2005 on awards for outstanding opportunities under the LTPCP have been Stock-Based Awards under the 2005 Stock Plan.
 
Furthermore, each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than stock options or Stock Appreciation Rights (including Shares payable on account of Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Stock-Based Awards) reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 1.179 Shares. Accordingly, outstanding Restricted Stock Units, outstanding Performance Shares, and outstanding opportunities under the LTPCP are reflected as reducing the number of Shares remaining for issuance by a factor of 1.179. Each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a stock option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under that plan by 1.0. Accordingly, outstanding stock options are reflected as reducing the number of Shares remaining for issuance by a factor of 1.0.
 
Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified stock options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan). Share awards have been made under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan. The number of Shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan is 2,000,000.
 
Under both the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2005 Directors Stock Plan, in the event of a corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares or the capitalization of the Holding Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Holding Company, combination of securities, exchange of securities, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of the Holding Company, or any similar corporate event or transaction, the appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company (each, a “Committee”), in its sole discretion, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the applicable plan, shall substitute or adjust, as applicable, the number and kind of Shares that may be issued under that plan and the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding awards. Any Shares related to awards under either plan which: (i) terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of Shares; (ii) are settled in cash either in lieu of Shares or otherwise; or (iii) are exchanged with the appropriate Committee’s permission for awards not involving Shares, are available again for grant under the applicable plan. If the option price of any option granted under either plan or the tax withholding requirements with respect to any award granted under either plan are satisfied by tendering Shares to the Holding Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), or if a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, only the number of Shares issued, net of the Shares tendered, if any, will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under that plan. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under either plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards.
 
Share awards to Directors were made under a separate Share award authorization under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan. Those awards have not reduced the number of Shares currently remaining for issuance.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Information About the Board of Directors — Responsibilities, Independence and Composition of the Board of Directors” in the 2007 Proxy Statement.


175


Table of Contents

 
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal Two — Ratification of Appointment of the Independent Auditor” in the 2007 Proxy Statement.


176


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
1. Financial Statements
 
The financial statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 169.
 
2. Financial Statement Schedules
 
The financial statement schedules are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 169.
 
3. Exhibits
 
The exhibits are listed in the Exhibit Index which begins on page E-1.


177


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
March 1, 2007
 
METLIFE, INC.
 
  By 
/s/  C. Robert Henrikson
Name: C. Robert Henrikson
  Title:  Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Curtis H. Barnette

Curtis H. Barnette
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
    

Sylvia Mathews Burwell
  Director    
         
    

Burton A. Dole, Jr.
  Director    
         
    

Cheryl W. Grisé
  Director    
         
/s/  James R. Houghton

James R. Houghton
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  R. Glenn Hubbard

R. Glenn Hubbard
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  Harry P. Kamen

Harry P. Kamen
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
    

Helene L. Kaplan
  Director    
         
/s/  John M. Keane

John M. Keane
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  James M. Kilts

James M. Kilts
  Director   March 1, 2007


178


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Charles M. Leighton

Charles M. Leighton
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  Hugh B. Price

Hugh B. Price
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
    

David Satcher, M.D.
  Director    
         
/s/  Kenton J. Sicchitano

Kenton J. Sicchitano
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  William C. Steere, Jr.

William C. Steere, Jr.
  Director   March 1, 2007
         
/s/  C. Robert Henrikson

C. Robert Henrikson
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 1, 2007
         
/s/  William J. Wheeler

William J. Wheeler
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  March 1, 2007
         
/s/  Joseph J. Prochaska, Jr.

Joseph J. Prochaska, Jr.
  Executive Vice President, Finance Operations and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  March 1, 2007


179


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  2 .1   Plan of Reorganization (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-91517) (the “S-1 Registration Statement”))    
  2 .2   Amendment to Plan of Reorganization dated as of March 9, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  2 .3   Acquisition Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc., dated as of January 31, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 4, 2005)    
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetLife, Inc.     
  3 .2   Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000    
  3 .3   Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 10, 2005)    
  3 .4   Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 15, 2005)    
  3 .5   MetLife, Inc. Amended and Restated By-Laws effective March 20, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 (the “First Quarter 2006 10-Q”))    
  4 .1(a)   Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to Senior Debt Securities    
  4 .1(b)   Form of Indenture for Senior Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a), except for the name of the trustee)    
  4 .2   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 27, 2001 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.25% Senior Notes due December 1, 2006    
  4 .3   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 27, 2001 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011    
  4 .4   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 10, 2002 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 15, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 2002 (the “2002 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .5   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 10, 2002 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 6.50% Senior Notes due December 15, 2032 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 2002 Form 8-K)    
  4 .6   Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 21, 2003 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.875% Senior Notes due November 21, 2033 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 21, 2003 (the “Retail Form 8-K”)    


E-1


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  4 .7   Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 24, 2003 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due November 24, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 24, 2003 (the “Institutional Form 8-K”))    
  4 .8   Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 3, 2004 (the “June 2004 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .9   Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the June 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .10   Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 23, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 23, 2004 (the “July 2004 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .11   Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 23, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the July 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .12   Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 9, 2024 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2004 (the “December 2004 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .13   Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 23, 2005 (the “June 23, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .14   Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15, 2035 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the June 23, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .15   Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 29, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2005 (the “June 29, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .16   Form of 5.25% Senior Note due December 1, 2006 (Included in Exhibit 4.2)    
  4 .17   Form of 6.125% Senior Note due December 1, 2011 (Included in Exhibit 4.3)    
  4 .18   Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 15, 2012 (Included in Exhibit 4.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 2002 Form 8-K)    
  4 .19   Form of 6.50% Senior Note due December 15, 2032 (Included in Exhibit 4.5 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 2002 Form 8-K)    
  4 .20   Form of 5.875% Senior Note due November 21, 2033 (Included in Exhibit 4.6 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Retail Form 8-K)    

E-2


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  4 .21   Form of 5.00% Senior Note due November 24, 2013 (Included in Exhibit 4.7 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Institutional Form 8-K)    
  4 .22   Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014 (Included in Exhibit 4.8 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the June 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .23   Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034 (Included in Exhibit 4.9 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the June 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .24   Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014 (Included in Exhibit 4.10 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the July 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .25   Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034 (Included in Exhibit 4.11 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the July 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .26   Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 9, 2024 (Included in Exhibit 4.12 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the December 2004 Form 8-K)    
  4 .27   Form of 5.00% Senior Note due June 15, 2015 (Included in Exhibit 4.13 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the June 23, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .28   Form of 5.70% Senior Note due June 15, 2035 (Included in Exhibit 4.14 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the June 23, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .29   Form of 5.25% Senior Note due June 29, 2020 (Included in Exhibit 4.15 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the June 29, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .30(a)   Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to Subordinated Debt Securities (the “Subordinated Indenture”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2005 (the “June 22, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  4 .30(b)   Form of Indenture for Subordinated Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30(a), except for the name of the trustee)    
  4 .31   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .32   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .33   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 21, 2006 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2006 (the “December 22, 2006 8-K”))    
  4 .34   Form of Series A Debenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .35   Form of Series B Debenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .36   Form of junior subordinated debenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the December 22, 2006 8-K)    
  4 .37   Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust II (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s, MetLife Capital Trust II’s and MetLife Capital Trust III’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-61282, 333-61282-01 and 333-61282-02) (the “2001 S-3 Registration Statement”))    

E-3


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  4 .38   Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2001 S-3 Registration Statement)    
  4 .39   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust II (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s, MetLife Capital Trust II’s and MetLife Capital Trust III’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-112073, 333-112073-01 and 333-112073-02) (the “2004 S-3 Registration Statement”))    
  4 .40   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)    
  4 .41   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust II dated as of June 21, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .42   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III dated as of June 21, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .43   Guarantee Agreement dated June 21, 2005 by and between MetLife, Inc., as Guarantor, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Guarantee Trustee, relating to MetLife Capital Trust II (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .44   Guarantee Agreement dated June 21, 2005 by and between MetLife, Inc., as Guarantor, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Guarantee Trustee, relating to MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .45   Removal and Appointment of Trustees of MetLife Capital Trust II (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)    
  4 .46   Removal and Appointment of Trustees of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)    
  4 .47   Form of Certificate for Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  4 .48   Rights Agreement dated as of April 4, 2000 between MetLife, Inc. and Chasemellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. (predecessor to Mellon Investor Services LLC)    
  4 .49   Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000 (see Exhibit 3.2 above)    
  4 .50   Form of Right Certificate (Included as Exhibit B of Exhibit 4.48)    
  4 .51   Form of Warrant Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)**    
  4 .52   Form of Deposit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)**    
  4 .53   Form of Depositary Receipt (Included in Exhibit 4.52)**    
  4 .54   Form of Purchase Contract Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)**    
  4 .55   Form of Pledge Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)**    
  4 .56   Form of Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement)**    
  4 .57   Stock Purchase Contract Agreement dated June 21, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Stock Purchase Contract Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .58   Form of Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    

E-4


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  4 .59   Form of Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .60   Pledge Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005 among MetLife, Inc., JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, and J.P Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Stock Purchase Contract Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the June 22, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  4 .61   Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005 (See Exhibit 3.3 above)    
  4 .62   Form of Stock Certificate, Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference of Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 10, 2005)    
  4 .63   Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005 (See Exhibit 3.4 above)    
  4 .64   Form of Stock Certificate, 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 15, 2005)    
  4 .65   Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 21, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the December 22, 2006 Form 8-K)    
  10 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Continuation Agreement with Mr. Benmosche (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 (the “2001 Annual Report”))*    
  10 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Continuation Agreement with Messrs. Henrikson and Toppeta (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the 2001 Annual Report)*    
  10 .3   Amended and Restated Employment Continuation Agreement with Ms. Rein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2005 (the “May 20, 2005 Form 8-K”))*    
  10 .4   Amended and Restated Employment Continuation Agreement with Ms. Weber (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the 2001 Annual Report)*    
  10 .5   Form of Employment Continuation Agreement with Messrs. Launer and Lipscomb (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 (the “Third Quarter 2003 10-Q”))*    
  10 .6   Form of Employment Continuation Agreement with Mr. Wheeler (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (the “2003 Annual Report”))*    
  10 .7   Employment Continuation Agreement with Mr. Kandarian (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the May 20, 2005 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .8   Agreement, Waiver and General Release dated August 18, 2004 between MetLife Group, Inc. and Stewart G. Nagler (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the “Third Quarter 2004 10-Q”))*    
  10 .9   Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date as defined therein, by and between Robert H. Benmosche and MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the 2005 Annual Report)*    
  10 .10   Separation Agreement, Waiver and General Release dated February 16, 2007 between MetLife Group, Inc. and Leland C. Launer, Jr.*    

E-5


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  10 .11   MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the S-1 Registration Statement)*    
  10 .12   MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, effective February 8, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2001 Annual Report)*    
  10 .13   Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (the “Second Quarter 2002 10-Q”))*    
  10 .14   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Second Quarter 2002 10-Q)*    
  10 .15   MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the S-1 Registration Statement)*    
  10 .16   MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended effective February 8, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the 2001 Annual Report)*    
  10 .17   MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005 (the “2005 SIC Plan”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (the “First Quarter 2004 10-Q”))*    
  10 .18   MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2004 10-Q)*    
  10 .19   Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 28, 2005 (the “February 28, 2005 Form 8-K”))*    
  10 .20   Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (the “2004 Annual Report”))*    
  10 .21   Amendment to Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2006 (the “January 10, 2006 Form 8-K”))*    
  10 .22   Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the January 10, 2006 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .23   Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the February 28, 2005 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .24   Clarification of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2005 (the “December 19, 2005 Form 8-K”))*    
  10 .25   Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the January 10, 2006 Form 8-K))*    
  10 .26   Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the January 10, 2006 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .27   Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 27, 2007)*    
  10 .28   Policyholder Trust Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  10 .29   Restatement of the Excess Asbestos Indemnity Insurance Policy, dated as of December 31, 1998, between Stockwood Reinsurance Company, Ltd. and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    

E-6


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  10 .30   Restatement of the Excess Asbestos Indemnity Insurance Policy, dated as of December 31, 1998, between European Reinsurance Corporation of America and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  10 .31   Restatement of the Excess Asbestos Indemnity Insurance Policy, dated as of December 31, 1998, between Granite State Insurance Company and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  10 .32   Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2004 (the “2004 Five-Year Credit Agreement”), among MetLife, Inc., Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, MetLife Funding, Inc. and the other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004)    
  10 .33   Amended and Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto (amending and restating the 2004 Five-Year Credit Agreement, effective December 21, 2006)    
  10 .34   Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2005 (“Five-Year Credit Agreement”), among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 28, 2005 (the “April 28, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  10 .35   First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and other parties signatory thereto    
  10 .36   Amended and Restated Five-Year Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2005, among MetLife, Inc., The Travelers Life and Annuity Reinsurance Company (now known as MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina), and other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the April 28, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  10 .37   Stipulation of Settlement, as amended, relating to Metropolitan Life Insurance Company Sales Practices Litigation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the S-1 Registration Statement)    
  10 .38   Long-Term Performance Compensation Plan (for performance periods starting on or after April 1, 2001, as amended) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the “2002 Annual Report”))*    
  10 .39   MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the First Quarter 2004 10-Q)*    
  10 .40   Amendment Number One to the AVIP (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the December 19, 2005 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .41   Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 13, 2005) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2006 awards under the AVIP (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the December 19, 2005 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .42   Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 12, 2006) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2007 awards under the AVIP*    
  10 .43   Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (as amended and restated, effective May 4, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (the “First Quarter 2005 10-Q”))*    
  10 .44   Amendment, dated as of August 1, 2005, to the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (effective as of July 1, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 (the “Second Quarter 2005 10-Q”))*    

E-7


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  10 .45   MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, as amended and restated, effective November 1, 2003 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Third Quarter 2003 10-Q)*    
  10 .46   Amendment Number One to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, dated May 4, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the First Quarter 2005 10-Q”)*    
  10 .47   Amendment Number Two to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, effective December 14, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the December 19, 2005 Form 8-K)*    
  10 .48   Amendment Number Three to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003, effective February 26, 2007)*    
  10 .49   MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated effective with respect to salary and cash incentive compensation, January 1, 2005, and with respect to stock compensation, April 15, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (the “Third Quarter 2006 10-Q”))*    
  10 .50   MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, effective December 9, 2003 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the 2003 Annual Report)*    
  10 .51   Amendment Number One to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (as amended and restated as of December, 2003, effective February 26, 2007)*    
  10 .52   MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q)*    
  10 .53   Amendment Number One to The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of December, 2006, effective February 26, 2007)*    
  10 .54   Summary of Non-Management Director Compensation (effective April 25, 2006) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 20, 2006)*    
  10 .55   General American Life Insurance Company Directors’ Deferred Savings Plan for Non-Employee Directors 2002 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the 2001 Annual Report)*    
  10 .56   MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan dated August 7, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective June 30, 2006) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (the “Second Quarter 2006 10-Q”))*    
  10 .57   MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan dated December 21, 2006 (amending and restating Part I thereof, effective January 1, 2007)*    
  10 .58   MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers, dated January 7, 2000, as amended (the “MPTA”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Third Quarter 2004 10-Q)*    
  10 .59   Amendment Number Ten to the MPTA, dated January 26, 2005* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (the “2005 Annual Report”))*    
  10 .60   Amendment Number Eleven to the MPTA, dated February 28, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the 2005 Annual Report)*    
  10 .61   Amendment Number Twelve to the MPTA, dated August 7, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Second Quarter 2006 10-Q)*    
  10 .62   Amendment Number Thirteen to the MPTA, dated August 7, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Second Quarter 2006 10-Q)*    
  10 .63   Amendment Number Fourteen to the MPTA, dated January 26, 2007*    

E-8


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
      Page
No.
 
Description
  No.
 
  10 .64   Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Death Benefits Plan, effective as of January 1, 1987, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the 2004 Annual Report)*    
  10 .65   Termination of the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Death Benefits Plan, dated August 1, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Second Quarter 2005 10-Q)*    
  10 .66   One Madison Avenue Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005, between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and 1 Madison Venture LLC and Column Financial, Inc., collectively, as Purchaser (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 4, 2005 (the “April 4, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  10 .67   MetLife Building, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development, L.L.C., as Purchaser (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the April 4, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  10 .68   Stuyvesant Town, New York, New York, Purchase and Sale Agreement between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development Corp., as Purchaser, dated as of October 17, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q)    
  10 .69   Peter Cooper Village, New York, New York, Purchase and Sale Agreement between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development Corp., as Purchaser, dated as of October 17, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q)    
  10 .70   International Distribution Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 8, 2005 (the “July 8, 2005 Form 8-K”))    
  10 .71   Domestic Distribution Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the July 8, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  10 .72   Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 by and among Citigroup Inc., MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Insurance Holding Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the July 8, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  10 .73   Transition Services Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 by and between Citigroup Inc. and MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the July 8, 2005 Form 8-K)    
  12 .1   Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges    
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant    
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP    
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
 
 
* Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
 
** Indicates document to be filed as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K and incorporated herein by reference.

E-9

EX-3.1 2 y30660exv3w1.txt EX-3.1: AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION Exhibit 3.1 AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METLIFE, INC. ARTICLE I NAME OF CORPORATION The name of the corporation is MetLife, Inc. (the "Corporation"). ARTICLE II REGISTERED OFFICE The Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company. ARTICLE III PURPOSE The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be engaged under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. ARTICLE IV STOCK SECTION 1. AUTHORIZED STOCK. The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is three billion (3,000,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), and two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock provided by this Certificate of Incorporation, or otherwise by law, the number of authorized shares of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock or any other class of -1- stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any corresponding provision hereinafter enacted, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose a single class. SECTION 2. PREFERRED STOCK. (a) The Preferred Stock may be issued at any time and from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate of designation containing such resolution pursuant to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. (b) The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (i) the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title; (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the applicable Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding); (iii) whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series; (iv) whether dividends, if any, shall be payable in cash, in kind or otherwise; (v) the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable; (vi) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series; (vii) the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; -2- (viii) the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation; (ix) whether the shares of the series shall be convertible or exchangeable into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made; (x) restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and (xi) whether or not the holders of the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may provide, among other things and subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, that each share of such series shall carry one vote or more or less than one vote per share, that the holders of such series shall be entitled to vote on certain matters as a separate class (which for such purpose may be comprised solely of such series or of such series and one or more other series or classes of stock of the Corporation) and that all the shares of such series entitled to vote on a particular matter shall be deemed to be voted on such matter in the manner that a specified portion of the voting power of the shares of such series or separate class are voted on such matter. (c) The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof. (d) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended. (e) For purposes hereof and the By-Laws, the term "Certificate of Incorporation" includes the Certificate of Incorporation as it may be amended by a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation from time to time. -3- SECTION 3. VOTING IN ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Except as may be required by law or as provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of Directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders. The election of Directors need not be taken by written ballot. SECTION 4. OWNER. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law. SECTION 5. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any of its stock or other securities or property, rights entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any other corporation. The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to be issued will be determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (a) the initial purchase price per share or other unit of the stock or other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights; (b) provisions relating to the times at which and the circumstances under which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred, either together with or separately from any other stock or other securities of the Corporation; (c) provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights, or amount or nature of the stock or other securities or property receivable upon exercise of such rights, in the event of a combination, split or recapitalization of any stock of the Corporation, a change in ownership of the Corporation's stock or other securities or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such rights; (d) provisions which deny the holder of a specified percentage of the outstanding stock or other securities of the Corporation the right to exercise such rights and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become void; -4- (e) provisions which permit the Corporation to redeem such rights or which prohibit or limit the redemption of such rights; and (f) the appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights. ARTICLE V INCORPORATOR The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows: Gary A. Beller Metropolitan Life Insurance Company One Madison Avenue New York, New York 10010 ARTICLE VI BOARD OF DIRECTORS; MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION SECTION 1. CLASSIFIED BOARD. (a) The Directors of the Corporation, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, as shall be provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation, one class ("Class I") whose term expires at the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders, another class ("Class II") whose term expires at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, and another class ("Class III") whose term expires at the 2002 annual meeting of stockholders, with each class to hold office until its successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the date of which will be fixed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. SECTION 2. POLICYHOLDER TRUST. While the Trust (as defined below) is in existence, each Director shall, in exercising his or her duties as a director, take the interests of the beneficiaries of the Trust into account as if they were holders of the shares of Common Stock held therein, except to the extent that any such Director determines, based on advice of counsel, that to do so would violate his or her duties as a director under Delaware law. For purposes of this Section 2, the "Trust" shall mean the Policyholder Trust created by the Policyholder Trust Agreement among the Corporation, -5- Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, Wilmington Trust Company and Chase Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated November 3, 1999, as such may be amended from time to time. SECTION 3. MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business, for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders: (a) Subject to the rights of any holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, to elect additional Directors under specified circumstances, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may remove any Director, but only for cause. (b) Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation. (c) Advance notice of nominations for the election of Directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation. (d) The election of Directors may be conducted in any manner approved by the officer presiding at a meeting of stockholders or the Director presiding at a meeting of the Board of Directors, as the case may be, at the time when the election is held and need not be by written ballot. (e) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as at the time otherwise provided by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors. (f) The Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except to the extent that the By-Laws or this Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provide. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the stockholders of the Corporation may adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the By-Laws upon the affirmative vote of the holders of three-quarters (3/4) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. -6- ARTICLE VII LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS SECTION 1. GENERAL. No Director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended. SECTION 2. REPEAL OR MODIFICATION. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, officer or the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended. ARTICLE VIII NO STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS BY WRITTEN CONSENT Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action, including (but not limited to) the election of Directors, is specifically denied. ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or Directors (in the present form of this Certificate of Incorporation or as hereinafter amended) are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that any amendment or repeal of Article VII of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment or repeal; and, provided, further, that Section 5 of Article IV and Articles VI, VII, VIII and this Article IX of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not be amended, altered or repealed without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. -7- EX-3.2 3 y30660exv3w2.htm EX-3.2: CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION EX-3.2
 

Exhibit 3.2
METLIFE, INC.
Certificate of Designation,
Preferences and Rights
Pursuant to Section 151
of the General Corporation law
of the State of Delaware
 
Certificate of Designation,
Preferences and Rights
of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
     I, Gary A. Beller, being the Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “Corporation”), do hereby certify:
     FIRST: That, pursuant to authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the provisions of its Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation, the Board of Directors on March 28, 2000 duly adopted the following resolution:
     RESOLVED that a Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, be, and it hereby is, created by this Board of Directors, pursuant to authority expressly vested in it by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and that the designation, relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:
     Section 1. Designation and Number of Shares. 10,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
     Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. (A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”) and of any other junior stock which may

 


 

be outstanding, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, annual dividends payable in cash on the fifteenth day of December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share of fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $10.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
     (B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $10.00 per share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Dividend Payment Date.
     (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares or Series A Preferred Stock from the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall accumulate but shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

-2-


 

The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
     Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
     (A) Subject to the provisions for adjustments as hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes (and each one one-hundredth of a share of Series a Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
     (B) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
     (C) Except as provided herein, in Section 10 or by applicable law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for authorizing or taking any corporate action.
     Section 4. Certain Restrictions.
     (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
     (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares or stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

-3-


 

     (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock, and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;
     (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or
     (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights, preferences and limitations of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
     (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
     Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever, shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.
     Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (A) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends

-4-


 

or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received the higher of (i) $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of Common Stock; nor shall any distribution be made (B) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater of lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the provision in clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
     Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the share of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, or otherwise changed, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
     Section 8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
     Section 9. Rank. Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or a Certificate of Designation relating to a subsequent

-5-


 

series of preferred stock of the Corporation, the Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation’s preferred stock as the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, and senior to the Common Stock of this Corporation.
     Section 10. Amendment. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single series.
     Section 11. Fractional Shares. Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share (in one one-hundredths (1/100th) of a share and integral multiples thereof) which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

-6-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel and attested by its Secretary this 7th of April, 2000.
                     
            /s/ Gary A. Beller    
                 
 
          Name:   Gary A. Beller    
 
          Title:   Senior Executive Vice President and    
 
              General Counsel    
 
                   
ATTEST:
                   
 
                   
/s/ Gwenn L. Carr                
                 
Name:
  Gwenn L. Carr                
Title:
  Secretary                

-7-

EX-4.1.A 4 y30660exv4w1wa.txt EX-4.1.A: INDENTURE Exhibit 4.1(a) METLIFE, INC., ISSUER AND BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., TRUSTEE ----------------------- INDENTURE DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 9, 2001 ----------------------- SENIOR DEBT SECURITIES CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE(1)
SECTION OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED SECTION OF INDENTURE ---------------- -------------------- 310(a)............................................ Inapplicable 310(b)............................................ 7.08 310(c)............................................ Inapplicable 311(a)............................................ 7.13 311(b)............................................ 7.13 311(c)............................................ Inapplicable 312(b)............................................ 5.02(c) 312(c)............................................ Inapplicable 313(a)............................................ 5.04(a) 313(b)............................................ 5.04(b) 313(c)............................................ 5.04(b) 313(d)............................................ Inapplicable 314(a)............................................ Inapplicable 314(b)............................................ Inapplicable 314(c)............................................ Inapplicable 314(d)............................................ Inapplicable 314(e)............................................ Inapplicable 314(f)............................................ Inapplicable 315(a)............................................ Inapplicable 315(b)............................................ Inapplicable 315(c)............................................ Inapplicable 315(d)............................................ Inapplicable 315(e)............................................ Inapplicable 316(a)............................................ Inapplicable 316(b)............................................ Inapplicable 316(c)............................................ Inapplicable 317(a)............................................ Inapplicable 317(b)............................................ Inapplicable 318(a)............................................ Inapplicable
(1) This Cross-Reference Table does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions. TABLE OF CONTENTS (1)
PAGE ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS SECTION 1.01 Definitions of Terms........................................... 1 Affiliate .................................................... 1 Authenticating Agent........................................... 1 Bankruptcy Law................................................. 1 Board of Directors............................................. 1 Board Resolution............................................... 1 Business Day................................................... 1 Certificate.................................................... 2 Company .................................................... 2 Commission .................................................... 2 Common Securities.............................................. 2 Common Securities Guarantee.................................... 2 Corporate Trust Office......................................... 2 Custodian .................................................... 2 Declaration ................................................... 2 Default .................................................... 2 Deferral Period................................................ 2 Depositary .................................................... 2 Event of Default .............................................. 2 Global Security................................................ 2 Governmental Obligations....................................... 2 herein, hereof and hereunder................................... 3 Indebtedness................................................... 3 Indenture .................................................... 3 Interest Payment Date ......................................... 3 Investment Company Act......................................... 3 MetLife Trust.................................................. 3 MLIC .................................................... 3 Officers' Certificate ......................................... 3 Opinion of Counsel............................................. 3 Original Issue Discount Security............................... 3 Outstanding ................................................... 4 Paying Agent................................................... 4 Person .................................................... 4 Place of Payment .............................................. 4 Predecessor Security........................................... 4 Preferred Securities........................................... 4 Preferred Securities Guarantee................................. 4 Property Trustee .............................................. 5 Redemption Date................................................ 5 Redemption Price .............................................. 5 Responsible Officer............................................ 5 Securities .................................................... 5 Securities Act................................................. 5 Securityholder, holder of Securities and registered holder..... 5
i Stated Maturity................................................ 5 Subsidiary .................................................... 5 Trustee .................................................... 5 Trust Indenture Act............................................ 5 Trust Securities .............................................. 5 Voting Stock................................................... 5 Yield to Maturity.............................................. 5
ARTICLE II DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES SECTION 2.01 Designation and Terms of Securities........................... 6 SECTION 2.02 Form of Securities and Trustee's Certificate.................. 8 SECTION 2.03 Denominations; Provisions for Payment......................... 8 SECTION 2.04 Execution and Authentications................................. 9 SECTION 2.05 Registration of Transfer and Exchange......................... 9 SECTION 2.06 Temporary Securities.......................................... 10 SECTION 2.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities............... 10 SECTION 2.08 Cancellation.................................................. 11 SECTION 2.09 Benefits of Indenture......................................... 11 SECTION 2.10 Authenticating Agent.......................................... 11 SECTION 2.11 Global Securities............................................. 12
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS SECTION 3.01 Redemption ................................................... 12 SECTION 3.02 Notice of Redemption.......................................... 13 SECTION 3.03 Payment Upon Redemption ...................................... 13 SECTION 3.04 Sinking Fund ................................................. 14 SECTION 3.05 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities......... 14 SECTION 3.06 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .................... 14
ARTICLE IV CERTAIN COVENANTS SECTION 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest ................... 14 SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .............................. 15 SECTION 4.03 Paying Agents ................................................ 15 SECTION 4.04 Statement by Officers as to Default .......................... 16 SECTION 4.05 Existence ................................................... 16 SECTION 4.06 Payment of Taxes ............................................. 17 SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Liens on Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company .................................................... 17 SECTION 4.08 Limitations on Disposition of Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company........................................... 17 SECTION 4.09 Covenants as to MetLife Trusts ............................... 17 SECTION 4.10 Waiver of Certain Covenants .................................. 18 SECTION 4.11 Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee ............. 18 SECTION 4.12 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions ..................... 18
ii
ARTICLE V SECURITYHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SECTION 5.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders ... 18 SECTION 5.02 Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders..... 18 SECTION 5.03 Reports by the Company .............................................. 19 SECTION 5.04 Reports by the Trustee .............................................. 19
ARTICLE VI REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT SECTION 6.01 Events of Default ................................................ 19 SECTION 6.02 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .. 21 SECTION 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected .................................. 22 SECTION 6.04 Limitation on Suits............................................... 23 SECTION 6.05 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver...... 23 SECTION 6.06 Control by Securityholders ....................................... 23 SECTION 6.07 Undertaking to Pay Costs ......................................... 24 SECTION 6.08 Waiver of Past Defaults .......................................... 24
ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE SECTION 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee .................... 24 SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee ......................................... 25 SECTION 7.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities .... 26 SECTION 7.04 May Hold Securities ............................................... 26 SECTION 7.05 Moneys Held in Trust .............................................. 26 SECTION 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement .................................... 26 SECTION 7.07 Reliance on Officers' Certificate.................................. 27 SECTION 7.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests ........................... 27 SECTION 7.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility ........................... 27 SECTION 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor ................. 27 SECTION 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment By Successor............................. 28 SECTION 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business ....... 29 SECTION 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company ............. 29
ARTICLE VIII CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS SECTION 8.01 Evidence of Action by Securityholders ............................. 29 SECTION 8.02 Proof of Execution by Securityholders ............................. 30 SECTION 8.03 Who May be Deemed Owners .......................................... 30 SECTION 8.04 Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded ................... 30 SECTION 8.05 Actions Binding on Future Securityholders ......................... 31
iii
ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without the Consent of Securityholders .... 31 SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders ........... 32 SECTION 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures ................................. 33 SECTION 9.04 Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures .................... 33 SECTION 9.05 Execution of Supplemental Indentures .............................. 33
ARTICLE X CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE SECTION 10.1 When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc. .................... 33
ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE SECTION 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .......................... 34 SECTION 11.02 Discharge of Obligations ......................................... 34 SECTION 11.03 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust ............................. 35 SECTION 11.04 Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents .......................... 35 SECTION 11.05 Repayment to Company ............................................. 35
ARTICLE XII IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS SECTION 12.01 No Recourse ....................................................... 35
ARTICLE XIII DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE SECTION 13.01 Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance ...... 36 SECTION 13.02 Defeasance and Discharge .......................................... 36 SECTION 13.03 Covenant Defeasance ............................................... 36 SECTION 13.04 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance ................... 36 SECTION 13.05 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions........................................ 37 SECTION 13.06 Reinstatement ..................................................... 38
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 14.01 Effect on Successors and Assigns ................................... 38 SECTION 14.02 Actions by Successor ............................................... 38 SECTION 14.03 Surrender of Company Powers ........................................ 38 SECTION 14.04 Notices ......................................................... 38 SECTION 14.05 Governing Law ...................................................... 39 SECTION 14.06 Treatment of Securities as Debt .................................... 39 SECTION 14.07 Compliance Certificates and Opinions ............................... 39 SECTION 14.08 Payments on Business Days .......................................... 39
iv SECTION 14.09 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.................................. 39 SECTION 14.10 Counterparts ...................................................... 39 SECTION 14.11 Separability ...................................................... 39 SECTION 14.12 Assignment ........................................................ 40 SECTION 14.13 Acknowledgment of Rights .......................................... 40
(1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions. v INDENTURE, dated as of November 9, 2001, between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee"): WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of unsecured debt securities, debentures, notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the "Securities"), in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be issued from time to time in one or more series, as provided in this Indenture, including, without limitation, Securities to be issued and sold from time to time to one or more MetLife Trusts (as defined herein); WHEREAS, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of Securities: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS SECTION 1.01 Definitions of Terms. The terms defined in this Section (except as in this Indenture otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section and shall include the plural as well as the singular. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or that are by reference in such Act defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this instrument. "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. When used with respect to any Person, "control" means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" and "under common control with" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Authenticating Agent" means an authenticating agent with respect to all or any of the series of Securities appointed with respect to all or any series of the Securities by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.10. "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law for the relief of debtors. "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such Board. "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification. "Business Day" means, with respect to any series of Securities, any day other than a day on which federal or state banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close. 1 "Certificate" means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company. The Certificate need not comply with the provisions of Section 14.07. "Company" means MetLife, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and, subject to the provisions of Article Ten, shall also include its successors and assigns. "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time. "Common Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Preferred Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities. "Common Securities Guarantee" means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Common Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Common Securities. "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Bank One Trust Company, N.A., 1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670. "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. "Declaration," with respect to a MetLife Trust, means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of such MetLife Trust. "Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. "Deferral Period," with respect to any series of Securities, means any period during which the Company elects to extend the interest payment period on such series of Securities pursuant to Section 4.01(b); provided that a Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date of any Security of such series and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities. "Depositary" means, with respect to Securities of any series, for which the Company shall determine that such Securities will be issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, another clearing agency, or any successor registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, which, in each case, shall be designated by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.01 or Section 2.11. "Event of Default" means, with respect to Securities of a particular series any event specified in Section 6.01, continued for the period of time, if any, therein designated. "Global Security" means, with respect to any series of Securities, a Security executed by the Company and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction, all in accordance with the Indenture, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. "Governmental Obligations" means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the 2 issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Governmental Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Governmental Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Governmental Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Governmental Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt. "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," and other words of similar import, refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. "Indebtedness" of any person means the principal of and premium, if any, and interest due on indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, which is (a) indebtedness for money borrowed, and (b) any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such indebtedness. For the purposes of this definition, "indebtedness for money borrowed" means (i) any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, such Person for the repayment of borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments, (ii) any obligation of, or any such obligation guaranteed by, such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar written instruments, including obligations assumed or incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses (provided, however, that the deferred purchase price of any other business or property or assets shall not be considered Indebtedness if the purchase price thereof is payable in full within 90 days from the date on which such indebtedness was created), and (iii) any obligations of such Person as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and leases of property or assets made as part of any sale and lease-back transaction to which such Person is a party. "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term "Indenture" shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 2.01. "Interest Payment Date," when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on a Security of a particular series. "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. "MetLife Trust" means each of MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III (together, the "Trusts"), each a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing preferred securities in connection with the issuance of Securities under this Indenture. "MLIC" means Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, an insurance company duly organized and existing under the insurance laws of the State of New York or any Person successor thereto. "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Controller or an Assistant Controller or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof. "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing of legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof. "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b). 3 "Outstanding," when used with reference to Securities of any series, means, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, as of any particular time, all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except (a) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or delivered to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for cancellation or that have previously been canceled; (b) Securities or portions thereof for the payment or redemption of which moneys or Governmental Obligations in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, however, that if such Securities or portions of such Securities are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as in Article Three provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; (c) Securities in lieu of or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07; and (d) Securities as to which Defeasance (as defined in Section 13.02) has been effected pursuant to Section 13.02, provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof which would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of the maturity thereof to such date pursuant to Section 6.01(b), (B) if, as of such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a Security is not determinable, the principal amount of such Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount as specified or determined as contemplated by Section 2.01, (C) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 2.01, of the principal amount of such Security (or, in the case of a Security described in Clause (A) or (B) above, of the amount determined as provided in such Clause), and (D) Securities beneficially owned by the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint- venture, joint- stock company, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "Place of Payment," when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 2.01. "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security. "Preferred Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities. "Preferred Securities Guarantee" means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Preferred Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Preferred Securities. "Property Trustee" has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of the applicable MetLife Trust. 4 "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any trust officer, any corporate trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. "Securities" has the meaning stated in the preamble of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time. "Securityholder," "holder of Securities," "registered holder," or other similar term, means the Person or Persons in whose name or names a particular Security shall be registered on the books of the Company kept for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding partnership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. "Trustee" means Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven, shall also include its successors and assigns and, if at any time there is more than one Person acting in such capacity hereunder, "Trustee" shall mean each such Person. The term "Trustee" as used with respect to a particular series of the Securities shall mean the trustee with respect to that series. "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.02, and 10.01, as in effect at the date of execution of this instrument. "Trust Securities" means, collectively, Common Securities and Preferred Securities of a MetLife Trust. "Voting Stock," as applied to stock of any Person, means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency. "Yield to Maturity" means the yield to maturity on a series of securities calculated at the time of issuance of such series or, if applicable, of the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice. ARTICLE II DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION, 5 REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES SECTION 2.01 Designation and Terms of Securities. (a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series up to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of that series from time to time authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company or pursuant to one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series, there shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, and set forth in an Officers' Certificate of the Company, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto: (1) the title of the Security of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities); (2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of that series); (3) the price or prices at which the Company will sell the Securities; (4) the Stated Maturity of the Securities; (5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest or the manner of calculation of such rate or rates, if any; (6) the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable or the manner of determination of such Interest Payment Dates and the record date for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Dates; (7) the right, if any, to extend the interest payment periods and the duration of any such Deferral Period, including the maximum consecutive period during which interest payment periods may be extended; (8) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to any index, formula, or other method, such as one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices, and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined; (9) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable; (10) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company; (11) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions (including payments made in cash in participation of future sinking fund obligations) or at the option of a holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation; (12) if other than denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the series shall be issuable; (13) if other than the full principal amount thereof, the portion or, methods of determining the portion, of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01; 6 (14) if other than the currency of the United States of America, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose, including for purposes of the definition of "Outstanding" in Section 1.01; (15) provisions granting special rights to holders of the Securities upon the occurrence of specific events; (16) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or the Company's covenants provided for with respect to the Securities of the series; (17) if applicable, that the Securities of the series, in whole or any specified part, shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 or both such Sections and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in which any election by the Company to defease such Securities shall be evidenced; (18) whether the Securities will be convertible into shares of common stock or other securities or property of the Company and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible, including the conversion price and the conversion period; (19) whether the Securities are issuable as a Global Security and, in such case, the identity for the Depositary for such series and the terms and conditions upon which Global Securities may be exchanged for certificated debt securities; (20) any special tax implications of the Securities of the series, including any provisions for Original Issue Discount Securities, if offered; (21) any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.01; (22) any trustees, authenticating or Paying Agents, transfer agents or registrars or other agents with respect to the Securities; and (23) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 9.01(11)), but which may modify or delete any provision of this Indenture with respect to such series, provided that no such term may modify or delete any provision hereof if imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, and provided, further that any modification or deletion of the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall have been consented to in writing by the Trustee). All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to any such Board Resolution or in any indentures supplemental hereto. If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers' Certificate of the Company setting forth the terms of the series. Securities of any particular series may be issued at various times, with different dates on which the principal or any installment of principal is payable, with different rates of interest, if any, or different methods by which rates of interest may be determined, with different dates on which such interest may be payable and with different redemption dates. 7 SECTION 2.02 Form of Securities and Trustee's Certificate. The Securities of any series and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by such Securities shall be substantially of the tenor and purport as set forth in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or as provided in a Board Resolution of the Company and as set forth in an Officers' Certificate of the Company and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which Securities of that series may be listed, or to conform to usage. SECTION 2.03 Denominations; Provisions for Payment. The Securities shall be issuable as registered Securities and in the denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, subject to Section 2.01(11). The Securities of a particular series shall bear interest payable on the dates and at the rate specified with respect to that series. Unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 2.01, the principal of and the interest on the Securities of any series, as well as any premium thereon in case of redemption thereof prior to maturity, shall be payable in the coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time is legal tender for public and private debt, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. The interest installment on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of that series shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment. In the event that any Security of a particular series or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Security as provided in Section 3.03. Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any interest on any Security that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of the same series (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below: (1) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Security Register (as hereinafter defined), not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 8 (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. Unless otherwise set forth in a Board Resolution of the Company or one or more indentures supplemental hereto establishing the terms of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof, the term "regular record date" as used in this Section with respect to a series of Securities with respect to any Interest Payment Date for such series shall mean either the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a month, or the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a month, whether or not such date is a Business Day. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security of a series delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security of such series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security. SECTION 2.04 Execution and Authentications. The Securities shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its President, or one of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, or one of its Assistant Treasurers, or its Secretary, or one of its Assistant Secretaries, under its corporate seal attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. Signatures may be in the form of a manual or facsimile signature. The Company may use the facsimile signature of any Person who shall have been a President or Vice President thereof, or of any Person who shall have been a Secretary or Assistant Secretary thereof, notwithstanding the fact that at the time the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered or disposed of such Person shall have ceased to be the President or a Vice President, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company. The seal of the Company may be in the form of a facsimile of such seal and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. The Securities may contain such notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication by the Trustee. A Security shall not be valid until authenticated manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, or by an Authenticating Agent. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, signed by its President or any Vice President and its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and the Trustee in accordance with such written order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. SECTION 2.05 Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a) Securities of any series may be exchanged upon presentation thereof at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, for other Securities of such series of authorized denominations, and for a like aggregate principal amount, upon payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, all as provided in this Section. In respect of any Securities so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in 9 exchange therefor the Security or Securities of the same series that the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive, bearing numbers not contemporaneously outstanding. (b) The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, at its office or agency designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, or such other location designated by the Company a register or registers (herein referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall register the Securities and the transfers of Securities as in this Article provided and which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. The registrar for the purpose of registering Securities and transfer of Securities as herein provided shall be appointed as authorized by Board Resolution (the "Security Registrar"). Upon surrender for transfer of any Security at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of the same series as the Security presented for a like aggregate principal amount. All Securities presented or surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, as provided in this Section, shall be accompanied (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar, duly executed by the registered holder or by such holder's duly authorized attorney in writing. (c) No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities, or issue of new Securities in case of partial redemption of any series, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.06, the second paragraph of Section 3.03 and Section 9.04 not involving any transfer. (d) The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of less than all the Outstanding Securities of the same series and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, nor (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of any series or portions thereof called for redemption. The provisions of this Section 2.05 are, with respect to any Global Security, subject to Section 2.11 hereof. SECTION 2.06 Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities (printed, lithographed or typewritten) of any authorized denomination. Such temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every temporary Security of any series shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities of such series. Without unnecessary delay the Company will execute and will furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon any or all temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor (without charge to the holders), at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of such series, unless the Company advises the Trustee to the effect that definitive Securities need not be executed and furnished until further notice from the Company. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of such series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series authenticated and delivered hereunder. SECTION 2.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities. In case any temporary or definitive Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company (subject to the next succeeding sentence) shall execute, and upon the Company's request the Trustee (subject as aforesaid) shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security of the same series, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such 10 security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the applicant's Security and of the ownership thereof. The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. In case any Security that has matured or is about to mature shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as they may require to save them harmless, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof. Every replacement Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be found at any time, or be enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder. All Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. SECTION 2.08 Cancellation. All Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly required or permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. On request of the Company at the time of such surrender, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company canceled Securities held by the Trustee. In the absence of such request the Trustee may dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of disposition to the Company. If the Company shall otherwise acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. SECTION 2.09 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and the holders of the Securities any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and of the holders of the Securities. SECTION 2.10 Authenticating Agent. So long as any of the Securities of any series remain Outstanding there may be an Authenticating Agent for any or all such series of Securities which the Trustee shall have the right to appoint. Said Authenticating Agent shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. All references in this Indenture to the authentication of Securities by the Trustee shall be deemed to include authentication by an Authenticating Agent for such series. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall be a corporation that has a combined capital and surplus, as most recently reported or determined by it, sufficient under the laws of any jurisdiction under which it is organized or in which it is doing business to conduct a trust business, and that is otherwise authorized under such laws to conduct such business and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. If at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with these provisions, it shall resign immediately. Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time (and upon request by the Company shall) terminate the agency of any Authenticating 11 Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon resignation, termination or cessation of eligibility of any Authenticating Agent, the Trustee may appoint an eligible successor Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent pursuant hereto. SECTION 2.11 Global Securities. (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 2.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued as a Global Security, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.04, authenticate and deliver, a Global Security that (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: "Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or to a nominee of such successor Depositary." (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05, the Global Security of a series may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 2.05, only to another nominee of the Depositary for such series, or to a successor Depositary for such series selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary. (c) If at any time the Depositary for a series of the Securities notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such series or if at any time the Depositary for such series shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, and a successor Depositary for such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, this Section 2.11 shall no longer be applicable to the Securities of such series and the Company will execute, and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. In addition, the Company may at any time determine that the Securities of any series shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and that the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall no longer apply to the Securities of such series. In such event the Company will execute and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers' Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. Upon the exchange of the Global Security for such Securities in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Securities in definitive registered form issued in exchange for the Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Depositary for delivery to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered. ARTICLE III REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS SECTION 3.01 Redemption. The Company may redeem the Securities of any series issued hereunder on and after the dates and in accordance with the terms established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof. 12 SECTION 3.02 Notice of Redemption. (a) In case the Company shall desire to exercise such right to redeem all or, as the case may be, a portion of the Securities of any series in accordance with the right reserved so to do, the Company shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, give notice of such redemption to holders of the Securities of such series to be redeemed by mailing, first class postage prepaid, a notice of such redemption not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days before the date fixed for redemption of that series to such holders at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Security Register unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed. Any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the registered holder receives the notice. In any case, failure duly to give such notice to the holder of any Security of any series designated for redemption in whole or in part, or any defect in the notice, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities of such series or any other series. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with any such restriction. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption and the redemption price at which Securities of that series are to be redeemed, and shall state that payment of the redemption price of such Securities to be redeemed will be made at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, upon presentation and surrender of such Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, that from and after said date interest will cease to accrue and that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case. If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the notice to the holders of Securities of that series to be redeemed in whole or in part shall specify the particular Securities to be so redeemed. In case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and shall state that on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. (b) If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the Company shall give the Trustee at least 45 days' notice in advance of the date fixed for redemption as to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of the series to be redeemed, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, by lot or in such other manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair in its discretion and that may provide for the selection of a portion or portions (equal to one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of such Securities of a denomination larger than $1,000, the Securities to be redeemed and shall thereafter promptly notify the Company in writing of the numbers of the Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part. The Company may, if and whenever it shall so elect, by delivery of instructions signed on its behalf by its President or any Vice President, instruct the Trustee or any Paying Agent to call all or any part of the Securities of a particular series for redemption and to give notice of redemption in the manner set forth in this Section, such notice to be in the name of the Company or its own name as the Trustee or such Paying Agent may deem advisable. In any case in which notice of redemption is to be given by the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to, or permit to remain with, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, such Security Register, transfer books or other records, or suitable copies or extracts therefrom, sufficient to enable the Trustee or such Paying Agent to give any notice by mail that may be required under the provisions of this Section. SECTION 3.03 Payment upon Redemption. (a) If the giving of notice of redemption shall have been completed as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities of the series to be redeemed specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and interest on such Securities or portions of Securities shall cease to accrue on and after the date fixed for redemption, unless the Company shall default in the payment of such redemption price and accrued interest with respect to any such Security or portion thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Securities on or after the date fixed for redemption at the place of payment specified in the notice, said Securities shall be paid and redeemed at the applicable redemption price for such series, together with interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption (but if the date fixed for redemption is an interest payment date, 13 the interest installment payable on such date shall be payable to the registered holder at the close of business on the applicable record date pursuant to Section 2.03). (b) Upon presentation of any Security of such series that is to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and the office or agency where the Security is presented shall deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security of the same series of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented. SECTION 3.04 Sinking Fund. The provisions of Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06 shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series. The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment". If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 3.05. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series. SECTION 3.05 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities. The Company (i) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any Securities previously called for redemption) and (ii) may apply as a credit Securities of a series that have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. SECTION 3.06 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund. Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of the series, the portion thereof, if any, that is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 3.05 and the basis for such credit and will, together with such Officers' Certificate, deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.02 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.02. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03. ARTICLE IV CERTAIN COVENANTS SECTION 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. (a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during any Deferral Period) on the Securities on or prior to the dates and in the manner provided in such Securities or pursuant to this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the applicable due date if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all of such installment then due. 14 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.01(a) or any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall have the right, as provided in an Officer's Certificate or Supplemental Indenture issued pursuant to Section 2.01, in its sole and absolute discretion at any time and from time to time while the Securities of any series are outstanding, so long as no Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, to defer payments of interest by extending the interest payment period for such series of Securities for the maximum consecutive period, if any, specified for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series, and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities, and provided further that at the end of each Deferral Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid (together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law at the rate accruing on such Securities). Prior to the termination of a Deferral Period, the Company may shorten or may further extend the interest payment period for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period together with all such previous and further extensions may not exceed the maximum consecutive period specified for such series of Securities, end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series. The Company shall give the Trustee written notice of the Company's election to begin a Deferral Period for any series of Securities and any shortening or extension thereof at least five Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the date the interest on such Securities or distributions on the related Preferred Securities are payable or (ii) the date the trustees of a MetLife Trust are required to give notice to holders of Preferred Securities of such MetLife Trust of the record date or the date such distributions are payable, but in any event not less than five Business Days prior to such record date. The Company shall give or cause the Trustee to give notice (a form of which shall be provided by the Company to the Trustee) of the Company's election to begin a Deferral Period to the Holders by first class mail, postage prepaid. SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. So long as any series of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Company agrees to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, with respect to each such series and at such other location or locations as may be designated as provided in this Section 4.02, where (i) Securities of that series may be presented for payment, (ii) Securities of that series may be presented as hereinabove authorized for registration of transfer and exchange, and (iii) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be given or served, such designation to continue with respect to such office or agency until the Company shall, by written notice signed by its President or a Vice President and delivered to the trustee, designate some other office or agency for such purposes or any of them. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, notices and demands. The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. SECTION 4.03 Paying Agents. (a) If the Company shall appoint one or more Paying Agents for all or any series of the Securities, other than the Trustee, the Company will cause each such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section: (1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor of such Securities) in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto; (2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor of such Securities) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series when the same shall be due and payable; 15 (3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any failure referred to in the preceding paragraph (a)(2) above, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and (4) that it will perform all other duties of Paying Agent as set forth in this Indenture. (b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of the Securities, it will on or before each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Securities of that series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due on Securities of that series until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of such action, or any failure (by it or any other obligor on such Securities) to take such action. Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of this action or failure so to act. (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, and (ii) the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. (d) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company at its option at the request of the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. SECTION 4.04 Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. SECTION 4.05 Existence. Subject to Article Ten, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders. SECTION 4.06 Payment of Taxes. 16 The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment or governmental charge whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Liens on Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, and for so long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Company will not, and it will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, at any time directly or indirectly create, assume, incur, guarantee or permit to exist any Indebtedness secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, or other encumbrance (any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance being hereinafter in this Section referred to as a "lien") on the capital stock of MLIC, of any successor to substantially all of the business of MLIC which is also a Subsidiary of the Company, or of any corporation (other than the Company) having direct or indirect control of MLIC without making effective provision whereby the Securities then Outstanding (and, if the Company so elects, any other Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinate to the Securities and with respect to which the governing instruments require, or pursuant to which the Company is otherwise obligated or required, to provide such security) shall be equally and ratably secured with such secured Indebtedness so long as such other Indebtedness shall be secured. For purposes of this Section 4.07 only, "Indebtedness," in addition to those items specified in Section 1.01 hereof, shall include any obligation of, or any such obligation guaranteed by, any Person for the payment of amounts due under a swap agreement or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge exchange or similar instrument or agreement. If the Company shall hereafter be required to secure the Securities equally and ratably with any other Indebtedness pursuant to this Section, (i) the Company will promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the foregoing covenant has been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel the foregoing covenant has been complied with and that any instruments executed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the performance of the foregoing covenant comply with the requirements of the foregoing covenant and (ii) the Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into an indenture or agreement supplemental hereto and to take such action, if any, as it may deem advisable to enable it to enforce the rights of the holders of the Securities so secured. SECTION 4.08 Limitations on Disposition of Stock of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. Except in a transaction governed by Article Ten hereof, so long as Securities of any series are Outstanding, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock (other than preferred stock having no voting rights of any kind) of MLIC, or of any such successor to substantially all of the business of MLIC which is also a Subsidiary of the Company, or of any corporation (other than the Company) having direct or indirect control of MLIC or any such successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of shares of capital stock of MLIC (i) to any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, (ii) for at least fair value (as determined by the Company's Board of Directors acting in good faith) or (iii) to comply with an order of a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction, other than an order issued at the Company's request or the request of any of the Company's Subsidiaries. SECTION 4.09 Covenants as to MetLife Trusts. In the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, for so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company will covenant (i) to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities of such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause such MetLife Trust (a) to remain a statutory business trust, except in connection with the distribution of Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of such MetLife Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust, and (b) to continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Securities. 17 SECTION 4.10 Waiver of Certain Covenants. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such series or in any of Sections 4.06 to 4.08, inclusive, if before the time for such compliance the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by act of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect. SECTION 4.11 Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder. SECTION 4.12 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions. The Company will not, while any of the Securities remain Outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other company unless the provisions of Article Ten hereof are complied with. ARTICLE V SECURITYHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SECTION 5.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) on a monthly basis on each regular record date a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the holders of each series of Securities as of such regular record date, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to furnish or cause to furnish such list at any time that the list shall not differ in any respect from the most recent list furnished to the Trustee by the Company and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that, in either case, no such list need be furnished for any series for which the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar. SECTION 5.02 Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 and as to the names and addresses of holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar (if acting in such capacity). (b) The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. (c) Securityholders may communicate as provided in Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities. SECTION 5.03 Reports by the Company. (a) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or 18 copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports that may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations. (b) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations. (c) The Company covenants and agrees to transmit to the Securityholders, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required by the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. SECTION 5.04 Reports by the Trustee. (a) On or before July 15 in each year in which any of the Securities are Outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register, a brief report dated as of the preceding May 15, if and to the extent required under Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. (b) The Trustee shall comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Securityholders, be filed by the Trustee with the Company, with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed (if so listed) and also with the Commission. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee when any Securities become listed on any stock exchange. ARTICLE VI REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT SECTION 6.01 Events of Default. (a) Whenever used herein with respect to Securities of a particular series, "Event of Default" means any one or more of the following events that has occurred and is continuing, unless such event is specifically deleted or modified in accordance with Section 2.01: (1) the Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of that series, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; provided, however, that during any Deferral Period for the Securities of that series, failure to pay interest on the Securities of that series shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; and, provided, further, that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto, shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of such Securities in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any; (3) the Company fails to observe or perform any other of its covenants or agreements with respect to that series contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to that series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof (other than a covenant or agreement that has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit 19 of one or more series of Securities other than such series) for a period of 90 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, by registered or certified mail, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding; (4) an event of default, as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company (other than a default under this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series or a default with respect to any non-recourse Indebtedness), whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, shall happen and shall result in a principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 of Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled, or such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged, within a period of 15 days after there has been given, by registered or certified United States mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such event of default and requiring the Company to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; (5) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of: (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; (ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (iii) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian of the Company or of any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company; (6) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days; (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (7) in the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by such MetLife Trust, such MetLife Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily dissolved, wound up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (i) the distribution of Securities to holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in such MetLife Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust; or (8) any other Event of Default provided for pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to Securities of that series. (b) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6)) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Securityholders), may declare the principal of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are 20 Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any holder, become immediately due and payable. (c) At any time after the principal of the Securities of that series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of that series and the principal of, and premium, if any, on any and all Securities of that series that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) expressed in the Securities of that series (or at the respective rates of interest or Yields to Maturity of all the Securities, as the case may be) to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to such series, other than the nonpayment of principal on Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.08. No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. (d) In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right with respect to Securities of that series under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken. SECTION 6.02 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. (a) The Company covenants that (1) in case it shall default in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Securities of a series, or any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series as and when the same shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 90 Business Days, or (2) in case it shall default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of a series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon maturity of the Securities of a series or upon redemption or upon declaration or otherwise, then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of that series, the whole amount that then shall have been become due and payable on all such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal, and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that series; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06. (b) If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series, wherever situated. (c) In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or judicial proceedings affecting the Company, or its creditors or property, the Trustee shall have power to intervene in such proceedings and take any action therein that may be permitted by the court and shall (except as may be otherwise provided by law) be entitled to file such proofs of claim and other papers and documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the holders of Securities of such series allowed for the entire amount due and payable by the Company under the Indenture at the date of institution of such proceedings and for any additional 21 amount that may become due and payable by the Company after such date, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to distribute the same after the deduction of the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the holders of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it under Section 7.06. (d) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the terms established with respect to Securities of that series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of such Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for payment to the Trustee of any amounts due under Section 7.06, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series. In case of an Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of that series or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding. SECTION 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected. Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal, or premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of that series, and notation thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses of collection and of all amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06; SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Securities of such series for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, respectively and THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company, its successors or assigns or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 22 SECTION 6.04 Limitation on Suits. No holder of any Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless (i) such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof with respect to the Securities of such series specifying such Event of Default, as hereinbefore provided; (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as trustee hereunder; (iii) such holder or holders shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby; and (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and (v) during such 60 day period, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of that series do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any other provisions of this Indenture, the right of any holder of any Security to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such Security, as therein provided, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or redemption date, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Security hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Security of such series with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other of such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Securities of such series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. SECTION 6.05 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07, all powers and remedies given by this Article to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to such Securities. (b) No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or on acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders. SECTION 6.06 Control by Securityholders. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of Securities of any other series at the time Outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 23 SECTION 6.07 Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Securities by such holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or established pursuant to this Indenture. SECTION 6.08 Waiver of Past Defaults. The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may on behalf of the holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected; provided, however, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE SECTION 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing of all Events of Default with respect to the Securities of that series that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform with respect to the Securities of such series such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred (that has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. (b) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: (1) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to that series that may have occurred: 24 (a) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of such series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities of such series except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and (b) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may with respect to the Securities of such series conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee, was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series; and (4) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it. SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01: (a) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; (b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution or an instrument signed in the name of the Company, by the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereof (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein); (c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; (d) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to a series of the Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; 25 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security, or other papers or documents, unless requested in writing so to do by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the particular series affected thereby (determined as provided in Section 8.04); provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and (g) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. SECTION 7.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities. (a) The recitals contained herein and in the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. (b) The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. (c) The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds of such Securities, or for the use or application of any moneys paid over by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or established pursuant to Section 2.01, or for the use or application of any moneys received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. SECTION 7.04 May Hold Securities. The Trustee or any Paying Agent or Security Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent or Security Registrar. SECTION 7.05 Moneys Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder except such as it may agree with the Company to pay thereon. SECTION 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement. (a) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as the Company, and the Trustee may from time to time agree in writing, for all services rendered by it in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises. 26 (b) The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Securities. SECTION 7.07 Reliance on Officers' Certificate. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof. SECTION 7.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee and the Company shall in all respects comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. SECTION 7.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to the Securities issued hereunder which shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or a corporation or other Person permitted to act as trustee by the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.10. SECTION 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) The Trustee or any successor hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and by transmitting notice of resignation by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series, or any Securityholder of that series who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee. (b) In case at any time any one of the following shall occur: (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months; or 27 (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder; or (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or commence a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or consented to, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; then, in any such case, (i) the Company may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or (ii) unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided herein, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of that holder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee. (c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to such series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company and may appoint a successor Trustee for such series with the consent of the Company. (d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of a series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11. (e) Any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this Section may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more series or all of such series, and at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series. SECTION 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment By Successor. (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights, powers, and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. (b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates, (2) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates have no further 28 responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture, and each such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee, to the extent contemplated by such supplemental indenture, the property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates. (c) Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be. (d) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. (e) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section, the Company shall transmit notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. If the Company fails to transmit such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be transmitted at the expense of the Company. SECTION 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided that such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.08 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. SECTION 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship described in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent included therein. ARTICLE VIII CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS SECTION 8.01 Evidence of Action by Securityholders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a majority or specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such majority or specified percentage of that series have joined therein may be evidenced by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such holders of Securities of that series in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing. If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders of any series any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers' Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such series for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a 29 record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities of that series have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities of that series shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. SECTION 8.02 Proof of Execution by Securityholders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder (such proof will not require notarization) or his agent or proxy and proof of the holding by any Person of any of the Securities shall be sufficient if made in the following manner: (a) The fact and date of the execution by any such Person of any instrument may be proved in any reasonable manner acceptable to the Trustee. (b) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register of such Securities or by a certificate of the Security Registrar thereof. (c) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary. SECTION 8.03 Who May be Deemed Owners. Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name such Security shall be registered upon the books of the Company as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.03) interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. SECTION 8.04 Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded. In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of a particular series have concurred in any direction, consent of waiver under this Indenture, the Securities of that series that are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Securities of such series that the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding for the purposes of this Section, if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. 30 SECTION 8.05 Actions Binding on Future Securityholders. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Security of that series that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee, and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Security, and of any Security issued in exchange therefor, on registration of transfer thereof or in place thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security. Any action taken by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the holders of all the Securities of that series. ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures without the Consent of Securityholders. In addition to any supplemental indenture otherwise authorized by this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect), without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes: (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect, or inconsistency herein, in the Securities of any series; (2) to comply with Article Ten; (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (4) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any Series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (5) to add to, delete from, or revise the conditions, limitations, and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms, or purposes of issue, authentication, and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth; (6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; (7) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities of any series as provided in Section 2.01, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or any series of Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of any series of Securities; (8) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (9) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); 31 (10) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; (11) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of the holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; (12) to secure the Securities; or (13) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.11. The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02. SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures at the time Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner not covered by Section 9.01 the rights of the holders of the Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the holders of each Security then Outstanding and affected thereby, (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof; (ii) reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other Security payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b); (iii) change the currency in which any Security or any premium or interest is payable; (iv) impair the right to enforce any payment on or with respect to any Security; (v) adversely change the right to convert or exchange, including decreasing the conversion rate or increasing the conversion price of, such Security (if applicable); (vi) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; (vii) reduce the requirements contained in this Indenture for quorum or voting; or (viii) modify any of the above provisions; provided, further, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of not less than a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; and, provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders of any series affected thereby under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. SECTION 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 32 Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, this Indenture shall, with respect to such series, be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Securities of the series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. SECTION 9.04 Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures. Securities of any series, affected by a supplemental indenture, authenticated and delivered after the execution of such supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, may bear a notation in form approved by the Company, provided such form meets the requirements of any exchange upon which such series may be listed, as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of that series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of that series then Outstanding. SECTION 9.05 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by its Board Resolutions authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders required to consent thereto as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article to join in the execution thereof; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel need not be provided in connection with the execution of a supplemental indenture that establishes the terms of a series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof. Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders of all series affected thereby as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. ARTICLE X CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE SECTION 10.01 When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc. The Company may not (a) merge with or into or consolidate with, or (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any Person other than, with respect to this clause (b), a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and no Person shall (x) merge with or into or consolidate with the Company, or (y) except for any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, unless: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance shall have been made (the "Successor"), if other than the Company, shall expressly assume by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities, this Indenture, the Common Securities Guarantee and the Preferred Securities Guarantee; 33 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (c) if at the time any Preferred Securities are outstanding, such transaction is not prohibited under the Declaration and the Preferred Securities Guarantee; and (d) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture. The Successor will be the successor to the Company, and will be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power and become the obligor on the Securities with the same effect as if the Successor had been named as the Company herein but, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the predecessor Company will not be released from its obligations to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities. ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE SECTION 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. If at any time: (a) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of a series theretofore authenticated (other than any Securities that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07) and Securities for whose payment money or Governmental Obligations have theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company (and thereupon repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 11.05); or (b) all such Securities of a particular series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in moneys or Governmental Obligations sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder with respect to such series by the Company then this Indenture shall thereupon cease to be of further effect with respect to such series except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and 7.10, that shall survive until the date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, and Sections 7.06 and 11.05, that shall survive to such date and thereafter, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company and at the cost and expense of the Company shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to such series. SECTION 11.02 Discharge of Obligations. If at any time all such Securities of a particular series not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that have not become due and payable as described in Section 11.01 shall have been paid by the Company by depositing irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds money in U.S. dollars sufficient or an amount of non-callable Governmental Obligations, the principal of and interest on which when due, will be sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to such series, then after the date such moneys or Governmental Obligations, as the case may be, are deposited with the Trustee the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to such series shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 7.06, 7.10 and 11.05 hereof that shall survive until such Securities shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 7.06 and 11.05 shall survive. 34 SECTION 11.03 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust. All moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 11.01 or 11.02 shall be held in trust and shall be available for payment as due, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular series of Securities for the payment or redemption of which such moneys or Governmental Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee. SECTION 11.04 Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys or Governmental Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations. SECTION 11.05 Repayment to Company. Any moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with any Paying Agent or the Trustee, or then held by the Company, in trust for payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Securities of a particular series that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the holders of such Securities for at least two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Securities shall have respectively become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company on May 31 of each year or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and thereupon the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations, and the holder of any of the Securities entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof. ARTICLE XII IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS SECTION 12.01 No Recourse. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, or of any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any such predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, stockholder, officer or director as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Securities. 35 ARTICLE XIII DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE SECTION 13.01 Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may elect, at its option at any time, to have Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, designated pursuant to Section 2.01 as being defeasible pursuant to such Sections 13.02 or 13.03, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided pursuant to Section 2.01 and upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article. Any such election shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for such Securities. SECTION 13.02 Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called "Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of holders of such Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 13.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities when payments are due, (2) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02 and 4.03, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option (if any) to have Section 13.03 applied to such Securities. SECTION 13.03 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company's exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, (1) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Article X, Sections 4.06 through 4.08, inclusive, and any covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such Securities and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 6.01(3) (with respect to any of Article X, Sections 4.06 through 4.08, inclusive, and any such covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7)), 6.01(a)(7) and 6.01(a)(8) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called "Covenant Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 6.01(3)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. SECTION 13.04 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be: (1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee which satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 7.09 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefits of the holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or (B) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an 36 amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Securities. (2) In the event of an election to have Section 13.02 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur. (3) In the event of an election to have Section 13.03 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur. (4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate to the effect that it has been informed by the relevant securities exchange(s) that neither such Securities nor any other Securities of the same series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will be delisted as a result of such deposit. (5) No event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to such Securities or any other Securities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any such event specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) and 6.01(a)(6), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day). (6) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any indenture or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money, pursuant to which in excess of $100,000,000 principal amount is then outstanding, to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. (7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act unless such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder. (8) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. SECTION 13.05 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.03(d), all money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 13.06, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 13.04 in respect of any Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 37 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 13.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of Outstanding Securities. Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon request of the Company any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 13.04 with respect to any Securities which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect the Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, with respect to such Securities. SECTION 13.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article with respect to any Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under this Indenture and such Securities from which the Company has been discharged or released pursuant to Sections 13.02 or 13.03 shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article with respect to such Securities, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 13.05 with respect to such Securities in accordance with this Article; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any such Security following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money so held in trust. ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 14.01 Effect on Successors and Assigns. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. SECTION 14.02 Actions by Successor. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the corresponding board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company. SECTION 14.03 Surrender of Company Powers. The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company, and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any successor corporation. SECTION 14.04 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited first class postage prepaid in a post-office letterbox addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Trustee), as follows: MetLife, Inc., One Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-10036, Attention: Treasurer, with copies of any notice of an Event of Default to the attention of the General Counsel at the same address. Any notice, election, request or demand by the Company or any Securityholder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 38 SECTION 14.05 Governing Law. This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the internal laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State. SECTION 14.06 Treatment of Securities as Debt. It is intended that the Securities will be treated as indebtedness and not as equity for federal income tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention. SECTION 14.07 Compliance Certificates and Opinions. (a) Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company, shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. (b) Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. SECTION 14.08 Payments on Business Days. Except as provided pursuant to Section 2.01 pursuant to a Board Resolution, and as set forth in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, in any case where the date of maturity of interest or principal of any Security or the date of redemption of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal, and premium, if any, may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of maturity or redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such nominal date. SECTION 14.09 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control. SECTION 14.10 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. SECTION 14.11 Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of any series shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities, but this Indenture and such Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein. 39 SECTION 14.12 Assignment. The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company, will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, the Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto. SECTION 14.13 Acknowledgment of Rights. The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Securities held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, if the Property Trustee of such Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of the series of Securities held as the assets of such MetLife Trust, any holder of Preferred Securities may institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Property Trustee's rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Property Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest or principal on the applicable series of Securities on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of Preferred Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such holder of the principal of or interest on the applicable series of Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities of such holder as determined after the respective due date specified in the applicable series of Securities. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original. But all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 40 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written. METLIFE, INC. By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson --------------------------- Name: Anthony J. Williamson Title: Senior Vice-President and Treasurer Attest: /s/ Tracey A. Dedrick - -------------------------- Name: Tracey A. Dedrick Title: Vice President BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee By: /s/ Steve M. Husbands --------------------------- Name: Steve M. Husbands Title: Vice President Attest: /s/ Illegible - -------------------------- Name: Illegible Title: Trust Officer 41
EX-4.2 5 y30660exv4w2.txt EX-4.2: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE Exhibit 4.2 METLIFE, INC., ISSUER AND BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., TRUSTEE ------------------ FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 27, 2001 ------------------ $500,000,000 5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2006 TABLE OF CONTENTS(1) ARTICLE I 5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2006
PAGE SECTION 1.01 Establishment............................................. 3 SECTION 1.02 Definitions............................................... 4 SECTION 1.03 Payment of Principal and Interest......................... 4 SECTION 1.04 Denominations............................................. 5 SECTION 1.05 Global Securities......................................... 5 SECTION 1.06 Transfer ................................................. 6 SECTION 1.07 Defeasance................................................ 6 SECTION 1.08 Redemption at the Option of the Company................... 6
ARTICLE II MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 2.01 Recitals by the Company................................... 7 SECTION 2.02 Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture...... 8 SECTION 2.03 Executed in Counterparts.................................. 8
- ---------- (1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the First Supplemental Indenture and shall not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions. 2 THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 27th day of November, 2001, by and between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee"): WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture") with the Trustee; WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the "Indenture"; WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture, a new series of senior notes may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture and the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee; WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a new series of senior notes; WHEREAS, additional senior notes of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I 5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2006 SECTION 1.01. Establishment. There is hereby established a new series of senior notes to be issued under the Indenture, to be designated as the Company's 5.25% Senior Notes due December 1, 2006 (the "2006 Senior Notes"). There are to be authenticated and delivered 2006 Senior Notes, initially limited in aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, and no further 2006 Senior Notes shall be authenticated and delivered except as provided by Section 2.05, 2.07, 2.11, 3.03 or 9.04 of 3 the Original Indenture; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the 2006 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2006 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2006 Senior Notes. The 2006 Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form. The 2006 Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A hereto. The Depositary with respect to the 2006 Senior Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company. The form of the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for the 2006 Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto. Each 2006 Senior Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from the date of original issuance thereof or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. SECTION 1.02. Definitions. The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture. "Interest Payment Date" means June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2002. "Original Issue Date" means November 27, 2001. "Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 15 or November 15, as the case may be. "Stated Maturity" means December 1, 2006. SECTION 1.03. Payment of Principal and Interest. The principal of the 2006 Senior Notes shall be due at Stated Maturity. The unpaid principal amount of the 2006 Senior Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 5.25% per year until paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be paid semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 1, 2002, to the Person in whose name the 2006 Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable at the Stated Maturity of principal will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 4.01 of the Original Indenture. Payments of interest on the 2006 Senior Notes will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the 2006 Senior 4 Notes shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the 2006 Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. Payment of the principal and interest due at the Stated Maturity of the 2006 Senior Notes shall be made upon surrender of the 2006 Senior Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on the 2006 Senior Notes shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto. SECTION 1.04. Denominations. The 2006 Senior Notes may be issued in denominations of $1,000, or any integral multiple thereof. SECTION 1.05. Global Securities. The 2006 Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Except under the limited circumstances described below, 2006 Senior Notes represented by Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, 2006 Senior Notes in definitive form. The Global Securities described above may not be transferred except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. Owners of beneficial interests in such Global Securities will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and no Global Security representing a 2006 Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. The rights of holders of such Global Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary. A Global Security shall be exchangeable for 2006 Senior Notes registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary or its nominee only as provided by Section 2.11(c) of the Original Indenture. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the 5 preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for 2006 Senior Notes registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. SECTION 1.06. Transfer. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of 2006 Senior Notes, but payment will be required of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. SECTION 1.07. Defeasance. The provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of the Original Indenture will apply to the 2006 Senior Notes. SECTION 1.08. Redemption at the Option of the Company. The 2006 Senior Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time (a "Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2006 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments for principal and interest on the 2006 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Redemption Date, discounted to such Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 25 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2006 Senior Notes to be redeemed to such Redemption Date. "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2006 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2006 Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Lehman Brothers Inc., as specified by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. 6 "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Redemption Date for the 2006 Senior Notes (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and three other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Redemption Price with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Redemption Price. If less than all of the 2006 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the 2006 Senior Notes or portions of the 2006 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2006 Senior Notes and portions of 2006 Senior Notes in amounts of whole multiples of $1,000. ARTICLE II MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 2.01. Recitals by the Company. The recitals in this First Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be 7 applicable in respect of the 2006 Senior Notes and of this First Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full. SECTION 2.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture. As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. SECTION 2.03. Executed in Counterparts. This First Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written. METLIFE, INC. By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson ---------------------------- Name: Anthony J. Williamson Title: Senior Vice-President and Treasurer BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. By: /s/ Mary R. Fonti ---------------------------- Name: Mary R. Fonti Title: Vice-President 9 EXHIBIT A FORM OF 5.25% SENIOR NOTE DUE DECEMBER 1, 2006 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC"), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO METLIFE, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. No. ____ CUSIP No. 59156R AB 4 ISIN No. US59156RAB42 METLIFE, INC. 5.25% Senior Note Due December 1, 2006 Principal Amount: $ Regular Record Date: with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 15 or November 15, as the case may be Original Issue Date: November 27, 2001 Stated Maturity: December 1, 2006 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 2002 Interest Rate: 5.25% per year 10 Authorized Denomination: $1,000 MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ ($_________) on the Stated Maturity shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issue Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above, commencing on June 1, 2002, and on the Stated Maturity at the rate per year shown above until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment and on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest to the extent permitted by law. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date that is the Stated Maturity) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that any interest payable at Stated Maturity will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 4.01 of the Original Indenture. Payments of interest on this Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. Payment of the principal of and interest due at the Stated Maturity of this Note shall be made upon surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payment of interest (including interest on an Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto. The Senior Notes (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of the other senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time 11 outstanding. The Senior Notes will rank senior to any subordinated indebtedness of the Company. REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal. METLIFE, INC. By: ---------------------------- Name: Title: Attest: - ------------------------ Name: Title: [Seal of MetLife, Inc.] CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the 5.25% Senior Notes due December 1, 2006 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee By: ---------------------------- Authorized Officer 13 (Reverse Side of Note) This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company issued and issuable in one or more series under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2001 (the "First Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures incidental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Senior Notes issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Senior Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Senior Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof as 5.25% Senior Notes due December 1, 2006 (the "Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the Senior Notes. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. This Note is exchangeable in whole or from time to time in part for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form only as provided herein and in the Indenture. If (i) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Note or if at any time the Depositary shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, and the Company does not appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form and executes and delivers to the Security Registrar a written order of the Company providing that this Note shall be so exchangeable, this Note shall be exchangeable for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form, provided that the definitive Senior Notes so issued in exchange for this Note shall be in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples, without coupons, and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this Note to be exchanged. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of Senior Notes in definitive registered form and will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture. Neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in this Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. If an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. 14 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Senior Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all Senior Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company pursuant to this Note and (b) restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note. The Senior Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time (a "Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments for principal and interest on the Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Redemption Date, discounted to such Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 25 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Notes to be redeemed to such Redemption Date. "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Lehman Brothers Inc., as specified by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment 15 banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Redemption Date for the Senior Notes (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and three other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Redemption Price with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Redemption Price. If less than all of the Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption Senior Notes and portions of Senior Notes in amounts of whole multiples of $1,000. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company for such purpose, duly 16 endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such exchange or registration of transfer, but the Company will require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Security Registrar of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. The Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the Senior Note or Senior Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company. No recourse shall be had for payment of the principal of or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the state of New York. 17 ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under Uniform Gift to Minors Act -------------------------- (State) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee) the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: ---------------------- ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. 18 EXHIBIT B CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the 5.25% Senior Notes due December 1, 2006 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee By: ---------------------------- Authorized Officer 19
EX-4.3 6 y30660exv4w3.txt EX-4.3: SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE Exhibit 4.3 METLIFE, INC., ISSUER AND BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., TRUSTEE ---------------------- SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 27, 2001 ---------------------- $750,000,000 6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2011 TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)
ARTICLE I 6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2011 PAGE ---- SECTION 1.01 Establishment............................................... 3 SECTION 1.02 Definitions................................................. 4 SECTION 1.03 Payment of Principal and Interest........................... 4 SECTION 1.04 Denominations............................................... 5 SECTION 1.05 Global Securities........................................... 5 SECTION 1.06 Transfer ................................................... 6 SECTION 1.07 Defeasance.................................................. 6 SECTION 1.08 Redemption at the Option of the Company..................... 6 ARTICLE II MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 2.01 Recitals by the Company..................................... 7 SECTION 2.02 Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture........ 8 SECTION 2.03 Executed in Counterparts.................................... 8
- -------- (1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Second Supplemental Indenture and shall not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions. 2 THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 27th day of November, 2001, by and between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee"): WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture") with the Trustee; WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the "Indenture"; WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture, a new series of senior notes may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture and the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee; WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a new series of senior notes; WHEREAS, additional senior notes of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I 6.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE DECEMBER 1, 2011 SECTION 1.01. Establishment. There is hereby established a new series of senior notes to be issued under the Indenture, to be designated as the Company's 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011 (the "2011 Senior Notes"). There are to be authenticated and delivered 2011 Senior Notes, initially limited in aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000, and no further 2011 Senior Notes shall be authenticated and delivered except as provided by Section 2.05, 2.07, 2.11, 3.03 or 9.04 of 3 the Original Indenture; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the 2011 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2011 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2011 Senior Notes. The 2011 Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form. The 2011 Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A hereto. The Depositary with respect to the 2011 Senior Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company. The form of the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for the 2011 Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto. Each 2011 Senior Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from the date of original issuance thereof or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. SECTION 1.02. Definitions. The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture. "Interest Payment Date" means June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing June 1, 2002. "Original Issue Date" means November 27, 2001. "Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 15 or November 15, as the case may be. "Stated Maturity" means December 1, 2011. SECTION 1.03. Payment of Principal and Interest. The principal of the 2011 Senior Notes shall be due at Stated Maturity. The unpaid principal amount of the 2011 Senior Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 6.125% per year until paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be paid semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 1, 2002, to the Person in whose name the 2011 Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable at the Stated Maturity of principal will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 4.01 of the Original Indenture. Payments of interest on the 2011 Senior Notes will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the 2011 Senior 4 Notes shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the 2011 Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. Payment of the principal and interest due at the Stated Maturity of the 2011 Senior Notes shall be made upon surrender of the 2011 Senior Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on the 2011 Senior Notes shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto. SECTION 1.04. Denominations. The 2011 Senior Notes may be issued in denominations of $1,000, or any integral multiple thereof. SECTION 1.05. Global Securities. The 2011 Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Except under the limited circumstances described below, 2011 Senior Notes represented by Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, 2011 Senior Notes in definitive form. The Global Securities described above may not be transferred except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. Owners of beneficial interests in such Global Securities will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and no Global Security representing a 2011 Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. The rights of holders of such Global Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary. A Global Security shall be exchangeable for 2011 Senior Notes registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary or its nominee only as provided by Section 2.11(c) of the Original Indenture. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the 5 preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for 2011 Senior Notes registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. SECTION 1.06. Transfer. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of 2011 Senior Notes, but payment will be required of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. SECTION 1.07. Defeasance. The provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of the Original Indenture will apply to the 2011 Senior Notes. SECTION 1.08. Redemption at the Option of the Company. The 2011 Senior Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time (a "Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2011 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments for principal and interest on the 2011 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Redemption Date, discounted to such Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 30 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2011 Senior Notes to be redeemed to such Redemption Date. "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2011 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2011 Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Lehman Brothers Inc., as specified by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. 6 "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Redemption Date for the 2011 Senior Notes (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and three other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Redemption Price with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Redemption Price. If less than all of the 2011 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the 2011 Senior Notes or portions of the 2011 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2011 Senior Notes and portions of 2011 Senior Notes in amounts of whole multiples of $1,000. ARTICLE II MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 2.01. Recitals by the Company. The recitals in this Second Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be 7 applicable in respect of the 2011 Senior Notes and of this Second Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full. SECTION 2.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture. As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. SECTION 2.03. Executed in Counterparts. This Second Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written. METLIFE, INC. By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson ------------------------------- Name: Anthony J. Williamson Title: Senior Vice-President and Treasurer BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. By: /s/ Mary R. Fonti ------------------------------- Name: Mary R. Fonti Title: Vice President 9 EXHIBIT A FORM OF 6.125% SENIOR NOTE DUE DECEMBER 1, 2011 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC"), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO METLIFE, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. No. ____ CUSIP No. 59156R AC 2 ISIN No. US59156RAC25 METLIFE, INC. 6.125% Senior Note Due December 1, 2011 Principal Amount: $ Regular Record Date: with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 15 or November 15, as the case may be Original Issue Date: November 27, 2001 Stated Maturity: December 1, 2011 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 2002 Interest Rate: 6.125% per year
10 Authorized Denomination: $1,000
MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ ($_________) on the Stated Maturity shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issue Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above, commencing on June 1, 2002, and on the Stated Maturity at the rate per year shown above until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment and on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest to the extent permitted by law. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date that is the Stated Maturity) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that any interest payable at Stated Maturity will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 4.01 of the Original Indenture. Payments of interest on this Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. Payment of the principal of and interest due at the Stated Maturity of this Note shall be made upon surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payment of interest (including interest on an Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto. The Senior Notes (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of the other senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time 11 outstanding. The Senior Notes will rank senior to any subordinated indebtedness of the Company. REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal. METLIFE, INC. By: _______________________________ Name: Title: Attest: _______________________________ Name: Title: [Seal of MetLife, Inc.] CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee By: _______________________________ Authorized Officer 13 (Reverse Side of Note) This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company issued and issuable in one or more series under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2001 (the "Second Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures incidental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Senior Notes issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Senior Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Senior Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof as 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011 (the "Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the Senior Notes. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. This Note is exchangeable in whole or from time to time in part for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form only as provided herein and in the Indenture. If (i) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Note or if at any time the Depositary shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, and the Company does not appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form and executes and delivers to the Security Registrar a written order of the Company providing that this Note shall be so exchangeable, this Note shall be exchangeable for Senior Notes of this series in definitive registered form, provided that the definitive Senior Notes so issued in exchange for this Note shall be in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples, without coupons, and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this Note to be exchanged. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of Senior Notes in definitive registered form and will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture. Neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in this Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. If an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. 14 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Senior Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all Senior Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company pursuant to this Note and (b) restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note. The Senior Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time (a "Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments for principal and interest on the Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Redemption Date, discounted to such Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 30 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the Senior Notes to be redeemed to such Redemption Date. "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date. "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Senior Notes. "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Lehman Brothers Inc., as specified by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment 15 banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Redemption Date for the Senior Notes (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations. "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and three other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company. "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date. Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Redemption Price with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Redemption Price. If less than all of the Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption Senior Notes and portions of Senior Notes in amounts of whole multiples of $1,000. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company for such purpose, duly 16 endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such exchange or registration of transfer, but the Company will require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Security Registrar of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. The Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the Senior Note or Senior Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company. No recourse shall be had for payment of the principal of or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the state of New York. 17 ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under Uniform Gift to Minors Act _______________________________ (State) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee) the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: ______________ _____________________________ _____________________________ NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
18 EXHIBIT B CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. BANK ONE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee By: _______________________________ Authorized Officer 19
EX-4.48 7 y30660exv4w48.txt EX-4.48: RIGHTS AGREEMENT EXHIBIT 4.48 EXECUTION COPY ================================================================================ METLIFE, INC. and CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C. ---------------- RIGHTS AGREEMENT Dated as of April 4, 2000 ================================================================================
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ---- Section 1. Certain Definitions..............................................................1 Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent......................................................7 Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates......................................................7 Section 4. Form of Right Certificates.......................................................8 Section 5. Countersignature and Registration................................................9 Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates..............................9 Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights...................10 Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates..............................12 Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock...................................12 Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date....................................................14 Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares or Number of Rights..............................................................................14 Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares.....................22 Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets, Cash Flow or Earning Power...............................................................................22 Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares........................................25 Section 15. Rights of Action...............................................................26 Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders.....................................................26 Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder..............................27
Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent....................................................27 Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent......................28 Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent.........................................................29 Section 21. Change of Rights Agent.........................................................32 Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates.............................................32 Section 23. Redemption.....................................................................33 Section 24. Exchange.......................................................................33 Section 25. Notice of Certain Events.......................................................35 Section 26. Notices........................................................................35 Section 27. Supplements and Amendments.....................................................36 Section 28. Successors.....................................................................37 Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc......................37 Section 30. Benefits of this Agreement.....................................................38 Section 31. Severability...................................................................38 Section 32. Governing Law..................................................................38 Section 33. Counterparts...................................................................38 Section 34. Descriptive Headings...........................................................38
Exhibit A - Form of Certificate of Designation Exhibit B - Form of Right Certificate Exhibit C - Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock 2 RIGHTS AGREEMENT This Rights Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2000 (the "Agreement"), between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., a New Jersey limited liability company (the "Rights Agent"), W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one Right (as hereinafter defined) for each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding at the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on April 4, 2000 (the "Record Date"), each Right initially representing the right to purchase one one-hundredth (1/100th) of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights, preferences and limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit A, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (the "Rights"), and has further authorized the issuance of one Right (subject to adjustment) with respect to each share of Common Stock of the Company issued between the Record Date (whether originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) and the earlier of the Distribution Date (as hereinafter defined) or the Expiration Date (as hereinafter defined) and, to the extent provided in Section 22 hereof, with respect to each such share issued after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows: Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated: (a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding, but shall not include any Exempt Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares Beneficially Owned by such Person to 10% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding, provided, however, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock of the Company (other than from the Company pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split), then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" unless, upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock of the Company, such Person is not then the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding; (ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person" has become such inadvertently (including, but not limited to, because (A) such Person was unaware that he or it Beneficially Owned a percentage of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an "Acquiring Person" or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of his or its Beneficial Ownership but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such Beneficial Ownership under this Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Person as promptly as practicable has divested or divests himself or itself of Beneficial Ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," then such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement; and (iii) no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" by virtue of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of the Company by any Affiliate and/or Associate of such Person, which Affiliate and/or Associate is deemed to be an Affiliate and/or Associate of such Person solely by reason of such Affiliate and/or Associate being a director or officer of the Company. (b) "Act" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof. (c) "Adjustment Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof. (d) "Affiliate" and "Associate," when used with reference to any Person, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date of this Agreement. (e) "Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof. (f) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities: (i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, 2 exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," (A) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for payment or exchange, or (B) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, or (C) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights from and after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, which Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof (the "Original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) hereof in connection with an adjustment made with respect to any Original Rights; (ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has or shares the right to vote or dispose of, including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (B) is not also then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or (iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person and with respect to which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in the proviso to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (f)) or disposing of such securities of the Company; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph (f) shall cause (A) the Trust, the trustee and the custodian of the Trust, or any employee, officer or director of the Company to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own" any securities held by the Trust or (B) Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any securities acquired through such person's participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days after the date of such acquisition, and then only if such securities continue to be owned by such Person at such expiration of 40 days. (g) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the city in which the office of the Rights Agent as set forth in Section 26 hereof (which office may change from time to time provided that the Rights Agent gives the Company reasonable advance notice of such change) is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. 3 (h) "Certificate of Designation" shall mean the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock setting forth the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such series of preferred stock of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. (i) "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day. (j) "Common Stock", when used with reference to the Company shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. "Common Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company which is organized in corporate form shall mean the capital stock with the greatest voting power, or the equity securities or other equity interest having power to control or direct the management, of such Person or, if such Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person which ultimately controls such first-mentioned Person and which has issued any such outstanding capital stock, equity securities or equity interests. "Common Stock" when used with reference to any Person which is not organized in corporate form shall mean units of beneficial interest which (i) shall represent the right to participate generally in the profits and losses of such Person (including, but not limited to, any flow-through tax benefits resulting from an ownership interest in such Person) and (ii) shall be entitled to exercise the greatest voting power of such Person or have power to control or direct the management or, in the case of a limited partnership, shall have the power to remove the general partner or partners. (k) "Common Stock Equivalents" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof. (l) "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (m) "Current Market Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d) hereof. (n) "Current Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof. (o) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof. (p) "Equivalent Preference Stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof. (q) "Exchange Act" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. 4 (r) "Exempt Person" shall mean the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person organized, appointed or established by the Company or such Subsidiary as a fiduciary for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit plan or for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee benefits for employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company. (s) "Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. (t) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof. (u) "NASDAQ" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof. (v) "Original Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i) hereof. (w) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. (x) "Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, having the rights, preferences and limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designation, and, to the extent there are not a sufficient number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock authorized to permit the full exercise of the then outstanding Rights, any other series of preferred stock of the Company designated for such purpose by the Board of Directors of the Company containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. (y) "Principal Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof. (z) "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof. (aa) "Record Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the WHEREAS clause at the beginning of this Agreement. (bb) "Redemption Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof. (cc) "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof. (dd) "Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in the WHEREAS clause at the beginning of this Agreement. 5 (ee) "Rights Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (ff) "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof. (gg) "Section 13 Event" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) hereof. (hh) "Spread" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof. (ii) "Stock Acquisition Time" shall mean the time of occurrence of whichever of the following first occurs: (i) the first public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, but not be limited to, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such or (ii) the communication to the Company (including, but not limited to, the directors of the Company) of any notice (including, but not limited to, any written consent or notice related thereto) from the Acquiring Person indicating or reflecting that the Acquiring Person has become such. (jj) "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power sufficient, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or otherwise controlled by such Person. (kk) "Substitution Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof. (ll) "Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof. (mm) "Trust" means the trust created by the Policyholder Trust Agreement among Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, the Company, Wilmington Trust Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as Custodian, dated as of November 3, 1999. (nn) "Voting Stock" shall mean (i) the shares of Common Stock of the Company and (ii) any other shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or entitled to vote together with the shares of Common Stock in respect of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, 6 and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time act as Co-Rights Agent or appoint such Co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable. Any actions which may be taken by the Rights Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement may be taken by any such Co-Rights Agent. Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates. (a) Until the earlier of the Close of Business on (i) the tenth day after the date on which the Stock Acquisition Time occurs, or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such specified or unspecified later date on or after the Record Date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the commencement by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) of, or the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than an Exempt Person) to commence, a tender or exchange offer for an amount of Common Stock of the Company which, together with the shares of such stock already owned by such Person, constitutes 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights) (the earlier of (i) and (ii) being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3) by the certificates for shares of Common Stock of the Company registered in the names of the holders of Common Stock of the Company (which certificates for Common Stock of the Company shall be deemed also to be certificates for Rights) and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying Common Stock. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will send, by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Stock of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock of the Company so held, subject to adjustment and to the provisions of Section 14(a) hereof. As of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates. (b) On the Record Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of its Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates for Common Stock of the Company outstanding as of the Record Date, until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates for Common Stock and the registered holder of the Common Stock shall also be the registered holder of the associated Rights. Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the Record Date, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificate. 7 (c) Certificates issued by the Company for Common Stock (whether upon transfer of outstanding Common Stock, original issuance or disposition from the Company's treasury) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date shall also be deemed to be certificates for the Rights and shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend: This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between the Corporation and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as Rights Agent, as it may be amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Corporation will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement (as in effect on the date of mailing) without charge promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person, or any Associate or Affiliate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), whether currently held by or on behalf of such Person or by any subsequent holder, may become null and void. With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the Common Stock of the Company represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone and registered holders of Common Stock of the Company shall also be the registered holders of the associated Rights, and the surrender for transfer of any of such certificates shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock of the Company represented by such certificates. Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase, certification and assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate, which do not increase the duties or responsibilities of the Rights Agent, and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Sections 11 and 22 hereof, the Right Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the amount and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided in this Agreement. 8 Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. (a) The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company manually or by facsimile by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and also by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. The Right Certificates shall be countersigned by the Rights Agent manually or by facsimile and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent, and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer. (b) Following the Distribution Date and receipt by the Rights Agent of all necessary information, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purpose, books in any form or medium (including electronic media) for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced by each of the Right Certificates on its face and the date and certificate number of each of the Right Certificates. Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of shares of Preferred Stock (or other securities, cash or assets, as the case may be) as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Right Certificate or Right Certificates until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Right Certificate or Right Certificates and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 7(e) and 14 hereof, countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a 9 Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment from the holders of Right Certificates of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of such Right Certificates. The Rights Agent shall have no duty or obligation under this Section unless and until it is reasonably satisfied that all such taxes and/or charges have been paid. (b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a valid Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security satisfactory to them, and reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered owner in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated. Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights. (a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein including, but not limited to, the restrictions on exercisability set forth in Sections 9(c), 11(a)(iii) and 23(a) hereof) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and certificate on the reverse side thereof duly and properly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or other shares, securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on April 4, 2010 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 or (iii) the time at which the Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 (the earliest of (i), (ii) and (iii) being herein referred to as the "Expiration Date"). (b) The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $70.00, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below. (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and certificate duly and properly executed, accompanied by payment (in cash, or by certified bank check or money order payable to the order of the Company) of the Purchase Price for the Preferred Stock (or other shares, securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable tax or charge required to be paid by the holder of the Rights pursuant hereto in cash, or by certified bank check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, (i) (A) promptly requisition from any transfer agent 10 of the Preferred Stock (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for such shares) certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be purchased (and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests), or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing interests in such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash in lieu of fractional shares to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities (including common stock of the Company), pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate. (d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent and delivered to, or upon the order of, the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof. (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person (or of any such Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee after such Acquiring Person becomes such or (iii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person (or of any such Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with such Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from such Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or under standing which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action, and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to 11 make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder. (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder of any Right Certificate upon the occurrence of any purported transfer or exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate following the form of assignment or election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such assignment or exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company and the Rights Agent shall reasonably request. Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Right Certificates and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company. Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock. (a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or other securities or out of its authorized and issued shares held in its treasury), the number of shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, Common Stock of the Company or other securities) that, as provided in this Agreement, will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights. (b) So long as the Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, Common Stock of the Company or other securities) issuable upon the exercise of Rights may be listed on any national securities exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise. (c) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event in which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights has 12 been determined in accordance with this Agreement, or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the Expiration Date. The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the Rights. The Company may, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed one hundred and fifty (150) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect, with prompt notice thereof to the Rights Agent. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction if the requisite qualifications in such jurisdiction shall not have been obtained, the exercise thereof shall not be permitted under applicable law, or a registration statement shall not have been declared effective. (d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable. (e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates and of any shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) or depositary receipts for Preferred Stock upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax or charge shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax or charge is due. 13 Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date. Each person in whose name any certificate for a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock of the Company or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable taxes or charges) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Company's transfer books for the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock or other securities, as the case may be) are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares (fractional and otherwise) on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Company's transfer books for the Preferred Stock (or Common Stock or other securities, as the case may be) are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, but not limited to, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein. Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number and kind of shares, or fractions thereof, covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11. (a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare or pay a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares, (C) combine or consolidate the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Stock (including, but not limited to, any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in Section 7(e) and this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive, upon payment of the Purchase Price then in effect, the aggregate number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, transfer books of the Company were open, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both Section 11(a)(i) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(a)(i) 14 shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof. (ii) In the event (a "Section 11(a)(ii) Event") that any Person, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates, shall become an Acquiring Person, then each holder of a Right, except as provided below and in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in lieu of a number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event, whether or not such Right was then exercisable, and (y) dividing that product (which, following such first occurrence, shall thereafter be adjusted as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof and, as so adjusted, shall be referred to as the "Purchase Price" for each Right and for all purposes of this Agreement) by 50% of the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock of the Company on the date of such first occurrence (such number of shares being hereinafter referred to as the "Adjustment Shares"). The Company shall notify the Rights Agent as to any Persons who are deemed by the Company to be Acquiring Persons or Associates, Affiliates or transferees (as described in subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of Section 7(e) hereof) of such Persons and shall identify any Rights pertaining thereto. (iii) In lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, may, and, in the event that the number of shares of Common Stock which are authorized by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, shall (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the "Current Value"), over (2) the Purchase Price attributable to each Right (such excess, the "Spread") and (B) with respect to each Right (subject to Section 7(e) hereof), make adequate provision to substitute for all or any part of the Adjustment Shares, upon payment of the applicable Purchase Price, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Purchase Price, (3) Preferred Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, shares, or units of shares, of preferred stock which the Board of Directors of the Company has deemed to have the same value as shares of Common Stock of the Company (such Preferred Stock or shares or units of preferred stock hereinafter called "Common Stock Equivalents")), (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing, which, when combined with the Adjustment Shares (if any) to be issued, has an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by action of the Board of Directors of the Company based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, then the 15 Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, shares of Common Stock of the Company (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which shares or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If, after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, the number of shares of Common Stock that are authorized by the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional shares of its Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event, in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such period as it may be extended, the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that the Company determines that some action is to be taken pursuant to the terms of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek such stockholder approval for the authorization of additional shares or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii) and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect, in each case with prompt notice thereof to the Rights Agent. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Stock of the Company shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock of the Company on the date of the first occurrence of the Section 11(a)(ii) Event, and the per share or per unit value of any Common Stock Equivalents shall be deemed to equal the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock of the Company on such date. (b) In the event that the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of shares of Preferred Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the shares of Preferred Stock ("Equivalent Preference Stock")) or securities convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preference Stock at a price per share of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preference Stock (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preference Stock) less than the Current Market Price per share of the Preferred Stock (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preference Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the 16 convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such Current Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preference Stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible). In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed. (c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding a regular periodic cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Stock, but including any dividend payable in stock other than Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed. (d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock of the Company on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Common Stock of the Company for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to but not including such date; provided, however, that in the event that the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock of the Company is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Common Stock of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Common Stock payable in shares of such Common Stock or securities convertible into such Common Stock (other than the Rights) or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Common Stock, and prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) Trading Days after but not including the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, as the case may be, then, and in each such case, the Current Market Price shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the ex-dividend trading. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular 17 way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the shares of Common Stock of the Company are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock of the Company are listed or admitted to trading or, if the shares of Common Stock of the Company are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the shares of Common Stock of the Company are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in shares of Common Stock of the Company selected by the Company, acting by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, or, if on any such date no market maker is making a market in shares of Common Stock of the Company, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Company, acting by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (which determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes). The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock of the Company are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of Common Stock of the Company are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day. (ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "Current Market Price" per share of Preferred Stock shall be determined in the same manner as set forth for the Common Stock of the Company in Section 11(d)(i) hereof (other than the last clause of the second sentence thereof). If the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock cannot be determined in the manner provided above or if the Preferred Stock is not publicly held or listed or traded in a manner described in Section 11(d)(i) hereof, the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to be an amount equal to 100 (as such number may be appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement) multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock of the Company. If neither the Common Stock of the Company nor the Preferred Stock is publicly held or so listed or traded, the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Current Market Price of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock shall be equal to the Current Market Price of one share of Preferred Stock divided by 100. 18 (e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or the nearest one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which mandates such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date. (f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Stock, thereafter the Purchase Price and the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a), (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k) and (m) inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable for its inability to reserve and keep available for issuance upon exercise of the Rights pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) a number of shares of its Common Stock greater than the number then authorized by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company but not outstanding or reserved for any other purpose. (g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein. (h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock) obtained by (i) multiplying (A) the number of one one-hundredths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price by (B) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price. (i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of 19 one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made, with prompt notice thereof to the Rights Agent. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement. (j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Preferred Stock, or fraction thereof, issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price per one one-hundredth of a share and the number of shares which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder. (k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then par value, if any, of the one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock at such adjusted Purchase Price. (l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer, with prompt notice thereof to the Rights Agent until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the Preferred Stock, or a fraction thereof, and other capital stock or securities of the Company, 20 if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) or securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment. (m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Stock at less than the Current Market Price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, stock dividends or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such stockholders . (n) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, (i) consolidate with any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), (ii) merge with or into any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof) or (iii) sell or transfer (or permit any Subsidiary to sell or transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets, cash flow or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets, cash flow or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof) if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights or (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates. (o) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Section 23, Section 24 or Section 27 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. (p) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date (i) declare or pay any dividend on its Common Stock payable in Common Stock of the Company or (ii) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by reclassifica- 21 tion or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Stock) or (iii) combine or consolidate its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in any such case, (x) the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of such Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and (y) action shall be taken such that each share of Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each share of Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(p) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under Section 11(a)(ii) and this Section 11(p), the adjustments provided for in this Section 11(p) shall be in addition and prior to any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii). Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts and computations accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for its Common Stock and Preferred Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate (or if prior to the Distribution Date, to each holder of a certificate representing shares of its Common Stock) in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Company to make such certificates or give such notice shall not affect the validity or the force or effect of the requirement for such adjustment. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall have no duty with respect to and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate. Any adjustment to be made pursuant to Sections 11 and 13 shall be effective as of the date of the event giving rise to such adjustment. Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets, Cash Flow or Earning Power. (a) In the event (a "Section 13 Event") that, following the Stock Acquisition Time, directly or indirectly, (x) the Company shall consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge with or into, any other Person (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof) and the Company shall not be the surviving or continuing corporation of such consolidation, combination or merger, (y) any Person (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which complies with Section 11(o) hereof) shall consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge with or into the Company and the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation of such consolidation, combination or merger and, in connection therewith, all or part of the Common Stock of the Company shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of the Company or any 22 other Person or cash or any other property or (z) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets, cash flow or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets, cash flow or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole and calculated on the basis of the Company's most recent regularly prepared financial statement) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), then, and in each such case (except as provided in Section 13(d) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of a Right (except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of call, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing the then current Purchase Price by 50% of the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock of such Principal Party on the date of con summation of such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer (provided that the Purchase Price and the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall, from and after such Section 13 Event, be subject to further adjustment in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the Common Stock of such Principal Party after the occurrence of such Section 13 Event); (ii) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Sec tion 13 Event; (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be possible, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and (v) the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall be of no effect following the first occurrence of any Section 13 Event. (b) "Principal Party" shall mean: (i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (x) or (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to such merger, if such Person survives such merger, or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and 23 (ii)in the case of any transaction described in clause (z) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets, cash flow or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions; provided, however, that in any such case, (1) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time and has not been continuously over the preceding twelve (12) month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; and (2) in case such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stocks of two or more of which are and have been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value. (c) The Company shall not consummate any Section 13 Event unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of its Common Stock which have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement containing the provisions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 13 and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any such Section 13 Event, the Principal Party will: (i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Expiration Date; (ii) take all such other action as may be necessary to enable the Principal Party to issue the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights, including, but not limited to, the registration or qualification of such securities under all requisite securities laws of jurisdictions of the various states and the listing of such securities on such exchanges and trading markets as may be necessary or appropriate; and (iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act. The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the event that a Section 13 Event shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, become exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a) hereof. 24 (d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will not, after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, engage in any Section 13 Event if at the time of or after such event there are any charter or by-law provisions or any rights, warrants or other instruments outstanding or any other action taken which would diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares. (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractions of Rights would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price of the Rights for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights (selected by the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors). If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Company, acting by resolution of its Board of Directors, shall be used. (b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock). Fractions of Preferred Stock in integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it, provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of fractional shares which are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Right Certificates are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of Preferred Stock. For 25 purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a share of Preferred Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Preferred Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise. (c) Following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of its Common Stock upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of its Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares of its Common Stock, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of its Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Stock of the Company shall be the closing price of one share of Common Stock of the Company (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise. (d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right except as permitted by this Section 14. Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, except the rights of action vested in the Rights Agent under this Agreement, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of Common Stock of the Company); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of Common Stock of the Company), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of any holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of Common Stock of the Company) may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to this Agreement. Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right by accepting such Right consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that: (a) prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the Rights shall be evidenced by the certificates for shares of Common Stock of the Company registered in the name of the holders of such shares (which certificates for shares of 26 Common Stock of the Company shall also constitute certificates for Rights) and each Right will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock of the Company; (b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; (c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and (d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, the Company must use its best efforts to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible. Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. No holder, as such, of any Right or Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right or Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 24), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof. Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent. (a) The Company agrees to advance the cost of postage on the Business Day immediately prior to any mailing date by wire transfer upon 3 days' advance notice by the Rights Agent providing instructions for such wire transfer, and to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and 27 other disbursements incurred in the administration, preparation, delivery, amendment and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, cost or expense, including, but not limited to, third party claims, joint or several, to which the Rights Agent may become subject, under any federal or state law or regulation, at common law, in equity or otherwise (a "loss"), insofar as such loss (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based on or is in connection with or is related to the Rights Agent's duties under this Agreement, except to the extent that such loss is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the negligence, intentional misconduct or gross negligence of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance, preparation, delivery, amendment and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination and the expiration of the Rights. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company promptly upon the request of the Rights Agent. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. Any liability of the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement will be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Rights Agent, unless, and except to the extent that the Rights Agent shall have been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable for gross negligence or intentional misconduct. (b) The Rights Agent shall be authorized and protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof. Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent. (a) Any Person into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, however, that such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. The purchase of all or substantially all of the Rights Agent's assets employed in the performance of transfer agent activities shall be deemed a merger or consolidation for purposes of this Section 19. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the 28 agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. (b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes only the duties and obligations expressly imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound: (a) The actions to be taken by the Rights Agent hereunder are deemed by the parties hereto to be ministerial only and not discretionary and the Company shall have sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to this Agreement and the rights of the holders of the Rights Certificates. The Rights Agent makes no warranties regarding the rendering of its services hereunder other than those expressly set forth herein and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by it (which may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion or advice. (b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, but not limited to, the identity of an Acquiring Person and the determination of the Current Market Price per share of Preferred Stock and Common Stock) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President (if any) or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate. 29 (c) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only. (d) The Rights Agent shall not be under any liability or responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be liable or responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be liable or responsible for any adjustment required under this Agreement or liable or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice of any such adjustment); nor shall it be liable or responsible for any determination by the Board of Directors of the Company of the Current Market Price of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock or other securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company or other securities will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. (e) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement. (f) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the Chairman of the Board, the President (if any), any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for the delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company given in accordance with Section 26 hereof may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken, suffered or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or suffered or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date the officer of the Company to whom such application is addressed actually receives such application unless such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the date specified in the application in 30 the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken, suffered or omitted. In the event of any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Rights Agent hereunder that the Rights Agent reasonably believes is ambiguous or uncertain, the Rights Agent, in its sole discretion, may refrain from taking any action required by such notice, instruction or other communication unless and until the Rights Agent receives written instructions from, or delivers a proposal to, the Company seeking clarification of such ambiguity or uncertainty and the Rights Agent shall not be liable for the failure to take any action during this period. (g) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, affiliate, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other Person. (h) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents or subcontractors, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or subcontractors or for any loss to the Company or to holders of the Rights resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof. (i) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured for it. (j) If, with respect to any Right Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the Certificate attached to the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company. (k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Rights Agent shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising directly or indirectly out of occurrences beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of their advisors, or of the State of New York or any of its advisors, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, widespread labor difficulties (such as strikes), fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, widespread mechanical or electrical breakdown, 31 widespread computer failure, widespread failure or unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire, facsimile, Internet, telex, or other transaction or communications system or power supply, a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks, or any interruption in the financial markets in the United States of America or elsewhere, or any change in law or regulation affecting the Rights Agent or the Company. Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock of the Company and Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock of the Company and Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York (or of any other state of the United States), in good standing, which is authorized to do business under such laws and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of its Common Stock and Preferred Stock, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be. Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by resolution of its Board of Directors, to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares of stock or other securities or property purchasable under the Right 32 Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of its Common Stock following the Distribution Date (other than upon exercise of a Right) and prior to the Expiration Date, the Company (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, notes or debentures issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, issue Right Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if and to the extent that the Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Right Certificate would be issued and (ii) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if and to the extent that appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof. Section 23. Redemption. (a) The Company may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, at its option, at any time prior to the earlier of (x) the Stock Acquisition Time or (y) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right (payable in cash, shares of Common Stock (based on the Current Market Price of the Common Stock at the time of redemption) or any other form of consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company), appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights (or at such time subsequent to such action as the Board of Directors may determine), and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. Within 10 days after the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock of the Company. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or Section 24 hereof and other than in connection with the repurchase of Common Stock of the Company prior to the Distribution Date. Section 24. Exchange. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become null and 33 void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than an Exempt Person), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding. (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange with prompt notice thereof to the Rights Agent; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Stock for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights. (c) In any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, the Company, at its option, may substitute shares of Preferred Stock (or any other series of preferred stock of the Company containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Preferred Stock) for some or all of the shares of Common Stock exchangeable for Rights, at the initial rate of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (or of such other series of preferred stock of the Company) for each share of Common Stock, as appropriately adjusted to reflect adjustments in the voting rights of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms thereof, so that the fraction of a share of Preferred Stock (or of such other series of preferred stock of the Company) delivered in lieu of each share of Common Stock shall have the same voting rights as one share of Common Stock. (d) In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any other series of preferred stock of the Company containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Preferred Stock) issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or such other series of preferred stock of the Company) for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. 34 (e) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Common Stock. For the purposes of this paragraph (e), the current market value of a whole share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24. Section 25. Notice of Certain Events. (a) In case the Company shall at any time after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Time propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock (other than a regular periodic dividend out of earnings or retained earnings of the Company), or (ii) to offer to the holders of Preferred Stock options, rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, or (iii) to effect any reclassification of the Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), or (iv) to effect any merger, consolidation or other combination into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of more than 50% of the assets, cash flow or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person, or (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right and the Rights Agent, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, merger, consolidation, combination, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least twenty days prior to the record date for determining holders of Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least twenty days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier. The failure to give notice required by this Section 25 or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the action taken by the Company or the vote upon any such action. (b) In case any of the events set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a) hereof shall occur, then, in any such case, (i) the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right and the Rights Agent, to the extent feasible and in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a) hereof, 35 and (ii) all references in Section 25(a) hereof to Preferred Stock shall be deemed thereafter to refer also to Common Stock or other securities issuable in respect of the Rights. Section 26. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until an other address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows: MetLife, Inc. One Madison Avenue New York, NY 10010-3690 Attention: The General Counsel and the Corporate Secretary Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows: ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. Overpeck Centre 85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660 Attention: Denise Melato Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate (or if prior to the Distribution Date to each holder of a certificate representing shares of Common Stock of the Company) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such Right holder (or if prior to the Distribution Date to such holder of Common Stock of the Company) at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company. Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. Prior to the Stock Acquisition Time and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 27, the Company may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement in any respect whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any extension of the period in which the Rights may be redeemed) without the approval of any holders of certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the Company or of any holders of Rights Certificates. From and after the Stock Acquisition Time and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 27, without the approval of any holders of certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the Company or of Right Certificates, the Company may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend this Agreement in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, (iii) to 36 shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder or (iv) to change or supplement or make any other provisions in any manner which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, which shall not adversely affect the interests of, or diminish substantially or eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights to, the holders of Right Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person); provided, however, that this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed or to modify the ability (or inability) of the Board of Directors of the Company to redeem the Rights, in either case at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of or the benefits to the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, and such supplement or amendment does not increase or otherwise change to its detriment the Rights Agent's duties, liabilities or obligations, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price or the Final Expiration Date. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock. Section 28. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder. Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc. (a) For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to such Board of Directors, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend this Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Company in good faith, (x) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Right Certificates and all other parties and (y) shall not subject the Board of Directors of the Company to any liability to the holders of the Rights and Right Certificates. 37 (b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in derogation of the obligation of the Board of Directors of the Company to exercise its fiduciary duty. Without limiting the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be entitled to reject any tender offer, or to take any other action (including, but not limited to, the commencement, prosecution, defense or settlement of any litigation and the submission of additional or alternative offers or other proposals) with respect to any tender offer that the Board of Directors believes is necessary or appropriate in the exercise of such fiduciary duty. Section 30. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, registered holders of the Common Stock of the Company) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, registered holders of the Common Stock of the Company). Section 31. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day following the date of such determination by the Board of Directors. Section 32. Governing Law. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State; provided, however, that all provisions regarding the rights, duties and obligations of the Rights Agent shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Section 33. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute a single instrument. 38 Section 34. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. 39 SIGNATURE IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written. METLIFE, INC. By /s/ Stewart G. Nagler --------------------------------- Name: Stewart G. Nagler Title: Vice Chairman of the Board CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C., as Rights Agent By /s/ Denise J. Melato --------------------------------- Name: Denise J. Melato Title: Vice President EXHIBIT A METLIFE, INC. Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock I, Gary A Beller, being the Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the "Corporation"), do hereby certify: FIRST: That, pursuant to authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the provisions of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors on March 28, 2000 duly adopted the following resolution: RESOLVED that a Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, be, and it hereby is, created by this Board of Directors, pursuant to authority expressly vested in it by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and that the designation, relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows: Section 1. Designation and Number of Shares. 10,000,000 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as the "Series A Preferred Stock"). Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock. Section 2. Dividends and Distributions. (A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, par value $0.01 of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") and of any other junior stock which may be outstanding, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, annual dividends payable in cash on the fifteenth day of December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $10.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. (B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $10.00 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Dividend Payment Date. (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares or Series A Preferred Stock from the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Dividend 2 Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall accumulate but shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof. Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights: (A) Subject to the provisions for adjustment as hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes (and each one one-hundredth of a share of Series a Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. (B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation. (C) Except as provided herein, in Section 10 or by applicable law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for authorizing or taking any corporate action. Section 4. Certain Restrictions. (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued 3 and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not: (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares or stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock, and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights, preferences and limitations of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes. (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner. Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever, shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in any other certificate of designation creating a series of preferred stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law. 4 Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (A) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received the higher of (i) $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of Common Stock; nor shall any distribution be made (B) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the provision in clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, or otherwise changed, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. Section 8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable. 5 Section 9. Rank. Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or a Certificate of Designation relating to a subsequent series of preferred stock of the Corporation, the Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation's preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, and senior to the Common Stock of this Corporation. Section 10. Amendment. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single series. Section 11. Fractional Shares. Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share (in one one-hundredths (1/100th) of a share and integral multiples thereof) which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock. 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation is executed on behalf of the Corporation by its Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel and attested by its Secretary this [__]th day of [_________], 2000. -------------------------------------- Name: Gary A. Beller Title: Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel ATTEST: - --------------------------- Name: Title: Secretary 7 EXHIBIT B [Form of Right Certificate] Certificate No. R- ______ Rights NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER APRIL 4, 2010 OR EARLIER IF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ORDERS THE REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OF THE RIGHTS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID. THE RIGHTS SHALL NOT BE EXERCISABLE, AND SHALL BE NULL AND VOID SO LONG AS HELD, BY A HOLDER IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE REQUISITE QUALIFICATION TO THE ISSUANCE TO SUCH HOLDER, OR THE EXERCISE BY SUCH HOLDER, OF THE RIGHTS IN SUCH JURISDICTION SHALL NOT HAVE BEEN OBTAINED OR BE OBTAINABLE. Right Certificate METLIFE, INC. This certifies that __________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement dated as of April 4, 2000, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., a New Jersey limited liability company (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on April 4, 2010, at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or its successors as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully paid nonassessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of the Company, at a purchase price of $70.00 per one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase and the Certificate contained therein duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price per one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of April 4, 2000, based on the shares of Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. From and after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event (as defined in the Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) a transferee of any such Acquiring Person (or of any Associate or Affiliate thereof) who becomes a transferee after such Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate thereof) becomes such or (iii) under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, a transferee of such Acquiring Person (or of any Associate or Affiliate thereof) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with such Acquiring Person becoming such, such Rights shall become null and void and no holder hereof shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event. The Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall not be exercisable, and shall be null and void so long as held, by a holder in any jurisdiction where the requisite qualification to the issuance to such holder, or the exercise by such holder, of the Rights in such jurisdiction shall not have been obtained or be obtainable. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or the number and kind of other securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events, including Section 11(a)(ii) Events and Section 13 Events (as defined in the Rights Agreement). This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates, which limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the office of the Rights Agent and are also available upon written request to the Rights Agent. This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised. 2 Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Right at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Stock Acquisition Time (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and (ii) the close of business on the Expiration Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement). Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the rights evidenced by this Right Certificate may be exchanged in whole or part for shares of Common Stock or fractional shares of Preferred Stock (or any other substantially similar series of preferred stock of the Company). No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement. Other than those provisions relating to the redemption price of the Rights and the Expiration Date, any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company in any respect whatsoever up until the Stock Acquisition Time and thereafter in certain respects which do not adversely affect the interests of holders of Right Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person or the Affiliates or Associates thereof). No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of shares of Preferred Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or with hold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement. This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent. 3 WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of __________, _____. ATTEST: METLIFE, INC. _________________________________ By_______________________________ Secretary Title: Countersigned: CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C., as Rights Agent By_______________________________ Authorized Signature [Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate] FORM OF ASSIGNMENT (To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.) FOR VALUE RECEIVED ____________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Please print name and address of transferee) this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within named Company, with full power of substitution. Dated:_____________, ____ __________________________ Signature Signatures Guaranteed: The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement); and (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. __________________________ Signature 2 NOTICE The signature to the foregoing Assignment must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE (To be executed if holder desires to exercise the Right Certificate.) To MetLife, Inc.: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______________ Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Rights (or such other securities of the Company or of any other Person which may be issuable upon the exercise of the Rights) and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of and delivered to: Please insert social security or other identifying number ________________________________________________________________________________ (Please print name and address) ________________________________________________________________________________ If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to: Please insert social security or other identifying number ________________________________________________________________________________ (Please print name and address) ________________________________________________________________________________ Dated:__________________, ____ [Form of Election to Purchase -- continued] ________________________________________ Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of this Right Certificate.) Signature Guaranteed: ________________________________________________________________________________ (To be completed if applicable) The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person of an Affiliate or Associate thereof. ________________________________________ Signature ________________________________________________________________________________ NOTICE In the event the certification set forth above in the Forms of Assignment and Election to Purchase is not completed, the Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and, in the case of an Assignment, will affix a legend to that effect on any Right Certificates issued in exchange for this Rights Certificate. 2 EXHIBIT C UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE. METLIFE, INC. SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK On September 28, 1999, the Board of Directors of MetLife, Inc. (the "Company") declared a dividend distribution of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"). The following is a summary of the terms of the Rights. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock") at a price of $70.00 per one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment (the "Purchase Price"). The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2000 (the Rights Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the "Rights Agreement") between the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"). Initially, the Rights will be attached to all Common Stock certificates representing shares then outstanding, and no separate certificates representing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the Common Stock and a "Distribution Date" will occur upon the earlier to occur of (i) ten days following the time (the "Stock Acquisition Time") of a public announcement or notice to the Company that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, other than as a result of an offer approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) ten business days (or, if determined by the Board of Directors, a specified or unspecified later date) following the commencement or announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer which, if successful, would cause the bidder to own 10% of more of the outstanding Common Stock. The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be transferred with and only with the Common Stock, (ii) new Common Stock certificates issued after April 4, 2000, upon transfer, new issuance or reissuance of the Common Stock, will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any of the Common Stock certificates outstanding will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate Right Certificates will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights. Except in connection with issuance of Common Stock pursuant to employee stock plans, options and certain convertible securities, and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, only shares of Common Stock issued prior to the Distribution Date will be issued with Rights. The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on April 4, 2010, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company as described below. In the event that, after the Stock Acquisition Time, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction (except certain transactions with a person who became an Acquiring Person as a result of a tender offer described in the next succeeding paragraph) or 50% or more of its assets, cash flow or earning power is sold, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction would have a market value (as defined in the Rights Agreement) of two times the Purchase Price of the Right. In the event that, after the Stock Acquisition Time, the Company were the surviving corporation of a merger and its Common Stock were changed or exchanged, proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of common stock of the Company having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In the event that a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right (other than the Acquiring Person) will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of Common Stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, a reduction in the Purchase Price, Preferred Stock, other equity securities of the Company, debt securities of the Company, other property or a combination thereof) having a market value (as defined in the Rights Agreement) of two times the Purchase Price of the Right. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the occurrence of any of the events set forth in this paragraph, all Rights that are, or (under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or an affiliate, associate or transferee thereof) will be null and void. A person will not be an Acquiring Person if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that such person or group became an Acquiring Person inadvertently and such person or group promptly divests itself of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such person or group is no longer an Acquiring Person. The Purchase Price payable, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to 2 time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for Preferred Stock or convertible securities at less than the current market price of Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends or dividends payable in Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above). The number of Rights and number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Right are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, combination or stock dividend on the Common Stock. With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock which may, upon the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts) and, in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise. At any time prior to the earlier of the Stock Acquisition Time and the Expiration Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement), the Board of Directors may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price"). Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $.01 Redemption Price. At any time after a person becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such Person of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights (other than Rights beneficially owned by such Person or an affiliate or an associate thereof which have become null and void), in whole or part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right (subject to adjustment). The Company, at its option, may substitute one-hundredth (subject to adjustment) of a share of Preferred Stock (or other series of substantially similar preferred stock of the Company) for each share of Common Stock to be exchanged. Each share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will have a minimum preferential dividend of $10 per year, but will be entitled to receive, in the aggregate, a dividend of 100 times the dividend declared on the shares of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a minimum liquidation payment of $100 per share, but will be entitled to receive an aggregate liquidation payment equal to 100 times the payment made per share of Common Stock. Each share of Preferred Stock will have one hundred votes, voting together with the shares of Common Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged, each share of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount and type of consideration received per share of Common Stock. The rights of the shares of Preferred 3 Stock as to dividends and liquidation, and in the event of mergers and consolidations, are protected by anti-dilution provisions. Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, other than rights resulting from such holder's ownership of shares of Common Stock, including, but not limited to, the right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not be taxable to stockholders or to the Company, stockholders may, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights become exercisable for Common Stock (or other consideration) of the Company or for common stock of the acquiring company as set forth above. Other than those provisions relating to the Redemption Price and expiration date of the Rights, any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors prior to the Stock Acquisition Time. After such time, the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board of Directors in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement defective or inconsistent provisions, to shorten or lengthen any time period under the Rights Agreement, to make changes which do not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (excluding the interests of any Acquiring Person) or to shorten or lengthen any time period under the Rights Agreement; provided, however, that no amendment to adjust the time period governing redemption shall be made at such time as the Rights are not redeemable. The term "Voting Stock" means (i) the shares of Common Stock of the Company and (ii) any other shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or entitled to vote together with the shares of Common Stock in respect of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, liquidation, dissolution or winding up. A copy of the Rights Agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a Form 8-A dated March 31, 2000. Copies of the Rights Agreement are available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference. 4
EX-10.10 8 y30660exv10w10.htm EX-10.10: SEPARATION AGREEMENT EX-10.10
 

Exhibit 10.10
SEPARATION AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND GENERAL RELEASE
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding which has been reached relative to the cessation of your (Leland C. Launer, Jr.) employment with MetLife Group, Inc. (“MetLife”). It is fully agreed and understood as follows:
     1. a. As a material inducement to MetLife to enter into this Agreement, you agree for yourself and your relatives, heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns that you hereby fully and forever release and discharge MetLife, its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, and agents and its past, present, and future directors, officers, and employees, agents, representatives, employee benefits plans or funds and the fiduciaries thereof, successors, and assigns (collectively, “the Company”) from any and all claims, charges, demands, actions, liability, damages, sums of money, back pay, attorneys’ fees, or rights of any and every kind or nature, accrued or unaccrued, which you ever had, now have or may have, whether known or unknown, against the Company arising out of any act, omission, transaction, or occurrence up to and including the date you execute this Agreement including, but not limited to, (i) any claim arising out of or related to your employment by the Company or the discontinuance thereof, (ii) any alleged violations of any federal, state, or local fair employment practice or benefits laws, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, or the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, or the New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act, or other employee relations statute, executive order, law, or ordinance, (iii) any alleged violations of any duty or other employment-related obligation or other obligations arising out of contract, tort, tortious course of conduct, libel or slander, defamation, public policy, law, or equity, (iv) any claim on your behalf in any action brought by any administrative agency or other party (including claims for damages, in whatever form, and for reinstatement), and (v) any expectation, anticipation, right, or claim to incentive compensation under any Company incentive compensation plan, including but not limited to the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan, the Performance Incentive Plan, and, except as otherwise specifically stated in this Agreement, the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, and the Long Term Performance Compensation Plan. You acknowledge that, prior to your execution of this Agreement, you have been fully informed that your employment is being discontinued and that any and all claims arising from this discontinuance are included in this release.
     b. This Agreement does not affect any rights that you may have arising out of events that occur after you have executed this Agreement or affect any vested benefits or rights under employee benefit plans under ERISA. Your rights regarding any awards under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan or the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan will be governed by the terms of any written award agreement into which you entered under the applicable plan. This Agreement does not affect your eligibility for indemnification under the provisions of the By-Laws of MetLife, Inc. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and MetLife, on the same basis as that indemnification is provided to other directors and officers. Further, to the extent that you accrued any liability based on your actions as a director or officer of the Company during your employment, such liability will be covered under any insurance that the Company may procure to cover its directors and officers, on the same basis as it covers current directors and officers.
     2. As a further material inducement to MetLife to enter into this Agreement, you agree to cooperate with an provide information to or at the request of the Company, its attorneys or representatives, upon reasonable notice, at reasonable times and in reasonable places, including but not limited to, being available for consultation, preparation for testimony or as a witness in connection with any investigation, administrative proceeding or litigation relating to any matter in which you were involved or of which you have knowledge as a result of or in connection with your employment at the Company. This undertaking is subject to the Company’s obligation to pay you the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in complying with your obligations under this Section.

 


 

     3. In consideration for the release set forth in Section 1.a. of this Agreement and the other promises and terms contained in this Agreement, MetLife agrees to:
a) pay you the sum of $900,000.00 less legally-required withholding as your payment under the Annual Variable Incentive Plan for 2006, to be paid on the later of the date on which such payments are made to active employees of the Company in 2007 and the next available payroll date following Effective Date of this Agreement.
b) pay you the sum of $2,100,000.00 less legally-required withholding on the next available payroll date following the later of February 28, 2007and the Effective Date of this Agreement.
c) provide you with outplacement services as described more fully in Exhibit A to this Agreement.
d) allow you to pay participant contributions at an active employee rate, rather than the full COBRA rate, for up to the first six (6) months of post-employment continued (COBRA) medical and/or dental benefits (if you are eligible to continue such benefits), as, to the extent provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the applicable Company benefit plans, including the provisions regarding amendment and termination of those plans.
e) confer on you the benefits of being “Bridge Eligible,” to the extent provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the applicable Company benefit plans, including the provisions regarding amendment and termination of those plans.
f) confer on you the benefits of being “Rule of 70 Eligible,” to the extent provided under, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the applicable Company benefit plans, including the provisions regarding amendment and termination of those plans.
     You acknowledge that the payments and services provided for above exceed any sums to which you would otherwise be entitled under any policy, plan, and/or procedure or any agreement with the Company, and that they represent full and complete consideration for the release you are giving the Company in this Agreement. If that release is upheld in an action by you seeking additional consideration for those claims, you will be in breach of this Agreement. Further, neither this Agreement nor the payment and benefits to be provided pursuant to this Section 3 in any way constitutes an admission on the part of the Company as to the violation of any law or any obligation to you.
     4. By executing this Agreement, you acknowledge that the Company shall have no obligation to rehire you at any time. You also acknowledge that that the Company has paid you all the salary and wages it owes you (including any incentive compensation), that you have been provided with any and all leaves of absences (including those under the Family and Medical Leave Act or other law) that you have requested or to which you were entitled, and that you have had the opportunity prior to signing this Agreement to raise to the Company any concerns or complaints about these or any other matters regarding your employment and have done so.
     5. You further agree, except for the provision of information to governmental agencies, that neither you nor your agents, attorneys, or representatives will publish, publicize, or reveal any Company information obtained by you, your agents, attorneys, or representatives that relates to: (i) your employment with the Company or the cessation of your employment with MetLife, (ii) any claims that were raised or could have been raised in any action as of the date you execute this Agreement, or (iii) the facts underlying any such claims. You further agree, except for the provision of information to governmental agencies, that neither you nor your agents, attorneys, or representatives will communicate in any way to any former, present, or future employees of the Company or to any person or corporation any information that relates to your employment with the Company or to any claims which could have been raised in any action in connection with the cessation of your employment with MetLife unless required by law to do so. Notwithstanding the other terms of this Section, you agree to cooperate with MetLife or its counsel to provide information and/or testimony in connection with any investigations or legal actions in which the Company is a party or has an interest. You represent and agree that you have delivered or will deliver to Howard Lorsch (or other person designated by MetLife to receive these items) all Company property, information, documents, and other materials (including but not limited to memoranda, correspondence, reports, records, transcripts, notes, records of conversations, keys, computer and other equipment, and

2


 

identification cards), in whatever form or medium (including papers, e-mail, disks, tapes, and any and all electronic storage), including all duplicates, copies, or versions, concerning or in any way related to the business affairs or operations of the Company, interaction by or among employees, customers, vendors, or other associates of the Company, or your job duties, responsibilities, assignments, or actions on behalf of or in furtherance of the interests of the Company, that are in your custody, possession, or control (“Company Material”). Company Material does not include documents you received from an authorized representative of the Company solely regarding your employment relationship with the Company (e.g., summary plan descriptions, performance evaluations, benefits statements), any policy or product purchased by you or on your behalf from the Company, or securities of the Company held by you, or other documents you are entitled by law to retain. You represent that you have conducted a diligent search for all Company Material prior to executing this Agreement. You represent that after delivering to Mr. Lorsch a copy of any Company Material stored electronically on any of your personal hard drives or other non-portable electronic storage devices that you destroyed such Company Material stored on such devices, and that you have not knowingly retained any Company Material in any form. You agree that if you discover or receive any Company Material you will return such Company Material to Mr. Lorsch (or other person designated by MetLife to receive these items, or if either person is no longer employed by the Company, to the MetLife Human Resources Services Center, 500 Schoolhouse Road, Johnstown, PA 15904) within 48 hours of such discovery.
     6. You resign as President of Institutional Business effective January 18, 2007. To the extent that you are a director, trustee, or officer of any Company entity, you hereby resign from such capacity effective immediately and agree to execute any additional, more specific resignation document the Company may request.
     7. This Agreement is confidential. Except for the provision of information to governmental agencies, you agree that you will not disclose its existence or contents to anyone other than your attorneys, financial advisors and spouse or domestic partner, and only after first informing them of the confidentiality of this Agreement and securing their agreement to be bound by the same restrictions against disclosure that apply to you. This Agreement may be used as evidence only in a proceeding in which you or the Company alleges a breach of this Agreement, and in other disputes only with respect to facts you or MetLife have acknowledged in this Agreement, and may not be used for any other purpose. Except for the provision of information to governmental agencies, you agree to give MetLife ten (10) days written notice in advance of disclosing this Agreement in the event you are subpoenaed or otherwise required by law to disclose the existence or contents of this Agreement by mailing to MetLife’s Law Department located at One MetLife Plaza, Long Island City, NY 11101 a copy of any such legal demand for such information (or, if you are required to disclose this Agreement in less than ten (10) days, by overnight delivery to be delivered to the same address in advance of disclosing this Agreement).
     8. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect. However, the illegality or unenforceability of such provision shall have no effect upon, and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement; provided, however, that upon any finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that the covenant and release provided in Section 1.a. above is illegal, void, or unenforceable, you agree to execute a release and/or waiver of the same scope as the release provided in Section 1.a. that is legal and enforceable within forty-five (45) days of MetLife offering you such a release and/or waiver, and that if you fail to do so that you will return promptly to MetLife the full amount paid to you by MetLife pursuant to this Agreement.
     9. If your employment is not discontinued by February 28, 2007, this Agreement will automatically be null and void. Your date of discontinuance will not be affected by your application for, receipt of, or appeal from any denial of disability benefits.
     10. You acknowledge that MetLife has advised you in writing that you have twenty one (21) days in which to review this Agreement and fully consider its terms prior to signing it and that you should consult with legal counsel prior to signing this Agreement. You may accept this Agreement by fully executing it and returning it to MetLife in accordance with the return instructions provided with this Agreement by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the twenty-first (21st) day after your receipt of it. After you have executed this Agreement, you will have seven (7) days to revoke this Agreement, which you may do by indicating your desire to do so in writing directed to MetLife in accordance with the return instructions provided with this Agreement which must be received by MetLife no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh

3


 

(7th) day following the date on which you executed this Agreement. This Agreement will become effective on the eighth (8th) day following your execution of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”), provided you have not revoked it. In the event that you do not accept this Agreement as set forth above, or in the event that you revoke this Agreement prior to its Effective Date, this Agreement, including but not limited to the obligation of MetLife to make any payment or provide any benefit pursuant to Section 3, shall automatically be null and void.
     11. You affirm that this Agreement has been executed voluntarily by you, and may not be changed except in a writing that specifically references this Agreement and that is signed by you and an officer of MetLife. With the exception of any Agreement to Protect Corporate Property that you may have executed, or written award agreement under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan or the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan into which you may have entered during your employment with the Company, which remain in full force and effect, this Agreement constitutes the full understanding between us, although in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and of the Summary Plan Description of the MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers, the terms of the Summary Plan Description shall govern. The definitions in that Summary Plan Description will be used for any capitalized terms used in this Agreement that is not defined in this Agreement. You affirm that no other promises or agreements of any kind have been made to you by any person or entity whatsoever to cause you to sign this Agreement, and that you fully understand the meaning and intent of this Agreement.
     12. Per Section 1(b) of the Employment Continuation Agreement dated September 19, 2003 between MetLife, Inc. and yourself (“Employment Continuation Agreement”), your Employment Continuation Agreement terminates on January 18, 2007, and is void and without effect after that date, and you are not and will not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits thereunder pursuant to its terms.
         
 
/s/ Leland C. Launer, Jr.   Feb. 16, 2007    
Signature   Date    
STATE OF                                         )
):
COUNTY OF                                      )
On this                      day of                                         , 2007, before me personally came Leland C. Launer, Jr., to me known and known to me to be the person described in and who executed this Separation Agreement, Waiver, and General Release, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.
         
     
Notary Public
Notary Public Commission Expiration Date:
   
     
         
MetLife Group, Inc.


   
By:   /s/ James N. Heston     
       
       
         
James N. Heston, Executive VP
  February 12, 2007    
 
Name & Title
 
 
Date
   

4

EX-10.27 9 y30660exv10w27.htm EX-10.27: FORM OF MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT EX-10.27
 

Exhibit 10.27
MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT
     MetLife, Inc. confirms that, on [grant date] (the “Grant Date”), it granted you, [name], [number] Performance Shares (your “Performance Shares”). Your Performance Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of this Management Performance Share Agreement (this “Agreement”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).
     1. Standard Performance Terms.
     (a) The terms of this Section 1 shall be referred to as the “Standard Performance Terms” and will apply to your Performance Shares except in so far as Sections 2 (Change of Status) or 3 (Change of Control) apply.
     (b) The Performance Period for your Performance Shares will begin on [date], [year] and end on the December 31 immediately preceding the third anniversary of the beginning of the Performance Period. After the conclusion of the Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing the number of Performance Shares payable in accordance with Section 1(c) (your “Final Performance Shares”), and your Final Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares.
     (c) The Committee will determine your Final Performance Shares by multiplying your Performance Shares by the “Performance Factor.” The Performance Factor means a percentage (from zero to 200%) which is the sum of two other percentages (each from zero to 100%), described in (1) and (2) below.
     (1) The first percentage will be based on the Company’s performance with respect to Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor’s Insurance Index, determined according to Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) “Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” for any period means net income, excluding: (1) after-tax net investment gains and losses, (2) after-tax adjustments related to net investment gains and losses, (3) after-tax discontinued operations other than discontinued real estate, and (4) preferred stock dividends, in each case determined according to generally accepted accounting principles, divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during such period determined on a diluted basis under generally accepted accounting principles; and (b) “Change in Annual Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share” means Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share in the final calendar year of the Performance Period divided by Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders Per Share in the calendar year immediately preceding the beginning of the Performance Period.
     (2) The second percentage will be based on the Company’s performance with respect to Proportionate Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor’s Insurance Index, determined according to Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) “Initial Closing Price” means the average Closing Price (and, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior to the first day of the Performance Period; (b) “Final Closing Price” means the average Closing Price (and, the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior

 


 

to and including the final day of the Performance Period; (c) “Total Shareholder Return” means the change (plus or minus) from the Initial Closing Price to the Final Closing Price, plus dividends (if any) actually paid on Shares (or, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous security) on a reinvested basis from the first day of the Performance Period to and including the last day of the Performance Period; and (d) “Proportionate Total Shareholder Return” means Total Shareholder Return divided by Initial Closing Price.
     (d) For these purposes, the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index means each company which is described by either of the following criteria:
     (1) the company is included in such index for the entirety of the Performance Period; or
     (2) the company is included in such index on the final day of the Performance Period, and at least fifty percent (50%) of the securities entitled to vote for the directors of that company were owned, directly or indirectly, immediately after and as the result of a merger, acquisition, or other similar corporate transaction, by a majority of the shareholders (determined immediately prior to such transaction) of a company that was either: (i) included in such index on the first day of the Performance Period, or (ii) described by this Section 1(d)(2).
     2. Change of Status. For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section 3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.
     (a) Long-Term Disability. In the event you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a plan or arrangement offered by the Company or an Affiliate for its Employees, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares. Once this provision applies, no other change of status described in this Section 2 (except the provision regarding termination for Cause) will affect your Performance Shares, even if you subsequently return to active service or your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates other than for Cause.
     (b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee).
     (c) Retirement. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) on after your early retirement date or normal retirement date (in each case determined under any ERISA qualified pension plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate) (“Retirement”), the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.
     (d) Bridge Eligibility. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) with bridge eligibility for retirement-related medical benefits (determined under an ERISA qualified benefit plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) (“Bridge Eligibility”), and your separation agreement (offered to you under the severance program offered by the Company or an Affiliate to its Employees) becomes final, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.

2


 

     (e) Termination for Cause. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates for Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately.
     (f) Other Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if no other provision in this Section 2 regarding change of status applies, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment, your termination without Retirement or Bridge Eligibility, or your termination by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, the value of your forfeited Performance Shares may, in the discretion of the Company or Affiliate, be considered in determining the terms of that offer.
     3. Change of Control.
     (a) Except as provided in Section 3(b), and unless otherwise prohibited under law or by applicable rules of a national security exchange, if a Change of Control occurs, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in the form of cash equal to the number of your Performance Shares multiplied by the Change of Control Price, and such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control.
     (b) The terms of Section 3(a) will not apply to your Performance Shares if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that you have been granted an Alternative Award for your Performance Shares pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Plan.
     4. Nontransferability of Awards. Except as provided in Section 5 or as otherwise permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Performance Shares, and all rights with respect to your Performance Shares are exercisable during your lifetime only by you.
     5. Beneficiary Designation. You may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) who may then exercise any right under this Agreement in the event of your death. Each beneficiary designation for such purpose will revoke all such prior designations. Beneficiary designations must be properly completed on a form prescribed by the Committee and must be filed with the Company during your lifetime. If you have not designated a beneficiary, your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised by your estate.
     6. Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold from payment made under this Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements relating to payment on account of your Performance Shares.
     7. Adjustments. The Committee may, in its discretion, make adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Performance Shares in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements, or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of your Performance Shares. The Committee’s determination in this regard will be conclusive.
     8. Timing of Payment. The Company will make payment to you as soon as reasonably practicable after such payment becomes payable under this Agreement, unless you have earlier

3


 

deferred such payment in accordance with arrangements offered to you for that purpose. If Shares are to be paid to you, you will receive evidence of ownership of those Shares.
     9. Closing Price. For purpose of this Agreement, “Closing Price” will mean the closing price of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Shares are quoted at the relevant time), or in the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such tape or other system on the applicable date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Share transactions were reported. Closing Price shall constitute “Fair Market Value” under the Plan for all purposes related to your Performance Shares.
     10. No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliates to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate.
     11. Governing Law; Choice of Forum. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York, to which jurisdiction the Company and you consent.
     12. Miscellaneous. For purposes of this Agreement, “Committee” includes any direct or indirect delegate of the Committee as defined in the Plan and the word “Section” refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan. Any determination or interpretation by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Performance Shares. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Shares that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable. If you are an Employee of an Affiliate, your Performance Shares are being provided to you by the Company on behalf of that Affiliate, and the value of your Performance Shares will be considered a compensation obligation of that Affiliate. Your Performance Shares are not Shares and do not give you the rights of a holder of Shares. You will not be credited with additional Performance Shares on account of any dividend paid on Shares. The issuance of Shares or payment of cash pursuant to your Performance Shares is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares will be issued or no cash will be paid if that issuance or payment would result in a violation of applicable law, including the federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.
     13. Amendments. The Committee has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment does not adversely affect any of your previously-granted Awards in any material way (without your written consent) and is otherwise consistent with the Plan. The Company will give

4


 

written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your beneficiary or estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.
     14. Agreement to Protect Corporate Property. The grant of your Performance Shares is subject to your execution of the Agreement to Protect Corporate Property provided to you with this Agreement (“Property Agreement”). If you do not return a signed copy of the Property Agreement, this Agreement and the Performance Shares granted to you will be void. The Company may in its sole discretion allow an extension of time for you to return your signed Property Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Agreement, and you have executed this Agreement.
         
METLIFE, INC.   EMPLOYEE
 
       
By:
  C. Robert Henrikson   [name]
 
       
 
  Name    
 
       
 
  Chairman of the Board,
President and CEO
   
 
       
 
  Title    
 
       
 
                                                                                                                             
 
  Signature   Signature
 
       
 
      Date:                                                            

5


 

Schedule A
to Management Performance Share Agreement
         
Table 1
Change in Annual Net        
Operating Income Available        
to Common Shareholders        
Company Performance        
(Percentile Relative to Other       First Percentage For
Companies in S&P Ins.       Purposes of Determining
Index)       Performance Factor*
0-24  
 
  0
25  
 
  25
26  
 
  26
27  
 
  27
28  
 
  28
29  
 
  29
30  
 
  30
31  
 
  31
32  
 
  32
33  
 
  33
34  
 
  34
35  
 
  35
36  
 
  36
37  
 
  37
38  
 
  38
39  
 
  39
40  
 
  40
41  
 
  41
42  
 
  42
43  
 
  43
44  
 
  44
45  
 
  45
46  
 
  46
47  
 
  47
48  
 
  48
49  
 
  49
50  
 
  50
51  
 
  52
52  
 
  54
53  
 
  56
54  
 
  58
55  
 
  60
56  
 
  62
57  
 
  64
58  
 
  66
59  
 
  68
60  
 
  70
61  
 
  72
62  
 
  74
63  
 
  76
64  
 
  78
65  
 
  80
66  
 
  82
67  
 
  84
68  
 
  86
69  
 
  88
70  
 
  90
71  
 
  92
72  
 
  94
73  
 
  96
74  
 
  98
75-99  
 
  100
         
Table 2
Proportionate Total        
Shareholder Return Company        
Performance (Percentile       Second Percentage For
Relative to Other Companies       Purposes of Determining
in S&P Ins. Index)       Performance Factor*
0-24  
 
  0
25  
 
  25
26  
 
  26
27  
 
  27
28  
 
  28
29  
 
  29
30  
 
  30
31  
 
  31
32  
 
  32
33  
 
  33
34  
 
  34
35  
 
  35
36  
 
  36
37  
 
  37
38  
 
  38
39  
 
  39
40  
 
  40
41  
 
  41
42  
 
  42
43  
 
  43
44  
 
  44
45  
 
  45
46  
 
  46
47  
 
  47
48  
 
  48
49  
 
  49
50  
 
  50
51  
 
  52
52  
 
  54
53  
 
  56
54  
 
  58
55  
 
  60
56  
 
  62
57  
 
  64
58  
 
  66
59  
 
  68
60  
 
  70
61  
 
  72
62  
 
  74
63  
 
  76
64  
 
  78
65  
 
  80
66  
 
  82
67  
 
  84
68  
 
  86
69  
 
  88
70  
 
  90
71  
 
  92
72  
 
  94
73  
 
  96
74  
 
  98
75-99  
 
  100
 
*   First percentage and second percentage are added together and the total is multiplied by the number of Performance Shares granted to determine the number of Final Performance Shares. See Section 1(c) of this Agreement.

 

EX-10.33 10 y30660exv10w33.htm EX-10.33: AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT EX-10.33
 

Exhibit 10.33
 
 
Published CUSIP Number: 59157FAC7
AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of August 15, 2006
among
METLIFE, INC.
AND
METLIFE FUNDING, INC.,

as Borrowers,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
L/C Issuer,
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent
CITIBANK, N.A.
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Co-Documentation Agents
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
and
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
as
Joint Lead Arrangers and Book Managers
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                         
Section                 Page  
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS             1  
  1.01    
Defined Terms
            1  
  1.02    
Other Interpretive Provisions
            18  
  1.03    
Accounting Terms
            19  
  1.04    
Rounding
            19  
  1.05    
References to Agreements and Laws
            19  
  1.06    
Times of Day
            19  
  1.07    
Letter of Credit Amounts
            19  
       
 
               
ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS             20  
  2.01    
Committed Loans
            20  
  2.02    
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans
            20  
  2.03    
Bid Loans
            21  
  2.04    
Letters of Credit
            24  
  2.05    
Prepayments
            32  
  2.06    
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
            33  
  2.07    
Repayment of Loans
            34  
  2.08    
Interest
            34  
  2.09    
Fees
            35  
  2.10    
Computation of Interest and Fees
            35  
  2.11    
Evidence of Debt
            36  
  2.12    
Payments Generally
            36  
  2.13    
Sharing of Payments
            38  
       
 
               
ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY             38  
  3.01    
Taxes
            38  
  3.02    
Illegality
            41  
  3.03    
Inability to Determine Rates
            41  
  3.04    
Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy
            42  
  3.05    
Compensation for Losses
            42  
  3.06    
Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation
            43  
  3.07    
Survival
            43  
       
 
               
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES             43  
  4.01    
Organization; Powers
            43  
  4.02    
Authorization; Enforceability
            43  
  4.03    
Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
            44  
  4.04    
Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change
            44  
  4.05    
Properties
            44  
  4.06    
Litigation and Environmental Matters
            44  
  4.07    
Compliance with Laws and Agreements
            45  
  4.08    
Investment and Holding Company Status
            45  
  4.09    
Taxes
            45  
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

i


 

                         
  4.10    
ERISA
            45  
  4.11    
Disclosure
            45  
  4.12    
Margin Stock
            45  
       
 
               
ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS             46  
  5.01    
Closing Date
            46  
  5.02    
Each Credit Event
            46  
  5.03    
Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement
            46  
       
 
               
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS             47  
  6.01    
Financial Statements and Other Information
            47  
  6.02    
Notices of Defaults
            49  
  6.03    
Existence; Conduct of Business
            49  
  6.04    
Payment of Obligations
            49  
  6.05    
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
            49  
  6.06    
Books and Records; Inspection Rights
            49  
  6.07    
Compliance with Laws
            49  
  6.08    
Use of Proceeds
            49  
  6.09    
Support Agreement
            50  
       
 
               
ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS             50  
  7.01    
Liens
            50  
  7.02    
Fundamental Changes.
            51  
  7.03    
Transactions with Affiliates
            52  
  7.04    
Adjusted Statutory Surplus
            52  
  7.05    
Consolidated Net Worth
            52  
       
 
               
ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT             52  
  8.01    
Events of Default
            52  
  8.02    
Remedies Upon Event of Default
            54  
  8.03    
Application of Funds
            55  
       
 
               
ARTICLE IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT             55  
  9.01    
Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent
            55  
  9.02    
Delegation of Duties
            56  
  9.03    
Liability of Administrative Agent
            56  
  9.04    
Reliance by Administrative Agent.
            56  
  9.05    
Notice of Default
            57  
  9.06    
Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent
            57  
  9.07    
Indemnification of Administrative Agent
            58  
  9.08    
Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity
            58  
  9.09    
Successor Administrative Agent
            59  
  9.10    
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
            59  
  9.11    
Other Agents; Joint Lead Arrangers and Book Managers
            60  
       
 
               
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS             60  
  10.01    
Amendments, Etc
            60  
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

ii


 

                         
  10.02    
Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
            61  
  10.03    
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
            63  
  10.04    
[Intentionally Omitted]
            63  
  10.05    
Costs, Expenses and Indemnification
            63  
  10.06    
Payments Set Aside
            64  
  10.07    
Successors and Assigns
            65  
  10.08    
Confidentiality
            68  
  10.09    
Set-off
            69  
  10.10    
Interest Rate Limitation
            69  
  10.11    
Counterparts
            70  
  10.12    
Integration
            70  
  10.13    
Survival of Representations and Warranties
            70  
  10.14    
Severability
            70  
  10.15    
Mitigation of Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
            71  
  10.16    
Governing Law
            71  
  10.17    
Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
            72  
  10.18    
USA PATRIOT Act Notice
            72  
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

iii


 

         
SCHEDULES
  2.01    
Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
  4.06    
Disclosed Matters
  10.02    
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
  10.07    
Processing and Recordation Fees
       
 
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Form of
       
 
  A    
Committed Loan Notice
  B-1    
Bid Request
  B-2    
Competitive Bid
  C    
Note
  D    
Assignment and Assumption
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

iv


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of August 15, 2006, among METLIFE, INC. (“MetLife”) and METLIFE FUNDING, INC. (“Funding”; together with MetLife, each a “Borrower” and collectively the “Borrowers”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.
     The Borrowers, the Company, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent, and the Administrative Agent have heretofore entered into that certain Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of April 23, 2004 (the “Original Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility and the L/C Issuer issues (and the Lenders purchase participations in) letters of credit from time to time.
     The Borrowers have requested that the Original Agreement be amended in certain respects and, in order to do so, that the Original Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety, and the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree that the Original Agreement is amended and restated and ratified and confirmed to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “Absolute Rate” means a fixed rate of interest expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one basis point.
     “Absolute Rate Loan” means a Bid Loan that bears interest at a rate determined with reference to an Absolute Rate.
     “Adjusted Statutory Surplus” means, at any time, the sum of (i) surplus (calculated in accordance with the Statutory Statements), plus (ii) asset valuation reserve (calculated in accordance with the Statutory Statements).
     “Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under each of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.
     “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

1


 

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that, for the purposes of Section 10.07, any special purpose funding vehicle that funds itself principally in the commercial paper market shall not constitute an Affiliate of any Lender. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
     “Agent-Related Persons” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
     “Aggregate Commitments” means, as of the date of any determination, the Commitments of all of the Lenders then in effect. On the date hereof the Aggregate Commitments shall equal $1,500,000,000.
     “Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement.
     “Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority” means the insurance department or similar insurance regulatory or administrative authority or agency of the jurisdiction in which the Company is domiciled.
     “Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the Facility Fee, the Eurodollar Rate Margin, the Letter of Credit Fee, the Base Rate Margin or the Utilization Fee (as applicable according to the context) expressed as a percentage per annum, determined by reference to the Debt Rating of the applicable Borrower as set forth below:
                         
Applicable Rate
                Eurodollar        
                Rate        
                Margin        
                and   Base    
Pricing   Debt Rating           Letter of   Rate   Utilization
Level   S&P/Moody’s   Facility Fee     Credit Fee   Margin   Fee
 
1   A+/A1 or better   0.080  
 
  0.170   0   0.050
2   A/A2   0.090  
 
  0.210   0   0.050
3   A-/A3   0.125  
 
  0.225   0   0.100
4   BBB+/Baa1   0.150  
 
  0.250   0   0.100
5   BBB/Baa2   0.200  
 
  0.425   0   0.125
    or worse  
 
               
     “Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating as determined by either S&P or Moody’s (collectively, the “Debt Ratings”) of the applicable Borrower’s non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt (or in the case of Funding, the non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt of the Company) provided that if a
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

2


 

Debt Rating is issued by each of the foregoing rating agencies, then the higher of such Debt Ratings shall apply (with the Debt Rating for Pricing Level 1 being the highest and the Debt Rating for Pricing Level 5 being the lowest), unless there is a split in Debt Ratings of more than one level, in which case the Pricing Level that is one level higher than the Pricing Level of the lower Debt Rating shall apply.
Notwithstanding the definition of “Applicable Rate” set forth above, the Facility Fee shall be based on the Debt Rating of the lowest rated of the Borrowers (or in the case of Funding, the Company) by S&P and Moody’s. On the date of this Agreement, the Applicable Rate for the Facility Fee shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 2. Each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a publicly announced change in the Debt Rating shall be effective, in the case of an upgrade, during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change and, in the case of a downgrade, during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.
     “Applicant” means with respect to a particular Letter of Credit, any Borrower or any other Subsidiary of MetLife (other than the Company) applying for such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.04.
     “Arrangers” mean Banc of America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and book managers.
     “Asset Securitization” means a public or private transfer of installment receivables, credit card receivables, lease receivables, mortgage loan receivables, policyholder loan receivables or any other type of secured or unsecured financial assets, which transfer is recorded as a sale according to GAAP as of the date of such transfer.
     “Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
     “Attorney Costs” means and includes all fees, expenses and disbursements of any one law firm or other external counsel and, without duplication, in the case of an Event of Default referred to in Section 8.01(h) or 8.01(i), the allocated cost of internal legal services and all expenses and disbursements of internal counsel.
     “Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
     “Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of MetLife and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of MetLife and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
     “Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

3


 

make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
     “Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
     “Bank of America Fee Letter” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Fee Letters.”
     “Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “Base Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.
     “Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
     “Bid Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Bid Loans of the same Type from each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more Bid Loans as part of such borrowing has been accepted under the auction bidding procedures described in Section 2.03.
     “Bid Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).
     “Bid Loan Lender” means, in respect of any Bid Loan, the Lender making such Bid Loan to the applicable Borrower.
     “Bid Request” means a written request for one or more Bid Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1.
     “Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing or a Bid Borrowing, as the context may require.
     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
     “Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(g).
     “Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

4


 

the date hereof), of shares representing more than 25% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of MetLife, or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of MetLife by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of MetLife nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated.
     “Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 5.01 of the Original Agreement were satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Original Agreement.
     “Co-Applicant” means a Borrower acting as an applicant for an Applicant with respect to a particular Letter of Credit.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01 and (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
     “Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
     “Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
     “Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
     “Company” means Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance corporation.
     “Company Letters of Credit” means the Letters of Credit issued or deemed issued under the Original Agreement for which the Company was the Applicant or Co-Applicant.
     “Competitive Bid” means a written offer by a Lender to make one or more Bid Loans, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2, duly completed and signed by a Lender.
     “Consolidated Net Worth” means the consolidated stockholders’ equity, determined in accordance with GAAP, of MetLife and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.
     “Consolidated Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

5


 

     “Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
     “Control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”
     “Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
     “Debt Rating” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Applicable Rate.”
     “Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservation, dissolution, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rehabilitation, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States, any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would, unless cured or waived, be an Event of Default.
     “Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans or participations in L/C Obligations required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
     “Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 4.06.
     “Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “Eligible Assignee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).
     “Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

6


 

     “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
     “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with MetLife, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived and other than an event which is based on a certain level of unfunded vested benefits, or the requirement to pay variable PBGC premiums, provided that the amount of unfunded vested benefits, when determined on a FAS87 basis, do not exceed $50,000,000); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by MetLife or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by MetLife or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by MetLife or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by MetLife or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from MetLife or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
     “Eurodollar Base Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”
     “Eurodollar Bid Margin” means the margin above or below the Eurodollar Base Rate to be added to or subtracted from the Eurodollar Base Rate, which margin shall be expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one basis point.
     “Eurodollar Margin Bid Loan” means a Bid Loan that bears interest at a rate based upon the Eurodollar Base Rate.
     “Eurodollar Rate” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

7


 

         
Eurodollar Rate     =
  Eurodollar Base Rate
 
1.00 — Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
   
Where,
     “Eurodollar Base Rate” means, for such Interest Period the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America (or in the case of a Bid Loan, the applicable Bid Loan Lender) and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s (or such Bid Loan Lender’s) London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
     “Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.
     “Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan or a Eurodollar Margin Bid Loan.
     “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
     “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) income, franchise or similar taxes, in each case, imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, or, in the case of a jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) that imposes taxes on the basis of management or control or other concept or principle of residence, the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such recipient is so resident, (b) Taxes imposed by reason of any present or former connection between such Person and the jurisdiction (or any political
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

8


 

subdivision thereof) imposing such Taxes, other than as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of any Loans hereunder or the performance of any action provided for hereunder, (c) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Borrower is located and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrowers under Section 10.15(b)), any withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from such Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e).
     “Existing Letters of Credit” means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.10 to the Original Agreement.
     “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.
     “Fee Letters” means (a) that certain letter agreement dated as of April 1, 2004, among the Borrowers, the Company, Bank of America, and Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Bank of America Fee Letter”) and (b) that certain letter agreement dated March 29, 2004, among the Borrowers, the Company, Wachovia Bank, N.A., and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
     “Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of MetLife.
     “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which any Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
     “FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
     “Funding” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
     “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court,
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

9


 

administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
     “Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
     “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
     “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
     “Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
     (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);
     (d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

10


 

     (e) all Surplus Relief Reinsurance ceded by such Person;
     (f) capital leases of which such Person is the lessee; and
     (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
     For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any capital lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.
     “Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
     “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
     “Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
     “Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
     “Interest Period” means (a) as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or (in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan) converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or Bid Request, as the case may be; and (b) as to each Absolute Rate Loan, a period of not less than 7 days and not more than 360 days as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Bid Request; provided that:
     (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
     “IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

11


 

     “ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
     “Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and a Borrower (and, if applicable, any Subsidiary as an Applicant) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
     “Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
     “L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.
     “L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.
     “L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
     “L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
     “L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letter of Credit, such amount shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.07. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
     “Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the L/C Issuer.
     “Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
     “Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued or deemed issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit (other than the Company Letters of Credit).
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

12


 

     “Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.
     “Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
     “Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(i).
     “Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $500,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
     “Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan, or a Bid Loan.
     “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, and the Fee Letters.
     “Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrowers.
     “Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.
     “Material Adverse Change” means any event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of MetLife and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder.
     “Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Contracts, of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $300,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency). For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries in respect of any Swap Contract at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that MetLife or such Material Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Contract were terminated at such time.
     “Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, (i) Funding, (ii) the Company and (iii) each Subsidiary of MetLife that as of such time meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” contained as of the date hereof in Regulation S-X of the SEC, but excluding any Subsidiary (an “Investment Subsidiary”) established in connection with the ownership and investment management of the general account assets of (a) the Company or (b) any other Material Subsidiary of MetLife that is an insurance company (each of the Company and such other insurance company being an “Insurance Subsidiary”); provided, however, that so long as the
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

13


 

consolidated assets of the Investment Subsidiaries of any Insurance Subsidiary exceed 25% of the consolidated assets of such Insurance Subsidiary, then each such Investment Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Material Subsidiary.
     “Maturity Date” means April 23, 2009.
     “MetLife” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
     “NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and any successor thereto.
     “Note” means a promissory note made by a Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
     “Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
     “Original Agreement” has the meaning specified in the second introductory paragraph hereof.
     “Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.
     “Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Bid Loans on any date, the aggregate principal amount thereof outstanding at the close of business on such date after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Bid Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations at the close of business on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including such changes resulting from any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.
     “Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

14


 

     “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “Permitted Encumbrances” means:
     (a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04;
     (b) bankers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04;
     (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
     (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (e) Liens on deposit accounts or securities accounts, including bankers’ Liens and rights of setoff arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (f) Liens arising out of deposits of cash or securities with reinsurance trusts, ceding companies or insurance regulators in the ordinary course of business; and
     (g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of any Borrower or the Company, as the case may be;
provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.
     “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which MetLife or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
     “Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

15


 

the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof. The initial Pro Rata Share of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
     “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c).
     “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
     “Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to a Bid Loan, a Bid Request and (c) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.
     “Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
     “Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     “SAP” means the accounting procedures and practices prescribed or permitted by the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority or the NAIC.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “Securities Transactions” means (a) securities lending arrangements, and (b) repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements with respect to securities and financial instruments.
     “Separate Accounts Assets” means, as at any date, the “Separate Accounts assets” of the Company, determined in accordance with SAP, reported as such in the Statutory Statements of the Company.
     “SPC” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

16


 

     “Statutory Statement” means a statement of the condition and affairs of the Company, prepared in accordance with SAP, and filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.
     “Structured Transaction Liens” means Liens granted by the Company to (A) a 99%-owned Subsidiary (the “Relevant Subsidiary”) in connection with a structured private investment transaction entered into in September 1999, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Structured Transaction”) where (i) in connection with such transaction, such Liens are assigned to a special purpose Subsidiary of the Company (the “SPV”) in which the Company is the holder of all outstanding obligations (other than ordinary course administrative expenses and common equity interests) and (ii) the assets covered by such Liens consist solely of the rights of the Company against the SPV; and (B) the SPV in connection with the Structured Transaction which are subordinated to, and exercisable only after, the Liens described in the preceding clause (A) and which cover only the assets covered by the Liens described in said clause (A).
     “Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of any Borrower.
     “Support Agreement” means the Support Agreement dated as of November 30, 1984 between the Company and Funding, as amended and restated effective as of that date on July 2, 1985.
     “Surplus Relief Reinsurance” means any transaction in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company cedes business under a reinsurance agreement that would be considered a “financing-type” reinsurance agreement as determined by the independent certified public accountants of the Company in accordance with principles published by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the Second Edition of the AICPA Audit Guide for Stock Life Insurance Companies (pp. 91-92), as the same may be revised from time to time.
     “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules,
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

17


 

or annexes, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
     “Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority including penalties, interest and additions to tax.
     “Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
     “Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers of this Agreement, the Borrowings when made, the issuance of Letters of Credit when issued and the use of proceeds thereof.
     “Type” means (a) with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and (b) with respect to a Bid Loan, its character as an Absolute Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Margin Bid Loan.
     “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
     “Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(c)(i).
     “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
     1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
     (b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
     (ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
     (iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
     (iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
     (c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

18


 

     (d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
     1.03 Accounting Terms. (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP or SAP, as the case may be, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements or Statutory Statements, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2003, as applicable, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
     (b) If at any time any change in GAAP or SAP would affect the computation of any requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrowers or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend such requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or SAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, as in effect prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or SAP.
     1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
     1.05 References to Agreements and Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
     1.06 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
     1.07 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof that occur without amendment as the result of the occurrence of a date, the passage of time or the occurrence or nonoccurrence of an event, as expressly set forth in such Letter of Credit or the Issuer Documents related thereto, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

19


 

ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     2.01 Committed Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Borrowers from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, any Borrower or all Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. The obligations of the Borrowers to repay Loans and L/C Obligations shall be several, not joint.
     2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.
     (a) Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans shall be made upon a Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans to Base Rate Committed Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Committed Loans. Each telephonic notice by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of a Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) which Borrower is borrowing the Committed Borrowing, (ii) whether a Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans, (iii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iv) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (v) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If a Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if a Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans. If a Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

20


 

Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
     (b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding Subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. As promptly as practicable, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the applicable Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the applicable Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by a Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings of such Borrower outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to such Borrower as provided above.
     (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
     (e) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans of the same Type, there shall not at any one time be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.
2.03 Bid Loans.
     (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees that any Borrower or all Borrowers may from time to time request the Lenders to submit offers to make loans (each such loan, a “Bid Loan”) to any Borrower or all Borrowers prior to the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Bid Borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments. There
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

21


 

shall not be more than ten different Interest Periods in effect with respect to Bid Loans at any time.
     (b) Requesting Competitive Bids. Any Borrower may request the submission of Competitive Bids by delivering a Bid Request to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (i) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, or (ii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans. Each Bid Request shall specify (i) which Borrower is delivering the Bid Request, (ii) the requested date of the Bid Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Bid Loans requested (which must be $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), (iv) the Type of Bid Loans requested, and (v) the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, and shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Borrower. No Bid Request shall contain a request for (i) more than one Type of Bid Loan or (ii) Bid Loans having more than three different Interest Periods. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees in its sole and absolute discretion, no Borrower may submit a Bid Request if any Borrower has submitted another Bid Request within the prior five Business Days.
     (c) Submitting Competitive Bids.
     (i) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each Bid Request received by it from any Borrower and the contents of such Bid Request.
     (ii) Each Lender may (but shall have no obligation to) submit a Competitive Bid containing an offer to make one or more Bid Loans in response to such Bid Request. Such Competitive Bid must be delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:30 a.m. (A) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, and (B) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans; provided, however, that any Competitive Bid submitted by Bank of America in its capacity as a Lender in response to any Bid Request must be submitted to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:15 a.m. on the date on which Competitive Bids are required to be delivered by the other Lenders in response to such Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (A) the proposed date of the Bid Borrowing; (B) the principal amount of each Bid Loan for which such Competitive Bid is being made, which principal amount (x) may be equal to, greater than or less than the Commitment of the bidding Lender, (y) must be $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (z) may not exceed the principal amount of Bid Loans for which Competitive Bids were requested; (C) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Absolute Rate Bid Loans, the Absolute Rate offered for each such Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (D) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans, the Eurodollar Bid Margin with respect to each such Eurodollar Margin Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; and (E) the identity of the bidding Lender.
     (iii) Any Competitive Bid shall be disregarded if it (A) is received after the applicable time specified in clause (ii) above, (B) is not substantially in the form of a Competitive Bid as specified herein, (C) contains qualifying, conditional or similar language, (D) proposes terms other than or in addition to those set forth in the applicable
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

22


 

Bid Request, or (E) is otherwise not responsive to such Bid Request. Any Lender may correct a Competitive Bid containing a manifest error by submitting a corrected Competitive Bid (identified as such) not later than the applicable time required for submission of Competitive Bids. Any such submission of a corrected Competitive Bid shall constitute a revocation of the Competitive Bid that contained the manifest error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, notify any Lender of any manifest error it detects in such Lender’s Competitive Bid.
     (iv) Subject only to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03 and 5.02 and clause (iii) above, each Competitive Bid shall be irrevocable.
     (d) Notice to Borrower of Competitive Bids. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, or (ii) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans, the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower of the identity of each Lender that has submitted a Competitive Bid that complies with Section 2.03(c) and of the terms of the offers contained in each such Competitive Bid.
     (e) Acceptance of Competitive Bids. Not later than 11:30 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, and (ii) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans, the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of its acceptance or rejection of the offers notified to it pursuant to Section 2.03(d). The applicable Borrower shall be under no obligation to accept any Competitive Bid and may choose to reject all Competitive Bids. In the case of acceptance, such notice shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Competitive Bids for each Interest Period that is accepted. The applicable Borrower may accept any Competitive Bid in whole or in part; provided that:
     (i) the aggregate principal amount of each Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Bid Request;
     (ii) the principal amount of each Bid Loan must be $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and
     (iii) the acceptance of offers may be made only on the basis of ascending Absolute Rates or Eurodollar Bid Margins within each Interest Period accepted, beginning with the shortest Interest Period accepted.
     (f) Procedure for Identical Bids. If two or more Lenders have submitted Competitive Bids at the same Absolute Rate or Eurodollar Bid Margin, as the case may be, for the same Interest Period, and the result of accepting all of such Competitive Bids in whole (together with any other Competitive Bids at lower Absolute Rates or Eurodollar Bid Margins, as the case may be, accepted for such Interest Period in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.03(e)(iii)) would be to cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Bid Borrowing to exceed the amount specified therefor in the related Bid Request, then, unless otherwise agreed by the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lenders, such Competitive Bids shall be accepted as nearly as possible in proportion to the amount offered by each such Lender
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

23


 

in respect of such Interest Period, with such accepted amounts being rounded to the nearest whole multiple of $1,000,000.
     (g) Notice to Lenders of Acceptance or Rejection of Bids. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender having submitted a Competitive Bid whether or not its offer has been accepted and, if its offer has been accepted, of the amount of the Bid Loan or Bid Loans to be made by it on the date of the applicable Bid Borrowing. Any Competitive Bid or portion thereof that is not accepted by the applicable Borrower by the applicable time specified in Section 2.03(e) shall be deemed rejected.
     (h) Notice of Eurodollar Base Rate. If any Bid Borrowing is to consist of Eurodollar Margin Bid Loans, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Eurodollar Base Rate for the relevant Interest Period, and promptly after making such determination, shall notify the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that will be participating in such Bid Borrowing of such Eurodollar Base Rate.
     (i) Funding of Bid Loans. Each Lender that has received notice pursuant to Section 2.03(g) that all or a portion of its Competitive Bid has been accepted by the applicable Borrower shall make the amount of its Bid Loan(s) available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 12:00 (noon) on the date of the requested Bid Borrowing. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
     (j) Notice of Range of Bids. After each Competitive Bid auction pursuant to this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender that submitted a Competitive Bid in such auction of the ranges of bids submitted (without the bidder’s name) and accepted for each Bid Loan and the aggregate amount of each Bid Borrowing.
     2.04 Letters of Credit.
     (a) The Letter of Credit Commitment.
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it in accordance with Subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by a Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

24


 

representation by such Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers’ ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrowers may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be governed by the terms and conditions hereof.
     (ii) The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:
        (A) subject to Section 2.04(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
        (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date;
     (iii) The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
        (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
        (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws;
        (C) after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, more than thirty Letters of Credit would be outstanding unless the Borrowers and the Required Lenders otherwise agree;
        (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars;
        (E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or
        (F) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.04(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

25


 

Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrowers or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.
     (iv) The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.
     (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of a Borrower, and, if a Subsidiary (which shall be a Subsidiary other than the Company) is an Applicant, such Subsidiary has delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Borrower and, if a Subsidiary is an Applicant, such Subsidiary. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least five Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion), as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) who is the Applicant, and if the Applicant is not a Borrower, which Borrower is the Co-Applicant; (B) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the amount thereof; (D) the expiry date thereof; (E) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (F) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (w) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (x) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (y) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (z) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the Applicant shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Applicant and, if applicable, the Co-Applicant and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

26


 

Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article V shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.
     (iii) If an Applicant so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Applicant (or, if applicable, the Co-Applicant) shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.04(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Loan Party that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. Within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, the Administrative Agent will deliver to each of the Lenders and the Borrowers a written report of Letters of Credit that have been issued, Letters of Credit that have been amended, Letters of Credit that have expired, Auto-Extension Letters of Credit that have been automatically extended, and drawings that have been made under Letters of Credit, in each case during such calendar month.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

27


 

     (c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
     (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and of the date (the “Honor Date”) on which the L/C Issuer anticipates that payment of such drawing will be made. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Honor Date, the applicable Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the applicable Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. Each deemed Committed Borrowing made pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed to be a reimbursement of the related drawing under a Letter of Credit.
     (ii) Each Lender (including the Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.04(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed Loan to the applicable Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.04.
     (iv) Until a Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

28


 

     (v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.04(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, any Borrower, any other Applicant or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than delivery by the applicable Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
     (vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) Repayment of Participations.
     (i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.04(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the applicable Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

29


 

     (e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that such Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
     (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, such Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     Each Borrower and any other Applicant shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto requested by such Borrower and such Applicant that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with such Borrower’s or such Applicant’s instructions or other irregularity, such Borrower or such Applicant will notify the L/C Issuer as promptly as practicable. No Letter of Credit will be amended without written approval of the applicable Borrower and the L/C Issuer. Such Borrower and such Applicant shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
     (f) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

30


 

applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. Each Borrower and any other Applicant hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude such Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.04(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the applicable Borrower and any other Applicant may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to such Borrower and such Applicant, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower or such Applicant which such Borrower or such Applicant proves were caused primarily by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
     (g) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the applicable Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be). Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.04, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing delivered by such Borrower as Cash Collateral. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in a blocked, non-interest bearing deposit account at Bank of America.
     (h) Applicability of ISP98. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

31


 

     (i) Letter of Credit Fees. Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower (whether as the Applicant or the Co-Applicant) equal to the Applicable Rate (converted to a daily rate) times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (ii) due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
     (j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. Each Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (converted to a daily rate) with respect to each Letter of Credit with respect to which it is the Applicant or the Co-Applicant in the amount specified in the Fee Letter, payable on the actual daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). Such fronting fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, each Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to each Letter of Credit for which such Borrower is the Applicant or Co-Applicant as from time to time in effect.
     (k) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
     (l) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower which is the Co-Applicant with respect to such Letter of Credit shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of its Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of such Borrower, and that such Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
     2.05 Prepayments.
     (a) Any Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

32


 

Committed Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by any Borrower, such Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
     (b) No Bid Loan may be prepaid without the prior consent of the applicable Bid Loan Lender.
     (c) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that no Borrower shall be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Committed Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.
     (d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each Borrower agrees that if requested by the Administrative Agent (acting at the request of the Required Lenders) such Borrower will promptly prepay its Loans, together with accrued interest and will promptly Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations; provided that no prepayment of any Bid Loan shall be made without the prior consent of the Lender thereof. Upon such prepayment, the Aggregate Commitments and the Commitment of each Lender shall automatically terminate.
     2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments and this Agreement, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Pro Rata Share. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

33


 

     2.07 Repayment of Loans.
     (a) Each Borrower shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of its Committed Loans outstanding on such date.
     (b) Each Borrower shall repay each of its Bid Loans on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.
     2.08 Interest.
     (a) Subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Committed Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Bid Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for the Interest Period therefor at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Interest Period plus (or minus) the Eurodollar Bid Margin, or at the Absolute Rate for such Interest Period, as the case may be.
     (b)   (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by any Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, each Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all its outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
     (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

34


 

     2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.04:
     (a) Facility Fee. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a facility fee equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Commitments have terminated, on the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans and L/C Obligations), regardless of usage. The facility fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period (and thereafter so long as any Committed Loans or L/C Obligations remain outstanding), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). The facility fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
     (b) Utilization Fee. Each Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a utilization fee equal to the Applicable Rate (converted to a daily rate) times the Total Outstandings with respect to Loans made to it and L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit for which it was the Applicant or Co-Applicant for each day that the Total Outstandings of all Loans and L/C Obligations exceed 50% of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect (or, if terminated, in effect immediately prior to such termination). The utilization fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and on the Maturity Date (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). The utilization fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate for each period during which such Applicable Rate was in effect. The utilization fee shall accrue at all times, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met.
     (c) Other Fees. (i) The Borrowers shall pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (ii) Upfront Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders the upfront fees set forth in the Fee Letters in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

35


 

made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day.
     2.11 Evidence of Debt.
     (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to each Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of any Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, each Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
     2.12 Payments Generally.
     (a) All payments to be made by any Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by any Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:30 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:30 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.
     (b) If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
     (c) Unless any Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, 12:30 p.m. on the date of such Borrowing), that
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

36


 

such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:
     (i) if such Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and
     (ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan or Bid Loan, as the case may be, included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon such Borrower, and such Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Borrower or Applicant may have against any other Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.
     A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or any Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
     (d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to any Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
     (e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan or purchase its participation.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

37


 

     (f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
     2.13 Sharing of Payments. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Committed Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Committed Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.
ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
     3.01 Taxes.
     (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of each Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

38


 

     (b) In addition, each Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes not paid pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(iii) to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (c) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest, additions to tax and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto; provided, that such Borrower shall not be obligated to make a payment pursuant to this Section 3.01 in respect of penalties, interest and additions to tax attributable to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, if (i) such penalties, interest and additions to tax are attributable to the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, to pay amounts paid to the Administrative Agent or such Lender by such Borrower (for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes) to the relevant Governmental Authority within thirty (30) days after receipt of such payment from such Borrower or (ii) such penalties, interest and additions to tax are attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. Within 90 days after the Administrative Agent or such Lender learns of the imposition of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, such Person shall give notice to the relevant Borrower of the payment by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, and of the assertion by any Governmental Authority that such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are due and payable, but the failure to give such notice shall not affect such Borrower’s obligations hereunder to reimburse the Administrative Agent and such Lender for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, except that such Borrower shall not be liable for penalties, interest and other liabilities accrued or incurred after such 90 day period until such time as it receives the notice contemplated above, after which time it shall be liable for penalties, interest and other liabilities accrued or incurred prior to or during such 90 day period and accrued or incurred after such receipt. Such Borrower shall not be liable for any penalties, interest and other liabilities with respect to such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes to the extent it has reimbursed the amount thereof to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the relevant Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) Within 30 days after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the relevant Borrower to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (e) Each Foreign Lender, before it signs and delivers this Agreement if listed on the signature pages hereof, and before it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Foreign Lender, shall provide such Borrower and the Administrative Agent either (i) two accurate, complete and signed originals of either (x) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form, or (y) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, or any successor form, in each case, indicating that such Lender is on the date of delivery thereof entitled to receive payments of interest hereunder free from, or subject to a
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

39


 

reduced rate of withholding of United States Federal income tax or (ii) in the case of such a Lender that is entitled to claim exemption from withholding of United States Federal income tax under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Lender is (A) not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) not a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (C) not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) two accurate, complete and signed copies of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-81MY, or any successor Form. To the extent permitted or required by applicable law, from time to time thereafter, at the request of any Borrower, each Foreign Lender shall deliver renewals or additional copies of such forms (or successor forms) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete. Upon the written request of a Borrower to the Administrative Agent and any Lender which is not a Foreign Lender, such Lender shall provide such Borrower and the Administrative Agent with two accurate, complete and signed originals of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9.
     (f) The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrowers are not required to pay additional amounts under this Section 3.01.
     (g) If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or properly completed, because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered its exemption from withholding ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax, withholding therefor, or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (g), together with all costs and expenses related thereto (including attorneys fees and time charges of attorneys for the Administrative Agent, which attorneys may be employees of the Administrative Agent). The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (g) shall survive the payment of the Loans and termination of this Agreement.
     (h) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its good faith judgment, that it has actually received or realized any refund of tax or any reduction of its tax liabilities or otherwise recovered any amount in connection with any deduction or withholding or payment of any additional amount by any Borrower pursuant to Section 3.04 or this Section 3.01, such Person shall reimburse such Borrower within 60 days in an amount equal to the net benefit, after tax, and net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Person in connection with such refund, reduction or recovery; provided, that nothing in this paragraph (h) shall require any Person to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems to be confidential). In the event that the reimbursement described in the preceding sentence is determined to have been paid to any Borrower in error, such Borrower shall return such amount to the applicable Person within 60 days of when such Person is required to repay such refund of tax or is not entitled to such reduction of, or credit against, its tax liabilities. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall become aware that it is entitled to receive a refund or direct credit in respect of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

40


 

by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts, it shall promptly notify such Borrower of the availability of such refund or direct credit and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a request for such by such Borrower (whether as a result of notification that it has made of such to such Borrower or otherwise), make a claim to such Governmental Authority for such refund or direct credit and contest such Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or liabilities if (i) such Borrower has agreed in writing to pay all of such Lender’s or Administrative Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to such claim or contest, (ii) such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines, in its good faith judgment, that it would not be materially disadvantaged or prejudiced as a result of such claim or contest (it being understood that the mere existence of fees, charges, costs or expenses that such Borrower has offered to and agreed to pay on behalf of such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to be materially disadvantageous to such person) and (iii) such Borrower furnishes, upon request of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, an opinion of tax counsel (such opinion and such counsel to be reasonably acceptable to such Lender or the Administrative Agent) to the effect that such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were wrongly or illegally imposed.
     3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the applicable Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Committed Loans to Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and such Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all its Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the applicable Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.
     3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan, or that the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, any Borrower may revoke any pending request by it for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

41


 

     3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy.
     (a) If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation by any Governmental Authority of any Law, or such Lender’s compliance with any request, guideline or directive of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Subsection (a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 3.01 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized, in which its principal office is located or has its Lending Office (or in the case of a jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) that imposes taxes on the basis of management or control or other concept or principal of residence, the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such Lender is so resident), and (iii) reserve requirements utilized, as to Eurodollar Rate Committed Loans, in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.
     (b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation by any Governmental Authority thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) with any request, guideline or directive of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date hereof, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.
     3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, each Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
     (a) except as a result of circumstances set forth in Section 3.02, any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan to it other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
     (b) any failure by such Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by such Borrower; or
     (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by such Borrower pursuant to Section 10.15;
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

42


 

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by any Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Committed Loan was in fact so funded.
     3.06 Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.
     (a) A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III and setting forth the basis for such claim and a calculation of the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
     (b) Upon any Lender’s making a claim for compensation under Section 3.01 or 3.04, the Borrowers may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.15.
     3.07 Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     On April 23, 2004 and on the date of each Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension made under the Original Agreement, each Borrower made the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Original Agreement. As provided in the last sentence of Section 5.02 of this Agreement, on the date of each Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension made under this Agreement, each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders, as to itself and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, that:
     4.01 Organization; Powers. MetLife and each of its Material Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
     4.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The Support Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and Funding, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

43


 

moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
     4.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by laws or other organizational documents of any Borrower or any order of any Governmental Authority, and (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Borrower.
     4.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.
     (a) MetLife has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its audited consolidated balance sheet and statements of earnings, equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, reported on by independent public accountants. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of MetLife and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as of the date thereof and for such fiscal year, in accordance with GAAP.
     (b) MetLife has heretofore furnished to each of the Lenders the annual Statutory Statement of the Company as at and for the year ended December 31, 2003, as filed with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority. Such Statutory Statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations of the Company, as of the date thereof and for such year, in accordance with SAP.
     (c) Since December 31, 2003, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of MetLife and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in the respective financial statements referred to in Sections 4.04(a) and 4.04(b).
     4.05 Properties.
     (a) MetLife and each of its Material Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for defects in title that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     (b) MetLife and each of its Material Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by MetLife and its Material Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters.
     (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against or affecting MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries (i) as to which there would reasonably be expected to be an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, would
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

44


 

reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
     (b) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, neither MetLife nor any of its Material Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
     4.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of MetLife and its Material Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Default has occurred and is continuing.
     4.08 Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither MetLife nor any of its Material Subsidiaries (other than Funding) is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and Funding is an “investment company” as defined in such Act that is exempt from all of the provisions of such Act. Neither MetLife nor any of its Material Subsidiaries is a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.
     4.09 Taxes. Each of MetLife and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which MetLife or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.10 ERISA. Each Plan and, to the knowledge of MetLife, each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law, and no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     4.11 Disclosure. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to projected financial information, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
     4.12 Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of Regulations U and X of
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

45


 

the FRB. Not more than 25% of the value (as determined by any reasonable method) of the assets of any of the Borrowers is represented by Margin Stock.
ARTICLE V.
CONDITIONS TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
     5.01 Closing Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit under the Original Agreement became effective on the date on which each of the conditions set forth in Section 5.01 of the Original Agreement were satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Original Agreement). The Administrative Agent notified the Borrowers and the Lenders of the Closing Date (which occurred on April 23, 2004), and such notice was conclusive and binding.
     5.02 Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing or of the L/C Issuer to make any L/C Credit Extension, in either case on or after the date of the effectiveness of this Agreement, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
     (a) The conditions set forth in Section 5.03 shall have been satisfied.
     (b) The representations and warranties of each of the Borrowers set forth in this Agreement (other than, after the Closing Date, in Section 4.04(c) and in Section 4.06(b)) shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension.
     (c) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     (d) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension, no default or event or condition which constitutes a default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become a default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Support Agreement.
     (e) The applicable Borrower is authorized to perform its obligations in respect of the proposed Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension.
Each Borrowing or L/C Credit Extension shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.
     5.03 Effectiveness of Amendment and Restatement. This amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement shall be effective when:
     (a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrowers, the Required Lenders, the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of each such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that each such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
     (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion or opinions, addressed to it and the Lenders and dated the date of the effectiveness of this Agreement, of counsel to the
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

46


 

Borrowers with respect to such matters as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request. The Borrowers request such counsel to deliver such opinion or opinions.
     (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent, its counsel or any Lender may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each of the Borrowers, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to each of the Borrowers, the Original Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it that (i) the Company Letters of Credit have expired or have been cancelled or terminated and are no longer outstanding, (ii) the Company has paid all amounts owing by it under the Original Agreement on or prior to the date of the effectiveness of this Agreement and (iii) the Company has ceased to be a party to the Original Agreement or any other Loan Document and has no further rights or obligations under the Original Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the effectiveness of this Agreement and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.
ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     Until the Commitments and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and each L/C Borrowing and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
     6.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. MetLife will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
     (a) (i) as soon as available, but not later than 75 days (or in the case of fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2006, 60 days or such other period as may be prescribed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder) after the end of each fiscal year of MetLife, copies of MetLife’s annual report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC for such fiscal year; and (ii) as soon as available, but not later than 40 days (or such other period as may be prescribed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of MetLife, copies of MetLife’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC for such fiscal quarter, in each case certified by an appropriate Financial Officer as being the complete and correct copies of the statements on such forms furnished by MetLife to the SEC, it being understood that, in each case, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on any certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, by the chief financial officer of MetLife that accompanies such annual and quarterly reports;
     (b) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above or (except as to clause (ii) of this paragraph (b)) clause (c) or (d) below, a certificate of a Financial Officer of MetLife (i) certifying as to whether a Default has
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

47


 

occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 7.04 and 7.05 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or SAP, as the case may be, or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the most recently delivered financial statements and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;
     (c) within five days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 60 days after the end of each year, the annual Statutory Statement of the Company for such year, certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company for such year in accordance with SAP;
     (d) within five days after filing with the Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each year, the quarterly Statutory Statement of the Company for such period, certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company for such period in accordance with SAP;
     (e) within five days after any change in a Debt Rating for a Borrower, notice of such change; and
     (f) within ten days after knowledge of the occurrence of any ERISA Event, a description of such ERISA Event; and
     (g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
     Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.04 or Section 6.01 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrowers post such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrowers’ website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrowers’ behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: the Borrowers shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrowers shall be required to provide paper copies of the certificate required by Section 6.01(b) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrowers with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

48


 

     6.02 Notices of Defaults. The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the occurrence of any Default. Each such notice shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of MetLife setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
     6.03 Existence; Conduct of Business. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, other than those whose loss, in each case, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or other transaction permitted under Section 7.02.
     6.04 Payment of Obligations. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, pay, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Change, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) MetLife or such Material Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     6.05 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies of similar size engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
     6.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, permit any representative designated by the Administrative Agent (and, if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any representatives reasonably designated by any Lender), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition (insofar as they relate to this Agreement) with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.
     6.07 Compliance with Laws. MetLife will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
     6.08 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for general corporate purposes (including the back-up of commercial paper) of MetLife and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of Regulations U and X of the FRB; provided further that no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, to acquire the capital stock or business of any other Person without the
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

49


 

consent of such Person; and provided further that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any such proceeds.
     6.09 Support Agreement. Funding will, and MetLife will cause the Company to, (a) maintain the Support Agreement in full force and effect, and comply with the provisions thereof, and (b) not modify, supplement or waive any of its provisions without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (with the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that any modification, supplement or waiver that reduces or impairs the support provided to Funding shall require the approval of all Lenders.
ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     Until the Commitments and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and each L/C Borrowing and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
     7.01 Liens. None of the Borrowers will, and MetLife will not permit the Company to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
     (a) Permitted Encumbrances;
     (b) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition;
     (c) Liens on assets acquired, constructed or improved by such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 360 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such assets, and (iii) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be;
     (d) Liens on any property or assets of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, and not created in contemplation of such event;
     (e) Liens on any real property securing Indebtedness in respect of which (i) the recourse of the holder of such Indebtedness (whether direct or indirect and whether contingent or otherwise) under the instrument creating the Lien or providing for the Indebtedness secured by the Lien is limited to such real property directly securing such Indebtedness and (ii) such holder may not under the instrument creating the Lien or providing for the Indebtedness secured by the Lien collect by levy of execution or otherwise against assets or property of such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be (other than such real property directly securing such Indebtedness) if such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, fails to pay such Indebtedness when due
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

50


 

and such holder obtains a judgment with respect thereto, except for recourse obligations that are customary in “non-recourse” real estate transactions;
     (f) Liens arising out of Securities Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms;
     (g) Structured Transaction Liens;
     (h) Liens arising out of Asset Securitizations;
     (i) Liens on Separate Accounts Assets;
     (j) Liens arising out of any real estate sale/leaseback transactions;
     (k) Liens arising in connection with Swap Contracts;
     (l) Liens on securities owned by such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, which are pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board (the “FHLBB”) to secure loans made by the FHLBB to such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms;
     (m) Liens on securities owned by, or obligations owed to, such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, that directly or indirectly secure funding agreements issued by MetLife or any Subsidiary of MetLife (each, a “MetLife Entity”), which funding agreements directly or indirectly secure, or provide for, the repayment of amounts that a MetLife Entity has received from the proceeds of securities issued by a special-purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of issuing such securities; provided that at the time of issuance such securities had a rating by a nationally recognized rating agency higher than that which unsecured long-term debt securities issued by the MetLife Entity that is the issuer of the applicable funding agreement would have had;
     (n) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.01 arising in the ordinary course of the business of such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, that do not secure any Indebtedness; provided that the obligations secured by such Liens shall not exceed $3,000,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
     (o) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.01; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed $4,000,000,000 at any one time outstanding; and
     (p) any extension, renewal or replacement of the foregoing; provided that the Liens permitted hereunder shall not be spread to cover any additional Indebtedness or assets (other than a substitution of like assets) unless such additional Indebtedness or assets would have been permitted in connection with the original creation, incurrence or assumption of such Lien.
     7.02 Fundamental Changes.
     (a) No Borrower will, and MetLife will not permit the Company to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

51


 

it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (excluding (i) assets sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business or (ii) between or among MetLife and its direct and indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries), or (in the case of MetLife) all or any substantial part of the stock of Funding or the Company (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve; provided, however, that all or a substantial part of the stock of Funding may be transferred so long as it remains directly or indirectly held by MetLife; and provided further, that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (A) any Subsidiary of a Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, may merge into such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, in a transaction in which such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation, (B) Funding may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to MetLife or the Company, including via liquidation, so long as MetLife or the Company expressly assumes the obligations of Funding hereunder and under any promissory notes issued hereunder, and (C) a Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, may merge or consolidate with any other Person if such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation.
     (b) MetLife will not, and will not permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than (i) businesses of the type conducted by MetLife or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto or (ii) businesses financial in nature.
     7.03 Transactions with Affiliates. MetLife will not, and will not permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions (other than service arrangements) with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to MetLife or such Material Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from unrelated third parties, and (b) transactions between or among MetLife and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.
     7.04 Adjusted Statutory Surplus. MetLife will not permit the Adjusted Statutory Surplus of the Company, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company, to be less than $7,750,000,000.
     7.05 Consolidated Net Worth. MetLife will not permit its Consolidated Net Worth, calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than $15,000,000,000.
ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     8.01 Events of Default. If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:
     (a) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan made to it when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise or shall fail to reimburse any drawing under any Letter of Credit as to which it was the Applicant or the Co-Applicant when and as due;
     (b) any Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan made to it or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

52


 

this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days;
     (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;
     (d) (i) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.06, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the relevant Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender); or (ii) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.03 or 6.09 or in Article VII;
     (e) any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the relevant Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);
     (f) MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall fail to make payments (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) on Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;
     (g) any event or condition occurs that results in Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to the scheduled maturity of such Material Indebtedness or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for MetLife or any or its Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
     (i) MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Laws now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

53


 

in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for MetLife or any or its Material Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
     (j) MetLife or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
     (k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $300,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) shall be rendered against MetLife, any Material Subsidiary of MetLife or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed; or
     (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of MetLife and its Material Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $200,000,000 in any year.
     8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, with notice to the Borrowers, take any or all of the following actions:
     (a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;
     (c) require that each Borrower Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
     (d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans to any Borrower and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to the Borrowers shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

54


 

     8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations of any Borrower shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
     First, to payment of that portion of such Borrower’s Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
     Second, to payment of that portion of such Borrower’s Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
     Third, to payment of that portion of such Borrower’s Obligations constituting accrued Letter of Credit Fees and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
     Fourth, to payment of that portion of such Borrower’s Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
     Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of such Borrower’s L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and
     Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to such Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
     9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent.
     (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

55


 

Participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
     (b) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
     9.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to the Lenders for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact selected by the Administrative Agent in good faith after due inquiry.
     9.03 Liability of Administrative Agent. No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or Participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.
9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent.
     (a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

56


 

statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.
     (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 5.03, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed date of the effectiveness of this Agreement specifying its objection thereto.
     9.05 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
     9.06 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent. Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

57


 

under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.
     9.07 Indemnification of Administrative Agent. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided, however, that (a) no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, provided, however, that no action taken in accordance with the express directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section, and (b) no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of an Indemnified Liability pursuant to this Section unless such Indemnified Liability was incurred by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such or by another Agent-Related Person acting for the Administrative Agent in such capacity. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
     9.08 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Bank of America in its individual capacity.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

58


 

     9.09 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers; provided that any such notice of resignation by Bank of America shall also constitute its notice of resignation as L/C Issuer. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor administrative agent for the Lenders, which successor administrative agent shall be consented to by the Borrowers at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of the Borrowers shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor administrative agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrowers, a successor administrative agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder and the receipt of any necessary approvals from the beneficiaries of any Letters of Credit and from insurance regulatory authorities, the Person acting as such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, the respective terms “Administrative Agent” and “L/C Issuer” shall mean such successor administrative agent and Letter of Credit issuer, the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated and the retiring L/C Issuer’s rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring L/C Issuer or any other Lender, other than the obligation of the successor L/C Issuer to issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above; provided, however, that the retiring Administrative Agent shall remain the L/C Issuer.
     9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.04(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.05) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

59


 

     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.05.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
     9.11 Other Agents; Joint Lead Arrangers and Book Managers. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” or “arranger,” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 5.01 without the written consent of each Lender;
     (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;
     (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
     (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

60


 

other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the applicable Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;
     (e) change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender; or
     (f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (iv) each Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
     10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.
     (a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed certified or registered mail, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to Subsection (b) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

61


 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such Subsection (b). Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent to such Lender and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.
     (b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or any Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     (c) The Platform. The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Agent-Related Person (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). The Borrowers also acknowledge and agree that unless conspicuously labeled “PUBLIC” by the Borrowers, all Borrower Materials to be posted on the Platform or otherwise provided to the Lenders shall be treated by the Administrative Agent as material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers, their
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

62


 

respective Affiliates or their securities and such Borrower Materials shall not be provided to any Lenders that do not wish to receive such material non-public information.
     (d) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.
     (e) Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) reasonably believed by them to be genuine and to have been given by or on behalf of the Borrowers even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice reasonably believed by them to be genuine and to have been given by or on behalf of the Borrowers. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
     10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
     10.04 [Intentionally Omitted].
     10.05 Costs, Expenses and Indemnification.
     (a) Each Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, including reasonable Attorney Costs, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

63


 

     (b) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender and the directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and Affiliates of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the use or proposed use of the proceeds of any Loan made to such Borrower or any Letter of Credit as to which such Borrower was the Applicant or the Co-Applicant, or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating thereto, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
     (c) To the extent that the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such.
     (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers shall not assert, and each Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan, any Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
     (e) No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement.
     (f) The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
     10.06 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, rehabilitator, conservator, custodian, liquidator, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

64


 

repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.
     10.07 Successors and Assigns.
     (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their respective rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (d) of this Section, (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Subsection (f) of this Section, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
     (b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (as defined in Subsection (g) of this Section) with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group (as defined in Schedule 10.07) and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met; (ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans, the risk participations in Letters of Credit or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to rights in respect of Bid Loans; (iii) any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); (iv) the assignment shall contain a representation by the Eligible Assignee to the effect that none of the consideration used to make the purchase of the Commitment and Loans under the applicable Assignment and Assumption constitutes “plan assets” as defined under ERISA and
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

65


 

that the rights and interests of the Eligible Assignee in and under the Loan Documents will not be “plan assets” under ERISA; and (v) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee as set forth on Schedule 10.07. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Subsection (c) of this Section from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, each Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Subsection (d) of this Section.
     (c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or other substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
     (d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or a Borrower or any of a Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

66


 

entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.
     (e) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrowers are notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 3.01 as though it were a Lender.
     (f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
     (g) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include any Borrower or any of the Borrowers’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
     “Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
     “Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Committed Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Committed Loan or any L/C Obligation, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Committed Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Committed Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.12(c)(ii). Each party hereto hereby agrees
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

67


 

that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.04), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Committed Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Committed Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Committed Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Committed Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
     (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrowers to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.04(c)). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and the receipt of any necessary approvals from any beneficiaries of any Letters of Credit and any insurance regulatory authorities, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
     10.08 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

68


 

extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of any Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than any Borrower. In the event that any Lender becomes legally compelled to disclose any confidential Information pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 10.08, such Lender shall, to the extent permitted by law, give prompt written notice of that fact to the Borrowers prior to the disclosure so that the Borrowers may seek an appropriate remedy to prevent or limit such disclosure and the Lenders shall cooperate reasonably (at the expense of the Borrowers) with the Borrowers in seeking such remedy. For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from any Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrowers, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non- public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.
     10.09 Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrowers to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
     10.10 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

69


 

exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the applicable Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
     10.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     10.12 Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
     10.13 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
     10.14 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.15 Mitigation of Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
     (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, then such Lender shall, upon the request of such
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

70


 

Borrower, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.04 or 3.01, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
     (b) Under any circumstances set forth herein providing that the Borrowers shall have the right to replace a Lender as a party to this Agreement, the Borrowers may, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to assign its Commitment (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrowers in such instance) pursuant to Section 10.07(b) to one or more other Lenders or Eligible Assignees procured by the Borrowers; provided, however, that if the Borrowers elect to exercise such right with respect to any Lender pursuant to Section 3.06(b), it shall be obligated to replace all Lenders that have made requests for compensation on a similar basis and in a similar amount pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04. Upon the making of any such assignment, the Borrowers shall (x) pay in full any amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.05 and (y) provide appropriate assurances and indemnities (which may include letters of credit) to the L/C Issuer as it may reasonably require with respect to any continuing obligation to fund participation interests in any L/C Obligations then outstanding.
10.16 Governing Law.
     (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE.
     (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. TO THE EXTENT LEGALLY PERMISSIBLE, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. TO THE EXTENT LEGALLY PERMISSIBLE, EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

71


 

     10.17 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
     10.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers and any other Applicants, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and any other Applicants and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrowers and any other Applicants in accordance with the Act.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK.
SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW.]
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

72


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
                 
    METLIFE, INC.    
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Williamson         
               
 
      Name:   Anthony J. Williamson 
 
         
 
    
 
      Title:   SVP & Treasurer     
 
         
 
    
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    METLIFE FUNDING, INC.    
 
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Williamson     
               
 
      Name:   Anthony J. Williamson 
 
         
 
    
 
      Title:   Chairman, President & CEO     
 
         
 
    
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, as
Administrative Agent and as L/C Issuer
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey M. Shaver     
             
 
      Name:   Jeffrey M. Shaver     
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
, as a Lender and as Syndication Agent
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Karen Hanke     
             
 
      Name:   Karen Hanke 
 
               
 
      Title:   Director 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Erin O’Rourke     
             
 
      Name:   Erin O’Rourke 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ David Dodd     
             
 
      Name:   David Dodd 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ James Neira     
             
 
      Name:   James Neira 
 
               
 
      Title:   Associate 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK
BRANCH
, as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Ruth Leung     
             
 
      Name:   Ruth Leung 
 
               
 
      Title:   Director 
 
               
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ John S. McGill         
             
 
      Name:   John S. McGill 
 
               
 
      Title:   Director 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Kenneth J. Johnson     
             
 
      Name:   Kenneth J. Johnson 
 
               
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President     
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Janine M. Shugan     
             
 
      Name:   Janine M. Shugan 
 
               
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    MELLON BANK, N.A., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.     
             
 
      Name:   Donald G. Cassidy, Jr. 
 
               
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Frank Stepan     
             
 
      Name:   Frank Stepan 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Richard L. Tavrow     
             
 
      Name:   Richard L. Tavrow 
 
               
 
      Title:   Director, Banking Products Services, US 
 
               
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Irja R. Otsa     
             
 
      Name:   Irja R. Otsa 
 
               
 
      Title:   Associate Director, Banking Products Services, US 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Neil R. Stein     
             
 
      Name:   Neil R. Stein 
 
               
 
      Title:   Director     
 
               
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Michael DeMarco     
             
 
      Name:   Michael DeMarco 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Laurent Vanderzyppe     
             
 
      Name:   Laurent Vanderzyppe 
 
               
 
      Title:   Managing Director 
 
               
 
 
  By:   /s/ Marguerite L. Lebon         
             
 
      Name:   Marguerite L. Lebon 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Alison A. McGuigan     
             
 
      Name:   Alison A. McGuigan     
 
               
 
      Title:   Associate Director     
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Kirk Seagers     
             
 
      Name:   Kirk Seagers     
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President     
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY
, as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Lise Anne Boutiette     
             
 
      Name:   Lise Anne Boutiette     
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as a
Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ John Konstantos     
             
 
      Name:   John Konstantos     
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President     
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

                 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND    
 
  By:   Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., as agent for
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 

as a lender
   
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Howes     
             
 
      Name:   David Howes     
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President     
 
               
Signature Page to MetLife
Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement

 

EX-10.35 11 y30660exv10w35.htm EX-10.35: FIRST AMENDMENT TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT EX-10.35
 

Exhibit 10.35
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment") is entered into as of August 15, 2006, among METLIFE, INC. and METLIFE FUNDING, INC. (collectively, the “Borrowers"), the LENDERS (hereinafter defined), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
R E C I T A L S
     A. The Borrowers entered into the Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of April 22, 2005 (the “Agreement”), with the Lenders (herein so called) party thereto, a Syndication Agent, certain Co-Documentation Agents, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (herein so called) for the Lenders, providing for revolving credit loans, competitive bid loans, and letters of credit in the aggregate principal amount of up to $1,500,000,000. Unless otherwise indicated herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement and all Section and Schedule references herein are to sections and schedules in the Agreement.
     B. The Borrowers have requested that the Agreement be amended in certain respects and the Lenders have agreed to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.
     In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein, the Borrowers, the Lenders, and the Administrative Agent agree and acknowledge as follows:
1. Amendments.
     (a) Section 6.01(a) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
     (a) (i) as soon as available, but not later than 75 days (or in the case of fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2006, 60 days or such other period as may be prescribed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder) after the end of each fiscal year of MetLife, copies of MetLife’s annual report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC for such fiscal year; and (ii) as soon as available, but not later than 40 days (or such other period as may be prescribed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of MetLife, copies of MetLife’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC for such fiscal quarter, in each case certified by an appropriate Financial Officer as being the complete and correct copies of the statements on such forms furnished by MetLife to the SEC, it being understood that, in each case, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on any certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, by the chief financial officer of MetLife that accompanies such annual and quarterly reports;
     (b) Sections 7.01(m), (n), and (o), respectively, are re-lettered to be Sections 7.01(n), (o), and (p), respectively, and a new Section 7.01(m), reading in its entirety as follows, is added to the Agreement:
     (m) Liens on securities owned by, or obligations owed to, such Borrower or the Company, as the case may be, that directly or indirectly secure funding agreements issued by MetLife or any Subsidiary of MetLife (each, a “MetLife Entity”), which
First Amendment

1


 

funding agreements directly or indirectly secure, or provide for, the repayment of amounts that a MetLife Entity has received from the proceeds of securities issued by a special-purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of issuing such securities; provided that at the time of issuance such securities had a rating by a nationally recognized rating agency higher than that which unsecured long-term debt securities issued by the MetLife Entity that is the issuer of the applicable funding agreement would have had;
     (c) Section 10.02(c) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:
The Borrowers also acknowledge and agree that unless conspicuously labeled “PUBLIC” by the Borrowers, all Borrower Materials to be posted on the Platform or otherwise provided to the Lenders shall be treated by the Administrative Agent as material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers, their respective Affiliates or their securities and such Borrower Materials shall not be provided to any Lenders that do not wish to receive such material non-public information.
     (d) Schedule 10.02 is amended to read in its entirety as in Amended Schedule 10.02 attached hereto.
     (e) Schedule 10.07 is amended to read in its entirety as in Amended Schedule 10.07 attached hereto.
2. Representations. As a material inducement to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver this Amendment, each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that (a) it has all requisite corporate authority and power to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Amendment, which execution, delivery, and performance have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no approvals from any Governmental Authority, and do not violate its certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, (b) upon execution and delivery by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, and the Required Lenders, this Amendment will constitute its legal and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with this Amendment’s terms, except as that enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or by bankruptcy or insolvency laws or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall not become effective unless and until the Administrative Agent receives counterparts of this Amendment executed by the Borrowers, the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent.
4. Expenses. The Borrowers shall pay all reasonable costs, fees, and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent incident to this Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent’s counsel in connection with the negotiation, preparation, delivery, and execution of this Amendment and any related documents.
5. Miscellaneous. Unless stated otherwise herein, (a) the singular number includes the plural and vice versa and words of any gender include each other gender, in each case, as appropriate, (b) headings and captions shall not be construed in interpreting provisions of this Amendment, (c) this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, (d) if any part of this Amendment is for any reason found to be unenforceable, all other portions of it shall nevertheless remain enforceable, (e) this Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatories had signed the same document, and all of those counterparts shall be construed together to constitute the same document, (f) this Amendment, the Agreement, as amended by this
First Amendment

2


 

Amendment, and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supercede any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, and (g) except as provided in this Amendment, the Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents are unchanged and are ratified and confirmed.
6. Parties. This Amendment binds and inures to the benefit of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, subject to Section 10.07.
     The parties hereto have executed this Amendment in multiple counterparts as of the date first above written.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK.
SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW.]
First Amendment

3


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    METLIFE, INC.    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Williamson     
             
 
      Name:   Anthony J. Williamson 
 
               
 
      Title:   SVP & Treasurer 
 
               
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    METLIFE FUNDING, INC.    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Anthony J. Williamson     
             
 
      Name:   Anthony J. Williamson 
 
               
 
      Title:   Chairman, President & CEO 
 
               
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey M. Shaver     
             
 
      Name:   Jeffrey M. Shaver 
 
               
 
      Title:   Vice President 
 
               
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Karen Hanke     
             
 
      Name:   Karen Hanke     
 
      Title:   Director     
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    CITICORP USA, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ David A. Dodge     
             
 
      Name:   David Dodge 
 
      Title:   Managing Director     
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Erin O’Rourke     
             
 
      Name:   Erin O’Rourke 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Ruth Leung     
             
 
      Name:   Ruth Leung 
 
      Title:   Director    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ John S. McGill     
             
 
      Name:   John S. McGill 
 
      Title:   Director    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Janine M. Shugan     
             
 
      Name:   Janine M. Shugan 
 
      Title:   Authorized Signatory    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Frank Stepan     
             
 
      Name:   Frank Stepan 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Richard L. Tavrow     
             
 
      Name:   Richard L. Tavrow     
 
      Title:   Director, Banking Products Services, US    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Irja R. Otsa    
             
 
      Name:   Irja R. Otsa
 
      Title:   Associate Director, Banking Products Services, US    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Alison A. McGuigan    
             
 
      Name:   Alison A. McGuigan
 
      Title:   Associate Director    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    CREDIT SUISSE, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ David Dodd     
         
   
 
      Name:   David Dodd 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ James Neira      
             
 
      Name:   James Neira    
 
      Title:   Associate    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND    
 
  By:   Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., as agent for
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

as a lender.
   
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Howes     
             
 
      Name:   David Howes 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Neil R. Stein     
             
 
      Name:   Neil R. Stein 
 
      Title:   Director    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Michael DeMarco     
             
 
      Name:   Michael DeMarco 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Laurent Vanderzyppe     
             
 
      Name:   Laurent Vanderzyppe     
 
      Title:   Managing Director
 
         
 
   
 
 
  By:   /s/ Marguerite L. Lebon         
             
 
      Name:   Marguerite L. Lebon
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT
CORPORATION, as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Walton         
             
 
      Name:   Mark Walton 
 
      Title:   Assistant Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    MELLON BANK, N.A., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Donald G. Cassidy, Jr.     
             
 
      Name:   Donald G. Cassidy, Jr. 
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Sebastian Rocco     
             
 
      Name:   Sebastian Rocco 
 
      Title:   Managing Director    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Charlie Kornberger     
             
 
      Name:   Charlie Kornberger 
 
      Title:   Managing Director    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Chris McKean     
             
 
      Name:   Chris McKean 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    PNC BANK, N.A., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Paul Devine     
             
 
      Name:   Paul Devine 
 
      Title:   Vice President & Credit Manager    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
as a Lender
   
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Lise Anne Boutiette         
             
 
      Name:   Lise Anne Boutiette 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Robert Gallagher     
             
 
      Name:   Robert Gallagher 
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 


 

Signature Page to that certain First Amendment to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of August 15, 2006, among MetLife, Inc., MetLife Funding, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
                 
    SOCIETE GENERALE, as a Lender    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ William Aishton     
             
 
      Name:   William Aishton 
 
      Title:   Vice President    
 
         
 
   
Signature Page to First Amendment
to Five-Year Credit Agreement

 

EX-10.42 12 y30660exv10w42.htm EX-10.42: RESOLUTIONS EX-10.42
 

Exhibit 10.42
     
MetLife, Inc.    
     
Board of Directors    
December 12, 2006
ON MOTION, it was RESOLVED:
(1)   That the measures to be used to determine performance results for establishing the maximum amount to be available for payment of awards under the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”) for 2007 are approved substantially in form described in the memorandum attached as Appendix A to these resolutions;
 
(2)   That the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) shall be eligible for an AVIP award for 2007 equal to one percent (1%) of the Company’s net income excluding: (1) after-tax net investment gains and losses, (2) after-tax adjustments related to net investment gains and losses, (3) after-tax discontinued operations other than discontinued real estate, and (4) preferred stock dividends, determined according to generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders”), subject to the maximum award limit under AVIP; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) shall retain the ability, in its discretion, to reduce the amount of the award payable (including reducing the amount payable to zero) based on such factors or considerations that the Committee shall deem appropriate, including but not limited to the amounts that would have been payable to the CEO, respectively, under the methodology applicable to other employees under AVIP; and;
 
(3)   That each of the Company’s Officers subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, other than the CEO (“Section 16 Officers”), shall be eligible for an AVIP award for 2007 equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) of Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders, subject to the maximum award limit under AVIP; provided, however, that the Committee shall retain the ability, in its discretion, to reduce the amount of the award payable (including reducing the amount payable to zero) based on such factors or considerations that the Committee shall deem appropriate, including but not limited to the amounts that would have been payable to each of the Section 16 Officers under the methodology applicable to other employees under AVIP;
 
(4)   That if the Company’s Net Operating Income Available to Common Shareholders is zero, neither the CEO nor any of the Section 16 Officers shall be eligible for any AVIP award for 2007; and
 
(5)   That the Officers of the Company be and hereby are authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company, to (a) take or cause to be taken any and all such

 


 

    further actions and to prepare, execute and deliver or cause to be prepared, executed and delivered, and where necessary or appropriate, file or cause to be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities, all such other instruments and documents, including but not limited to all certificates, contracts, bonds, agreements, documents, instruments, receipts or other papers, (b) incur and pay or cause to be paid all fees and expenses and (c) engage such persons, in each case as such Officer shall in that Officer’s judgment determine to be necessary or appropriate to carry out fully the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions and each of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

EX-10.48 13 y30660exv10w48.htm EX-10.48: AMENDMENT NO. THREE TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN EX-10.48
 

Exhibit 10.48
Amendment Number Three to
The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers
(as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003) (the “Plan”)
     The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below, to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A:
     1. Section 6 is amended and restated to read as follows:
  6.   Investment Tracking Funds. The methods of Investment Tracking described in or determined under this Section 6 shall be available for Deferral Elections and Reallocation Elections. To the extent the methods of Investment Tracking are changed, or otherwise as the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion, the Plan Administrator may require the Participant to make an appropriate change in the Participant’s Investment Tracking or may unilaterally impose a method of Investment Tracking.
  6.1.   MetLife Deferred Shares Fund. Value tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund shall be accounted in number of tracking shares equal to the number of shares of MetLife Stock deferred and adjusted to simulate the effect of each and any of the following on the Stock Compensation had it been paid in MetLife Stock: (a) dividend; (b) stock dividend; (c) stock split; (d) MetLife, Inc. recapitalization (including, but not limited, to the payment of an extraordinary dividend), (e) merger, consolidation, combination, or spin-off affecting MetLife, Inc. capitalization; (f) distribution of MetLife, Inc. assets to holders of MetLife Stock (other than ordinary cash dividends); (g) exchange of shares, or (h) other similar corporate change. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, only the value of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Compensation Account may be tracked in the MetLife Deferred Shares Fund.
 
  6.2.   Other Investment Tracking Funds. Except as provided in Section 6.1, and to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the Plan Administrator shall determine in its discretion any method(s) of Investment Tracking that will be available from time to time.
     2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.

 


 

     3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
 
/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain  
 
 
 
Date:  2-26-07  
 
 
 
Witness: /s/ Joo Young Kang  
 
 

2

EX-10.51 14 y30660exv10w51.htm EX-10.51: AMENDMENT NO. ONE TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN EX-10.51
 

Exhibit 10.51
Amendment Number One to
The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors
(as amended and restated as of December, 2003) (the “Plan”)
     The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below, to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A:
     1. The third paragraph of the section entitled “Investment Tracking Funds” is amended and restated to read as follows:
The Plan Administrator may eliminate or replace any investment tracking fund or index at any time. When the Plan Administrator has determined to make a change, you will be informed and you will be given an opportunity to change your investment tracking selections to the extent they are affected by the change. Changes to investment tracking fund or index may be made without amending the Plan document, but will be reflected in any amended and restated Plan document.
Any changes to investment tracking funds or indices will be made only to the extent consistent with legal requirements to maintain the deferred status of compensation credited under the Plan, including the grandfathered status of such deferrals precluding the applicability of United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A
     2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.
     3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
 
/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain  
 
 
 
Date:  2-26-07  
 
 
 
Witness: /s/ Joo Young Kang  
 
 

EX-10.53 15 y30660exv10w53.htm EX-10.53: AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN EX-10.53
 

Exhibit 10.53
Amendment Number One to
The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan
(as amended and restated as of December, 2006) (the “Plan”)
     The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below:
     1. The second paragraph of the section entitled “Investment Tracking for Your Deferred Cash Accounts” is amended and restated to read as follows:
The Plan Administrator may eliminate or replace any investment tracking fund or index at any time. When the Plan Administrator has determined to make a change, you will be informed and you will be given an opportunity to change your investment tracking selections to the extent they are affected by the change. Changes to investment tracking fund or index may be made without amending the Plan document, but will be reflected in the next amended and restated Plan document.
     2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.
     3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
 
/s/ Andrew J. Bernstein for Margery Brittain  
 
 
 
Date:  2-26-07  
 
 
 
Witness: /s/ Joo Young Kang  
 
 

EX-10.57 16 y30660exv10w57.htm EX-10.57: AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN EX-10.57
 

Exhibit 10.57
METLIFE AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“Company”) hereby amends and restates the Part I of the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (“Plan”) effective January 1,2007.
Part I
     Part I of this Plan document contains the provisions of the Plan that govern 409A Benefits as defined in Article 4.1(a) of Part I. All references to “409A” or “Section 409A” in this Plan are references to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations there under.
Article 1. Purpose of Plan.
The purpose of the Plan is to provide to certain participants employed by the Company, other employers (each an “Employer”) participating under the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees (“Retirement Plan”) and his/her beneficiaries, the excess amount that would have been payable under the Retirement Plan in the absence of the limitations under (i) section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) (“Internal Revenue Code”), (ii) section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan and (iii) section 1.415-2(d)(2) of the Income tax Regulations, that excludes compensation deferred under the Company’s or an Employer’s deferred compensation arrangements.
Except for terms defined in this Plan, all capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the same definition and meaning assigned to those terms under the Retirement Plan.
Article 2. Participation
A Participant in the Plan is any Employee that is eligible under Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 below:
2.1. An Employer or Company Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:
(a)   whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (or such lesser limit as in effect under the Retirement Plan), or,
(b)   whose Retirement Plan benefits are reduced because of the application of section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, including Treasury Regulation 1.415-2.
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A.

1


 

2.2. PRA/PLS Benefit. “PRA/PLS Benefit” means a benefit that is either a Personal Retirement Account benefit or a Performance Pension Account benefit under the Retirement Plan. Likewise, any benefit referred to as a “non PRA/PLS Benefit” or “not a PRA/PLS Benefit” refers to benefits under the Retirement Plan that are not PRA/PLS Benefits.
An Employer or Company Employee with a benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit participating in the Retirement Plan who:
(a)   is in a compensation grade of 36 or higher (or an equivalent compensation grade), or,
 
(b)   is a member of the Chairman’s Council for 3 consecutive years, or,
 
(c)   is listed in Appendix A, or,
 
(d)   has been inducted into the Sales Representative Hall of Fame and has attained the age of 65
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as stated in all Articles.
If an Employee is an eligible Participant in the Plan under Section 2.1 of this Article, and on or after January 1, 1995, he/she qualifies as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, then the portion of his/her benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit that has accrued to that Employee shall be determined and payable as if the Employee was always eligible under Section 2.2 of this Article. If, after qualifying as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article, an individual’s compensation grade drops below level 36 (or its equivalent), or the individual ceases to qualify for the Chairman’s Council, then that individual shall continue to be treated as if he or she meets the requirements of Section 2.2 of this Article.
2.3. An Employer or Company Employee participating in the Retirement Plan:
(a)   (i)      who participated and accrued benefits in either of the following plans.:
    The New England Life Insurance Company Select Employee’s Supplemental Retirement Plan, or
 
    New England Life Insurance Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, and,
  (ii)   who, on December 31, 2000, was actively employed by New England Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,
shall be eligible, on January 1, 2001, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Article 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the New England plans named above) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as stated in

2


 

Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2000.
(b)   (i) who participated and accrued benefits in the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan, (only insofar as it relates to benefits on compensation that exceeded the limits imposed by or upon the GenAmerica Corporation Performance Pension Plan and Trust.) and,
  (ii)   who, on December 31, 2002, was actively employed by General American Life Insurance Company, the Company or an Employer,
shall be eligible, on January 1, 2003, to participate in this Plan, except Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A. These individuals shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit as defined in Section 4.2 (and including amounts previously accrued under the Augmented Benefit Plan) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan. These individuals shall be eligible to participate in Section 4.2 of Article 4 and Article 4A of this Plan if they qualify as a Participant under Section 2.2 of this Article after December 31, 2002.
Article 3. Vesting
Participants will vest in their accrued benefit, described in Article 4.2, under this Plan in accordance with the vesting schedule under the Retirement Plan.
All benefits accrued by Participants under this Plan, prior to a Change of Control as defined in Article 8, shall vest if the Participant satisfies the vesting schedule that existed under the Retirement Plan immediately prior to the Change of Control.
Article 4. Payment of Benefits
4.1. Definitions.
(a)   409A Benefits. “409A Benefits” For individuals who are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006, “409A Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s vested benefit that accrues after December 31, 2004. For all other Participants in the Plan “409A Benefits” means his/her entire accrued benefit payable under this Plan.
(b)   Grandfathered Benefits. “Grandfathered Benefits” means the portion of a Participant’s benefit vested and accrued prior to January 1, 2005 plus any other increases or amounts that can be included in the grandfathered benefit under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations there under. Only individuals who:
  (i)   are eligible under Section 2.2 on or before December 31, 2006,
 
  (ii)   are described in Section 4.7(c) and (d) of the Plan, or

3


 

  (iii)   terminated on or before December 31, 2004 with a vested benefit that is not a PRA/PLS Benefit
     will have “Grandfathered Benefits” under this Plan.
4.2. Benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant in an amount equal to the difference, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, between (a) and (b) below:
(a)   the largest amount (without duplication of amount) that would have been payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan, had the Retirement Plan not been subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections: (i) 415, (ii) 401(a)(17) or such lesser limit as stated in the Retirement Plan, and (iii) Regulation Section 1. 415-2(d)(2) (with respect to deferred compensation arrangements); and,
     (b) the amount of benefits payable under the Retirement Plan and any predecessor auxiliary plan.
4.3. Distribution of 409A Benefits
Participants who have an election on file that complies with 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and specifies the time and form for distribution of benefits, will have that election govern payment. If a Participant does not have an election on file that complies with 409A, then benefits commencing during 2006 will continue to follow, in time and form, the Participant’s distributions under the Retirement Plan. With regard to benefits commencing after December 31, 2006, the time/form of payment for the Participant’s 409A Benefits will be as specified below:
(a)   PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after separation from service.
(b)   Benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits will be paid in the following annuity forms commencing at the later of separation from service or attainment of Retirement eligibility:
  (i)   Participants who are not married at the time distributions commence will receive a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.
 
  (ii)   Participants who are married at the time distributions commence will receive a 50% contingent survivor annuity, with the spouse of the Participant as the survivor annuitant.
(c)   PRA/PLS Benefits for Participants who terminated on or before December 31, 2006, will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.

4


 

(d)   Participants with benefits that are not PRA/PLS Benefits, who separated from service and have reached the earliest date they are eleigible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2006, will have benefits paid to him/her in the appropriate annuity form specified in (b)(i) or (ii) above, commencing as soon as administratively possible after December 31, 2006.
(e)   Alternate payees receiving benefits under the Plan through a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”) as defined under section 414 (p) of the Internal Revenue Code, will receive benefits in the time and form specified in the QDRO. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, certain alternate payees with a QDRO that does not specify the time or the form of their benefit payments may be provided the opportunity, during 2006 and 2007, to elect the time and/or form for payment of their benefits under the Plan. In the absence of an election filed by the alternate payee or a specified time for payment in the QDRO the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them at the same time as benefits are paid under this Plan to the Participant from whom his/her interest in the Plan arose. In the absence of an election filed by the alternate payee or a specified form of payment in the QDRO, the alternate payee will have benefits paid to them under either (i), (ii) or (iii) below :
  (i)   For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be the same form payable to the Participant under the Plan,
 
  (ii)   For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant with a PRA/PLS Benefit under the Plan, the alternate payee’s form of benefit will be a lump sum payment as soon as administratively possible after the Participant’s separation from service,
 
  (iii)   For alternate payees whose interest arose from a Participant who was not a Participant under Article 2.2 of the Plan and who had a benefit that was not a PRA/PLS Benefit, the alternate payee will receive his/her benefit in the form of a life annuity with a 5 year term certain.
In no event will benefits be distributed under a QDRO at any time or in any form not allowed, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, under the Plan or under the laws governing this Plan. Alternate payees have the status of beneficiaries under this Plan.
4.4 Notwithstanding the default forms of payment listed in Article 4.3 above:
(a)   the Company intends all forms of payment to be treated as a single payment and Participants with benefits other than PRA/PLS Benefits will be able to elect, in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator, among actuarially equivalent annuity forms of benefit any time prior to the payment commencement date for such benefit .

5


 

(b)   any Participant identified as a Key Employee as that term is defined under 409A, and, whose benefit is payable due to separation from service or Retirement shall not have his/her 409A Benefits commence under this Plan in any form until six months have elapsed since his/her separation or Retirement. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be based on taxable compensation paid during the 12-month period ending August 31st of the calendar year immediately preceding the year of the distribution.
4.5 Minimum Distribution. Through December 31, 2007, Participants subject to minimum distribution of their Retirement Plan benefit under Code Section 401(a)(9), and the regulations thereunder, will have their Auxiliary Pension Plan benefits taken into account in calculating their total minimum distributions, and will have their Auxiliary Pension Plan benefits follow, in time and form of payment, the minimum distributions made under the Retirement Plan.
4.6 Only for those individuals who are eligible under Article 2.2, Final Average Compensation used to determine the largest amount that would have been payable under Article 4.2(a) above, will be based on the following rules, notwithstanding the actual provisions of the Retirement Plan.
For an eligible Participant that is not a Commissioned Employee under the Retirement Plan, Final Average Compensation will be the sum of (a) and (b) below:
(a)   The base salary component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation is determined using the average of the Participant’s base salary for the 60 highest consecutive months during the 120 months preceding the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, and,
(b)   The component of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation representing the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Compensation Plan or successor annual cash bonus plan or program (“AVIP”) award will be determined using the average of the Participant’s highest 5 AVIP payments (not necessarily consecutive) with respect to the 10 calendar years preceding such Participant’s date of Retirement or termination (including any projected payment(s) to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination).
The AVIP award, as set forth in subsection (b) immediately above, projected to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination will be deemed equal to the result of the following calculation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:
  (i)   the highest of the last 3 bonuses/awards paid while the Participant was in active Company service multiplied by
 
  (ii)   a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (or part thereof) that the Participant was actively employed in the calendar year(s)

6


 

      for which the bonus/award would be payable and the denominator of which is 12.
 
  (iii)   If the fraction determined under (ii) immediately above, is less than 1, then, the fractional amount determined under (ii) shall replace an equivalent fractional amount in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments used in (b) above. This replacement shall occur only if the fractional amount determined under (ii) is greater than the fractional amount it is replacing in the lowest of the 5 highest AVIP payments.
Notwithstanding (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), if a specific amount of bonus/award was already approved under the AVIP, prior to the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination, such amount shall be used instead of the deemed estimate, and such amount shall also be taken into account in determining the highest of the Participant’s last 3 bonuses/awards with regard to any bonus/award payable for the Participant’s year of Retirement or termination.
If, at the time of Retirement or termination, fewer than 5 AVIP payments have been made to a Participant, then the AVIP component of Final Average Compensation shall be the average of: all AVIP payments actually made to the Participant and the projected payment (described above) for the year of Retirement or termination.
For eligible Participants that are compensated on a commission basis, Final Average Compensation will be the amount described in appropriate provisions of the Retirement Plan.
4.7 Except as described in (a) through (e) immediately below, Grandfathered Benefits shall be payable in the same form(s) and at the same times as benefits are payable under the Retirement Plan.
(a)   Alternative Distributions of the benefit under Article 4A shall be paid in the form, and at the time stated in the election form completed by the Participant and approved by the Committee.
(b)   Pre-Distribution Death Benefits as described in Article 4A.5 shall be paid in accordance with the terms of that Article.
(c)   Individuals who:
  (i)   had accrued benefits under the New England Life Insurance Company’s non-qualified Plans listed in Section 2.3,
 
  (ii)   terminated employment on or before December 31, 2000, and,
 
  (iii)   did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,
will have his/her benefits paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times and in the form provided for under the provisions of those prior plans.

7


 

(d)   Individuals who:
  (i)   had accrued benefits under the GenAmerica Corporation Augmented Benefit Plan,
 
  (ii)   terminated employment on or before December 31, 2002, and,
 
  (iii)   did not become Employees of the Company or an Employer upon that termination of employment,
will have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit paid from this Plan in the amounts, at the times, and in the form provided for under the provisions of that prior plan.
(e) Individuals described in Section 2.3 shall have his/her entire auxiliary defined benefit (including amounts previously accrued under the plans named in Section 2.3) paid under this Plan, in accordance with the terms of this Plan.
4.8 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be effected by, or be subject to, the qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity and qualified joint and survivor annuity rules under the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.
Payment of benefits under this Plan will not be effected by, or be subject to, minimum distributions as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and the accompanying Regulations under that Section.
Article 4A. Alternative Distribution
Alternative forms of distribution are available to those individuals who are eligible Participants under Section 2.2 herein on or before December 31, 2006. The ability to elect an Alternative form of distribution may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted to Participants who do not qualify under Section 2.2 of the Plan, but who, as of December 31, 2006, have a PRA benefit and meet any of the requirements in (a) through (d) of Section 2.2 of the Plan. Alternative forms of distribution may be elected by eligible Participants on or before December 31, 2007 and may apply to his/her 409A benefit as allowed under the transition relief provided under 409A. After December 31, 2007, alternative forms of distribution can only be elected by eligible Participants under Section 2.2 herein for his/her Grandfathered Benefits.
4A.1 Definitions
(a)   Alternative Distribution. “Alternative Distribution” means one of the following modes of payment:
  (i)   Single Sum: Payment in a single sum.
 
  (ii)   Installment Payments for a Specific Period: Monthly or annual payments are made to the Participant for a specified number of years selected (not

8


 

      exceeding 20 years). If the Participant dies before the expiration of the specified period, installment payments will continue to be made for the remainder of the period chosen by the Participant to a beneficiary designated by the Participant.
 
  (iii)   Other Distribution: Any other form of payment that is mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Committee.
(b)   Committee. ”Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee, or either component thereof, may delegate any of its powers or authority under this Plan in any manner consistent with law.
(c)   Election Date. “Election Date” means the date on which the Participant files his/her request for an Alternative Distribution. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than the day before the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date can be no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date.
(d)   Distribution Date. “Distribution Date” means the date distributions commence under the mode of payment elected by the Participant. For Participants who are Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the Participant’s Retirement or termination date. For Participants who are not Retirement eligible when they separate from service with the Company or an Employer, this date cannot be earlier than the later of:
  (i)   12 months following the Participant’s Election Date, and
 
  (ii)   the earliest date the Participant becomes eligible for a distribution from the Retirement Plan.
4A.2. Payment in the Form of an Alternative Distribution.
In order to receive an Alternative Distribution: (i) a request form must be duly filed by the Participant in compliance with both the provisions of this Article 4A and the procedures as set forth from time to time by the Committee, (ii) consent thereto must be given by the Committee, and (iii) payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be made pursuant to a request form that satisfies 409A and the regulations there under.
4A.3. Election of Alternative Distribution.
A form requesting that Grandfathered Benefits under this Plan be paid in the form of an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than the day before the Participant’s Retirement date. For Participants who are separating

9


 

from service with the Company or an Employer before they are Retirement eligible, the form requesting an Alternative Distribution must be submitted by the Participant to the Committee no later than 12 months before the Distribution Date indicated on the election form. All requests must be in writing, signed by the Participant, and follow the format prescribed by the Committee. On the request form the Participant must also designate (i) the mode of payment requested and (ii) the Participant’s Retirement or Distribution Date. A request form shall be deemed submitted by the Participant to the Committee on the day that such form is received by the Committee. Prior to the Participant’s Retirement date, the request form can be revoked by the Participant. Any revocation must be in writing and comply with the procedures of the Committee. A request form submitted by the Participant shall become irrevocable and binding as to all elections and designations made by the Participant as of the Retirement date. In the event that a Participant’s request form is not filed before his/her Retirement date, the Participant’s Plan benefits will be paid in the same form as the benefits paid to the Participant under the Retirement Plan. For Participants who separate from service before they are Retirement eligible, the request form shall become irrevocable and binding, as to all elections and designations, 12 months before the Distribution Date.
4A.4. Consent of the Committee.
Payment in the form of an Alternative Distribution shall require the consent of the Committee. The Committee shall have full and complete discretion to approve or reject any request for an Alternative Distribution. The decision of the Committee on the Participant’s request form shall be made known to the Participant in writing.
4A.5. Death of Participant Before Distribution Date.
(a)   A Participant under Section 2.2, who accrued Plan benefits other than PRA/PLS Benefits before death, shall have 50% of the present value of his/her undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit, (valued as a single sum under Section 4A.6(a) below and actuarially adjusted for payment at the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or the day prior to death, if the Participant was Retirement eligible at death), paid to his/her designated beneficiary. This pre-distribution death benefit will be payable in the form designated by the Participant and approved by the Committee.
 
    A Participant may file with the Committee a form (which will become irrevocable only upon death) designating a beneficiary or changing his/her existing designation. This form will also allow the Participant to choose the form in which the pre-distribution death benefit will be paid. All optional forms of benefit available to the Participant under this Plan and the Retirement Plan will be available for payment of this death benefit.
 
(b)   For salaried Participants covered under Section 2.2, a single sum, equivalent to the full value of a Participant’s undistributed non PRA/PLS Benefit on the date of the Participant’s death, (valued under Section 4A.6(a)), shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary if:

10


 

  (i)   the Participant notifies the Committee in a request form in effect on the Election Date of his or her anticipated Retirement date,
 
  (ii)   the Committee gives its consent to the payment of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period before the Distribution Date is reached,
 
  (iii)   the Participant agrees to defer Retirement at the Company’s written request,
 
  (iv)   the Distribution Date for payment of the Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period is deferred to the Participant’s Retirement date, and
 
  (v)   the Participant dies after such anticipated Retirement date but before Retirement.
In the absence of a designation by the Participant, the death benefit, under (a) or (b) immediately above, shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse in a single sum. If the Participant has no surviving spouse at the time of death, then the death benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
4A.6. Valuation of Alternative Benefit
(a)   The actuarial equivalent value of the Single Sum shall be determined using the UP 84 Mortality Table, set forward one year for the Participant and set back four years for the Participant’s spouse, (if applicable). If the Participant is Retirement eligible at separation from service, then the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation immediate interest rate (“PBGC Rate”) used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the lowest rate in effect in the 12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date If the Participant was not Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, then the PBGC Rate used to calculate the Single Sum shall be the rate in effect in the month prior to the later of:
  (i)   the Participant’s earliest Retirement date or
 
  (ii)   the Participant’s actual Retirement date.
(b)   The actuarial equivalent benefit amount for the Installment Payments for a Specific Period will be determined by converting the Single Sum benefit amount, determined under Article 4A.6(a). The interest rate basis for the immediate annuity purchase rates offered under the Metropolitan Savings and Investment Plan (“SIP Rate”) and its successors utilized in the calculation of installment payments will be as follows:
  (i)   If the Participant was Retirement eligible on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the highest rate in the month that had the lowest PBGC Rate out of the12 months prior to the Participant’s actual Retirement date.
 
  (ii)   If the Participant was not on December 31, 2004, the SIP Rate is the rate in effect on the last day of the month prior to the later of:
  a.   the Participant’s earliest Retirement date, or

11


 

  b.   the Participant’s actual Retirement date.
4A.7. Interest on Deferred Installments
Individuals who elect deferred installment payments under the terms of this Article 4A, shall receive interest from the date they separate from service to the date that the installment payments commence. Interest will be calculated based on the entire amount that the Participant has elected to receive as deferred installments under Article 4A. Interest will be credited using the SIP Rate in effect on the Election Date and will be compounded annually from the date of separation from service to the date payments commence. The interest accrued prior to payment commencement will be added to the accrued Plan benefit to produce a total benefit amount. This total benefit amount will be credited with the SIP Rate for the duration of the payment(s) and divided by the number of installment payments due under the Participant’s election to produce uniform payments under the Plan. This interest will be part of the Participant’s 409A Benefit and will be paid in accordance with 409A.
4A.8. Power of Committee.
The Committee shall have the discretionary power to make any and all administrative decisions regarding the election and payment of an Alternative Distribution, including but not limited to, (i) the design and format of request forms, (ii) the approval or rejection of requests for an Alternative Distribution, (iii) the design and format of revocation forms and (iv) the sending of notices.
Article 5. Unfunded Plan.
The Plan is completely unfunded. Except as obligations under this Plan have been undertaken pursuant to plans or other arrangements offered by another company, obligations under this Plan are obligations of the Company. All obligations under this Plan are entirely separate from the Retirement Plan and any other plan. Participation in this Plan gives a Participant no right to any funds or assets of the Retirement Plan, or any other plan. The fact that contracts or certificates may be distributed to recipients of benefits under the Retirement Plan in discharge of obligations thereunder shall in no way entitle a Participant in this Plan to receive any such contract or certificate in discharge of obligations under this Plan.
Article 6. Non-transferability of Participant’s Interest
No Participant shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, mortgage, commute or otherwise encumber any of the Plan benefits payable hereunder, nor shall such benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts or judgments, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.
Article 7. Effect of Taxes

12


 

Payments under this Plan shall be made after withholding of any Federal, state or local income, employment or other taxes, legally obligated to be withheld. All tax liabilities arising out of benefits under this Plan are the sole obligation of the Plan Participant(s) or his/her beneficiary, including but not limited to, any tax liabilities that may arise under Section 409A. In the event that a Participant or beneficiary incurs greater tax burdens from payments under this Plan (whether income, employment, estate or other tax burdens) than they would if such payments had been made from the Retirement Plan, neither the Company nor any other person shall have an obligation to reimburse the Participant or beneficiary for such greater tax burdens.

13


 

Article 8. Change of Control
8.1. Definitions.
(a)   Change of Control. For the purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:
  (i)   any Person acquires “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 25% or more of the combined Voting Power of the Corporation’s securities;
 
  (ii)   within any 24-month period, the persons who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) shall cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or the board of directors of any successor to the Corporation; provided, however, that any director elected or nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Incumbent Directors then still in office shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director for purposes of this Section 8.1(a)(ii);
 
  (iii)   the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which is consummated (a “Corporate Event”), and immediately following the consummation of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event do not hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Power of (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation, (B) in the case of a share exchange, the acquiring corporation, or (C) in the case of a division or a sale or other disposition of assets, each surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation which, immediately following the relevant Corporate Event, holds more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Corporation immediately prior to such Corporate Event; or
 
  (iv)   any other event occurs which the Board declares to be a Change of Control.
(b)   Corporation. For the Purposes of this Article, “Corporation” means MetLife, Inc.
(c)   Person. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as supplemented by Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, and shall include any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act); provided, however, that “Person” shall not include (A) the Corporation or any Affiliate, (B) the MetLife Policyholder Trust (or any person(s) who would otherwise be described herein solely by reason of having the power to control the voting of the shares held by that trust), or (C) any employee benefit plan (including an employee stock ownership plan) sponsored by the Corporation, Company or any Affiliate.

14


 

(d)   Voting Power. For purposes of the definition of Change of Control, “Voting Power” shall mean such number of Voting Securities as shall enable the holders thereof to cast all the votes which could be cast in an annual election of directors of a company, and “Voting Securities” shall mean all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of a company.
(e)   Affiliate. For the purposes of this article, an “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, the Corporation.
(f)   Cause. For the purposes of this article, “Cause” means either:
  (i)   the Participant’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, or,
 
  (ii)   any act or acts of dishonesty or gross misconduct on the Participant’s part which results or is intended to result in material damage to the business or reputation of MetLife.
(g)   Good Reason. For the purposes of this article, “Good Reason” means any of:
  (i)   any reduction by the Corporation or an Affiliate in the Participant’s base salary rate below the rate in effect immediately before the Change of Control;
 
  (ii)   any relocation by the Corporation or an Affiliate of the Participant’s usual base work location to any other office or location more than 50 miles from the Participant’s usual base work location immediately prior to a Change of Control, or in a state other than the one in which the Participant performed his duties immediately prior to the Change of Control, in each case except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities;
 
  (iii)   if the Participant is a party to an Employment Continuation Agreement with the Corporation or an Affiliate, any circumstance or occurrence constituting “Good Reason” under that Employment Continuation Agreement;
 
  (iv)   the failure of the Corporation or an Affiliate to pay the Employee’s base salary or employee benefits as required by law.
8.2. Vesting and Other Rights on and After a Change of Control Subject to Conditions
In the event that:
(a)   there is a Change of Control as defined in Section 8.1(a) of this Article, and,
(b)   on the date of the Change of Control or on a date before the second anniversary of the Change of Control, a Participant in this Plan:

15


 

  (i)   is involuntarily terminated from employment by the Corporation or any Affiliate (other than directly in connection with a transfer of employment to or from the Corporation or any Affiliate) without Cause,
 
  (ii)   voluntarily terminates employment with the Corporation or any Affiliate for Good Reason,
then the Participant’s unvested benefits and rights accrued as of the Change of Control in each, the Retirement Plan and this Plan, will vest immediately under this Plan, notwithstanding any other provision of the Retirement Plan or this Plan, or any amendment or termination of this Plan taking place on or after a Change of Control.
These accrued benefits will be paid under this Plan according to the ordinary distribution rules of this Plan. The ordinary distribution rules of this Plan are described in Article 4 and where applicable, Article 4A as they existed immediately prior to the Change of Control. If this Section 8.2 is triggered, a Participant under Section 2.2 does not have to obtain Committee approval for an Alternate Distribution in the form of a Single Sum or Installment Payments for a Specific Period, to the extent that an Alternative Distribution is available to that Participant under 409A.
Article 9. Interpretation of the Plan
(a)   The Committee is empowered to take all actions it deems appropriate in administering this Plan. Any Committee determination with respect to the meaning or application of the provisions of the Plan shall be binding and conclusive. Benefits will be paid under this Plan only if the Committee determines in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Once a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8) has occurred, this subpart (a) of Article 9 shall no longer apply.
(b)   Claims for benefits and appeals of denied claims under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA, the regulations thereunder (and any other law that amends, supplements or supersedes said Section of ERISA), and the procedures adopted by the Committee, as appropriate. The claims procedures referenced above are incorporated herein by reference.
Article 10. Governing Law
To the extent not inconsistent with Federal law, the validity of the Plan and its provisions shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.
Article 11. Amendment and Termination of Plan
11.1. Except to the extent prohibited by law, the Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participant or of any other person. However, any such amendment or termination will not adversely affect the benefit entitlements of:

16


 

(a)   any Participant receiving benefits under this Plan at or prior to the time of such amendment or termination, or,
(b)   any Employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan to the extent of the present value of his/her accrued benefit under this Plan prior to the time of such amendment or termination. However, amendments may be made to all other aspects of this Plan consistent with Section 409A, including, but not limited to:
  (i)   amendments impacting the timing under which the Participant’s entire accrued benefit is paid, or,
 
  (ii)   amendments impacting the optional forms of benefit available for payment of the Participant’s entire accrued benefit.
Notwithstanding the above, any amendment or group of amendments made effective on the same date, which would increase or decrease the annual cost of Plan benefits for active Plan Participants and former Plan Participants by ten million dollars or more in the aggregate, as determined in good faith by the Committee, shall be effective only if authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors of the Company.
11.2.
(a)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.1 above, or any other provision of this Plan, on or after a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), no amendments can be made to Article 8, Article 9 or Section 11.2 of Article 11 of this Plan; and
(b)   Participants who:
  (i)   accrued rights or benefits under this Plan prior to a Change of Control (as defined in Article 8), and,
 
  (ii)   whose rights or benefits are not vested at the time of the Change of Control
cannot have the vesting schedule under Article 3, applicable on the day prior to the Change of Control, amended with regard to such rights or benefits. The Company may not wrongfully deny Participants the opportunity to vest in rights or benefits accrued prior to a Change of Control under this Plan.
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Date December 21, 2006
     By /s/ Margery Brittain

17

EX-10.63 17 y30660exv10w63.htm EX-10.63: AMENDMENT NUMBER FOURTEEN TO THE MPTA EX-10.63
 

Exhibit 10.63
AMENDMENT NUMBER FOURTEEN TO
THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS
     The METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:
1. Section 1.4.07 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
1.4.07 Discontinuance of Employment for Performance: ‘Discontinuance of Employment for Performance’ means the involuntary cessation of an Employee’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary because the Employee has failed to meet standards of job performance despite the Employee’s good faith and diligent efforts to perform all aspects of the Employee’s job, including all performance improvement assignments and expectations, each as determined by the Company or a Subsidiary in its discretion, or, in the event of a claim, by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.”
2. Section 1.4.16 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
1.4.16 Performance Participant: ‘Performance Participant’ means an Employee who has received a Notice of Discontinuance and whose employment is terminated because of Discontinuance of Employment for Performance; provided, however, that the Company or Subsidiary may in its sole discretion deem any Employee whose employment is terminated because of Discontinuance of Employment for Performance to be a Performance Participant.”
3. Section 1.4.09(g) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“(g) is not performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary under an agreement in which such individual acknowledges that he or she is an independent contractor and that he or she is not entitled to participate in the Company’s or Subsidiary’s employee benefit plans, or under an agreement entered into between the Company or a Subsidiary and some other person (other than a MetLife Enterprise Affiliate), in either case notwithstanding the fact that a regulatory body or court determines that such an individual is a common law employee.”
4. Section 1.4.09(c) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“(c) is any one or more of (1) an officer of the Company, Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company, MetLife Bank, N.A., or MetLife Group, Inc.; or (2) anyone whose compensation is classified in the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s employee compensation classification system in an officer or officer-equivalent grade level, in each case as determined by the Company or a Subsidiary in its discretion, or, in the event of a claim, by the Plan Administrator in its discretion.”
5. This amendment shall be effective January 1, 2007.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer’s signature.
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
By: /s/ Debra Capolarello  
 
 
 
Date:  1-26-07  
 
 
 
Witness: /s/ Judith N. Eidenberg  
 
 

EX-12.1 18 y30660exv12w1.htm EX-12.1: STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES EX-12.1
 

Exhibit 12.1
MetLife, Inc.
Ratio to Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In millions)  
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations before provisions for income tax
  $ 4,221     $ 4,306     $ 3,574     $ 2,359     $ 1,406  
Minority interest
    234       154       152       110       73  
Undistributed income and losses from investees
    (169 )     (106 )     (108 )     144       153  
 
                             
ADJUSTED EARNINGS BEFORE FIXED CHARGES
  $ 4,286     $ 4,354     $ 3,618     $ 2,613     $ 1,632  
 
                             
 
                                       
ADD: FIXED CHARGES
                                       
Interest and debt issue costs
    900       659       408       478       403  
Estimated interest component of rent expense (1)
    66       68       61       59       86  
Interest credited to bank deposits
    194       109       39       17       7  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    5,246       3,925       2,997       3,035       2,950  
 
                             
TOTAL FIXED CHARGES
  $ 6,406     $ 4,761     $ 3,505     $ 3,589     $ 3,446  
 
                             
 
                                       
Preferred Stock Dividend
    182       88                    
 
                             
TOTAL FIXED CHARGES PLUS PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
  $ 6,588     $ 4,849     $ 3,505     $ 3,589     $ 3,446  
 
                             
 
                                       
 
                             
TOTAL EARNINGS AND FIXED CHARGES
  $ 10,692     $ 9,115     $ 7,123     $ 6,202     $ 5,078  
 
                             
 
                                       
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
    1.67       1.91       2.03       1.73       1.47  
 
                             
 
                                       
TOTAL EARNINGS INCLUDING FIXED CHARGES AND PREFFERED STOCK DIVIDENDS
  $ 10,874     $ 9,203     $ 7,123     $ 6,202     $ 5,078  
 
                             
 
                                       
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES INCLUDING PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
    1.65       1.90       2.03       1.73       1.47  
 
                             
1)   23.1% for 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and 29.1% for 2002.

EX-21.1 19 y30660exv21w1.htm EX-21.1: SUBSIDIARIES EX-21.1
 

Exhibit 21.1
METLIFE, INC.
As of December 31, 2006
Wholly-Owned Active Subsidiaries1
23RD STREET INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)
334 MADISON EURO INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)
440 SOUTH LASALLE LLC (DE)
500 GRANT STREET GP LLC (DE)
500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)
ALTERNATIVE FUEL I, LLC (DE)
BEST MARKET S.A. (AGENTINA)
BOND TRUST ACCOUNT A (MA)
COMPANIA PREVISIONAL METLIFE S.A. (BRAZIL)
CONVENT STATION EURO INVESTMENTS FOUR COMPANY (UNITED KINGDOM)
CORPORATE REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)
COVA CORPORATION (MO)
COVA LIFE MANAGEMENT COMPANY (DE)
CRB CO., INC. (MA)
DEWEY SQUARE SOUTH, LLC (NY)
ECONOMY FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY (IL)
ECONOMY PREFERRED INSURANCE COMPANY (IL)
ECONOMY PREMIER ASSURANCE COMPANY (IL)
ENTERPRISE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (DE)
EXETER REASSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (BERMUDA)
EURO CL INVESTMENTS, LLC (DE)
EURO TI INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
EURO TL INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
FIRST METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)
FUNDACION METLIFE MEXICO, A.C. (MEXICO)
GA HOLDING CORP. (MA)
GENAMERICA CAPITAL I (DE)
GENAMERICA FINANCIAL, LLC (MO)
GENAMERICA MANAGEMENT CORPORATION (MO)
KRISMAN, INC. (MO)
GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)
GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.L.C. (DE)
GREENWICH STREET CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND, LTD (VIRGIN ISLANDS)
GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.P. (DE)
HEADLAND-PACIFIC PALISADES, LLC (CA)
HEADLAND PROPERTIES ASSOCIATES (CA)
HOLLOW CREEK, L.L.C. (CT)
HYATT LEGAL PLANS, INC. (DE)
HYATT LEGAL PLANS OF FLORIDA, INC. (FL)
HPZ ASSETS LLC (DE)
LA INVESTMENTS S.A. (ARGENTINA)
MET1 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
MET2 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
MET3 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
1   Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.

 


 

MET AFJP S.A. (ARGENTINA)
MET P&C MANAGING GENERAL AGENCY, INC. (TX)
MET INVESTORS ADVISORY, LLC (DE)
METLIFE ADMINISTRADORA DE FUNDOS MULTIPATROCINADOS LTDA. (BRAZIL)
METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC (MA)
METLIFE AFORE, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
METLIFE ASSOCIATES LLC (DE)
METLIFE AUTO & HOME INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (RI)
METLIFE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (USA)
METLIFE CANADA/ METVIE CANADA (CANADA)
METLIFE CAPITAL CREDIT L.P. (DE)
METLIFE CAPITAL, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (DE)
METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST II (DE)
METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III (DE)
METLIFE CHILE ADMINISTRADORA DE MUTUOS HIPOTECARIOS S.A. (CHILE)
METLIFE CHILE INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)
METLIFE CHILE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (CHILE)
METLIFE CREDIT CORP.(DE)
METLIFE DIRECT CO.,LTD.(JAPAN)
METLIFE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS, INC. (UK)
METLIFE EUROPE LIMITED (IRELAND)
METLIFE EXCHANGE TRUST I (DE) 
METLIFE FUNDING, INC. (DE)
METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY OF MASSACHUSETTS, INC. (MA)
METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY OF TEXAS, INC. (DE)
METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE GLOBAL, INC. (DE)
METLIFE GROUP, INC. (NY)
METLIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
METLIFE (INDIA) PRIVATE LTD. (INDIA)
METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT (CT)
METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
METLIFE INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT TRUST (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE INSURANCE S.A./NV (BELGIUM)
METLIFE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
METLIFE INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE, LTD.(BERMUDA)
METLIFE INVESTMENT ADVISORS COMPANY, LLC (DE)
METLIFE INVESTMENTS ASIA LIMITED (HONG KONG)
METLIFE INVESTMENT FUNDS SERVICES LLC (NJ)
METLIFE INVESTMENT FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC (NJ)
METLIFE INVESTMENTS LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
METLIFE INVESTMENTS PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE INVESTORS DISTRIBUTION COMPANY (MO)
METLIFE INVESTORS GROUP, INC. (DE)
METLIFE INVESTORS FINANCIAL AGENCY, INC. (TX)
METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)
METLIFE INVESTORS USA INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)
METLIFE LATIN AMERICA ASESORIAS E INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)
METLIFE LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT (CT)
METLIFE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
METLIFE MEXICO CARES, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
METLIFE MEXICO S.A. (MEXICO)
METLIFE MEXICO SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
METLIFE PENSIONS TRUSTEES LIMITED (UK)
METLIFE PENSIONES S.A. (MEXICO)
METLIFE PRIVATE EQUITY HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)

 


 

METLIFE REAL ESTATE CAYMAN COMPANY (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF CHARLESTON (SC)
METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF SOUTH CAROLINA (SC)
METLIFE REINSURANCE, LTD. (BERMUDA)
METLIFE RETIREMENT SERVICES LLC (NJ)
METLIFE SAENGMYOUNG INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (SOUTH KOREA)-
(also known as MetLife Insurance Company of Korea Limited)
METLIFE SECURITIES, INC. (DE)
METLIFE SERVICES LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
METLIFE SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS, LLC (DE)
METLIFE SERVICES (SINGAPORE)PTE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE SOLUTIONS PTE. LTD. (SINGAPORE)
METLIFE STANDBY I, LLC (DE)
METLIFE TAIWAN INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED (TAIWAN)
METLIFE TOWER RESOURCES GROUP, INC. (DE)
METLIFE TOWARZYSTWO UBEZPIECZEN NA ZYCIE POLSKA AKCYJNA (POLAND)
METLIFE TRUSTEE PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
METLIFE VIDA E PREVIDENCIA S.A. (BRAZIL)
METLIFE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
METPARK FUNDING, INC. (DE)
METROPOLITAN ASSET MANAGEMENT CORPORATION (DE)
METROPOLITAN CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
METROPOLITAN DIRECT PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
METROPOLITAN GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
METROPOLITAN GROUP PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HONG KONG LIMITED (HONG KONG)
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS DE RETIRO S.A. (ARGENTINA)
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (ARGENTINA)
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (URUGUAY)
METROPOLITAN LLOYDS, INC. (TX)
METROPOLITAN LLOYDS INSURANCE COMPANY OF TEXAS (TX)
METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS E PREVIDÊNCIA PRIVADA S.A. (BRAZIL)
METROPOLITAN MARINE WAY INVESTMENTS LIMITED (CANADA)
METROPOLITAN PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
METROPOLITAN REALTY MANAGEMENT, INC. (DE)
METROPOLITAN REINSURANCE COMPANY (U.K.) LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)
METROPOLITAN TOWER REALTY COMPANY, INC. (DE)
MEX DF PROPERTIES, LLC (DE)
MEZZANINE INVESTMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP-BDR (DE)
MEZZANINE INVESTMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP-LG (DE)
MIDTOWN HEIGHTS, LLC (DE)
MISSOURI REINSURANCE (BARBADOS), INC. (BARBADOS)
MLA COMERCIAL, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
MLA SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
MSV IRVINE PROPERTY, LLC (DE)
NATHAN AND LEWIS ASSOCIATES OHIO, INCORPORATED (OH)
NATILOPORTEM HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
NEW ENGLAND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MA)
NEW ENGLAND SECURITIES CORPORATION (MA)
NEWBURY INSURANCE COMPANY, LIMITED (BERMUDA)
OMEGA REINSURANCE CORPORATION (AZ)
ONE FINANCIAL PLACE CORPORATION (DE)
ONE FINANCIAL PLACE HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)
ONE MADISON INVESTMENTS (CAYCO) LIMITED (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
PANTHER VALLEY, INC. (NJ)

 


 

PARK TWENTY THREE INVESTMENTS COMPANY (UNITED KINGDOM)
PARTNERS TOWER, L.P. (DE)
PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND I, LLC (DE)
PILGRIM INVESTMENTS HIGHLAND PARK, LLC (DE)
PILGRIM INVESTMENTS SCHAUMBERG WINDY POINT LLC (DE)
PILGRIM INVESTMENTS YORK ROAD LLC (DE)
PLAZA LLC (CT)
SERVICIOS ADMINISTRATIVOS GEN, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
SIEMBRA SEGUROS DE RETIRO S.A. (ARGENTINA)
SIEMBRA SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (ARGENTINA)
SPECIAL MULTI-ASSET RECEIVABLES TRUST (DELAWARE)
TANDEM EGI/C INVESTMENTS, L.P. (DE)
TEN PARK SPC (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
TEXAS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (TX)
THE PROSPECT COMPANY (DE)
THORNGATE, LLC (DE)
TH TOWER LEASING, LLC (DE)
TH TOWER NGP, LLC (DE)
TIC EUROPEAN REAL ESTATE LP, LLC (DE)
TLA HOLDINGS LLC (DE)
TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES, INC. (CT)
TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES INSURANCE AGENCY OF NEW MEXICO, INC. (NM)
TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES INSURANCE AGENCY OF OHIO, INC. (OH)
TRAL & CO.(CT)
TRANSMOUNTAIN LAND & LIVESTOCK COMPANY (MT)
TRAVELERS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL COMPANY LLC (NY)
TRAVELERS EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS LLC (CT)
TRAVELERS INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LTD. (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
TRAVELERS INVESTMENT ADVISER, INC. (DE)
TRIBECA DISTRESSED SECURITIES, L.L.C. (DE)
TRUMBULL STREET EQUITY INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
TRUMBULL STREET INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
WALNUT STREET SECURITIES, INC. (MO)
WHITE OAK ROYALTY COMPANY (OK)

 


 

METLIFE, INC.
As of December 31, 2006
Companies of which MetLife, Inc. directly or indirectly has actual ownership (for its own account) of 10% through 99% of the total outstanding voting stock2
PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND III ASSOCIATES, LLC (67%) (CT)
PILGRIM INVESTMENTS OAKMONT LANE, LLC (50%) (DE)
FAIRFIELD MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC. (52.8%)(MO)
GENERAL AMERICAN ARGENTINA SEGUROS DE VIDA, S.A. (52.8%) (ARGENTINA)
LONG TERM CARE PARTNERS, LLC (50%) (DE)
METLIFE INDIA INSURANCE COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED (26%) (INDIA)
METROPOLITAN LLOYDS INSURANCE COMPANY OF TEXAS3 (TX)
REINSURANCE COMPANY OF MISSOURI, INCORPORATED (52.8%)(MO)
REINSURANCE GROUP OF AMERICA, INCORPORATED (52.8%)(MO)
REINSURANCE PARTNERS, INC. (52.8%)(MO)
RGA AMERICAS REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (52.8%)(BARBADOS)
RGA ASIA PACIFIC PTY LIMITED (52.8%) (AUSTRALIA)
RGA AUSTRALIAN HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED (52.8%)(AUSTRALIA)
RGA CAPITAL LIMITED (U.K.)(52.8%)(UNITED KINGDOM)
RGA CAPITAL TRUST I (52.8%)(DE)
RGA FINANCIAL GROUP, L.L.C. (52.8%)(DE)
RGA GLOBAL REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (52.8%) (BERMUDA)
RGA HOLDINGS LIMITED (U.K.) (52.8%)(UNITED KINGDOM)
RGA INTERNATIONAL REINSURANCE COMPANY (IRELAND)
RGA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION (52.8%) (NOVA SCOTIA/ CANADA)
RGA LIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (52.8%)(CANADA)
RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY (52.8%) (MO)
RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY (BARBADOS) LTD. (52.8%)(BARBADOS)
RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY OF AUSTRALIA LIMITED (52.8%)(AUSTRALIA)
RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY OF SOUTH AFRICA LIMITED (52.8%)(SOUTH AFRICA)
RGA REINSURANCE (UK) LIMITED (52.8%) (UNITED KINGDOM)
RGA SERVICES INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED (52.8%) (INDIA)
RGA SOUTH AFRICAN HOLDINGS (PTY) LTD. (52.8%)(SOUTH AFRICA)
RGA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, INC. (52.8%) (MO)
RGA UK SERVICES LIMITED (52.8%) (UNITED KINGDOM)
RGA WORLDWIDE REINSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (52.8%) (BARBADOS)
ST. JAMES FLEET INVESTMENTS TWO LIMITED (34%)(CAYMAN ISLANDS)
TIMBERLAKE FINANCIAL, L.L.C.(52.8%) (DE)
TIMBERLAKE REINSURANCE COMPANY II (52.8%) (SC)
 
2   Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.
 
3   Affiliate

 


 

METLIFE, INC.
As of December 31, 2006
Publicly-Held Companies of which MetLife, Inc. directly or indirectly has actual ownership (for its Own Account) of 10% through 99% of the total outstanding voting stock or control:
REINSURANCE GROUP OF AMERICA, INCORPORATED (MO)

 

EX-23.1 20 y30660exv23w1.htm EX-23.1: CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP EX-23.1
 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-124358, 333-124358-01 and 333-124358-02 on Form S-3 and 333-139384, 333-139383, 333-139382, 333-139380, 333-121344, 333-121343, 333-121342, 333-102306, 333-101291, 333-59134 and 333-37108 on Form S-8 of our report on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules dated March 1, 2007, (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to changes in accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and for certain non-traditional long duration contracts and separate accounts as required by accounting guidance which the Company adopted on December 31, 2006 and January 1, 2004, respectively) and our report on management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting dated March 1, 2007, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2006.


/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
March 1, 2007

EX-31.1 21 y30660exv31w1.htm EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION EX-31.1

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, C. Robert Henrikson, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 


 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: March 1, 2007
   
 
   /s/ C. Robert Henrikson
 
   
 
  C. Robert Henrikson
 
  Chairman, President and
 
  Chief Executive Officer

 

EX-31.2 22 y30660exv31w2.htm EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION EX-31.2:
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, William J. Wheeler, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 


 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: March 1, 2007
   
 
  /s/ William J. Wheeler
 
   
 
  William J. Wheeler
 
  Executive Vice President and
 
  Chief Financial Officer

 

EX-32.1 23 y30660exv32w1.htm EX-32.1: CERTIFICATION EX-32.1
 

Exhibit 32.1
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE
     I, C. Robert Henrikson, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.
Date: March 1, 2007
         
     
  By:   /s/ C. Robert Henrikson  
    C. Robert Henrikson   
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

EX-32.2 24 y30660exv32w2.htm EX-32.2: CERTIFICATION EX-32.2
 

Exhibit 32.2
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE
     I, William J. Wheeler, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.
Date: March 1, 2007
         
     
  By:      /s/   William J. Wheeler  
    William J. Wheeler   
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----